Professional Documents
Culture Documents
2015-2016
Policies
If the requirements change after you have enrolled in the program, you have the option of fulfilling either the old or new requirements. If you elect to fulfill the old
requirements and find that necessary courses have been eliminated or substantially revised, you may substitute other courses with the approval of the dean of the
college. If the revision is required by an external accreditation certification body, and this body submits a written statement to the University that the accreditation
of a program or certification of its graduates is in jeopardy unless students fulfill the new requirements, the option of fulfilling the old requirements shall not apply.
If your study in the program or the University is interrupted for more than two semesters, your college dean will decide which program requirements must be fulfilled.
Information about the Kentucky Community & Technical College System is available at: www.kctcs.edu/.
Efforts to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to people with disabilities are also coordinated by the Office of Institutional Equity and Equal Opportunity,
as required by Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990.
Questions concerning compliance with regulations may be directed to UK’s Office of Institutional Equity and Equal Opportunity, or to the Director of the Office
for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Washington, D.C.
Qualified students with disabilities should contact the associate dean and director of the Disability Resource Center at (859) 257-2754 to request reasonable
accommodation.
The University is in compliance with the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 and the Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act Amendment of 1989. Questions may
be directed to the Vice President for Student Affairs or the Office of the Associate Vice President for Human Resources.
Information on the employment and earnings of public postsecondary education institution graduates in Kentucky is available at:
https://kcews.ky.gov/Reports/PSFeedBack/PSFR14_UniversityofKentucky.pdf
Questions about admission to the University should be directed to the appropriate admissions office.
Through the Oak Ridge Institute for Science and Education (ORISE), the DOE facility that ORAU operates, undergraduates, graduates, postgraduates, as well as
faculty enjoy access to a multitude of opportunities for study and research. Students can participate in programs covering a wide variety of disciplines including
business, earth sciences, epidemiology, engineering, physics, geological sciences, pharmacology, ocean sciences, biomedical sciences, nuclear chemistry, and
mathematics. Appointment and program length range from one month to four years. Many of these programs are especially designed to increase the numbers of
underrepresented minority students pursuing degrees in science- and engineering-related disciplines. A comprehensive listing of these programs and other
opportunities, their disciplines, and details on locations and benefits can be found in the ORISE Catalog of Education and Training Programs, which is available
at www.orau.gov/orise/educ.htm, or by calling either of the contacts below.
ORAU’s Office of Partnership Development seeks opportunities for partnerships and alliances among ORAU’s members, private industry, and major federal facilities.
Activities include faculty development programs, such as the Ralph E. Powe Junior Faculty Enhancement Awards, the Visiting Industrial Scholars Program,
consortium research funding initiatives, faculty research and support programs as well as services to chief research officers.
MISSION
The University of Kentucky is a public, land grant university dedicated to improving people’s lives through excellence in education, research and
creative work, service and health care. As Kentucky’s flagship institution, the University plays a critical leadership role by promoting diversity,
inclusion, economic development and human well-being.
VISION
The University of Kentucky will be one of the nation’s 20 best public research universities.
VALUES
The University of Kentucky is guided by its core values:
• Integrity
• Excellence
• Mutual respect and human dignity
• Diversity and inclusion
• Academic freedom
• Personal and institutional responsibility and accountability
• Shared governance
• A sense of community
• Work-life sensitivity
• Civic engagement
• Social responsibility
University of Kentucky is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools Commission
on Colleges to award associate, baccalaureate, masters, and doctorate degrees. Contact the Commission
on Colleges at 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097, call 404-679-4500, or online at
www.sacscoc.org for questions about the accreditation of University of Kentucky.
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights with respect to their education records. They are:
(1) The right to inspect and review the student’s education records within 45 days of the day the University receives a request for access. Students should submit
to the registrar, dean, head of the academic department, or other appropriate official, written requests that identify the record(s) they wish to inspect. The
University official will make arrangements for access and notify the student of the time and place where the records may be inspected. If the records are
not maintained by the University official to whom the request was submitted, that official shall advise the student of the correct official to whom the request
should be addressed.
(2) The right to request the amendment of the student’s education records that the student believes is inaccurate. Students may ask the University to amend
a record that they believe is inaccurate. They should write the University official responsible for the record, clearly identify the part of the record they want
changed, and specify why it is inaccurate. If the University decides not to amend the record as requested by the student, the University will notify the student
of the decision and advise the student of his or her right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing
procedures will be provided to the student when notified of the right to a hearing.
(3) The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that FERPA
authorizes disclosure without consent. One exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational
interests. A school official is a person employed by the University in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including
law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); a person or company with whom the University has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection
agent); a person serving on the Board of Trustees; or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting
another school official in performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record
in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.
Upon request, the University discloses education records without consent to officials of another school in which a student seeks or intends to enroll. [Note:
FERPA requires an institution to make a reasonable attempt to notify the student of the records request unless the institution states in its annual notification
that it intends to forward records on request.]
(4) The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the University of Kentucky to comply with the requirements
of FERPA. The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is: Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland
Avenue, SW, Washington, D.C., 20202-4605.
The University may release information without the student’s consent where the information is classified as “Directory information.” The following categories
of information have been designated by the University as directory information: name, address, telephone listing, email address, photograph, place of birth, major
field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards
received, full-time/part-time status*, and the most recent previous educational institution attended by the student.
Direct questions concerning this law and the University’s policy concerning release of academic information to the Student Records Office, (859) 257-7157. Students
who do not wish such information released without their consent should notify the Student Records Office in writing. For complete information on (1) adding and
removing a privacy flag to prevent the release of directory information; (2) the definition of education records; (3) the types of directory information that may be
made available without the student’s consent; and (4) the annual FERPA notification deadline for prevention of release of directory information, please visit:
www.uky.edu/registrar/obligation-privacy.
*For a description of full-time and part-time status, see Notes 2 and 3 under “Tuition and Fees” on page 30.
2015-2016 Calendar
Check the Academic Calendars for any calendar changes that may have been approved after the publication of this Bulletin.
2015 Fall Semester August 18-24 – Tuesday through Monday - Registration for new program
graduate students
December 1, 2014 – Monday - Early action deadline for freshmen who are
applying for Fall 2015 August 18-24 – Tuesday through Monday - Fall registration for new under-
graduate and new program graduate students who entered the University in
February 1 – Sunday - Deadline for submission of all application materials,
either the 2015 Four-Week Intersession or Eight-Week Summer Session
College of Medicine, for the 2015 Fall Semester
August 20-24 – Thursday through Monday - Fall registration for new post-
February 1 – Sunday - Deadline for submission of all application materials for
baccalaureate students admitted for the Four-Week Intersession, Eight-
the School of Interior Design
Week Summer Session or Fall Semester
February 15 – Sunday - Priority deadline for freshman applicants. Applicants for
August 21 – Friday - “see blue” U Orientation and Registration for new
the 2015 Fall Semester by this date who meet selective admission criteria will
international students who have been cleared for admission but did not
be offered general admission; applicants after this date or deferred decision
priority register
candidates will be considered on a space-available basis only.
August 21-29 – Friday through Saturday - K Week for all new undergraduate
February 15 – Sunday - Priority filing deadline for the 2015-2016 academic year
students
for financial aid for entering freshmen
August 22 – Saturday - Payment deadline of registration fees and/or housing and
February 28 – Saturday - Last day for filing an application for an August 2015
dining fees – if total amount due is not paid as indicated on the account
undergraduate degree online in myUK
statement, a late payment fee of 1.25 percent of the amount past due will be
March 1 – Sunday - Deadline for all applicants to the College of Architecture assessed
March 15 – Sunday - Priority filing deadline for the 2015-2016 academic year August 24 – Monday - “see blue” U Orientation and Registration for new
for financial aid for continuing and transfer students freshmen and transfer students who have been cleared for admission but did
March 15 – Sunday - Deadline for international applications to be submitted to not priority register including registration for Evening and Weekend
The Graduate School for the 2015 Fall Semester August 24-25 – Monday and Tuesday - Opening-of-term add/drop for regis-
April 1 – Wednesday - Deadline for NAAB Architecture transfer applicants tered students
April 15 – Wednesday - Deadline for applying with college deans for reinstate- August 24-28 – Monday through Friday - Approved time period for students to
ment after a second academic suspension for the 2015 Fall Semester change academic majors (note: please check with college for admission
May 1 – Friday - Enrollment deposit due for freshmen entering in Fall 2015 deadline)
May 15 – Friday - Deadline for students to schedule an appointment for August 25 – Tuesday - Last day a student may officially drop a course or cancel
reinstatement in all colleges for the 2015 fall semester registration with the University Registrar for a full refund of fees
May 15 – Friday - Deadline for undergraduate international applicants to submit August 25 – Tuesday - “see blue” U Orientation and Registration for readmission
2015 Fall Semester application and non-degree students who have been cleared for admission but did not
June 15 – Monday - Earliest date to submit application for regular and Early priority register including registration for Evening and Weekend
Decision Program admission, College of Medicine, for the 2016 Fall August 26 – Wednesday - First day of classes
Semester August 26-September 1 – Wednesday through Tuesday - Late registration for
June 15-July 16 – Monday through Thursday - “see blue” U Orientation for new returning students who did not priority register and new applicants cleared
freshmen, transfers, and readmitted students enrolling for the 2015 Fall late for admission. A late fee is assessed students who register late.
Semester September 1 – Tuesday - Last day to add a class for the 2015 Fall Semester
June 20-September 20 – Saturday through Sunday - Approved time period to September 1 – Tuesday - Last day to officially withdraw from the University or
apply online in myUK for a December 2015 degree from the Graduate School reduce course load and receive an 80 percent refund
June 30 – Tuesday - Last day for filing an application for a December 2015 September 1 – Tuesday - Last day for students in the Employee Educational
undergraduate degree online in myUK Program who registered and/or changed schedules after August 5 to submit
July 17 – Friday - Deadline for applying for admission to the Graduate School EEP form to Human Resource Services to confirm 2015 Fall Semester
for the 2015 Fall Semester registration and tuition waiver
July 17-August 15 – Friday through Saturday - Add/Drop for registered students September 7 – Monday - Labor Day – Academic Holiday
August 1 – Saturday - Final deadline for submission of all required documents September 16 – Wednesday - Last day to drop a course without it appearing on
to the Office of Admissions for undergraduate admission, excluding fresh- the student’s transcript
men for the 2015 Fall Semester, who will be considered on a space-available September 16 – Wednesday - Last day to change grading option (pass/fail to
basis letter grade or letter grade to pass/fail; credit to audit or audit to credit)
August 1 – Saturday - Deadline for application for Early Decision Program, September 20 – Sunday - Last day for doctoral candidates for a December
College of Medicine, for the 2016 Fall Semester degree to submit a Notification of Intent to schedule a final examination in
August 5 – Wednesday - Last day for students in the Employee Educational The Graduate School
Program registered through August 5 to submit EEP form to Human
Resource Services to confirm 2015 registration and tuition waiver
The University
A Message from President Eli Capilouto
In February 1865, amid the still smoldering embers of the Civil War, John Bryan
Bowman advocated for a public university in Lexington. Though located in the
Bluegrass, the Agriculture and Mechanical College of Kentucky University
would go on to serve the better interests of the entire Commonwealth. It was
a profound idea that a university had the ability to change people’s lives through
unmatched higher education, innovative research and discovery, and outreach
that uplifts and heals communities and the people it serves.
Today, at its 150-year anniversary, the University of Kentucky is pioneering new
ways to carry out its mission to our students, faculty, staff, alumni and friends,
and the people of the Commonwealth of Kentucky. It is the idea that we have
been charged to lead as our state’s flagship through a multi-faceted mission of
education, research, service and health care.
We are blessed with a strong faculty core that supports more than 200 academic
programs spread across 17 colleges, professional schools and the UK Library
system. The UK Core, the institution’s innovative undergraduate curriculum, is
providing students with a comprehensive education that will prepare them for
lives of leadership, meaning and purpose.
On campus, we have undertaken an innovative effort to restore and rebuild our
residential communities. We are engaged in a public/private partnership with
Memphis-based EdR to create living-learning spaces for our students to
discover and collaborate in a way that enhances the overall college experience.
By 2016, we will add more than 5,700 modern residence hall beds in 12 new
facilities on our campus – among the largest growth periods in the institution’s
history. Included in this purposeful expansion are 202 technology-rich aca-
demic learning spaces to enhance the college experience.
Our endeavor to build a campus that supports a new century of promise includes
several capital projects vital to the long-term future of the institution: the
renovation and expansion of the Gatton College of Business and Economics, a
new Academic Science Building, a renovated Commonwealth Stadium and
Nutter Training Center, a dramatic renewal of the student center, the continued
fit-out of Chandler Hospital, a new home for the School of Art and Visual
Studies, and a new multi-disciplinary medical sciences research building.
Each project will be financed through a mix of private philanthropy, creative
partnerships, clinical revenue, state support and institutional resources. Most President Eli Capilouto
notable is the generosity of our donors who will completely finance a new Gatton
College and the bold partnership with UK Athletics – one of the few self-
sustaining programs in the nation – which will pay for two-thirds of the mission is the core of our institution and our faculty, staff and students are at
Academic Science Building. the heart of that endeavor. With students from all 120 Kentucky counties, each
Our capital priorities are a critical component of our future, but our campus is of the 50 states and more than 100 countries worldwide, our campus
more than bricks and mortar – it is the faculty, staff and administrators who open environment is the opportune setting to prepare our students for a global society.
doors of opportunity for our students and the programs that comprise the UK HealthCare has strategically developed an incredible capacity to serve the
comprehensive college experience we offer. Commonwealth through our new, state-of-the-art patient care pavilion, ad-
The new spaces we are creating, in addition to the renewal of our dining vanced biomedical and biological research, and a network of health care partners
facilities, foster a rewarding sense of community across our campus. Our goal throughout Kentucky. Recently, UK HealthCare was distinguished as a Top
is to create places where students build friendships, learn with and from faculty Performer by the Joint Commission, the largest medical accreditation body in
mentors, and colleagues collaborate on the next great idea. the nation, and won a Rising Star award from the University Health System
Consortium.
The University’s wide variety of academic opportunities are complemented by
exciting co-curricular activities that add richly to what our students learn inside Our passion for people and our vision for a medical campus of the future have
the classroom and encourage them to actively participate as part of a global inspired leading physicians and researchers from across the United States to join
community. We emphasize our outreach and service missions to better prepare us in our efforts. Since their arrival, they have balanced a research agenda with
our future generation for a world that never stops evolving. outreach to our affiliate and partner hospitals so Kentucky families can receive
high-quality health care at home and travel to Lexington only for the most
The exciting things the University of Kentucky is doing off campus signal a advanced, complex medical care and procedures. Their work has led UK’s
diverse community engaging in a cooperative exchange of ideas. Our academic evolution as a leading medical research institution and positioned us as one of
Amy L. Bondurant ’73 – College of Communication & Information Robert Milton Huffaker ’57 – College of Arts & Sciences
Stephen B. Bright ’71 – College of Arts & Sciences; ’74 – College of Law Terence Hunt ’67 – College of Communication & Information
Timothy A. Byers ’81 – College of Engineering Howard L. Lewis ’70 – Gatton College of Business & Economics
Jennifer Burcham Coffman ’69 – College of Arts & Sciences; ’71 – College of Thomas W. Lewis ’71 – College of Engineering
Communication & Information, ’78 – College of Law
James W. May Jr. ’65 – College of Arts & Sciences
L. Berkley Davis Jr. ’66, ’70, ’72 – College of Engineering
W. Rodney McMullen ’81, ’82 – Gatton College of Business & Economics
Brady J. Deaton ’66 – College of Agriculture, Food and Environment; ’68 –
Graduate School Jeffrey P. Okeson ’72 – College of Dentistry
Thomas B. Deen ’51 – College of Engineering Beverly Moore Eaves Perdue ’69 – College of Arts & Sciences
Holloway Fields Jr.* ’51 – College of Engineering Peter Perlman ’59 – College of Arts & Sciences; ’62 – College of Law
Ernest Lee Fletcher ’74 – College of Engineering; ’84 – College of Medicine Theodore Strickland ’66, ’80 – College of Education
John R. Guthrie ’63 – College of Communication & Information Richard E. Whitt* ’70 – College of Communication & Information
*Deceased
Undergraduate Admission
ADMISSION PHILOSOPHY
Important Admission Deadlines*
The Office of Undergraduate Admission and University Registrar supports the
mission of the University of Kentucky. Consistent with the University’s mission
of research, service and teaching, the university seeks to enroll and retain an December 1 Early Action freshman application deadline for
admission, Competitive Scholarships and the Honors
academically talented student body that enriches the learning community and is
Program.
representative of the diverse society it serves. The following admission policies
reflect this philosophy.
February 15 Freshman regular decision deadline for fall term.
Freshman applicants who apply by this date are given
GENERAL INFORMATION full consideration for admission and orientation.
Applications received after this date will be considered
The Director of Undergraduate Admission and University Registrar authorizes
on a space-available basis.
the admission of all undergraduate students to the University. Students should
direct all admissions inquiries to:
May 1 “see blue.” U Orientation deadline. All prospective
Office of Undergraduate Admission students planning to attend an orientation (including
and University Registrar registration for fall classes) should have transcripts
100 W. D. Funkhouser Building and other required documents submitted to the Office
University of Kentucky of Undergraduate Admission. Students must also
Lexington, KY 40506-0054 confirm their orientation date by May 1.
(859) 257-2000
www.applyuk.com August 1 Credentials deadline for undergraduates entering in
the fall term. For freshmen, this usually means a final
Undergraduates at UK enroll in one of thirteen colleges. Each college is high school transcript. For transfer students, final
supervised by an academic dean and is usually made up of several academic college transcripts are due. Failure to meet this deadline
departments that offer different major fields of study. may result in a registration hold on the student’s
The general University admission requirements and procedures for freshmen record.
and transfer students are outlined below. All applicants should be aware that
certain colleges and some programs within colleges have additional
admission standards and criteria beyond those for general University
admission. Refer to Special Application Dates and Procedures on page 22 for All applicants should be aware that some programs have application
information on deadlines and procedures for particular colleges and programs. procedures and deadlines which differ from those for general
Detailed information on admission criteria is provided in the college sections of University admission. Applicants should refer to Special Applica-
this Bulletin. tion Dates and Procedures on page 22 for information on deadlines
and procedures for selective admissions colleges and programs.
The University of Kentucky provides educational opportunities to all qualified
students regardless of economic or social status. The University does not *International students – see page 20.
discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, beliefs, age,
national origin, sexual orientation, or physical or mental disability.
MINIMUM ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENT – All students who have com- DEFERRED DECISIONS – Freshman applicants who have completed the pre-
pleted the pre-college curriculum (see below) as prescribed by the Council on college curriculum, but do not have the requisite grade-point average, test scores
Postsecondary Education and have a 2.0 high school grade-point average are or both for selective admission, may have their admission decisions deferred.
encouraged to apply to the freshman class at UK. Enrollment in the freshman A portion of the freshman class may be admitted from this group of applicants.
class is limited. Within the limits of space availability, the Office of Undergradu- If, after the application deadline, spaces in the class remain to be filled, admission
ate Admission and University Registrar will endeavor to accommodate all eligible will be offered to deferred-decision applicants on a competitive basis. Admission
applicants. However, the number of freshman applications far exceeds the will be offered first to those applicants with the strongest records and offers will
number of spaces available in the entering class. For this reason, the selective continue until the class is filled.
and competitive admission requirements often exceed the minimum Strength of record is a relative term and refers to an applicant’s record in
eligibility requirement. comparison with those of all other freshman applicants. Strength of record may
be determined by a number of different factors beyond selective admission
OTHER CATEGORIES OF ADMISSION 3. Former University degree-seeking students generally will not be
enrolled as nondegree students without having earned an undergraduate
Readmission degree.
Former University students who have not been enrolled for one semester or
more, and who are in good standing are required to apply for readmission. 4. University students under academic or disciplinary suspension may not
be enrolled as nondegree students.
Applications for readmission should be submitted to the Office of Undergradu-
ate Admission and University Registrar, along with: 5. Students currently under suspension at other institutions may not be
1. official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended since enrolled as nondegree students at UK. Failure to disclose a current
leaving UK; and suspension may result in forfeiture of eligibility for future enrollment.
2. a non-refundable application processing fee. 6. Students are strongly encouraged to submit transcripts of high school
or prior colleges at the time of admission in order to facilitate advising
In order to be eligible for readmission, former UK students must have been in
about appropriate course work.
good standing at the time they left the University. Those who have been enrolled
elsewhere must be eligible as transfer students on the basis of grade-point Rules Governing Enrollment of
average and be in good standing at the institution most recently attended. Nondegree Seeking Students
Students under suspension from UK are not eligible for readmission, regardless
1. Nondegree students must meet course prerequisites or obtain the
of their status at another institution, until they have been reinstated to the
consent of the instructor to enroll in a course.
University. If the suspension is for academic reasons, reinstatement should be
requested from the dean of the college in which they intend to enroll by the stated 2. No student may continue to enroll as a nondegree student after earning
deadline; if the suspension is nonacademic, reinstatement should be requested 24 semester hours in this status without the special permission of the
from the appropriate University official. Reinstated students also must file dean of the college in which the student is registered. Students who
an application for readmission in the Office of Undergraduate Admission wish to continue course work are encouraged to apply for admission
and University Registrar by the stated deadline. as a degree-seeking student.
Readmission candidates should submit an application as early as possible. This 3. Credit earned as a nondegree student will be evaluated for applicability
allows the Office of Undergraduate Admission and University Registrar ad- toward a degree by the dean of the college in which the student will be
equate time to prepare the necessary forms for registration. Refer to the
enrolled. Most colleges provide administrative oversight of their
University Calendar on page 4 for general admission deadlines. Information on
nondegree students. Nondegree students whose registration status
selective college and program deadlines and procedures appears at the end of this
section. does not reflect affiliation with a particular college will come under the
purview of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies. Successful completion
Nondegree Students of course work as a nondegree student does not ensure admission as
The goal of the University of Kentucky policy for nondegree students is to a degree-seeking student. No graduate or professional credit is awarded
provide appropriate access to academic courses for students desiring to for courses taken while a student is enrolled as an undergraduate
continue their education without seeking a degree. Although degree-seeking nondegree student.
students should have top priority with respect to University resources, the
University does wish to provide access to these resources on a space-available Procedures
basis to nondegree seeking students. This policy will provide reasonable access 1. Nondegree students who wish to take day classes must meet regular
to a broader range of students without unnecessarily limiting University admission deadlines for each term. They are encouraged to participate
resources for degree-seeking students. in academic advising each semester. Advisors will be assigned to these
students.
Nondegree status affords an opportunity for individuals to pursue lifelong
learning without the structure of degree-seeking status and is consistent with the 2. All nondegree students who wish to continue after their first semester
educational mission of the University. are expected to participate in priority registration for the following
semester.
Merit Weekends
The University invites academically talented students and their parents and
guests to attend special two-day advising conferences called Merit Weekends.
Admitted students who have met various academic standards are invited to
attend this event. The Merit Weekend program replaces the need to attend a
summer “see blue.” U Orientation and assures participants a higher priority in
class selection. Merit Weekends are usually held in early spring.
COLLEGE OF DESIGN
School of Architecture
Freshmen ACT scores, Application March 1
Test March 5
School of Interiors
Upper Division Program Applicants Application, Transcript(s), Portfolio February 1
COLLEGE OF LAW†
First-year Students Law Application March 15
LSDAS Report March 31
COLLEGE OF NURSING
Pre-Nursing ACT scores, Application May 1 May 1 May 1
COLLEGE OF PHARMACY
Professional Program Applicants Application, Transcript(s),
(Students who have completed 64 hours Other required credentials March 1
or more at UK or other accredited colleges
or universities)
†
Law school applications are processed through the Law School Admission Council (LSAC), online at: www.lsac.org.
Fees
FEES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AND INCREASES MAY BE NECESSARY IN SUBSEQUENT YEARS.
University assesses student fees for various services, fines, and materials.
FEE PAYMENT POLICY Students are to be properly notified of amounts to be paid and designated
You become financially obligated to the University of Kentucky when you payment due dates. After unsuccessful collection efforts by the department or
register for classes. This financial obligation can only be adjusted if you division, the student is classified delinquent and the following may occur:
add/drop hours or officially withdraw from the University. It is your financial holds, class cancellations, late fees, collection agency efforts, and
responsibility to comply with the policy and schedule for paying registra- denial of access to student services.
tion fees.
FINANCIAL OMBUD SERVICES
A student with unpaid tuition/fees who subsequently leaves or
officially withdraws from school will be held liable for a percentage The Financial Ombud provides a neutral and confidential setting for current
of those fees and will be declared delinquent subject to the penalties and prospective students and their parents to discuss difficult or unusual
imposed by the institution for financial delinquency. financial problems affecting tuition and fee payment. The Financial Ombud
resolves problems, counsels, and makes recommendations and referrals as
Students who late register will be assessed a $40 late registration fee. needed.
Monthly Account Statements The Office of the Financial Ombud Services is open from 8 A.M. to 4:30 P.M.
Account statements will be created at the end of each month itemizing and is located in 18 Funkhouser Building. For information, questions, or
that month’s new charges and credits. The University must receive appointments, call (859) 218-1360.
the total amount due (less estimated aid) on or before the due date
indicated on the account statement. If full payment is not received by HEALTH CARE
the due date, a late payment fee of 1.25 percent of the amount due will For the regular fall and spring semesters, payment of the mandatory health fee
be assessed. by full-time students entitles them to medical and behavioral health care at
University Health Service. Part-time students may pay the health fee or use the
Health Service on a fee-for-service basis. The health fee is voluntary for all
Late Registration Fee students for the summer sessions. Students are strongly advised to have health
All continuing students are expected to priority register each semester for the insurance to cover medical expenses incurred beyond those covered by the
next semester. New students are assigned a specific date for registration. Any health fee. For more information on the health fee or the services provided, call
student who registers after the regular registration period will be charged a late (859) 323-5823; or visit us on the Web at:
registration fee of $40. www.ukhealthcare.uky.edu/uhs
Unlimited Plan $300 $5.18 Good for unlimited daily swipes 7 days a week $2,150
at The Fresh Food Company and Blazer Café.
Blue 14 Weekly $300 $6.58 Good for up to 14 swipes per week (average 2/day) $1,865
at The Fresh Food Company and Blazer Café.
Champion 85 Block $725 $10.29 Block of 85 is an average of 5 swipes per week $1,600
at The Fresh Food Company and Blazer Café.
White 10 Weekly $300 $7.35 Good for up to 10 swipes per week $1,550
at The Fresh Food Company and Blazer Café.
Basic 7 Weekly $200 $9.84 Good for up to 7 swipes per week (average 1/day) $1,371
at The Fresh Food Company and Blazer Café.
If you can’t make it to the Fresh Food Company or Blazer Café, certain campus restaurants allow you to exchange up to 4 swipes per day for a Wildcat
Deal. Wildcat Deals are not meant to fully replace meals in residential dining. Options and acceptance times vary by restaurant.
HOUSING COSTS
2015-2016
UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS
COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY5
(Annual Charges)12
Resident $31,088.00
Nonresident $63,472.00
Resident $16,256.00
Reduced curriculum load
Nonresident $32,448.00
DOCTOR OF PHARMACY6
(Annual Charges)12
Resident $24,514.00
Students – entering class of fall 2011
Nonresident $44,438.00
Resident $25,808.00
Students – entering class of fall 2012
Nonresident $46,828.00
Resident $26,448.00
Students – entering classes of fall 2013,
2014 and 2015 Nonresident $48,028.00
Resident $13,918.00
Reduced curriculum load
Nonresident $24,708.00
COLLEGE OF MEDICINE7
(Annual Charges)12
Resident $31,907.00
Students – entering class of fall 2011
Nonresident $58,553.00
Resident $32,889.00
Students – entering class of fall 2012
Nonresident $60,272.00
Resident $33,870.00
Students – entering class of fall 2013
Nonresident $62,073.00
Resident $34,888.00
Students – entering class of fall 2014
Nonresident $63,948.00
Resident $35,929.00
Students – entering class of fall 2015
Nonresident $65,861.00
Resident $18,677.00
Reduced curriculum load
Nonresident $33,643.00
Resident $12,428.00
Nonresident $26,964.00
Resident $18,892.00
Nonresident $45,074.00
$67,500.00
NOTES
1 Rates include mandatory student fees. Students taking all courses at off-campus locations (including distance learning courses) outside of Fayette
County and its contiguous counties may have mandatory fees waived. However, if a student who is eligible for this waiver wants to participate
in any activity supported by these fees, the student must pay the total mandatory fees. Pursuant to the Memorandum of Agreement with the
Kentucky Community and Technical College System, students enrolled at the Bluegrass Community and Technical College have the opportunity
to selectively choose services from the list of mandatory fees.
2 The full-time rate is charged to undergraduate students enrolled for 12 credit hours or more; graduate and professional doctoral students enrolled
for 9 credit hours or more; and law students enrolled for 10 credit hours or more.
3 Students enrolled part-time are charged on a per-credit hour basis. Students considered full-time for financial aid and reporting purposes, but
with less than full-time credit hours, (i.e., graduate students in residency status) will be assessed on a per-credit hour basis.
4 Lower-division undergraduate students (freshmen and sophomores) enrolled in the UK College of Engineering Extended Campus Program –
Paducah are assessed tuition and fees based upon the West Kentucky Community and Technical College’s tuition and fee rates. Upper-division
undergraduate students (juniors and seniors) are assessed the applicable UK rates. Students enrolled in this program and residing in select
contiguous counties in Illinois (Massac, Alexander and Pulaski) are also eligible for the applicable Kentucky resident rates.
5 Half-time tuition and fee rates for 2015-16 of $16,256.00 for resident students and $32,448.00 for non-resident students are established for those
dental students who have been approved by the Dean of the College of Dentistry to have a reduced curriculum load.
6 Half-time tuition and fee rates for 2015-16 of $13,918.00 for resident students and $24,708.00 for non-resident students are established for those
pharmacy students who have been approved by the Dean of the College of Pharmacy to have a reduced curriculum load.
7 The College of Medicine tuition and mandatory fee rates are ‘locked in’ for each entering class cohort. The rates do not change while students
are enrolled in the program. Reduced curriculum tuition and fee rates for 2015-16 of $18,677.00 for resident students and $33,643.00 for non-
resident students is established for those medical students who have been approved by the College of Medicine Student Progress and Promotion
Committee to have a reduced curriculum load.
8 Students enrolled in only online distance learning courses during the fall and spring semesters will be charged the Kentucky resident rate regardless
of residency status. Students enrolled in undergraduate online distance learning courses during intersessions (e.g. summer and winter terms) will
be charged based on their residency status.
9 The UK-UofL Joint Executive Master in Business Administration rate will be assessed to resident and non-resident students and reflects the
total price of the program including tuition, mandatory fees, and the program fee. The rate will be apportioned to each institution.
10 The “Master, Professional” tuition and mandatory fee rates are assessed to students enrolled in the following programs:
Master of Arts in Diplomacy and International Commerce
Master of Art Teaching World Languages
Master of Art Teaching English as a Second Language
11 The “Master, Professional Health” tuition and mandatory fee rates are assessed to students enrolled in the following programs:
Master of Science in Health Physics
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies
Master of Science in Radiological Medical Physics
12 Unless otherwise publicized, students enrolled in annual programs will be assessed the program's tuition and mandatory fees semi-annually for
all terms within the same academic year. Rates are effective as of July.
13 The “Professional Practice Doctoral” tuition and mandatory fee rates are assessed to students enrolled in applicable programs in the following
colleges:
Health Sciences
Nursing
Public Health
Student Activities ......................................................................... $16.25 *Part-time students may purchase the entire suite of 12 activity fees to obtain
all services available to full-time students for fall and spring semesters
Student Center ........................................................................... $125.25
(optional).
Student Center Renovation Fee .................................................... $45.00
Student Government Association ................................................. $11.00 Activity Fees
Johnson Center .............................................................................. $7.70
Student Health ............................................................................ $175.00
Student Center ............................................................................. $12.50
Student Involvement .................................................................... $27.25
Student Center Renovation Fee ...................................................... $4.50
Student Services .......................................................................... $13.50
Student Involvement ...................................................................... $2.60
Technology .................................................................................. $99.00
Student Services ............................................................................ $1.30
WRFL Student Radio ..................................................................... $5.00
Technology .................................................................................... $9.90
Total .......................................................................................... $624.50
Total ............................................................................................ $38.50
Mandatory Fees for Annual Programs
Fee Categories and Part-time Credit Hours
(Include annualized Student Health Fee) .................................. $1,424.00
Undergraduate ................................................... less than 12 credit hours
Fee Categories and Full-time Credit Hours Graduate ............................................................. less than 9 credit hours
Undergraduate .................................................... 12 or more credit hours Ph.D. in Public Health
Ph.D. in Nursing
Graduate .............................................................. 9 or more credit hours Ph.D. in Physical Therapy
Ph.D. in Public Health M.A. in Diplomacy and International Commerce
Ph.D. in Nursing M.B.A. Evening
Ph.D. in Physical Therapy M.S. in Physician Assistant Studies
M.A. in Diplomacy and International Commerce M.S. in Health Physics
M.B.A. Evening M.S. in Radiological Medical Physics
M.S. in Physician Assistant Studies
M.S. in Health Physics Law .................................................................. less than 10 credit hours
M.S. in Radiological Medical Physics
Pharmacy ......................................................... less than 12 credit hours
Law ................................................................... 10 or more credit hours
Exceptions
Pharmacy .......................................................... 12 or more credit hours • Students with all classes in counties not contiguous to Fayette
Dentistry .............................................................. 1 or more credit hours County (i.e. outside of Fayette, Bourbon, Clark, Jessamine,
M.B.A. Day Madison, Scott and Woodford counties). Specific groups tradi-
Medicine tionally include Education Abroad, Rural Health and Paducah
Ph.D. in Physical Therapy (Annualized Tuition) Engineering students.
• Students with all distance learning classes (if they meet the above
Exceptions condition).
• Students with all classes in counties not contiguous to Fayette
County (i.e. outside of Fayette, Bourbon, Clark, Jessamine, Madi-
son, Scott and Woodford counties). Specific groups traditionally
include Education Abroad, Rural Health and Paducah Engineering
students.
Applicants for University financial aid are given equal consideration, regardless Financial aid is credited directly to the student’s University account at the
of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, beliefs, age, national origin, sexual beginning of each semester.
orientation, or disability.
Aid recipients should plan to have enough money for initial expenses for
The University of Kentucky offers three types of financial aid to students: books, meals, and incidentals for the first three weeks of the semester
until their aid is processed. When the amount of financial aid credits exceeds
1. Financial aid based on financial need is awarded to undergraduate and
the student’s billed charges, a residual (refund) check for the difference will be
graduate students by the Office of Student Financial Aid and Scholar- mailed to the student, or direct deposited for students who have signed up for
ships. this service.
2. Direct unsubsidized loans not based on financial need are available to Federal regulations require a number of applicants to verify the information they
students through the Office of Student Financial Aid and Scholarships. report. Be as accurate as possible when filling out financial aid forms. Since
3. Financial aid based on academic merit is awarded by the Academic some of the application deals with income, plan to prepare income tax returns
early. (If you have not completed income tax returns, you may use estimated
Scholarship Office, as well as by certain academic departments and
figures in order to meet the February 15 priority date. You must update your
colleges.
information when your tax returns are completed.) FAFSA filers are strongly
Each year the amount of funds requested by eligible applicants falls short of the encouraged to use the IRS Data Retrieval Tool within the online FAFSA
resources available. The Office of Student Financial Aid and Scholarships bases application to authorize transfer of tax data required for the FAFSA directly from
its decisions on a) financial need, and b) the date of application. Students should the IRS. This tool is available approximately two weeks after tax forms have
apply as early as possible. Entering freshmen should apply by February 15. been filed with the IRS. Using this tool will decrease the likelihood of the
Transfer and continuing students should apply by March 15. Undergraduate student’s FAFSA application being selected for verification. Changes in federal
Kentucky residents are encouraged to apply as soon as possible after January regulations and methodology for determining financial need may produce results
1 to increase the likelihood of receiving very limited KY College Access Program which differ from year to year.
(CAP) Grant funds that are typically exhausted the first week of February.
Eligible students who apply after these dates will receive assistance, but will Nondegree Students
receive less because some funds will already be exhausted. Students should Individuals admitted by the Office of Undergraduate Admission or by the
not enroll in classes with the intent of obtaining financial aid after the Graduate School as nondegree students generally do not qualify for financial
semester is underway. assistance. Nondegree students must make an appointment to see a
financial aid counselor to discuss their eligibility to apply for assistance.
Graduate students should consult The Graduate School Bulletin for
Nondegree students who receive and accept a financial aid award without
information about assistantships and fellowships.
appropriate clearance by their financial aid counselor will be required to repay
For more information on financial aid, contact: any funds credited towards billed charges or released in a refund check.
Students whose status changes to nondegree after the start of the term must
Office of Student Financial Aid and Scholarships
notify their financial aid counselor and in most cases will be required to repay
127 Funkhouser Building
all funds disbursed during the term.
University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY 40506-0054 Continuing Students and Transfer Students
(859) 257-3172 Continuing students and transfer students must reapply for financial aid
www.uky.edu/financialaid/ (including scholarships) each year by submitting the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). This is required in order to track changes in
APPLYING FOR FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE student or family resources that could affect the amount of an award. To
Entering Freshmen reapply, students should complete and submit the FAFSA at: www.fafsa.ed.gov
Apply early. Applicants should apply by completing and submitting the Free as soon as possible after January 1 and preferably before March 15. A FAFSA
Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) at: www.fafsa.ed.gov as soon as on the Web Worksheet is also available at this site to assist applicants in
possible after January 1. A FAFSA on the Web Worksheet is also available at this completing the online form. Undergraduate Kentucky residents are encouraged
site to assist applicants in completing the online form. Applicants who are unable to apply as soon as possible after January 1 to increase the likelihood of receiving
to file online can obtain a paper copy of the FAFSA by calling 1-800-433-3243. very limited KY College Access Program (CAP) Grant funds that are typically
Paper FAFSA forms may also be available at some high school guidance offices. exhausted the first week of February. Applicants who are unable to file online
Submit the online or paper FAFSA, designating UK to receive the analysis. UK’s can obtain a paper copy of the FAFSA by calling 1-800-433-3243. Submit the
federal school code is 001989. online or paper FAFSA, designating UK to receive the analysis. UK’s federal
school code is 001989. Completing the FAFSA is also the first step in applying
Applicants will be considered for need-based scholarships awarded by the for a Federal Direct Stafford Loan.
Office of Student Financial Aid and Scholarships, Federal Pell Grants, Kentucky
College Access Program (CAP) Grants, Federal Supplemental Educational The Office of Student Financial Aid and Scholarships informs students of
Opportunity Grants (FSEOG), Federal Work-Study, Federal Perkins Loans, financial aid decisions in early June (or as soon thereafter as possible).
Health Professions Loans, Federal Direct Stafford Loans, and Federal Direct
Medical and Dental Students
Graduate PLUS Loans and Federal Direct Parent PLUS Loans.
Medical students apply for financial aid through the Office of Education, College
A student must enroll in a degree program at UK in order to be awarded financial of Medicine, 138 Leader Avenue, (859) 257-1652. Dental students apply in the
aid. The Office of Student Financial Aid and Scholarships informs students of Office of Student Affairs, D-155 A. B. Chandler Medical Center, (859) 323-
financial aid decisions in mid to late March (or as soon thereafter as possible). 5280.
CONTINUED ELIGIBILITY FOR students enrolled in programs of study requiring completion of more or less than
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID forty-eight credits will be 150 percent of the credits required, e.g., programs
requiring 50 credits will have a 75 credit maximum.
Federal regulations mandate that all students be required to make measurable
progress toward a degree in order to receive financial assistance through Title Students in Law, Physical Therapy, Pharmacy, and Physician Assistant
IV federal financial aid grant, loan and work programs. The University of programs are considered eligible as long as they are in good standing with their
Kentucky has adopted the following standards of satisfactory academic program requirements.
progress in order to comply with this federal requirement. These standards are The maximum time frame requirement may be adjusted for students pursuing
for financial aid purposes only and neither replace nor override University of a second undergraduate or graduate degree. However, before this occurs, the
Kentucky academic policies. Under normal circumstances, satisfactory aca- student will be required to file an appeal to document this situation. Generally,
demic progress will be evaluated once each year at the end of the spring students will be allowed to attempt up to 150 percent of the additional credit
semester. hours required to earn the second degree.
Minimum Credit Hour Completion Ratio: All undergraduate and graduate Failure to Complete Enrolled Courses: A student who enrolls at the
students will be required to complete at least two-thirds (67 percent) of all University of Kentucky and fails to earn any credit for two consecutive terms,
cumulative credits attempted as expressed by the number of cumulative hours i.e., receives a 0.0 term GPA, or withdraws from all courses two consecutive
successfully completed divided by the number of cumulative hours attempted, terms (i.e., fall and spring semesters) is not eligible for future financial aid
with the result rounded up to the nearest whole percent. For example: A student without an approved SAP appeal.
who attempts thirty (30) credit hours during an academic year must earn at least
twenty (20) of those hours before he or she is considered to be making Special Grading Options and Situations: Repeat courses taken during the
satisfactory academic progress for financial aid purposes. Credit Hours year will automatically be considered in the following spring review for
Attempted include all hours for which a student is registered as of the end of progress. Note that a repeat option replaces only the credit hours earned for
the add period during the first week of classes. Transfer credits hours that will GPA calculation; all attempts at a course are calculated in total hours attempted
be applied toward a student’s degree at the University of Kentucky will be and in the completion ratio calculation. Academic Bankruptcy will delete an
counted toward the maximum number of attempted hours in the completion early academic record from the University of Kentucky GPA but does not
ratio calculation. Credit Hours Earned would be grades of A, B, C, D, or pass; remove the attempted hours from the total cumulative hours nor from the
unearned credit would be grades of E, F, W, Z, or Incomplete. Transfer credits completion ratio calculation. Audited classes, credits earned through
hours that will be applied toward a student’s degree at the University of CLEP testing, or noncredit courses are not considered in determining
Kentucky will be counted toward the maximum number of earned hours in the satisfactory academic progress. Hours earned on a ‘pass-fail’ basis or paid
completion ratio calculation. Hours for courses with grades of ‘incomplete’ through a consortium agreement and accepted by the University of Kentucky
(I) will not be counted as hours earned until the credit is received, but will be will be used in determining satisfactory academic progress. Credits assigned to
counted as hours attempted. developmental (remedial) courses will be counted in calculating hours
attempted; however, these courses are not used in calculating the grade-point
Cumulative Grade-Point Average: In addition to the ‘minimum credit hour average (GPA).
completion ratio’ requirement indicated above, all financial aid students must
maintain a cumulative grade-point average (GPA) that is consistent with the Re-establishing Satisfactory Academic Progress: Students who have failed
institution’s requirements for graduation. Specifically, the student must earn at to meet one or more of the Satisfactory Academic Progress requirements are
least a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average to be eligible for student financial aid. not eligible for financial aid; however, eligibility may be regained if the student
Note: GPA calculations are based only on hours attempted at the University of enrolls at UK at his or her own expense in a subsequent term or terms and meets
Kentucky: this is the official GPA as calculated by the Registrar. the standards according to the cumulative credit hours completion ratio and
cumulative grade-point average (see Sections A and B). Note: Once the
Maximum Time Financial Aid May be Received: Each student has a maximum time limit has been exceeded, then aid eligibility ends, even if the
maximum time frame during which they can receive financial aid. To remain student is in compliance with the other two standards.
eligible for financial aid at the University of Kentucky, students must complete
their degree program requirements within 150 percent of the published length Right of Appeal: Federal regulations allow for certain situations in which the
of their degree program. All attempted hours are counted, including transfer Office of Student Financial Aid and Scholarships may waive the standards.
hours, whether or not financial aid was received, or whether or not the course Appeals will be considered if a student’s failure to meet the Satisfactory
work was successfully completed. Academic Progress standards is due to extenuating circumstances beyond his
or her control, which have since been resolved, and which will not affect future
An undergraduate student enrolled at the University of Kentucky should be academic performance. Detailed information about the appeal process and
able to complete his or her program of study in no more than one hundred and deadlines for submission can be found at: www.uky.edu/financialaid/rap and
twenty (120) credits of academic work, including any transfer credits. will be included in the student’s written notification of failure to maintain
Therefore, a University of Kentucky undergraduate student typically may not satisfactory progress.
receive federal financial aid after attempting one hundred and eighty (180) credit
hours. The maximum time frame for students enrolled in programs of study Transfer Credits: As stated above, transfer credits hours that will be applied
requiring completion of more than one hundred and twenty credits will be 150 toward a student’s degree at a University of Kentucky will be counted (a) toward
percent of the credits required, e.g., programs requiring 130 credits will have the maximum number of attempted hours allowed to be eligible for financial aid
a 195 credit maximum. Changes in major and/or double majors do not increase (i.e., usually 180 credit hours for undergraduate students) and (b) in the credit
the time frame allowed: once the allowed number of hours have been attempted, hour completion ratio. Transfer hours are not counted in the calculation of a
the maximum time frame is reached. By Federal regulation, if it is determined student’s UK GPA. Note: If the student must take additional credits as a result
that the student has completed the requirements for a degree, regardless of of transferring from another institution, the student must submit a written appeal
whether the student has applied to receive the degree, the student will no longer to the Assistant Director of Financial Aid. If the appeal is approved, the student
be eligible to receive aid for that degree. may continue on financial aid.
A graduate student enrolled at the University of Kentucky should be able to Evaluation of Financial Aid Eligibility: Standards of Academic Progress are
complete his or her program of study in no more than forty-eight (48) credits applied once each year at the end of the spring semester. At that point, a student’s
of academic work, including any transfer credits. Therefore, a University of entire academic history at the university (even for periods he/she did not receive
Kentucky graduate student typically may not receive federal financial aid after financial aid) will be subject to the above quantitative and qualitative standards.
attempting seventy-two (72) credit hours. The maximum time frame for Currently enrolled students with a FAFSA record who do not meet the Standards
A grant is a financial aid award that does not require repayment. Students can For more information, contact KHEAA, P.O. Box 798, Frankfort, KY 40602;
apply for all of the grant programs described below by completing the Free or visit their website at: www.kheaa.com.
Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA).
Kentucky Educational Excellence Scholarships (KEES)
Federal Pell Grants The Kentucky Educational Excellence Scholarship Program (KEES) was
established by the Kentucky General Assembly in 1998 and is administered by
The Federal Pell Grant Program provides grants to eligible undergraduate
the Kentucky Higher Education Assistance Authority (KHEAA). KEES Schol-
students working on their first baccalaureate degree. Federal Pell Grants
arships are available to students who graduate from a Kentucky high
currently range in value from $626 to $5,755 per school year and are based upon
school at the end of the 1998-99 academic year and beyond. Kentucky
the student’s enrollment status and the financial circumstances of the family and
residents who meet the eligibility criteria can earn up to $2,500 per year. The
applicant. Effective July 1, 2012, all students are subject to a lifetime maximum
amount of the scholarship is based on the student’s high school performance
of 12 full-time equivalent semesters of Pell Grant eligibility.
and ACT scores. Students will generally be eligible to receive the scholarship for
The U.S. Department of Education determines eligibility according to financial a maximum of eight academic terms in an undergraduate program.
need. Applicants will receive a Student Aid Report (SAR) four to six weeks after
To receive the full award, students must be enrolled full-time. Students enrolling
applying. Students who provide an email address on the FAFSA will receive SAR
less than full-time (but at least half-time) will receive a proportionate award.
information via email.
Renewal amounts will be determined as follows: if your cumulative GPA is at
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) least 3.0, your full award will be renewed; if your cumulative GPA is a 2.5 to
The Higher Education Act of 1980 provides Federal Supplemental Educational 2.99, your full award will be renewed only if you have completed enough hours
Opportunity Grants for undergraduate students who need financial aid to enter to be certified as on track to graduate by the University’s financial aid office;
or remain in college. SEOG recipients must be eligible to receive a Pell Grant and if your cumulative GPA is a 2.5 to 2.99, you have not earned enough hours to
have exceptional financial need. The average SEOG award at the University be considered on track to graduate, but you were enrolled full-time during the
is $600. Larger awards are generally not possible, since there are more eligible prior year, your award amount will be reduced by 50 percent; if your cumulative
applicants than available funds. GPA is a 2.5 to 2.99 and you were enrolled less than full-time during the prior
year and are not considered on track to graduate by the University’s financial
Teach Grant Program aid office or your cumulative GPA was below a 2.5, you will become ineligible
Through the College Cost Reduction and Access Act of 2007, Congress created until you meet one of the standards above at the end of the next academic year.
the Teacher Education Assistance for College and Higher Education (TEACH) Students will be considered on track to graduate according to the following
Grant Program that provides grants of up to $4,000 per year to students who criteria: the student has earned 48 credit hours at the end of 4 terms of
intend to teach in a public or private elementary or secondary school that serves enrollment; 72 credit hours at the end of 6 terms of enrollment; 120 credits at
students from low-income families. In exchange for receiving a TEACH Grant, the end of 8 terms of enrollment. In determining a student’s on track to
the student must agree to serve as a full-time teacher in a high-need field in a graduate status, enrollment in only the fall and spring terms will be included in
public or private elementary or secondary school that serves low-income the number of terms of enrollment. On track to graduate status will be
families. A TEACH Grant recipient must teach at least four academic years determined at the end of each spring term. Any hours earned during a summer
within eight calendar years of completing the program of study for which the period will be included in the number of credits earned at the end of the following
student received a TEACH Grant. Important: If the student fails to complete spring term.
this service obligation, all amounts of the TEACH Grants received will be
converted to a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan which must then be Eligible students will receive official notification of their KEES award from
repaid to the U.S. Department of Education. The student will be charged interest KHEAA. The student’s enrollment must be verified prior to disbursement of the
from the date the grant(s) was disbursed. To receive a TEACH Grant the student award. Therefore, funds will not be available until four weeks after the start of
must: complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), the semester. For more information, contact KHEAA, P.O. Box 798, Frankfort,
KY 40602; or visit their website at: www.kheaa.com.
LOANS The amount a student may borrow may not exceed the student’s cost of
Loans generally supplement a student’s savings, earnings, or other financial attendance. Interest and repayment provision are identical to those in the HPSL
assistance. Loan funds generally are not adequate to cover all expenses. When Program. To apply for the PCL, contact the financial aid office in the UK College
possible, loans are combined with other types of financial assistance to reduce of Education.
the amount a student must borrow. Federal Direct PLUS Loans and Graduate/Professional Federal
Direct PLUS Loans
Federal Perkins Loans Parents can borrow a Federal Direct PLUS Loan to help pay their child’s
A student must demonstrate financial need to be eligible for a Federal Perkins educational expenses if the student is a dependent undergraduate student
Loan. The amount of loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Aid enrolled at least half-time in an eligible program. The student for whom the
and Scholarships based on the needs and resources of the student and available parent is borrowing the PLUS Loan must complete the Free Application for
funds. Annual loan limits are $5,500 for each year of undergraduate study and Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the University of Kentucky financial aid
$8,000 for each year of graduate or professional study. The aggregate loan limits office must have determined the student’s maximum eligibility for Direct
are as follows: $11,000 for undergraduate students who have not completed 2 Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loans. The parent borrower must also
years; $27,500 for all other undergraduate students; $60,000 for graduate have an acceptable credit history. Both the student and the parents must also
students (includes loans borrowed at the undergraduate level). The amount meet other general eligibility requirements for federal student financial aid. The
awarded depends on the date of application, financial need, and the funding level yearly limit for a PLUS Loan is equal to the student’s cost of attendance minus
at UK. any other financial aid received.
Payment is not required while the borrower is enrolled as a half-time student. Graduate/Professional students enrolled at least half-time in an eligible program
Interest begins to accrue at a rate of 5 percent per year at the beginning of the can borrow a Federal Direct Grad PLUS Loan to help meet their educational
ninth month after the borrower ceases to be a half-time student. In this context, expenses. The yearly limit for a Grad PLUS Loan is equal to the student’s cost
“half-time” is defined as half a normal load or a minimum of six hours for of attendance minus any other financial aid received.
undergraduate students or five hours for graduate students.
To apply for a Federal Direct PLUS Loan or a Grad PLUS Loan go to
Health Professions Student Loans (HPSL) www.studentloans.gov. The interest rate for PLUS and Grad PLUS Loans is
Students in the Colleges of Dentistry and Pharmacy are eligible for Federal 7.21 percent. Interest is charged on a PLUS/Grad PLUS Loan from the date of
Health Professions Student Loans. Funds for the HPSL program are cooperative the first disbursement until the loan is paid in full. A 4.292 percent origination
loan funds made available on the same basis as the Federal Perkins Loan Program fee is charged on all PLUS/Grad PLUS Loans.
described above.
Subsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loans
The law requires that borrowers be enrolled as full-time students in good The University of Kentucky participates in the Federal Direct Stafford Loan
standing in the Colleges of Dentistry or Pharmacy and be in need of a loan to Program through an agreement with the U.S. Department of Education. The
continue their professional education. Parental information must be re- University receives loan funds directly from the Department of Education and
ported on the FAFSA even if the student is considered independent. If required, disburses them to eligible students. Undergraduate students with a freshman
the student must be registered with the Selective Service Administration. classification may borrow up to $3,500 per academic year. Students with a
sophomore classification may borrow up to $4,500 per academic year. Students
The amount a student may borrow annually may not exceed the student’s cost
with a junior, senior, or fifth-year classification may borrow up to $5,500 per
of attendance. Repayment of principal and interest begins one year after the
academic year. The amount of the loan may not exceed the cost of attendance
student ceases full-time study, and must be completed within ten years. HPSL
or the cost of attendance less other aid received minus the expected family
Loans carry a fixed interest rate of 5 percent.
contribution, whichever is less. Beginning July 1, 2012 graduate students are no
Primary Care Loan (PCL) Program longer eligible for subsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loans but can still borrow
The Primary Care Loan Program (PCL) assists students in the College of an unsubsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loan. (Refer to the section on
Medicine who intend to engage in primary care residency and/or practice upon Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans below.)
graduation. Primary health care is defined as family medicine, general internal The interest rate for undergraduate subsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loans
medicine, general pediatrics, preventive medicine, or osteopathic general is fixed at 4.66 percent for loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2014. Rates
practice. will be set each year. Borrowers pay an origination fee of 1.073 percent. The
Eligibility requirements for PCL are the same as those for HPSL, except fee is withheld from the loan when the funds are disbursed.
recipients must agree to enter and complete a residency program in Primary Care Interest will not be charged while the student is enrolled in school at least half-
within 4 years following completion of residency training; and practice in time, during a grace period, or during authorized periods of deferment. Interest
primary care until the loan is repaid in full (10 years with extension at the will begin to accrue when the student enters repayment. Repayment begins six
discretion of the school). Based on compliance, the interest rate is 5 percent months after the borrower leaves school.
(paid by the federal government) during in-school and approved deferment
Students must complete a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)
periods. When a borrower fails to comply with the service obligation, the
to apply for a Subsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loan.
balance due on the loan involved will be immediately recomputed from the date
of issuance (using the original principal) at an interest rate of 12 percent per year, Apply early. Allow a minimum of 4 to 6 weeks for the loan to be processed.
compounded annually for loans made prior to November 13, 1998. For loans
made on or after November 13, 1998, when a PCL borrower fails to comply with Unsubsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loans
the primary care service requirement, the PCL will begin to accrue interest at The Unsubsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loan program is open to undergradu-
a rate of 18 percent per year beginning on the date of noncompliance. The ate and graduate students who may not qualify for subsidized Federal Direct
penalty is calculated on the outstanding balance of the PCL on the date of Stafford Loans or to undergraduate students who may qualify for only partial
noncompliance. For loans made on or after March 23, 2010, PCL borrowers subsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loans. Undergraduate borrowers may
who fail to comply with the service requirements of the program will have their receive both subsidized and unsubsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loans totaling
loans begin to accrue interest at an annual rate of 2 percent greater than the up to the applicable Stafford limit, if they do not qualify for the full amount
rate the student would pay if compliant. permitted under the subsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loan Program. For
undergraduate students, this includes eligibility to borrow up to an additional
$2,000 in unsubsidized Federal Direct Loan funds. Independent undergraduate
Students can access the Online Employment System and other information at Awards are given in each category: $350 for first, $200 for second place, and
the HR Student Employment website at: www.uky.edu/HR/studentjobs/ Feel an Honorable Mention certificate. The Associate Provost for Undergraduate
free to call us at (859) 257-8894. Education presents the awards and a certificate to each winner at a luncheon held
each December. Any undergraduate (full- or part-time, enrolled for either
semester in the current academic year) who does not already have a baccalau-
SPECIAL AWARDS reate degree is eligible to enter.
The Herman L. Donovan Fellowship for Older Adults For information, contact the Office of Undergraduate Research, 211 Funk-
The Donovan Fellowship, named in honor of the late Herman L. Donovan, houser Building, (859) 257-0049; www.uky.edu/UGResearch.
University President from 1941-1956, is open to persons who are 65 years of
age or older who live in Kentucky. Tuition is waived for Donovan Fellows. Undergraduate Summer Research and Creativity Fellowships
Students may work toward an undergraduate or graduate degree, audit classes One of the strengths of research institutions like the University of Kentucky is
for the joy of learning, or take individual courses for credit. The program is the opportunity they provide for undergraduates to be involved in research and
available at the Lexington campus. Fellows are responsible for books, supplies, creative projects. Engagement in educational activities outside the classroom is
parking and applicable taxes. Due to space limitations, classes rarely are available a key element in the learning process. Faculty members in many fields welcome
for instruction in music and voice. All state-supported institutions of higher the opportunity to share their expertise and assist students with research
learning in Kentucky offer tuition-free classes for persons 65 years of age or projects. Each year, the Office of Undergraduate Research supports numerous
older. independent research and creativity projects. Awardees receive up to $2,000 to
support these activities during the summer months. Awards are given out at the
For more information, contact Sharye Davis at (859) 257-2657; or email:
end of the spring semester. Undergraduate students in all academic areas are
Sharye.Davis@uky.edu.
eligible to compete for these fellowships.
For information and applications, contact the Office of Undergraduate Re-
search, 211 Funkhouser Building, (859) 257-0049; or visit us at:
www.uky.edu/UGResearch
Living Accommodations
APPLYING FOR HOUSING Roommates
It is recommended that students apply to UK Housing as soon as they are Students may request roommates of the same gender on the housing application.
accepted to UK. It is important to note that applying for admission to the Two students who wish to share a room must indicate each other as the
University and applying for housing and the Living Learning Program (LLP) are preferred roommate and request the same room types and area of campus.
separate processes. Acceptance to the University does not guarantee accep- Living Learning Program participants will be expected to room with another
tance to housing or the LLP. student in the same living-learning community.
On-campus housing will be provided for those who meet all University of RESIDENCE HALLS
Kentucky and UK Housing qualifications and deadlines. Students can be
UK’s residence halls have many attractive features. Housing rates include
disappointed when they do not obtain a University housing assignment due to
utilities, cable television, computer network connection and furniture. All
late submission of the housing application.
residence halls are staffed by hall directors and resident advisors. Each front
Questions regarding the housing application should be directed to the Under- desk has a staff member monitoring the lobby area 24/7. Security cameras are
graduate Housing Assignments Office, which processes housing applications, placed in many areas of the halls. Residence halls provide convenient access to
assigns students to resident hall rooms and the Living Learning Program, and laundry facilities, game and television rooms, vending machines, lounges, and
notifies students of assignments (see Contact Information at the end of this study rooms. Dining facilities are close to all areas of campus. Smoking and
section). other tobacco products are not allowed on UK’s campus. UK Housing
policies and procedures apply to all residents who sign a contract and live in one
LIVING ON CAMPUS of the residence halls or Greek facilities managed by the University.
The University of Kentucky has 8 traditional and 15 premium residence halls UK’s campus covers many acres. Students and faculty refer to the three major
designed in several different room types, including four-person suites, 2- areas of campus as north campus, central campus, and south campus. UK’s
bedroom suites, and 4-bedroom suites. The residence halls on campus house residence halls are located in all three areas.
over 6,600 undergraduate students.
Students should read about each hall and learn about the facilities and the various
The residential setting at UK is intended to contribute to a student’s education living-learning communities available.
by providing a living/learning environment. There are several living learning
communities within undergraduate housing. For more information about each North Campus
living-learning community, visit the Living Learning Program website at: The north campus consists of four residence halls: Roselle Hall, Champions
www.uky.edu/housing/ Court I, Champions Court II, and Wildcat Coal Lodge. North campus halls are
close to Blazer Cafe, the UK Bookstore, many classrooms, Memorial Coliseum,
UK’s residence halls are the foundation upon which a solid college experience
Rupp Arena, downtown and many eclectic shops and restaurants.
is built. Many current students believe that living in a residence hall is the best
way to make friends, meet new people, and become involved in campus life.
Central Campus
Studies on UK’s campus indicate that students who live on campus, particularly
Central I, Central II, Haggin, Woodland Glen I, Woodland Glen II, Woodland
those in living-learning communities, tend to have higher grade-point averages
Glen III, Woodland Glen IV, and Woodland Glen V make up the central campus.
than students living off campus.
These halls are considered centrally located because they are close to the Fresh
UK’s residence halls are staffed with professionally trained personnel, including Food Company at The 90, many classroom buildings, as well as the William T.
full-time resident directors, hall directors, and resident advisors who live on each Young Library and UK Hospital.
floor. The hall director and resident advisors assist in creating a safe, inclusive
environment, helping students in their academic efforts, planning social and South Campus
educational programs, and developing hall governments. Residents are encour- The south campus is comprised of the Kirwan-Blanding Complex, plus three
aged to participate both within the hall and in the campus community. premium residence halls – Baldwin, Smith, and Ingels. These communities are
located near the Fresh Food Company at The 90, William T. Young Library, the
All on-campus undergraduate residents are represented by the Resident Student
E .J. Nutter Field House and Training Facility, the Hilary J. Boone Tennis Center,
Association, a group whose goal is to improve residence hall life by planning and
Lancaster Aquatic Center, Cliff Hagan Stadium, Bernard Johnson Student
directing social, educational and recreational programs, and by providing a
Recreation Center, and Commonwealth Stadium.
unified voice for residents. The Resident Student Association is a member of the
National Association of College and University Residence Halls (NACURAH, Office of Residence Life
INC.), enabling interested residents to attend regional and national leadership
The mission of the Office of Residence Life is to create inclusive residential
conferences.
communities that promote student learning and personal growth. In order to
Room Assignments promote student learning and personal growth, the Office of Residence Life has
identified five core values which must be incorporated into all residential
Room assignments are determined by the date the completed housing application
communities. These are:
and housing contract are submitted to the Undergraduate Housing Assignments
Office. Living Learning Program participants are assigned to the residence • Safety
hall(s) that houses their program. • Inclusion
If housing demand exceeds capacity, students may be placed on standby for • Service
housing until a permanent room assignment can be made. Each year, a number • Civility
of housing recipients do not come to school, or come but do not stay, creating
vacancies. • Academic Achievement
New students who choose to cancel their Housing and Dining application will Furniture is provided in Commonwealth Village, Greg Page, and Shawneetown
be charged according to the following schedule: only. (Furnishings do not include microwaves, linens, or household essentials.)
The rent rate in these units includes the cost of utilities, basic cable television
• $0 for cancelling prior to June 15 service, and Internet connectivity. Laundry facilities are available in all these
• 20 percent of the traditional hall rate for the fall semester for cancel- communities. Furniture is not provided in the properties located at 625 S.
ling from June 16 - July 1 Limestone, 633 Maxwelton Court or the campus-adjacent options. Basic utilities
• 25 percent of the traditional hall rate for the fall semester for cancel- are provided at 625 S. Limestone and 633 Maxwelton Court. Internet and cable
ling by July 2 - August 1 television are not provided. Please visit our Web site to learn more about the
amenities provided for each option, including the campus adjacent properties.
• 50 percent of the assigned housing rate for the fall semester plus the Rental rates and other important information are available on the Web site. A
prorated charge for each day from the fall move in date to the date on permit must be purchased through Parking and Transportation for most
which the student has provided written cancellation notification for properties.
cancelling by September 1. This rate also applies to students who
apply for on-campus housing and then never move in to the housing For more information and to access our application, please visit us at:
facilities – no shows www.uky.edu/Housing /Graduate or contact our office at:
• Full housing and dining charges (at assigned hall and plan rates) for Graduate and Family Housing
cancelling after September 1 300 Alumni Drive
Apartment 156
After the Semester Begins Lexington, KY 40503
If a student withdraws from the University during the semester, the student is (859) 257-3721
charged the daily rate for the time which they were in the residence hall. Students fax: (859) 323-1900
are also charged the weekly rate for the dining plan which they are on or actual
email: ukapthousing@uky.edu
usage of that plan, whichever is greater.
Cultural Opportunities
Otis A. Singletary Center for the Arts UK School of Music Concerts
Located on the corner of Rose Street and Euclid Avenue, the Singletary Center The School of Music at the College of Fine Arts presents a variety of recitals and
for the Arts serves as the primary performance facility for the University, as well concerts throughout the year by faculty and students. Student organizations
as for many community and regional events. The Center includes a 1500-seat include the Symphony Orchestra, the Wind Symphony, the Concert Band, the
Concert Hall and a 400-seat Recital Hall, both designed for acoustical excellence. Choristers and Chorale, the UK Jazz Ensemble, the Percussion Ensemble, the
Trombone Choir, Men’s Chorus, Women’s Choir, Opera Theatre, and acoustic
The Singletary Center opened in the fall of 1979 and has hosted an average of
vocal groups Paws and Listen and the AcoUstiKats.
400 events annually, with 123,000 patrons attending each year. In addition to
presenting almost 175 annual performances by the School of Music faculty and Faculty recitals, faculty ensemble concerts, and concerts by student organiza-
students. tions are usually free to students, faculty, staff, and to the community. For a
complete listing, visit: finearts.uky.edu/music
The Singletary Center is also the primary performance venue of the
community arts organizations, such as the Lexington Philharmonic Orches- Chamber Music Society of Central Kentucky
tra, the Central Kentucky Youth Orchestra, and the Chamber Music Society The Chamber Music Society of Central Kentucky offers a series of concerts
of Central Kentucky. In addition, the Center houses the Gallery at the featuring outstanding chamber music ensembles of national and international
President’s Room, which showcases regional, local, and student art exhibits. reputation. Most performances are held on campus at the Singletary Center
Admission to the Gallery is free. for the Arts. Tickets are available individually or by subscription. For ticket
The Center offers discounts and/or free admission to numerous programs information, call (859) 257-4929.
for students, faculty and staff with a valid UK ID. For more information,
visit online at: www.singletarycenter.com. For ticket information, call the Lexington Philharmonic Orchestra
Singletary Center Ticket Office at (859) 257-4929. The ticket office is open 10 The Lexington Philharmonic Orchestra is conducted by Scott Terrell and
A.M. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday, and 12 p.m. to 5 p.m. on Saturday if there performs regularly in the Concert Hall of the Singletary Center for the Arts. The
is a ticketed performance. orchestra plays a varied repertoire and features outstanding guest soloists at
each concert. Tickets are available individually or by subscription. For ticket
Singletary Signature Series information, call (859) 233-4226.
The Singletary Center for the Arts at the College of Fine Arts presents and hosts
artistic, cultural and educational events for the University community, Lexing- Martin Luther King Jr. Cultural Center
ton community and the Commonwealth of Kentucky. The Singletary Signature Established on the University of Kentucky campus in 1987 as the Martin Luther
Series offers audiences the highest standards of artistic excellence usually found King Jr. Cultural Center, this much-visited campus venue has been a vital
in major metropolitan art centers. Each year, the series features international and resource, providing year-round programs and activities that have focused on the
national acts ranging from jazz to rock, dance to opera, and classical to modern. importance of cultural awareness and cross-cultural understanding. The center
Past performers include Trombone Shorty, Denyce Graves, Savion Glover, offers a relaxed and affirming atmosphere that enhances the recruitment and
Mark O’Connor, the B-52s, Chris Isaak, Itzhak Perlman, Boyz II Men, Wynton retention of students from diverse backgrounds. Now in its third decade of
Marsalis and Emmlyou Harris. operation, the center has evolved into an education resource facility where all
students, as well as faculty and staff of the university can engage each other
Don’t miss the opportunity to see some of the world’s best performers right here through cross-cultural exploration and intellectual exchange.
on UK’s campus. Ticket prices are based on seating location.
Increasingly, research has shown a vitally positive link between intercultural
For more information about the Singletary Signature Series and other concerts engagement and student success. As a result, the King Center has sharpened its
at the Singletary Center, call (859) 257-4929; or check out the web site at: focus on diversity education and increased its support of the academic
www.singletarycenter.com enterprise. In addition to cultural/educational programs consisting of lectures,
concerts, artistic performances, film/video screenings and workshops, faculty
Theatre and Dance involvement in the center has increased through the establishment of the
The UK Department of Theatre and Dance at the College of Fine Arts produces Scholar-in-Residence (SiR). During his/her two-year assignment, the faculty
a dynamic variety of performances each season, inspired by its dedication to SiR helps to situate many center programs and activities within the academic/
artistic excellence and professionalism. Housed in the historic Guignol Theatre intellectual realm, and engages students, faculty and staff in meaningful
on Rose Street, season repertoire features innovative reinvention of classics, exploration and intellectual discourse. Check the King Center website for
original work developed by students and faculty, and new plays by emerging programs and scheduling details at: www.uky.edu/mlkc
voices in the American Theatre. Additionally, the department presents an annual
dance concert featuring dance minors and a musical theatre production Mission
featuring exceptional students in the Musical Theatre Certificate. All perfor- The mission of the King Center is threefold: (1) to advance the university’s
mances are open to the Lexington as well as the UK campus community. For strategic goal of achieving a more diverse and inclusive campus environment,
more information on auditions and other theatre activities, visit: finearts.uky.edu/ (2) to support increased retention of undergraduate students who are generally
theatre underrepresented in the student body, and (3) to enhance student achievement
by helping students to have a more engaged, productive and fulfilling under-
graduate experience. To these ends, our goals are to foster intercultural
competence, promote respect and passion for the pursuit of quality education,
and to help prepare students for productive and responsible engagement in a
global society.
University Art Galleries The Art Museum, located in the Singletary Center for the Arts at the corner of
The gallery in the Bolivar Art Center, the home of the School of Art and Visual Rose Street and Euclid Avenue, is open noon to 5 p.m. Tuesday through Sunday,
Studies, houses B.A. and B.F.A. senior exhibitions as well as juried shows. The and noon to 8 p.m. on Friday. The Museum is closed on Mondays and University
Barnhart Gallery is home to the School’s annual Open Studio. The Rasdall holidays. Admission is free.
Gallery in the Student Center is run by a student board and features work by
William S. Webb Museum of Anthropology
local, regional, and national artists in a variety of media. The Pence Hall
Gallery, under the direction of the College of Design, combines exhibits of The William S. Webb Museum of Anthropology is the major curation
architectural interest featuring painting, drawing and sculpture. For more facility for archaeological collections in the state. The Museum was founded
information, visit the School of Art and Visual Studies site at the College of Fine in 1931 by William S. Webb, and houses many unique collections recovered
Arts at: finearts.uky.edu/art from archaeological excavations all across the Commonwealth. Every year
we welcome researchers from all parts of the world who come to study,
photograph and interpret the material remains representing 12,000 years of
Native American life in Kentucky, and the last 200 years or so of the
Commonwealth. The museum library contains approximately 9,000 vol-
umes on Kentucky prehistorical and historical archaeology. Researchers are
welcome to apply to the Museum for collections access.
DEAN OF STUDENTS OFFICE Sororities affiliated with the National Panhellenic Council hold a formal
recruitment period the week prior to school opening in the fall. This is followed
The University of Kentucky Dean of Students Office provides both administra-
by open membership selection throughout the year for candidates to fill available
tive and educational services that support the personal and academic success of
vacancies.
students. The office provides extracurricular, non-academic educational pro-
grams and also collaborates with academic units to provide support for students Fraternities affiliated with the North American Interfraternity Conference host
in reaching their educational goals. a recruitment week at the beginning of both the fall and spring semesters. Open
recruitment takes place throughout the remainder of the school year.
Office of Student Conduct
The Office of Student Conduct is committed to promoting a safe, healthy, Sororities and fraternities affiliated with the National Pan-Hellenic Council will
student-centered, and inclusive community where students can learn, grow, announce individually their membership intake process during the semester.
and develop. The goals of the student conduct system are to: Pledging is not a prerequisite for membership.
• Promote personal responsibility and peer accountability. Sororities and fraternities at the University of Kentucky follow the dictates of
The Code of Student Conduct which prohibits student organizations from
• Encourage students to consider the impact of their actions on them-
discriminating against any person due to race, color, or religious affirmation or
selves, their peers, and the greater community. belief.
• Empower students to address any conflict that may arise in a safe,
The governing bodies for Greek life are the Interfraternity Council, the
respectful, and socially conscious manner. Panhellenic Council and National Pan-Hellenic Council comprised of represen-
• Collaborate with faculty, staff, students, and the campus community tatives from each group on campus.
with regard to student conduct matters. The Office of Fraternity and Sorority Affairs, the Interfraternity Council, the
• Educate the campus community about student rights and responsibili- Panhellenic Council and the National Pan-Hellenic Council are located in 575
ties related to the University Code of Student Conduct. Patterson Office Tower. For more information, call (859) 257-3151; or, access
the fraternity and sorority website at: www.uky.edu/StudentAffairs/Greek
The Code of Student Conduct (“the Code”) at the University of Kentucky is
established to promote and protect the core mission and values of the University. UK Parent and Family Association
By maintaining the Code, the University affirms the rights, protections, and
The UK Parent and Family Association (UKPFA) believes that student success
expectations of students regarding their behavior as members of the University
is enhanced by well-informed parents and families. The UKPFA invites all
community. Students enrolled at the University of Kentucky are expected to
parents and families of UK undergraduate students to join its membership.
conduct themselves according to federal, state, and local laws, and promote an
Membership benefits include receiving publications such as the Insider’s Guide
educational environment that supports the University’s mission and values.
handbook for families of new UK students and the Cat Chat email newsletter.
When incidents of potential misconduct occur, students are afforded a fair,
The UKPFA coordinates events for students and families during K Week and
educational, and consistent student conduct process. The student conduct
Family Weekend. The Parent and Family Association is coordinated through the
process is designed to be a learning experience that facilitates responsible
Office of New Student and Family Programs. The staff members are happy to
conduct and positive citizenship among the University and greater community.
assist parents and family members with questions and concerns related to their
For further information about the student conduct process, visit:
students and UK. For more information on the Parent and Family Association,
www.uky.edu/studentconduct
including how to join and more detailed membership benefits, visit:
Community of Concern www.uky.edu/parents
The Community of Concern Team is a part of the University’s commitment to
K Book
proactively address issues of concern involving our students and/or employees.
Our paramount concern is maintaining the safety of all members of the The K Book new student handbook eases the transition of new students to the
University community. The Community of Concern team seeks to enhance the University of Kentucky by addressing topics related to institutional history and
well-being and safety of the University’s students and employees by: traditions, student life, academic life, athletics, campus resources, and life in
Lexington. The K Book is distributed to most new students during “see blue.”
• providing a centralized point of contact for persons who develop a U Orientation; new students participating in Merit Weekend or starting during
concern about the welfare of an individual; either summer term receive theirs by mail. The K Book is written every year by
a group of current students, providing a peer perspective on life as a UK student.
• taking appropriate action by referring individuals to the resources that
The K Book is coordinated through the Office of New Student and Family
can provide the support/assistance needed to safely maintain success-
Programs and UK Public Relations and Marketing. For more information on the
ful relationship to the University; and K Book, visit: www.uky.edu/KBook
• providing training and education to the University community.
Office of Wellness Initiatives for Student Empowerment
More information is available on the COC Web site at: www.uky.edu/coc/
The mission of the Office of Wellness Initiatives for Student Empowerment
Fraternities and Sororities (WISE) is to provide knowledge and information that empower University of
The University of Kentucky hosts 24 national fraternities and 20 national Kentucky students and community youth to make safer and healthier lifestyle
sororities. The undergraduate members are primarily responsible for operating choices for holistic wellness. Subjects covered include alcohol and drug abuse
these groups, with the assistance of a house director, local alumni and University prevention, financial wellness, hazing prevention, and general wellness. Grounded
advisors. The advisors are concerned with all areas of fraternity and sorority in the Social-Ecological Model of Prevention and the 9 Dimensions of Wellness,
operations – recruitment, pledging, scholarships, housing, finance, leadership, the unit offers a variety of resources and programs that empower students to
personal growth and University involvement. make responsible decisions and healthy behaviors.
Lancaster Aquatic Center For more information or to reserve a room, call the Director’s Office at (859)
Lancaster Aquatic Center is available for recreational swimming during open 257-5781 or visit the Student Center Web site at: www.uky.edu/studentcenter
hours. For information, call (859) 257-7946. Be sure to stay updated with the Student Center Renovation Project by visiting:
www.uky.edu/studentcenter/renovation
Intramural Sports
The Intramural Sports program provides competition between students at UK. STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
Individual, dual, and team sports events are available. Teams are organized into Student organizations are created as a result of student interest and serve the
the following divisions: residence halls, fraternities, sororities, independents, needs of a variety of students. Many provide programs that supplement the
and faculty and staff. classroom experience and extend into areas of community service. All provide
learning opportunities and leadership training for participating students and help
Club Sports
to create lasting friendships for those involved.
The Club Sports program provides opportunities for UK students, faculty, and
staff who desire a more in-depth sports experience than is provided in the There are over 500 registered student organizations on the UK campus. These
Intramural and/or open recreation program. For a list of current club sports, include multicultural, governmental, political, honors and leadership organiza-
contact the Department of Campus Recreation at (859) 257-3928. tions, recognition societies, social fraternities and sororities, club sports,
departmental/professional organizations and special interest groups like the
Adventure Trips Black Student Union, Student Veterans Association, and the OUTsource. There
The Outdoor Pursuits program offers a variety of adventure trips for UK are also numerous student organizations that focus on the religious, recreational,
students, faculty, and staff. The trips vary from day hiking in the beautiful community service, media and international needs of students.
wild regions of Kentucky, to a weekend of whitewater rafting in West For more information about student organizations and campus activities,
Virginia, to snow skiing at one of the regional spots close to Lexington. contact the Center for Student Involvement, third floor of Blazer Hall, (859) 257-
1109 or visit: getinvolved.uky.edu
For More Information
For more information about recreational programs or facilities, contact the Leadership Development
Department of Campus Recreation, 177 Johnson Center, (859) 257-3928. The Office of Student Involvement sponsors a variety of leadership programs
Visit us on the Web at: www.uky.edu/campusrec/ to complement the academic experience. The Leadership Exchange has been
established to support, develop and enhance student leadership at the University
STUDENT CENTER of Kentucky. Whether you utilize our online resources or participate in the
programs below, the Leadership Exchange strives to provide a leadership
Having finished the 75th anniversary celebrations in 2014, the Student Center foundation for every Wildcat.
is poised for a bright future! Services provided in the Student Center have been
conveniently relocated during the expansion and renovation of the new, highly The Emerging Leader Institute provides first- and second-year students the
anticipated, state of the art Student Center, which will become the benchmark opportunity to develop leadership skills and expand their understanding of the
worldwide. principles of leadership. Course components include structured experiences in
current theories of leadership, effective communication, ethical decision
For activities, programming and other services, the Cats Den Underground is making, empowering others, visioning and project planning, and developing
a premier recreational space located in the lower level of Blazer Hall where meaningful relationships with peers, mentors and instructors. The Institute is
students can enjoy video games, TV, wireless laptops and nightly entertainment offered each semester, selective in admission and awards academic credit to
such as the Comedy Caravan, concerts, trivia nights and recreational tourna- participating students. For applications and for course information, visit:
ments. The Cats Den Underground is equipped with table tennis, billiards, video getinvolved.uky.edu or @uklead.
game stations and a snack bar with free popcorn.
The Lead UK Conference is open to all students and beneficial for a leader on
The Late Night Film Series, a student-run cinema, will be showing the latest any level. The conference takes place every year. Lead UK offers a variety of
Hollywood blockbusters every Thursday and student favorites every Friday at interactive workshops facilitated by UK staff and students, as well as a keynote
10 P.M. in Memorial Hall free of charge for students, staff, faculty and their address from a national leadership educator. Participants build knowledge and
guests. The film series also runs specialty movies such as foreign films, skills through basic leadership training and make connections with faculty, staff
documentaries, cult classics and more on select days during the week. and other student leaders.
Those interested in being active on campus can visit the Martin Luther King Jr.
Center, Center for Student Involvement or Student Government Association
offices located on the third floor of Blazer Hall.
Athletics
Intramural and Extramural Director, Campus Recreation 177 Johnson Center 257-3928
Varsity – men Director Memorial Coliseum 257-1916
Varsity – women Director Memorial Coliseum 257-6046
Tickets
Student Athletic Student Services Office 34A Memorial Coliseum 257-9648
Other Ticket Office A-113 Joe Craft Center 257-1818
Attendance – see Absences
Automobile – see Traffic
Campus Recreation Campus Recreation 177 Johnson Center 257-3928
Check Cashing
Medical Center Financial Services H102 Hospital 323-5601
Code of Student Conduct Office of Student Conduct 513 Patterson Office Tower 257-3755
Common Reading Experience New Student and Family Programs 567 Patterson Office Tower 257-6597
Community of Concern Community of Concern Team 524 Patterson Office Tower 257-5134
Counseling
Academic Academic Advisor
Counseling Center 301 Frazee Hall 257-8701
Activities Student Activities Office Blazer Hall, Third Floor 257-8867
Financial Director of Financial Aid 128 Funkhouser Building 257-3172 ext. 242
Health Student Health Services 830 South Limestone Street 323-5823
Personal Counseling Center 301 Frazee Hall 257-8701
Student Behavioral Health Services 830 South Limestone Street 323-5511
Vocational Counseling Center 301 Frazee Hall 257-8701
James W. Stuckert Career Center Stuckert Building, 408 Rose Street 257-2746
Women Undergraduate Studies 109 Miller Hall 257-3383
Disability Services Disability Resource Center 407 Multidisciplinary Science Building 257-2754
Dormitories – see Housing
Drug Information
Student Health Services 830 South Limestone Street 323-5823
Counseling Center 301 Frazee Hall 257-8701
Substance Education and Responsibility 567 Patterson Office Tower 257-9687
Emergency Treatment University Medical Center Emergency Room 323-5901
Employment
Career Services James W. Stuckert Career Center Stuckert Building, 408 Rose Street 257-2746
Student (part-time) Student Employment 103 Scovell Hall 257-8894
Teacher Placement College of Education 104 Taylor Education Building 257-1857
Work-Study Office of Student Financial Aid and Scholarships 128 Funkhouser Building 257-3172 ext. 247
Facilities (use and reservation)
K Week New Student and Family Programs 567 Patterson Office Tower 257-6597
Loans Office of Student Financial Aid and Scholarships 128 Funkhouser Building 257-3172 or 257-3173
Master Calendar
Campus Events Student Activities Office Blazer Hall, Third Floor 257-8867
Academic Registrar’s Office 11 Funkhouser Building 257-7155
Meal Cards
Contracts Housing Office 125 Funkhouser Building 257-1866
Payment Student Account Services 18 Funkhouser Building 257-3406
Medical Services
General Information and main phone number Student Health Services 830 South Limestone Street 323-5823
Illness or accident Student Health Services 830 South Limestone Street 323-2778
Drug information Student Health Services 830 South Limestone Street 323-5823 ext. 281
Contraception Services Student Health Services 830 South Limestone Street 323-5823 ext. 280
Billing Student Health Services 830 South Limestone Street 323-5823 ext. 233
Insurance Student Health Services 830 South Limestone Street 323-5823 ext. 230
Administrator Student Health Services 830 South Limestone Street 323-5823
Personal Counseling Student Health Services 830 South Limestone Street 323-5511
Multicultural and Academic Affairs
Associate Provost Associate Provost for Multicultural/Academic Affairs 563 Patterson Office Tower 257-1991
African-American Student Affairs African-American Student Affairs 557 Patterson Office Tower 257-5641
Scholarships African-American Scholarships 563 Patterson Office Tower 257-1991
Learning Services Center for Academic Resources and Enrichment Services 660 South Limestone Street 323-6347
Student Support Services Student Support Services Office 103B Alumni Gym 257-9797
Organizations and Clubs Student Organizations Blazer Hall, Third Floor 257-1099
Orientation
Advising Conferences Registrar’s Office 100B Funkhouser Building 257-3256
K Week (Fall Welcome Week) New Student and Family Programs 567 Patterson Office Tower 257-6597
K2 (Spring Welcome) New Student and Family Programs 567 Patterson Office Tower 257-6597
Parent and Family Association New Student and Family Programs 567 Patterson Office Tower 257-6597
Publications
Kernel Kernel Office 026 Grehan Journalism Building 257-2871
Kentuckian Kentuckian Office 026 Grehan Journalism Building 257-9786
Student Code Dean of Students Office 513 Patterson Office Tower 257-3754
Religion
Student religious organizations University Liaison 2 Alumni Gym 257-2754
Residence Halls – see Housing
Scholarships
Academic Office of Academic Scholarships 100H Funkhouser Building 257-4198
Financial Aid Office of Student Financial Aid and Scholarships 127 Funkhouser Building 257-3172
Minority Multicultural and Academic Affairs 563 Patterson Office Tower 323-6334
Departmental Dean of College
Social Functions – see Activities
Sororities Sorority Advisor 575 Patterson Office Tower 257-3151
Student Government Student Government Office Blazer Hall, Third Floor 257-3191
Academic Advising
ACADEMIC ADVISING Undergraduate Studies
Academic advising is an integral part of undergraduate education at the Undergraduate Studies, 109 Miller Hall, provides a home for students who
University of Kentucky. The goal of all academic advising is to assist are exploring majors at the University of Kentucky. The professional
students in taking responsibility for developing meaningful educational academic advisors in Undergraduate Studies also contribute to the university’s
plans compatible with their potential and their career and life goals. Advising recruitment efforts, assist students with their transition to the university
is more than the imparting of specialized information; it includes helping and between colleges, and provide general academic advising to students
students formulate important questions about the nature and direction of from across campus. Undergraduate Studies houses the university’s prelaw and
their education and helping them find answers to those questions. Advisors premed advising, Academic Preparation Program advising, National Student
will confer with students about course schedules and educational experi- Exchange, and transfer student services.
ences, but students themselves are responsible for their academic program One-fourth to one-third of all freshmen and many transfer students enter
and for making progress toward an academic degree. the University of Kentucky as Undergraduate Studies students because
As students progress through their academic programs, their advising needs there are many areas that interest them, they are considering a preprofessional
change. At the University of Kentucky, academic advisors help students field and have not selected an undergraduate major, or they wish to explore their
meet these changing needs. Faculty advisors are key to understanding the options. Time as an Undergraduate Studies student provides an opportunity to
nature of the academic program and how it can address student interests and investigate UK’s majors while fulfilling the UK Core requirements. Students can
goals. Professional advisors maintain up-to-date information on university remain in Undergraduate Studies until they have earned 60 credit hours.
requirements, academic policies, procedures, and deadlines; they also Academic advisors in Undergraduate Studies work individually with their
provide guidance for the exploratory student. Support offices such as the assigned students to help them clarify their academic and professional goals,
Counseling Center, Student Support Services, the Career Center, and the realistically assess their capabilities and options, develop appropriate
Office for Institutional Diversity can help students refine their academic degree plans, connect with campus resources, and declare a major of interest.
interests and goals. Students should refer to specific college, school, and Advisors also make referrals to student support services on campus for
departmental advising materials for details on specific advising programs. career interest testing, personal counseling, tutoring, and assistance with
study skills. Visit Undergraduate Studies online at www.uky.edu/US or call
Academic Advising Mission Statement (859) 257-3383.
The mission of academic advisors, both faculty and professional, is to:
Students interested in transferring to the University of Kentucky can utilize the
• assist students in taking responsibility for developing meaningful services of Undergraduate Studies, which serves as a focal point for information
education plans compatible with their potential and their career and concerning programs, resources, and services available to aid the transfer
life goals; student’s entry and continued success at the University of Kentucky. Advisors
are available to answer questions about the transfer process, discuss course
• help students formulate important questions about the nature and
equivalencies, and provide both preadmission and general academic advising.
direction of their education and assist them in finding answers to
UK’s transfer advisor is housed in Undergraduate Studies and divides her time
those questions;
between Miller Hall on UK’s campus and Bluegrass Community and Technical
• assist students in acquiring accurate and timely information regard- College’s Transfer Center on the Cooper Campus. Contact Sara Price at (859)
ing academic policies, procedures, and requirements; 257-4428 at UK; (859) 246-6587 at BCTC; or email TransferAdvising@uky.edu.
• facilitate the successful transition of prospective, continuing and
nontraditional students to the academic and campus environment.
Within the advising system at the University of Kentucky, both students and advisors have responsibilities.
Libraries
The University of Kentucky Libraries system offers students academic services Here are a few services offered at William T. Young Library, as well as many
across campus. Students may use any library branch location no matter what of the branch libraries across campus:
their college or major. Using their Wildcard student ID and LinkBlue account,
• Late study hours (open overnight five days a week).
students can check out books, access online databases, and do research in the
library or anywhere their laptop computer may take them. Knowledgeable staff • Librarians and search tools to find information for papers and projects.
members are ready to help students find the information in person, or via email,
• Study rooms and group study areas.
chat, or phone. For more information, visit: http://libraries.uky.edu/index.php
• Videos to check out or watch in the library.
The library employs several hundred students each year in a variety of different
jobs. No experience is required for most positions, and schedules are flexible. • Help from the Writing Center (basement of Young Library).
For more information, visit the Student Employment site at: • Access newspapers and periodicals from across the state, nation, and
www.uky.edu/HR/studentjobs/ world.
• Work on video and interactive projects in the Media Depot and
computer labs including, Mac computers.
• Grab some coffee at Ovid’s, or eat while you work in The Hub (Young
Library).
• Check out a laptop for use in the library.
Students who receive Advanced Placement credit for a course may apply Special Departmental Examinations
this credit the same way credit earned by passing a course is applied. UK Undergraduate students requesting a special examination must apply in
does not recognize College Board SAT II Subject Tests for placement or writing to the chairperson of the department that offers the course. Graduate
credit purposes. students should apply to the director of graduate studies in the department
offering the course. Applicants should include evidence that they are
Academic departments have designated the current policy (see chart on
reasonably prepared for the examination.
pages 69-71) for students who score 3 or higher on the Advanced Placement
examinations. These examinations are prepared and administered by the offering depart-
ment, and are usually equivalent to a final examination. Students must be
Please note that the University of Kentucky awards Advanced Placement
enrolled in good standing at UK. The examinations are offered without
credit based on the score of the exam that is in effect during the academic year
charge.
that the student enrolls in UK. Students should refer to the AP chart in the
Bulletin they received when they were admitted for the appropriate score. Almost any course offered at the University is available for credit by special
examination, regardless of whether a student has audited the course, is
UK does not award duplicate credit in the event that a student repeats an
currently enrolled in it, or has studied it independently. Please note, most
exam or if the credit award is the same for two or more exams. In the event
elementary and intermediate foreign language courses are not available on the
a student takes the same exam more than once, credit is awarded for the best
basis of a special examination.
score only.
More information about special examination credit appears in the Academic
Requirements section of this Bulletin.
CHEMISTRY 105
You have scored 32 or above on ACT English –– Enrollment permitted in CIS/WRD 112 or CIS/WRD 110
or 720 or above on SAT Writing Score or earned Does not satisfy any portion of the Composition and Communication requirement.
a score of 6 or 7 on the Higher Level IB English Must complete Graduation Composition and Communication Requirement
(Language A: Literature) course course(s) in major after achieving sophomore status
• No course credit awarded
You have scored 4-5 on AP English Language/ –– Enrollment permitted in CIS/WRD 112 or CIS/WRD 110
Composition Exam Does not satisfy any portion of the Composition and Communication requirement.
• 3 credits awarded for Departmental Elective Credit Must complete Graduation Composition and Communication Requirement
(WRD 1--) at the 100 level course(s) in major after achieving sophomore status
You have scored 3-4 on the AP English Literature/ –– Must enroll in CIS/WRD 110
Composition Exam Does not satisfy any portion of the Composition and Communication requirement.
• 3 credits awarded for Departmental Elective Credit Must complete Graduation Composition and Communication Requirement
(ENG 1--) at the 100 level course(s) in major after achieving sophomore status
You have scored 5 on the AP English Literature/ –– Must enroll in CIS/WRD 110
Composition Exam Does not satisfy any portion of the Composition and Communication requirement.
• 3 credits awarded for ENG 230 Must complete Graduation Composition and Communication Requirement
course(s) in major after achieving sophomore status
You have scored 5 on the IB HL English Exam –– Must enroll in CIS/WRD 110
• 3 credits awarded f or Departmental Elective Credit Does not satisfy any portion of the Composition and Communication requirement.
(ENG 1--) at the 100 level Must complete Graduation Composition and Communication Requirement
course(s) in major after achieving sophomore status
You have scored 6 on the IB HL English Exam –– Enrollment permitted in CIS/WRD 112
• 3 credits awarded f or Departmental Elective Credit Does not satisfy any portion of the Composition and Communication requirement.
(ENG 1--) at the 100 level Must complete Graduation Composition and Communication Requirement
course(s) in major after achieving sophomore status
You have scored 7 on the IB HL English Exam –– Enrollment permitted in CIS/WRD 112
• 3 credits awarded for ENG 230 Does not satisfy any portion of the Composition and Communication requirement.
Must complete Graduation Composition and Communication Requirement
course(s) in major after achieving sophomore status
You have scored 50-74 on American Literature or –– Must enroll in CIS/WRD 110
English Literature or Analyzing & Interpreting Literature Does not satisfy any portion of the Composition and Communication requirement.
CLEP Exam Must complete Graduation Composition and Communication Requirement
• 3 credits awarded for Departmental Elective Credit course(s) in major after achieving sophomore status
(ENG 1--) at the 100 level
You have scored 75-80 on American Literature or –– Must enroll in CIS/WRD 110.
English Literature or Analyzing & Interpreting Literature Does not satisfy any portion of the Composition and Communication requirement.
CLEP Exam Must complete Graduation Composition and Communication Requirement
• 3 credits awarded for ENG 230 course(s) in major after achieving sophomore status
You have completed ENG 101 and 102 (or equivalent) –– Must enroll in COM 252, COM 281, or COM 287
Does not satisfy any portion of the Composition and Communication requirement.
Must complete Graduation Composition and Communication Requirement
course(s) in major after achieving sophomore status
MATHEMATICS
The chart below will help determine the math course for which you are eligible.
If your ACT Math Score is:
Less than or equal to 18 COMPASS math placement test required Enrollment permitted in MA 108R, UK 090
(Math SAT: less than (enrollment in MA 109, MA 111, MA 112 barred)
and Appropriate score achieved on Enrollment permitted in MA 111
or equal to 450) COMPASS math placement test
21-22 Math placement test required Enrollment permitted in MA 109, MA 111, MA 112
(Math SAT: 510-530) (enrollment in MA 110 barred)
and Appropriate score achieved on math placement test Enrollment permitted in MA 110
23-25 Math placement test required Enrollment permitted in MA 109, MA 110, MA 111, MA 112
(Math SAT: 540-590) (enrollment in MA 113, MA 123 barred)
and Appropriate score achieved on math placement test Enrollment permitted in MA 113, MA 123
BIOLOGY 148
If your ACT Math Score is:
Less than 24 and MA 109 not completed Enrollment in BIO 148 barred
(Math SAT: less than 560)
or MA 109 completed AND
CHE 105 completed or concurrent enrollment Enrollment permitted in BIO 148
24 or greater
(Math SAT: 560 or greater) and CHE 105 completed or concurrent enrollment Enrollment permitted in BIO 148
BIOLOGY 152
Earned a C or better in BIO 148 Enrollment permitted in BIO 152
Students must complete BIO 148
prior to enrolling in BIO 152
Art Studio (Drawing) 3-5 A-S 1-- 3 credit hours for 100-level art studio credit
(see note below) with a grade of CR.
Credit will be replaced with 3 credit hours in the appropriate media course upon successful completion of a portfolio review.
Please contact the Director of Undergraduate Studies for the School of Art and Visual Studies to schedule your review.
Art Studio (2-D Design) 3-5 A-S 1-- 3 credit hours for 100-level art studio credit
(see note below) with a grade of CR.
Credit will be replaced with 3 credit hours in the appropriate media course upon successful completion of a portfolio review.
Please contact the Director of Undergraduate Studies for the School of Art and Visual Studies to schedule your review.
Art Studio (3-D Design) 3-5 A-S 1-- 3 credit hours for 100-level art studio credit
(see note below) with a grade of CR.
Credit will be replaced with 3 credit hours in the appropriate media course upon successful completion of a portfolio review.
Please contact the Director of Undergraduate Studies for the School of Art and Visual Studies to schedule your review.
Biology 3 BIO 102, 103 3 credit hours each for BIO 102, 103 Natural/Physical/
with a grade of CR. Mathematical Sciences
4 or 5 BIO 103, 148, 152 3 credit hours each for BIO 103, 148, 152
with a grade of CR.
Calculus BC 3-5 MA 113, 114 4 credit hours each for MA 113, 114 Quantitative Foundations
with a grade of CR.
3 - 5 subscore on
AB subsection MA 113 4 credit hours for MA 113 Quantitative Foundations
with a grade of CR.
Chemistry 3-4 CHE 105, 111 4 credit hours for CHE 105 Natural/Physical/
and 1 credit hour for CHE 111 Mathematical Sciences
with a grade of CR.
5 CHE 105, 107, 111 4 credit hours for CHE 105, 3 credit hours Natural/Physical/
for CHE 107, and 1 credit hour for CHE 111 Mathematical Sciences
with a grade of CR.
Chinese Language
and Culture 3 CHI 102 4 credit hours for CHI 102 with a grade of CR.
4 CHI 102, 201 4 credit hours each for CHI 102, 201
with a grade of CR.
5 CHI 102, 201, 202 4 credit hours each for CHI 102, 201, 202
with a grade of CR.
Computer Science A 3-5 CS 115 3 credit hours for CS 115 with a grade of CR.
Economics (micro) 3-5 ECO 201 3 credit hours for ECO 201 with a grade of CR.
Economics (macro) 3-5 ECO 202 3 credit hours for ECO 202 with a grade of CR.
English Language 3 WRD 1-- 3 credit hours for WRD 1-- Does not satisfy any portion
and Composition with a grade of CR. of the Composition and
Communication requirement.
4-5 WRD 1-- 3 credit hours for WRD 1-- Does not satisfy any portion
with a grade of CR. of the Composition and
Enrollment permitted in CIS/WRD 112. Communication requirement.
NOTE: Courses in bold are approved for the UK Core curriculum effective fall 2015.
English Literature 3 or 4 ENG 1-- 3 credit hours for Departmental Does not satisfy any portion
and Composition Elective Credit at the 100 level of the Composition and
with a grade of CR. Communication requirement.
5 ENG 230 3 credit hours for ENG 230 Humanities
with a grade of CR.
Environmental Science 3-5 EES 110 3 credit hours for EES 110 Natural/Physical/
with a grade of CR. Mathematical Sciences
European History 3-5 HIS 104, 105 3 credit hours each for HIS 104, 105 Humanities;
with a grade of CR. Global Dynamics
French Language
and Culture 3-4 FR 202, 214 3 credit hours each for FR 202, 214
with a grade of CR.
5 FR 311, 350 3 credit hours each for FR 311, 350
with a grade of CR.
German Language
and Culture 3 GER 201 3 credit hours for GER 201 with a grade of CR.
4 GER 201, 202 3 credit hours each for GER 201,
202 with a grade of CR.
5 GER 201, 202, 307 3 credit hours each for GER 201,
202, 307 with a grade of CR.
Government and
Politics, Comparative 3-5 PS 210 3 credit hours for PS 210 Global Dynamics
with a grade of CR.
Government and
Politics, U.S. 3-5 PS 101 3 credit hours for PS 101 Citizenship – USA
with a grade of CR.
Human Geography 3-5 GEO 172 3 credit hours for GEO 172 Social Sciences
with a grade of CR.
Italian Language
and Culture 3 ITA 201 3 credit hours for ITA 201 with a grade of CR.
4-5 ITA 201, 202 3 credit hours each for ITA 201, 202
with a grade of CR.
Japanese Language
and Culture 3 JPN 201 4 credit hours for JPN 201 with a grade of CR.
4 JPN 201, 202 4 credit hours each for JPN 201, 202
with a grade of CR.
5 JPN 201, 202, 301 4 credit hours each for JPN 201, 202
and 3 credit hours for JPN 301
with a grade of CR.
Latin – Vergil 3 CLA 101, 102 4 credit hours each for CLA 101, 102
with a grade of CR.
4 CLA 201, 202 3 credit hours each for CLA 201, 202
with a grade of CR.
5 CLA 201, 202, 302 3 credit hours each for CLA 201, 202,
302 with a grade of CR.
NOTE: Courses in bold are approved for the UK Core curriculum effective fall 2015.
Music Theory* (with 3 MUS 174 3 credit hours for MUS 174
aural subscore) (elective only) with a grade of CR.
4 MUS 170 2 credit hours for MUS 170
with a grade of CR.
5 MUS 170, 172 2 credit hours each for MUS 170, 172
with a grade of CR.
Physics 1: Algebra-based** 3-5 PHY 151 3 credit hours for PHY 151 with a grade of CR.
Physics 2: Algebra-based† 3-5 PHY 152 3 credit hours for PHY 152 with a grade of CR.
Physics C†† (mechanics) 3-5 PHY 231 4 credit hours for PHY 231 Natural/Physical/
with a grade of CR. Mathematical Sciences
Physics C†† (electricity 3-5 PHY 232 4 credit hours for PHY 232 with a grade of CR.
and magnetism)
Psychology 3-5 PSY 100 4 credit hours for PSY 100 Social Sciences
with a grade of CR.
Spanish Language 3 SPA 202 3 credit hours for SPA 202 with a grade of CR.
4 SPA 210 3 credit hours for SPA 210 with a grade of CR.
5 SPA 210, 211 3 credit hours each for SPA 210, 211 with a grade of CR.
Spanish Literature 3 SPA 202 3 credit hours for SPA 202 with a grade of CR.
4 SPA 320 3 credit hours for SPA 320 with a grade of CR.
5 SPA 320, 322 3 credit hours each for SPA 320, 322 with a grade of CR.
U.S. History 3-5 HIS 108, 109 3 credit hours each for HIS 108, 109 Citizenship – USA
with a grade of CR.
World History 3-5 HIS 104, 105 3 credit hours each for HIS 104, 105 Humanities;
with a grade of CR. Global Dynamics
*Any subscore of 4 or 5 will earn credit towards music theory requirements for a major or minor in music as follows:
– A score of 4 on the written subscore (no aural stimulus) will earn 2 hours credit, equivalent to MUS 171, plus placement into MUS 173.
– A score of 5 on the written subscore will earn 4 hours credit, equivalent to MUS 171 and MUS 173, plus placement into MUS 271.
– A score of 4 on the aural subscore (with aural stimulus) will earn 2 hours credit, equivalent to MUS 170, plus placement into MUS 172.
– A score of 5 on the aural subscore (with aural stimulus) will earn 4 hours credit, equivalent to MUS 170 and MUS 172, plus placement into MUS 270.
**Credit will be replaced with 5 credit hours for PHY 211 with a grade of CR upon presentation of documentation of appropriate laboratory experience to the Instructional Labratory
Specialist in the Department of Physics and Astronomy.
†Credit will be replaced with 5 credit hours for PHY 213 with a grade of CR upon presentation of documentation of appropriate laboratory experience to the Instructional Laboratory
Specialist in the Department of Physics and Astronomy.
††Upon presentation of documentation of appropriate laboratory experience, credit will also be given for the laboratories associated with these courses, PHY 241, 242 respectively.
NOTE: Courses in bold are approved for the UK Core curriculum effective fall 2015.
FOREIGNLANGUAGES
College Level French Language 50-65 FR 201 3 credit only
66 or above FR 201, 202 6 credit only
History of the United States I 50 or above HIS 108 3 credit only Citizenship – USA
History of the United States II 50 or above HIS 109 3 credit only Citizenship – USA
Western Civilization I:
Ancient Near East to 1648 50 or above HIS 104 3 credit only Humanities
NOTE: Courses in bold are approved for the UK Core curriculum effective fall 2015.
BUSINESS
Financial Accounting 50 ACC 201 3 credit only
Information Systems
and Computer Applications 50 GEED 1-- 3 credit only
For additional information on credits awarded for CLEP examinations, contact the Registrar’s Office, 10 Funkhouser Building, (859) 257-7157. For
information on CLEP exams in general, visit the College Board website at: www.collegeboard.com/clep/.
NOTE: Courses in bold are approved for the UK Core curriculum effective fall 2015.
NOTE: Courses in bold are approved for the UK Core curriculum effective fall 2015.
Mathematics
SL Math Studies No credit awarded
SL Mathematics MA 123 Quantitative Foundations
HL Mathematics MA 113 Quantitative Foundations
SL Further Mathematics MA 114
NOTE: Courses in bold are approved for the UK Core curriculum effective fall 2015.
Academic Requirements
Certain conditions concerning the number and level of courses required, the CLASSIFICATION
patterns they must follow, the amount of time to be spent as a full-time
student, grades and conduct have been established by the University Senate Any undergraduate student shall be classified by the Registrar as a freshman if
for all University of Kentucky students who are pursuing a degree. Those fewer than 30 hours have been completed; as a sophomore upon completion of
which relate to academic requirements are listed below. Others will be found 30 credit hours; as a junior upon completion of 60 credit hours; and as a senior
in the University Senate Rules, pertinent portions of which are printed in upon completion of 90 credit hours.
the booklet Student Rights and Responsibilities, which is available to all A Law student shall be classified as a second-year student upon completion of
students through the Dean of Students Office. 24 credit hours and as a third-year student upon completion of 53 credit hours.
However, a Law student is not classified as a second-year student until that
student has been in residence at least two semesters, nor as a third-year student
STUDENT LOAD until that student has been in residence at least three semesters.
With the exceptions noted below, the maximum load to be carried during any A Pharmacy student shall be classified as a second-year student upon comple-
semester by an undergraduate student (including courses taken on an audit tion of 28 credit hours and as a third-year student upon completion of 56 credit
basis) shall be 19 credit hours. hours.
The maximum allowable load to be carried during any summer term/session for Credit granted by examination is included in determining a student’s classifica-
undergraduate students (including residence or audit courses) shall be 9 credit tion.
hours in the eight-week summer session and 4 credits in the four-week term,
but under no circumstances no more than 13 credits during the summer term
and summer session.
Students may be enrolled in a maximum of nine credit hours of classes meeting
concurrently during an eight week session. For this purpose, a course meeting
for a four-week period during the eight-week session must be counted double.
Thus a student may enroll in two consecutive four-week (three credit hours)
classes plus one eight week class, or as many as three eight week (three credit
hour) classes. A student would not, however, be able to enroll in two four-week
(three credit hour) classes meeting concurrently.
A student may be permitted by the dean of his or her college to carry such extra
credit hours as in the dean’s judgment, based upon the student’s past
performance, the student can complete successfully.
A student on academic probation shall take no more than fifteen (15) credit
hours in a semester, three (3) credit hours in a four-week term, or seven (7)
credit hours in a six- or eight-week session. This rule may be waived by
written permission from the student’s academic dean or the dean’s designee.
The waiver and the rationale for the waiver must be documented in the
student’s record maintained by the college.
Students in the combined Bachelor’s/Master’s or Bachelor’s/Graduate Doctoral
degree program (University Scholars Program) shall not take more than 16
credit hours per semester. Permission to exceed that number is subject to
approval by the Director of Graduate Studies and the Dean of the Graduate
School.
The professional colleges and the Graduate School may set lower maximum
loads which are consistent with their degree requirements.
The maximum allowable load to be carried during any summer term for
graduate students is 9 credit hours in the eight-week summer session and 4
credit hours in the four-week term. The maximum load for graduate students
in any combination of the four- and eight-week sessions/terms is 12 credit
hours.
A student may be registered simultaneously at the University of Kentucky
and at another institution only with the approval of the dean of the college
in which the student is registered at the University of Kentucky, the credit
hours obtained at the other institution being considered a part of the
student’s maximum load. If the simultaneous registration has not been
authorized, the transfer of credit from the other institution may be denied.
GENERAL GRADING SYSTEM changed to an E by the Registrar) may be allowed a maximum of 12 months
following the end of the semester, term or session in which the course was taken
The general grading system uses a series of letters, to which are assigned grade- to satisfactorily complete the course and receive a grade change.
point values. The system is based neither on an absolute numerical system nor
on a distribution curve, but on the following descriptions: Each department is responsible for recording information for each incomplete,
specifying:
Grade A represents exceptionally high achievement as a result of aptitude,
1. the student name and student number;
effort, and intellectual initiative. It is valued at four (4) quality points for
each credit hour. 2. the course and section number, hours of credit, semester, year,
Instructor of Record;
Grade B represents a high achievement as a result of ability and effort. It
3. the work to be completed and basis for grading;
is valued at three (3) quality points for each credit hour.
4. the time frame for completing the incomplete (not exceeding 12
Grade C represents satisfactory achievement for undergraduates; repre- months); and
sents unsatisfactory achievement for graduate students and is the minimum
5. documentation that the student has been advised of the conditions for
passing grade for which credit is conferred. It is valued at two (2) quality
removing the incomplete.
points for each credit hour.
This information shall be filed with the department chair or chair’s designee. It
Grade D represents unsatisfactory achievement for undergraduates and is is preferable that the information be signed and dated both by the student and
the minimum grade for which credit is conferred; the grade is not to be used the Instructor of Record. A standard form is available at the University Senate
for graduate students. It is valued at one (1) quality point for each credit hour. Web site, but each department is welcome to create its own form and scheme
Grade E represents unsatisfactory performance and failure in the course. for recording this information.
It is valued at zero (0) quality points and zero (0) credit hours. A student The Instructor of Record shall provide a completed copy of this record to the
receiving this grade can obtain credit in the course only by repeating the entire student and the department chair at the time the I grade is reported. The term
work of the course in class, or by special examination in accordance with the student in this context excludes only students in the Graduate School and the
procedures outlined under Special Examinations. In rare cases in which Colleges of Medicine and Dentistry.
undue hardship is involved in repeating the work in class, the dean of the
college in which the student is enrolled may approve repeating the work by Grade IP represents satisfactory work in progress in courses carrying no
correspondence. academic credit. It is valued at zero (0) quality points and zero (0) credit
hours. The grade IP may be recorded for students in zero-credit courses of
Grade P represents a passing grade in a course taken on a Pass/Fail basis. research, independent work, or seminar-type, if at the end of a semester the
It may also be assigned by the University Appeals Board in cases involving student, because of the nature or size of the project, has been unable to
a violation of student academic rights. Credit hours successfully completed complete the course. The project must be substantially continuous in its
under this grade will count towards graduation but will not be used in progress. When the work is completed, a final grade will be substituted for
calculating grade-point averages. the IP. This grade may not be conferred to a student who has done
Grade F represents failure in a course taken on a Pass/Fail basis. It is valued unsatisfactory work or to one who has failed to do a reasonable amount of
at zero (0) quality points and zero (0) credit hours. work.
Grade AU represents a completion of a course attended on an audit basis. Grade N represents a temporary grade to be submitted for students who
It is valued at zero (0) quality points and zero (0) credit hours. have been entered by the Registrar into official class rolls but have never
attended class and who have not officially withdrawn. The Registrar shall
Grade CR is a grade assigned to AP or CLEP scores indicating that credit remove their names from the official class roll and the student's enrollment
has been assigned for a course. Credit hours will count towards graduation in the class shall not be recorded in the student’s official academic record.
but will not be used in calculating grade-point averages. (As a temporary mark, N carries no credit hours or quality points).
Grade I—incomplete—means that part of the regularly assigned work of Grade S represents a final grade in courses carrying no academic credit or
the course remains undone. It shall be conferred only when there is a in courses used for residency credit or dissertation/thesis credit. It is valued
reasonable possibility that the student can complete the work within the at zero (0) quality points.
allowable period of time for removal of an I grade and that a passing grade
will result from completion of the work. Except under exceptional circum- Grade SI represents an interim grade in credit-bearing seminars, independent
stances, the student shall initiate the request for the I grade. An I grade shall work courses, or research courses if these courses extend beyond the normal
not be conferred when the student’s reason for incompleteness is unsatis- limits of a semester or summer term. This grade signifies that both the quality
factory to the Instructor of Record. and quantity of the student’s academic work were satisfactory during the
applicable term. All SI grades must be replaced by a regular final letter grade
A grade of I must be replaced by a regular final letter grade not later than 12 prior to the Qualifying Examination or Final Examination for doctoral students
months from the end of the academic term in which the I grade was awarded or prior to graduation in all other cases As a temporary mark, SI carries no credit
or prior to the student’s graduation, whichever occurs first. The Registrar’s hours or quality points.
Office shall notify the Instructor of Record at least two months prior to
expiration of the allowable period. The Instructor of Record can extend the Grade UI represents an interim grade in credit-bearing seminars, independent
allowable period for up to an additional 12 months by completing a grade work courses, or research courses if these courses extend beyond the normal
assignment form. If the Instructor of Record is not available, the department limits of a semester or summer term. This grade signifies that the quality or the
chair or dean of the college in which the course is offered may complete a quantity of the student’s academic work was unsatisfactory during the
grade assignment form to extend the allowable period for up to 12 months. applicable term. All UI grades must be replaced by a regular final letter grade
In the event the grade of I is not replaced by a regular final letter grade within prior to the Qualifying Examination or Final Examination for doctoral students
the allowable period, the Registrar shall change the I grade to a grade of E or prior to graduation in all other cases As a temporary mark, UI carries no credit
on the student’s permanent academic record and adjust the student’s GPA hours or quality points.
accordingly. In the event that an I becomes an E, the Instructor of Record Grade UN represents a final grade in courses carrying no academic credit, in
may submit a grade assignment form to replace the E within 12 months from graduate residence courses, or as an interim grade in specific types of courses
the time the E was assigned. A graduate who had an I grade on his or her for which a student has done unsatisfactory work or has failed to do a reasonable
academic record at the time of graduation (and which grade was subsequently amount of work. It is valued at zero (0) quality points and zero (0) credit hours.
College of Law W denotes withdrawal from the college or from an elective course. W must be
The College of Law uses a special letter grading system in which the approved or recommended by the Student Progress and Promotion Committee.
following grades are conferred with the respective quality point values Withdrawal from a required course is not permitted, except when a student
indicated: withdraws from the college. A student may withdraw from an elective and the
W will remain on the record.
A+ 4.3 B+ 3.3 C + 2.3 D+ 1.3 E 0
U represents unsatisfactory performance in a specific area of course require-
A 4.0 B 3.0 C 2.0 D 1.0 ments. It is conferred instead of an E grade when evidence exists that the student
might earn a passing grade (0.700 or above) upon completion of make-up work.
A- 3.7 B- 2.7 C- 1.7 D- 0.7 In the interim the U will be valued between 0.600 and 0.699 depending on student
A student’s academic grade record is expressed as a grade-point average performance for each credit hour. The temporary grade must be replaced with
computed by multiplying the semester hours of credit for each course by the a permanent grade before the student can be promoted to the next year of the
quality point value of the grade received in the course. These products are added curriculum. The quality point calculation will then utilize the numeric grade
together, and the sum is divided by the total semester hours attempted. The conferred after the make-up. Failure to satisfactorily make up the work will
grade-point average thus derived is the basis for each student’s academic status result in the assignment of an E grade as described above.
as indicated in the published rules and policies of the College of Law Faculty.
I represents incomplete work at the time grades are submitted for courses. It
Selected College of Law courses are graded on a Pass/Fail basis, and law is conferred only when there is a reasonable possibility that a grade of C or better
students enrolled in courses enrolled in graduate school courses for which the will be earned upon completion of the work. All I grades in required courses
College of Law grants credit toward graduation are treated by the College of Law must be replaced by a passing grade before a student can be promoted to a
as Pass/Fail courses. A failing grade (F) in any Pass/Fail course in the College subsequent year. If a student later withdraws from the College, an outstanding
of Law or any graduate school course in which a student in the College of Law ‘I’ grade can revert to a W grade at the discretion of the Student Progress and
enrolls for credit toward graduation from the College of Law will be taken into Promotion Committee.
account at a quality point value of zero (0) in computing the student’s grade-
point average. College of Pharmacy – Experiential Course Work
Grades in all experiential course work in the professional curriculum (i.e.,
Pass/Fail Policy for College of Law Introductory Pharmacy Practice Experiences, IPPE I and IPPE II; and
Students in the College of Law are bound by the following: Advanced Pharmacy Practice Experiences, APPE) are assigned on the
a. No more than 6 hours of graduate courses outside of the College of following basis:
Law, graded on a Pass/Fail basis, shall be counted. PH – Pass with Honors. Represents exceptionally high achievement in all
b. No more than 6 hours of courses in the College of Law that are offered course requirements as a result of aptitude, effort and intellectual initiative.
only on a Pass/Fail basis shall be counted. Credit hours under this grade will count towards graduation, but will not be used
in calculating grade-point averages.
c. No more than 9 of the total number of Pass/Fail credit hours, whether
earned for graduate school courses under (a) or for College of Law P – Pass. Represents high achievement as a result of ability and effort and
courses offered only on a Pass/Fail basis under (b), shall be counted. reflects student competence in all course requirements. Credit hours under this
d. No more than one graduate school course outside the College of Law, grade will count towards graduation, but will not be used in calculating grade-
graded on a Pass/Fail basis, may be credited in any one semester. point averages.
Students in joint degree programs may only take up to six Pass/Fail course credit F – Fail. Represents a marginal or unsatisfactory level of achievement in any of
hours in the law school courses and may take no courses outside the College of the course requirements. Credit hours under this grade will not count towards
Law for credit toward the J.D. other than pursuant to the applicable joint degree graduation but will be used in calculating grade-point averages.
program.
Final examinations, where appropriate, are administered during the last class day The examiner shall inform the Registrar of the student’s grade in the course. A
of the intersession and the summer session/term. student currently enrolled in the class who successfully completes a special
examination will be formally removed from the official roll by the Registrar,
Final examinations may be given at times other than the regularly schedule times unless the student is dissatisfied with the results, in which case he or she may
in the following instances: continue in the course and be graded in the usual manner. The examiner then may
Faculty: In the case of conflicts or undue hardship for an individual instructor, or may not include the results of the special examination in computing the final
a final examination may be rescheduled at another time during the final grade.
examination period upon the recommendation of the chair of the department and Credit earned by special examination may be counted as residence credit by the
with the concurrence of the dean of the college. dean of the student’s college. The limits on maximum loads are waived in cases
Students: Any student with more than two final examinations scheduled on any where the excess is due to special examination credits.
one date is entitled to have the examination for the class with the highest catalog The student, with the educational administrator’s consent, may take the special
number rescheduled at another time during the final examination period. In case examination on a Pass/Fail basis, including any course not otherwise available
this highest number is shared by more than one course, the one whose under the Pass/Fail option. Credit derived in this manner does not reduce the
departmental prefix is first alphabetically will be rescheduled. The option to number of courses permitted under the Pass/Fail rules.
reschedule must be exercised in writing to the appropriate Instructor of Record
or his/her designee two weeks prior to the last class meeting.
ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS AND EXPECTATIONS
If a conflict is created by rescheduling of an examination, the student is entitled
Grade Appeals
to take the rescheduled examination at another time during the final examination
period. In the case of undue hardship for an individual student, a final If a student believes that he or she has been graded unfairly on a particular paper,
examination may be rescheduled by the instructor. test, or other assignment, or if the student believes that his or her final course
grade is unfair, the student is expected to share those concerns with the
Common Examinations instructor of the course and/or the chair of the department where the course is
A student enrolled in a course where a common exam is scheduled may also taught. If the student’s issues are not resolved in conversation with the
enroll in a class scheduled in the time slot of the common exam. instructor and department chair, the student may contact the Office of the
Academic Ombud at (859) 257-3737 or Ombud@uky.edu. The Academic
If a student has a course scheduled at the same time as a common exam and Ombud will discuss the matter with the student to assess the merit of the
the student has given written notice of the conflict to the instructor at least complaint. If the Academic Ombud agrees that the complaint has merit, the
two weeks prior to the common exam, the student shall be entitled to an Ombud, with the student’s permission, will contact the instructor and attempt
excused absence from the conflicting common examination. to resolve or mediate the dispute.
Common Examinations Scheduled for the Same Time If a student’s grade dispute involves a final grade and the Ombud cannot
Any student for whom two examinations have been scheduled for the same resolve the issue informally, a student is entitled to have the University
time shall be entitled to have the examination for the class with the highest Appeals Board hear the complaint. That body is the only University entity
catalog number rescheduled. In case both classes have the same number, the that can modify a grade. If a student wishes to file an appeal with the
one whose departmental prefix is first alphabetically will be rescheduled. University Appeals Board, the student will be asked by the Ombud to
The option to reschedule must be exercised in writing to the appropriate prepare a written appeal. The Ombud will also approach the instructor for his
instructor two weeks prior to the scheduled exam. or her perspective. If the Ombud determines that the appeal has merit, the matter
will be sent to the University Appeals Board for a hearing. If the Ombud
Special Examinations determines that the case does not have merit, the student will be notified in
Any full-time or part-time student enrolled in the University, and in good writing and will then have 30 days to appeal to the University Appeals Board
academic standing, has the right to request a special examination for credit directly, requesting that a hearing be granted. It is important to know that
in many courses offered (check with the offering department), regardless of there is a 180 day statute of limitations for grade appeals. The Academic
whether the student has audited the course, is currently enrolled in it, or has Ombud is empowered to hear only those grievances directed to the Office of the
studied for it independently. Please note, most elementary and intermediate Academic Ombud within 180 days subsequent to the conclusion of the
foreign language courses are not available on the basis of a special examination. academic term in which the problem occurred.
Application for a special examination must be made in writing. (Students should
Course Syllabus
obtain application forms in the Registrar’s Office.) Undergraduates should
The course syllabus is the first indicator of an instructor’s expectations. The
address requests to the chair of the department in which the course is given, or
syllabus contains a detailed description of both course content and assignments.
to the office of the educational unit responsible; graduate students, to the
Graduation Requirements
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Graduation Composition and Communication
To be eligible for any degree, a student must have completed the requirements Requirement
as approved by the University Senate, except that curriculum substitutions may The Graduation Composition and Communication Requirement (GCCR) re-
be made by the college affected if not inconsistent with these rules. Curriculum places the Graduation Writing Requirement (GWR). The GCCR is intended to
requirements must include, in addition to specified credits, a specified grade- vertically integrate learning outcome #2 of the UK Core (students will demon-
point average both overall and in the student’s major which may in no case be strate competent written, oral, and visual communication skills both as
less than 2.0. Every baccalaureate degree program must include five divisions producers and consumers of information) into upper-division majors across the
or components: (1) UK Core, (2) premajor or preprofessional, (3) general university.
college requirements (if any), (4) major or professional, and (5) free electives. The GCCR is designed to extend and improve education in multimodal
To be eligible for an undergraduate degree, a student must file an application with composition and communication. Improved vertical integration under the new
the dean of the college from which the undergraduate degree is to be awarded: GCCR will carry this emphasis on composition and communication from the
by November 30 for degrees to be awarded the following May, by February lower level of the UK Core into the upper levels of individual majors and
28 for degrees to be awarded the following August, and by June 30 for degrees programs.
to be awarded the following December. Beginning fall 2014, every incoming student completing a Bachelors program at
UK will be required to fulfill the GCCR. Every undergraduate degree-granting
Composition and Communication Requirements
program and major will be required to fulfill the stipulations of the GCCR by
Students must complete the Composition and Communication I and the
assuring a clear path to its completion for their majors.
Composition and Communication II requirements:
Composition and Communication I To complete the Graduation Composition and Communication Require-
In this course, students are introduced to the process of writing, speaking, ment, students must:
and visually representing their own ideas and the ideas of others; they also • Complete the Composition I and Composition II Requirement;
practice basic interpersonal communication skills and the ability to commu- • Attain sophomore status (30+ hours); and
nicate with multiple audiences.
• Complete an approved course or series of courses. Note that some of
To fulfill the Composition and Communication I requirement, complete one
these courses may only be taken by students in the major; check with
of the following:
your advisor to verify.
• CIS 110 Composition and Communication I
• WRD 110 Composition and Communication I GCCR Required Courses by Major
• CIS 112 Accelerated Composition and Communication II (CIS) Accounting – CIS 300
• WRD 112 Accelerated Composition and Communication II (WRD) Agricultural Biotechnology – ABT 201 + ABT 301
Agricultural Economics – AEC 306
Composition and Communication II
Analytics – CIS 300
In this course, students research public controversies and work in teams to
Animal Sciences – WRD 203 or WRD 204
analyze and argue for a solution to these controversies in oral, written, and
visual/digital forms for multiple audiences. Anthropology – ANT 582
Architecture – ARC 252 + ARC 314
To fulfill the Composition and Communication II requirement, complete
Art Education – EPE 301
one of the following:
Art History and Visual Studies – A-H 555
• CIS 111 Composition and Communication II Art Studio, B.A. – ART 301
• WRD 111 Composition and Communication II Art Studio, B.F.A. – ART 301
• CIS 112 Accelerated Composition and Communication II (CIS) Arts Administration – AAD 450
• WRD 112 Accelerated Composition and Communication II (WRD) Biology – BIO 350 + BIO 425; or WRD 204
Biosystems Engineering – WRD 204
Transfer Students Career and Technical Education – AED/FCS 583
Transfer students may fulfill the Composition and Communication requirements Chemical Engineering – WRD 204
by completing one of the following:
Chemistry – CHE 372 + CHE 472
• Become Category Certified in the communications category under Chinese Language and Literature – MCL 495
GETA (General Education Transfer Agreement) before transferring. Civil Engineering – WRD 204
• Complete transfer courses equated to UK’s ENG 101, ENG 102, and Classics – MCL 495
one of the following: COM 252, COM 281 or COM 287. Clinical Leadership and Management – CLM 595
Communication – COM 252 + COM 351; or COM 252 + COM 326
• Complete an A.A. or A.S. degree from an institution accredited by one
Communication Sciences and Disorders – CSD 402 + CSD 481 + CSD 591
of the six organizations recognized by the U.S. Department of Educa-
Community and Leadership Development – CLD 305 + CLD 497
tion and the Council for Higher Education Accreditation.
Computer Engineering – EE 490
Computer Science – CS 499
Interdisciplinary Programs
The College of Arts and Sciences offers students the opportunity to pursue For more information, contact: Director Ann Kingsolver,
studies in programs that are administered jointly by several departments ann.kingsolver@uky.edu; 203 Appalachian Center, 624 Maxwelton Court,
within the College. Students may choose from several majors and/or minors 0347, (859) 257-8262.
or create a self-designed program that fulfills their individual educational http://appalachiancenter.as.uky.edu/
requirements.
Cognitive Science
African American Studies
Cognitive Science is an interdisciplinary field of study focusing on the mind as
The African American Studies program seeks to promote the interest and an intelligent (information-processing) system. Arising from Noam Chomsky’s
knowledge of the African diaspora experience through quality teaching and seminal criticisms of Behaviorism in the 1950s, Cognitive Science has come to
research. Multidisciplinary in scope, African American Studies offers a include such disparate disciplines as linguistics, computer science (artificial
selection of courses in English, history, geography, political science, intelligence, knowledge representation, theory of computation and computa-
sociology, philosophy, religion, and language. Courses affiliated with the tional complexity, algorithms), psychology (concepts; memory; reasoning;
Program are listed each fall and spring semester in the University Schedule developmental and cognitive psychology), biology (evolutionary theory, neuro-
of Classes under the AAS prefix. biology), anatomy, neuroscience, the behavioral sciences, and philosophy
(language, mind, and logic). The Cognitive Science program at UK offers an
African American Studies Minor
undergraduate minor, enabling students to study the mind in an interdisciplinary
By completing 21 hours of course work students can earn a minor in African way. See the listing in the College of Arts and Sciences section of this Bulletin.
American Studies. This minor offers a cultural, historical, and literary base
that can strengthen any major in the Humanities or the Social Sciences. See For more information, contact: Director Lawrence Gottlob, gottlob@uky.edu;
the listing in the College of Arts and Sciences section of this Bulletin. 207N Kastle Hall 0044, (859) 257-2280.
www.as.uky.edu/cognitive-science
For further information, email aaas@uky.edu; 112 Breckinridge Hall 0056,
(859) 257-2284.
https://aaas.as.uky.edu/ Committee on Social Theory
Social theory considers the full range of our social practices, not only the taken-
American Studies for-grantedness of our social institutions and cultural conditions but also the
American studies draws together diverse disciplines to examine the historical hidden aspects of our daily lives. Social theory is, as sociologist Charles Lemert
and contemporary forms and issues of our national life. The program in puts it, a basic survival skill. It embraces substantive questions about the
American Studies takes as its field of study any peoples, cultural expres- composition, structure and development of social phenomena, as well as the
sions and social institutions, however or whenever identified as “American.” epistemological conditions that inform our ability to comprehend them. Today,
Program curricula link faculty, courses, and students across a range of it is one of the most significant and fastest-growing concerns in the humanities
humanities, arts, and social science departments. and the social sciences. It brings together scholars from a multitude of
disciplines in investigations of such topics as the social construction of
American Studies Minor individuals in contemporary and historical contexts, the nature of the political,
The minor centers on two interdisciplinary seminars on selected topics in the structure of agency, the cultural and economic processes associated with
American studies. Students electing the minor are also encouraged to take globalization, and the constitution of public space and civil society.
a range of elective courses to complement their major. The minor in American Because many social theoretical issues refuse containment within extant
Studies prepares students for further graduate or professional training, or disciplinary demarcations, they are best studied within a multidisciplinary
for work in education, government, or business. See the listing in the College framework. The Committee on Social Theory formed in 1989 to facilitate
of Arts and Sciences section of this Bulletin. such theoretical teaching and research projects across disciplinary and
For further information, contact: Director Pearl James, avdool2@uky.edu; college boundaries at the University of Kentucky. The program fosters
1227 Patterson Office Tower 0027, (859) 257-6978. practical communication through a range of pedagogical and research
http://american-studies.as.uky.edu/ projects between the humanities and social sciences. The Committee on
Social Theory’s events assist faculty and students in testing their own
Appalachian Studies disciplinary understandings and enhancing their own empirical and archival
research by building transdisciplinary dialogues. Today, the Committee
The Appalachian Studies minor offers students with serious interests in
includes some 50 faculty associates, spanning fourteen departments and five
Appalachian regional studies an opportunity to pursue a minor concentra-
schools, and offers students and faculty an innovative opportunity to
tion to complement a major in one of the University’s professional or liberal
pursue social thought in a bracingly interdisciplinary dialogue. Its activities
arts programs. This interdisciplinary program enables students to comprehend
form a unique and exciting environment where students and faculty study
more fully the history, social structure, and culture of the region – its people,
the expanding and increasingly important field of social theory and cultural
its problems, and its future. The Appalachian Studies Program Director serves
studies.
as faculty advisor to undergraduate minors and as faculty sponsor of the
Appalachian Student Council, an organization for students with an interest in or Visit the Committee on Social Theory website at:
ties to the Appalachian region. http://socialtheory.as.uky.edu/
Faculty and students interested in Appalachian Studies work in cooperation
with the Appalachian Center, which was created in 1977, to fulfill the
University’s research and service missions in this region. See the listing in
the College of Arts and Sciences section of this Bulletin.
Undergraduate Certificates
UNDERGRADUATE CERTIFICATE All certificate programs are assessed upon the Peace Studies
PROGRAMS AT UK fifth year of its duration. If a certificate is sus- The purpose of the Peace Studies program is to
pended or terminated, students currently enrolled develop students with increased interests and
The University of Kentucky’s undergraduate
shall have a reasonable period of time, not to understanding of issues of peace and justice from
certificate programs offer our students a conve-
exceed three years, to complete the requirements individual to global levels; to provide them with
nient and flexible way to earn credentials for
for the certificate. basic skills in peaceful communication, nonviolent
career advancement. All are cross-disciplinary
clusters of courses integrated in a way that UK undergraduate certificate programs listed and transformative conflict resolution; and to help
identifies a set of skills or knowledge that carry by academic home: them develop peaceful and cooperative cultures.
college credit and is applied to a student’s under- The Peace Studies program will empower stu-
graduate degree program. Students may declare dents to understand and reduce conflict at multiple
their intent to complete a certificate program at levels, and will provide them with conflict resolu-
College of Agriculture, Food and tion skills that are increasingly valued by employ-
any time. To do so they should contact the Student
Environment ers, graduate programs, and are much needed in
Services or Advising Office where their primary
major is housed, but they are not required to see our communities.
Distillation, Wine and Brewing Studies
an advisor before adding the certificate. This is Faculty Director: Dr. Clayton Thyne, De-
The Undergraduate Certificate in Distillation,
the same process a student would follow to add a partment of Political Science.
Wine and Brewing Studies (DWBS) is inclusive
minor or second program of study to their record.
of students from all departments and colleges at Details and requirements for the Peace Studies
Certificates at UK are only awarded to stu-
UK. The Departments of Animal and Food Sci- Certificate are listed in the College of Arts and
dents who successfully complete (or have com-
ences; Biosystems and Agricultural Engineering; Sciences section in this Bulletin.
pleted) a baccalaureate degree. Ideally, a certifi-
Chemistry; Chemical and Materials Engineering;
cate can show a potential employer or graduate
History; Horticulture, Plant and Soil Sciences;
program’s faculty a specific expertise that a UK
Retailing and Tourism Management; and Writing, Gatton College of Business
graduate brings with them to their new career.
Rhetoric and Digital Studies are all engaged in and Economics
A certificate program at UK must be at least 12
DWBS. Three key student learning outcomes
hours but rarely exceeds 24 credit hours. It is Global Scholars
comprise the DWBS and are accomplished through
typically constructed to be flexible and respond
a cluster of courses. The Certificate in Global Scholars gives stu-
quickly to emerging and cutting edge fields. Un-
like the usual minor attached to a baccalaureate Faculty Director: Dr. Seth DeBolt, Depart- dents who have successfully completed the Glo-
program, certificate programs must include at ment of Horticulture. bal Scholars Program the recognition of this
least two different academic disciplines and stu- accomplishment on their transcripts. This pro-
Details and requirements for the DWBS Cer- gram is designed to prepare those students ac-
dents are expected to have experiences that do
tificate are listed in the College of Agriculture, cepted into the College for careers in international
not fit “traditional” academic models. All UK
Food and Environment section in this Bulletin. business.
certificate programs must require students to:
• be in good academic standing upon admis- Faculty Director: Dr. Scott Kelley, Depart-
sion to the certificate program; College of Arts and Sciences ment of Marketing and Supply Chain.
• take at least 12 credit hours taken for a letter Details and requirements for the Global Schol-
Appalachian Studies ars Certificate are listed in the College of Busi-
grade; at least 12 credits at 200-level or
above and a minimum of 6 credit hours at Students in any college may earn the Under- ness and Economics section of this Bulletin.
300-level or above; graduate Certificate in Appalachian Studies. The
Certificate is interdisciplinary (requiring course
• take no more than 9 credits in the certificate work in at least two colleges) and combines
program that are used to satisfy require- critical analysis with experiential education in the College of Communication
ments for the student’s bachelor’s degree, Appalachian region. The course work and and Information
minor, or another certificate (exclusive of practicum are tailored for each student in consul-
free or unrestricted electives); Directing Forensics
tation with the program director to make the
• earn a C or better in each required certificate interdisciplinary certificate relevant to the student’s The Division of Instructional Communication
course; major, interests, and career plans. and Research offers an undergraduate certificate
that will prepare students to teach and coach
• take courses in at least two disciplines, with Faculty Director: Professor Ann Kingsolver, competitive forensics at the middle school, high
a minimum of three credits to be completed Director, Appalachian Studies and Appalachian school, and collegiate levels and serve the grow-
in a second discipline; Center, (859) 257-4852. ing demand for forensics coaches. Currently,
• work with the designated Faculty Director to Details and requirements for the Appalachian over 300 colleges and universities sponsor this
assure that the individual certificate curricu- Studies Certificate are listed in the College of activity at the state, regional, and national level.
lum is appropriate. Arts and Sciences section of this Bulletin. Over 100,000 students and 3,500 coaches also
UK Core
NOTE: Please use the UK Core search filter located on the online course catalog page to view current offerings
of UK Core courses for fall 2015.
The UK Core is composed of the equivalent of 30 credit hours in 10 course areas that address four broad learning outcomes. Depending on choice of major or courses,
some students may take more than 30 credit hours to complete the UK Core.
I. Students will demonstrate an understanding of and ability to employ the processes of intellectual inquiry. [12 credit hours]
Students will be able to identify multiple dimensions of a good question (i.e., interesting, analytical, problematic, complex, important, genuine, researchable);
determine when additional information is needed, find credible information efficiently using a variety of reference sources, and judge the quality of information
as informed by rigorously developed evidence; explore multiple and complex answers to questions/issues problems within and across the four broad knowledge
areas: arts and creativity, humanities, social and behavioral sciences, and natural/ physical/mathematical sciences; evaluate theses and conclusions in light
of credible evidence; explore the ethical implications of differing approaches, methodologies or conclusions; and develop potential solutions to problems based
on sound evidence and reasoning. Students will take four 3-credit courses, one in each of the four broad knowledge areas defined above.
II. Students will demonstrate competent written, oral, and visual communication skills both as producers and consumers of information. [6 credit
hours]
Students will demonstrate the ability to construct intelligible messages using sound evidence and reasoning that are appropriate for different rhetorical situations
(audiences and purposes) and deliver those messages effectively in written, oral, and visual form. Students will also demonstrate the ability to competently
critique (analyze, interpret, and evaluate) written, oral, and visual messages conveyed in a variety of communication contexts. Students will take one 3-hour
course focusing on the development of effective writing skills, and one 3-hour integrated communications course focusing on oral and visual communication
skills, along with continued development of written communication skills.
III. Students will demonstrate an understanding of and ability to employ methods of quantitative reasoning. [6 credit hours]
Students will (a) demonstrate how fundamental elements of mathematical, logical and statistical knowledge are applied to solve real-world problems; and (b)
explain the sense in which an important source of uncertainty in many everyday decisions is addressed by statistical science, and appraise the efficacy of
statistical arguments that are reported for general consumption. Students will take one 3-hour course on the application of mathematical, logical and statistical
methods, and one 3-hour course devoted to a conceptual and practical understanding of statistical inferential reasoning.
IV. Students will demonstrate an understanding of the complexities of citizenship and the process for making informed choices as engaged citizens
in a diverse, multilingual world. [6 credit hours]
Students will recognize historical and cultural differences arising from issues such as ethnicity, gender, language, nationality, race, religion, sexuality, and
socioeconomic class; students will demonstrate a basic understanding of how these differences influence issues of social justice, both within the U.S. and
globally; students will recognize and evaluate the ethical dilemmas, conflicts, and trade-offs involved in personal and collective decision making. Students
will take two courses, each with a topical or regional focus. The first course will include critical analysis of diversity issues as they relate to the contemporary
United States. The second will be a non-US based course that includes critical analysis of local-to-global dynamics as they relate to the contemporary world.
In addition, each course must address at least 2 of these 4 topics: societal and institutional change over time; civic engagement; cross-national/comparative
issues; power and resistance.
*The UK Core is designed to provide the equivalent of 30 credit hours. Some courses in the UK Core require more than three credits, resulting in more
than 30 credits in some cases.
Please consult your advisor for a complete list of options.
A-E 120 Pathways to Creativity in the Visual Arts ENG 168 All That Speak of Jazz: An Intellectual Inquiry
A-S 102 Two-Dimensional Surface Into Jazz and Democracy
A-S 103 Three-Dimensional Form GEO 109 Digital Mapping
A-S 130 Drawing ICT 200 Information Literacy and Critical Thinking
A-S 200 Introduction to Digital Art, Space, and Time IS 200 Information Literacy and Critical Thinking
A-S 245 Introduction to Web Design LA 111 Living on the Right Side of the Brain
A-S 270 Ceramics for Non-Majors ME 411 ME Capstone Design I
A-S 280 Introduction to Photographic Literacy MNG 592 Mine Design Project II
A-S 300 Digital Photography MUS 123 Beginning Classroom Guitar
A-S 340 Introduction to Graphic Design, Meaning and Image MUS 130 Performing World Music (Subtitle required)
A-S 380 Black & White Darkroom Photography MUS 200 Music for Living
AAS 168 All That Speak of Jazz: An Intellectual Inquiry MUS 222 Creativity and Innovation in Rock Music
Into Jazz and Democracy PLS 240 Introduction to Floral Design
BAE 402 Biosystems Engineering Design I TA 110 Theatre: An Introduction
BAE 403 Biosystems Engineering Design II TA 120 Creativity and the Art of Acting
CME 455* Chemical Engineering Product and Process Design I TA 150 Creativity and the Art of Design and Production
DES 100 Design in Your World TA 220 Shakespeare Page to Stage
EE 101 Creativity and Design in Electrical and Computer Engineering TA 370 Staging History
ENG 107 Writing Craft: Introduction to Imaginative Writing TAD 140 Introduction to Dance
ENG 130 Literary Encounters UKC 100 A&C Inquiry: Lens Arts
*CHE 105 and 111 are paired courses. To earn UK Core credit, both courses must be completed. CHE 111 may be taken concurrently with CHE 105 or after CHE 105 has
been completed. Students must sign up for them separately.
**CHE 109 and CHE 110 are equivalent to CHE 105. To earn UK Core credit, students must complete CHE 109, CHE 110 and CHE 111. Students must sign up for them separately.
***PHY 231 and 241 are paired courses. To earn UK Core credit, both PHY 231 and PHY 241 must be completed. They may be taken in either order and students must sign
up for them separately.
Placement in CIS/WRD 112 – Students who have a score of 32 or above on the English component of the ACT; a score of 720 or above on SAT I Verbal; or a
standard score of 4 or 5 on the AP English Language Exam receive placement in CIS/WRD 112. No credit for CIS/WRD 110/111 is awarded.
Placement in CIS/WRD 112 – Students who have a score of 32 or above on the English component of the ACT; a score of 720 or above on SAT I Verbal; or a
standard score of 4 or 5 on the AP English Language Exam receive placement in CIS/WRD 112. No credit for CIS/WRD 110/111 is awarded.
*PSY 215 and 216 are paired courses and are restricted to Psychology majors and minors. To earn UK Core credit, both PSY 215 and PSY 216 must be completed. They may
be taken in either order and students must sign up for them separately.
A-H 360 Visual Culture of Politics GEO 221 Immigrant America: A Geographic Perspective
AAS 168 All That Speak of Jazz: An Intellectual Inquiry GEO 320 Geography of the United States and Canada
Into Jazz and Democracy GRN 250 Aging in Today’s World
AAS 235 Inequalities in Society GWS 301 Crossroads (Subtitle required)
AAS 261 African American History 1865-Present GWS 309 Health, History, and Human Diversity
AIS 430 Islam in America HIS 108 History of the United States Through 1876
ANT 221 Native People of North America HIS 109 History of the United States Since 1877
ANT 330 North American Cultures HIS 112 The Making of Modern Kentucky
APP 200 Introduction to Appalachian Studies HIS 261 African American History 1865-Present
CLD 360 Environmental Sociology LIN 331 Language in U.S. Society
COM 312 Learning Intercultural Communication PHI 130 Introduction to Philosophy: Morality and Society
Through Media and Film PHI 205 Food Ethics
COM 315 Understanding Workplace Communication PHI 335 The Individual and Society
in a Diverse U.S. Society
PS 101 American Government
CPH 309 Health, History, and Human Diversity
PSY 320 Introduction to Forensics: Psychology and Legal Issues
ENG 168 All That Speak of Jazz: An Intellectual Inquiry
SOC 235 Inequalities in Society
Into Jazz and Democracy
SOC 360 Environmental Sociology
ENG 191 Literature and the Arts of Citizenship
SPA 208 U.S. Latino Culture and Politics
EPE 301 Education in American Culture
TA 286 Social Action Theatre
GEN 100* Issues in Agriculture, Food and Environment
WRD 422 Public Advocacy (Subtitle required)
GEO 220 U.S. Cities
X. Global Dynamics
These courses equip students to participate in a diverse, multiethnic, multilingual world community. Toward this end, students consider issues of equality, ethical dilemmas,
global trends, social change, and civic engagement in the context of local cultures outside the U.S.
To fulfill the Global Dynamics requirement, complete one of the following:
A-H 104 African Art and Its Global Impact HIS 121 War and Society, 1914-1945
A-H 311 The Arts as Soft Power: The Japanese Tea Ceremony HIS 122 War and Society Since 1945
AAS 253 History of Pre-Colonial Africa HIS 191 A History of World Religions (Subtitle required)
AAS 254 History of Colonial and Post-Colonial Africa HIS 202 History of the British People to the Restoration
ANT 160 Cultural Diversity in the Modern World HIS 203 History of the British People Since the Restoration
ANT 222 Middle East Cultures HIS 206 History of Colonial Latin America, 1492-1810
ANT 225 Culture, Environment and Global Issues HIS 208 History of the Atlantic World
ANT 241 Origins of Old World Civilization HIS 253 History of Pre-Colonial Africa
ANT 242 Origins of New World Civilization HIS 254 History of Colonial and Post-Colonial Africa
ANT 311 Anthropology of Globalization HIS 296 East Asia Since 1600
ANT 321 Introduction to Japanese Culture, Meiji (1868) to Present HIS 357 Japan at War, 1850 to the Present
ANT 329 Cultures and Societies of Eurasia and Eastern Europe: ICT 205 Issues in Information and Communication Technology Policy
Socialism and Post-Socialist Change JPN 320 Introduction to Japanese Culture, Pre-Modern to 1868
ARC 315 History and Theory of Architecture IV: Urban Forms JPN 321 Introduction to Japanese Culture, Meiji (1868) to Present
CHI 331 Introduction to Chinese Culture, 1840 to Present JPN 351 The Japanese Experience of the Twentieth Century
CLD 380 Globalization: A Cross-Cultural Perspective LAS 201 Introduction to Latin America
COM 390 Communication Education Abroad (Subtitle required) MCL 324 The City in the Twentieth-Century: Tokyo, Shanghai, Paris
EGR 240 Global Energy Issues MCL 343 Global Horror
ENG 142 Global Shakespeare MUS 330 Music in the World (Subtitle required)
ENG 171 Global Literature in English MUS 335 Exploring World Music and Ethnomusicology
GEO 160 Lands and Peoples of the Non-Western World PCE 410 Peace Studies Capstone Seminar
GEO 161 Global Inequalities PHI 343 Asian Philosophy
GEO 162 Introduction to Global Environmental Issues PLS 103 Plants, Soils, and People: A Global Perspective
GEO 163 Global Conflicts PS 210 Introduction to Comparative Politics
GEO 164 iWorlds: Global Information Geographies RUS 125 Mapping Russia (Subtitle Required)
GEO 222 Cities of the World RUS 275 Russian Film
GEO 255 Geography of the Global Economy RUS 370 Russian Folklore (in English)
GEO 260 Geographies of Development in the Global South RUS 371 Russian Culture 900-1900
GEO 261 Global Dynamics of Health and Disease RUS 372 Russian Culture 1900-Present
GEO 316 Environment and Development SAG 201 Cultural Perspectives on Sustainability
GER 342 War, Peace, and Terror in Germany and Europe SOC 180 Global Societies in Comparative Perspective
GER 361 German Cinema SOC 380 Globalization: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
GWS 302 Gender Across the World (Subtitle required) SPA 111 The Hispanic Caribbean
HIS 104 A History of Europe Through the Mid-Seventeenth Century WRD 420 Rhetorical Traditions (Subtitle required)
HIS 105 A History of Europe From the Mid-Seventeenth
Century to the Present
College of Agriculture,
Food and Environment
Nancy M. Cox, Ph.D., is Dean and Director of the College program is accredited by the Institute of Food
of Agriculture, Food and Environment; Associate Dean for
Technologists.
Research to be announced; Jimmy C. Henning, Ph.D., is SPECIAL APPLICATION DEADLINE
Associate Dean for Extension; Larry J. Grabau, Ph.D., is Accreditations for the School of Human Envi-
Associate Dean for Instruction. ronmental Sciences are listed on page 121 of this FOR SCHOOL OF HUMAN
Bulletin. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES
The research, teaching, extension, and regula- Coordinated Program in Dietetics Upper divi-
Undergraduate Programs in Agriculture, sion program applicants (students who have 71
tory functions of the College of Agriculture, Food
Food and Environment semester hours of lower division courses) –
and Environment are combined into a coordinated, special application, transcript(s), and recom-
mutually supporting program of undergraduate The University of Kentucky grants the follow-
mendations are due by:
and graduate education. Teaching in this college is ing degrees in the College of Agriculture, Food
and Environment: February 1 For fall entry to
closely related to the other functions thus provid- Coordinated Program
ing the student with a unique opportunity to broaden • Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
his or her background in the areas of research and
• Bachelor of Science in Agricultural
application of scientific findings to stakeholders. The college offers an undergraduate certifi-
Biotechnology
Degrees and preprofessional programs in the cate in Distillation, Wine and Brewing Studies.
college encompass the entire range of the food, • Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Students majoring in biosystems engineering
fiber, and agricultural system from farm produc- Economics are enrolled in the College of Engineering. Degree
tion and marketing, manufacturing, processing • Bachelor of Science in Animal Sciences requirements and curriculum are listed in the
and fabrication through nutrition, hospitality man- • Bachelor of Science in Career and College of Engineering section of this Bulletin.
agement, and consumer, community, and family Technical Education See page 121 of this Bulletin for the list of
sciences. degree requirements for majors in the School of
The School of Human Environmental Sciences • Bachelor of Science in Community and
Human Environmental Sciences.
is part of the College of Agriculture, Food and Leadership Development
Environment. Degree requirements and informa- • Bachelor of Science in Dietetics Undeclared Majors
tion pertaining to these programs are listed begin- • Bachelor of Science in Equine Science Students who are interested in the College of
ning on page 121. and Management Agriculture, Food and Environment but are unde-
cided about a major should work closely with an
Admission • Bachelor of Science in Family Sciences advisor in the college who will assist them in
All students planning to study any phase of • Bachelor of Science in Food Science selecting courses that will fulfill general require-
agriculture, food or environment, including pre- • Bachelor of Science in Forestry ments while exploring the various areas of study
veterinary medicine, are admitted directly into the in agriculture, food and environment.
College of Agriculture, Food and Environment. • Bachelor of Science in Horticulture,
Application for admission is made through the Plant and Soil Sciences Scholarships and Financial Aid
Office of Undergraduate Admissions. • Bachelor of Science in Hospitality The College of Agriculture, Food and Environ-
Students interested in the Landscape Architec- Management and Tourism ment offers scholarship awards to students on the
ture program must meet all requirements for basis of academic accomplishment and involve-
• Bachelor of Science in Human Nutrition
admission to the University. In addition, enroll- ment in extracurricular activities. Many of the
ment in the landscape architecture program is • Bachelor of Science in Landscape departments in the college employ students in
determined by a selective admission procedure. Architecture laboratories, greenhouses, barns, and field work in
Applicants are selected on a competitive basis as • Bachelor of Science in Merchandising, connection with the college’s research programs
determined by potential success in the program. Apparel and Textiles in agriculture. Information about scholarships and
Students must apply for the Coordinated Pro- • Bachelor of Science in Natural work opportunities is available in the Office of
gram in Dietetics by February 1 prior to potential Resources and Environmental Science Academic Programs.
admission to year three in the Dietetics Program. Freshman scholarship applications are due
For additional information, see page 122. Information and degree requirements for each January 15. Upperclass and transfer scholarship
program follows. Students may obtain additional applications are due April 1. For more informa-
Accreditation information on programs and recommended plans tion go to:
The undergraduate Forestry program at the of study from the Office of Academic Programs http://academics.ca.uky.edu/scholarships
University of Kentucky is accredited by the Soci- Advising Resource Centers.
ety of American Foresters. The Landscape Ar- The college offers minors in agricultural eco- Academic Advising
chitecture program is accredited by the American nomics, community and leadership development, Students in the College of Agriculture, Food
Society of Landscape Architects and meets all the animal sciences, entomology, family sciences, and Environment are advised by selected faculty
requirements for licensing of landscape architects pest management, plant and soil science, and or academic coordinators in the department of the
in Kentucky and other states. The Food Science sustainable agriculture. student’s major. Each student’s academic record
of Science degree in the College of Agriculture, University of Kentucky I. Intellectual Inquiry in Arts and Creativity
Food and Environment must complete: Lexington, KY 40546-0091 Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
(859) 257-3468 or (859) 257-3469
1. the UK Core and University graduation II. Intellectual Inquiry in the Humanities
requirements; Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
2. GEN 100: Issues in Agriculture, Food and BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN III. Intellectual Inquiry in the Social Sciences
Environment is required for all first semes- AGRICULTURAL BIOTECHNOLOGY Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
ter Freshmen. Students who transfer into IV. Intellectual Inquiry in the Natural, Physical,
Agricultural biotechnology encompasses cel-
the College and have already completed the and Mathematical Sciences
lular and molecular approaches to the manipula-
UK Core U.S. Citizenship requirement are CHE 105 General College Chemistry I ............................ 4
tion and improvement of agricultural plants, ani- CHE 111 Laboratory to Accompany
not required to take GEN 100;
mals and microorganisms, and the control of General Chemistry I ...................................................... 1
3. a minimum of 120 credit hours with at least agricultural pests and diseases. The primary pur-
a 2.0 grade-point average. Some programs V. Composition and Communication I
pose of the baccalaureate degree program in CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3
require more than the minimum 120 credit Agricultural Biotechnology is to train students in
hours and have other grade-point average modern cellular and molecular biology and ge- VI. Composition and Communication II
requirements. Remedial courses may not CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3
netic engineering. Students will be provided with
be counted toward the total hours required
for the degree;
Subtotal: Premajor hours ....................... 39-42 ties are also available in public policy for agricul- Graduation Composition and Communication
ture and rural America and environmental eco- Requirement hours (GCCR) ............................. 2
Major Requirements Hours nomics. These career opportunities may be found OPTIONS
Biotechnology in both the private and public sectors. Economic
ABT 101 Introduction to Biotechnology ........................ 1 Option A – Agricultural Economics
theory is applied to problems concerning the
ABT 201 Scientific Method in Biotechnology ............... 1 This option provides a program of study for students
production, marketing, and distribution of agricul-
ABT 301 Writing and Presentations interested in careers in rural public policy analysis, rural
in the Life Sciences ...................................................... 2
tural and food products and also to public policy economic development, natural resource and environmental
and natural resource and environmental issues economics, cooperative extension, or a more individualized
Microbiology
facing rural communities. program.
BIO 208 Principles of Microbiology ............................... 3
BIO 209 Principles of Microbiology Laboratory ........... 2 Agricultural Economics students choose one of
two options – Option A: Agricultural Economics; Premajor Requirements Hours
Biochemistry ECO 201 Principles of Economics I ................................ 3
BCH 401G Fundamentals of Biochemistry .................... 3
and Option B: Agribusiness Management and
ECO 202 Principles of Economics II ............................... 3
Food Marketing.
Genetics MA 113 Calculus I ........................................................... 4
ABT 120 Genetics and Society ....................................... 3 Graduation Requirements OR
ABT/ENT 360 Genetics To earn the Bachelor of Science in Agricultural MA 123 Elementary Calculus and Its Applications
or Economics, the student must have a minimum of and
BIO 304 Principles of Genetics ................................... 3-4 120 credit hours with at least a 2.0 grade-point MA 162 Finite Mathematics and Its Applications ......... 7
ABT 460 Introduction to Molecular Genetics ................ 3 average in one of the two program options. A STA 296 Statistical Methods and Motivations .............. 3
ABT 461 Introduction to Population Genetics .............. 3 student must earn a minimum grade of C in each ECO 391 Economic and Business Statistics .................... 3
of the four agricultural economics courses re- Subtotal: Premajor hours ....................... 16-19
Specialty Support agency for forestry in the United States. Addition- VI. Composition and Communication II
AEN 340 Principles of Food Engineering ........................ 4 ally, you may become certified by The Wildlife CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3
Society if you choose appropriate elective courses.
DHN 311 Nutritional Biochemistry VII. Quantitative Foundations
or Career Opportunities Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
BCH 401G Fundamentals of Biochemistry .................... 3
Forestry graduates are employed as profes- VIII. Statistical Inferential Reasoning
PHY 211 General Physics ................................................ 5 sional foresters in private forest industries and Recommended:
plus two of the following courses: organizations, consulting companies, and public STA 210 Making Sense of Uncertainty:
AEC 305 Food and Agricultural An Introduction to Statistical Reasoning ...................... 3
agencies, including the U.S. Forest Service, Soil
Marketing Principles ..................................................... 3 Conservation Service, and state, county, or urban IX. Community, Culture and Citizenship in the USA
ASC 300 Meat Science ..................................................... 4
forestry programs. Graduates are also qualified to GEN 100 Issues in Agriculture,
CLD 230 Intrapersonal Leadership be research technicians in government, univer- Food and Environment .................................................. 3
or
sity, and private laboratories, or may continue X. Global Dynamics
CLD 340 Community Interaction .................................... 3
their studies in specialized graduate programs. Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
Subtotal: Specialty Support ................... 18-19
The inclusion in the curriculum of management UK Core hours ................................................ 30
Electives and processing principles makes UK forestry
Elective courses should be selected by the student to lead to graduates attractive to the forest products indus- Graduation Composition and
the minimum total of 120 hours required for graduation. Communication Requirement (GCCR)
try; graduates are often employed as technical
Subtotal: Electives ........................................... 6 FOR 400 Human Dimensions of Forestry
specialists, managers, and marketing and wood
and Natural Resources ................................................... 3
TOTAL HOURS: ............................................ 120 procurement personnel. FOR 480 Integrated Forest Research Management ........ 5
Graduation Composition and Communication
Requirement hours (GCCR) ............................. 8
Mark Lawrence Kornbluh, Ph.D., is Dean of the College Undergraduate Certificates in Arts and forms required for graduation, and changing ma-
of Arts and Sciences; Anna Bosch, Ph.D., is Associate Dean
for Undergraduate Programs; Elizabeth Lorch, Ph.D., is
Sciences jors should be addressed to the student’s aca-
Associate Dean for Research and Graduate Studies; Theodore The University of Kentucky grants the follow- demic advisor.
Schatzki, Ph.D., is Senior Associate Dean of Faculty; Dr. Ruth ing undergraduate certificates in the College of For more information or to schedule an appoint-
Beattie is Interim Associate Dean for Advising; Adrienne ment with an advisor, visit
McMahan, M.S., is Assistant Dean for Undergraduate Affairs;
Arts and Sciences:
Kirsten Turner, Ph.D., is Assistant Dean for Academic www.as.uky.edu/advising
• Appalachian Studies
Planning and Chief of Staff.
• Peace Studies Dean’s List
The College of Arts and Sciences embodies the A student who completes at least 12 credits of
Information and requirements for these certifi-
liberal arts: the natural sciences and mathematics, “letter” grades with a 3.60 or higher grade-point
cates are listed at the end of this section.
the social sciences, and the humanities. Students average with no I grades listed for the fall or
augment their knowledge in all three areas by ADMISSION spring semester will be named to the Dean’s List
exploring the interconnections among them. Admission requirements are the same as those in the College of Arts and Sciences. CLEP, AP,
Study of the liberal arts opens to students the of the University, except for the topical studies special exam and Independent Study credits are
vast scope and excitement of human intellectual major. Prospective students should see the col- excluded. The student’s cumulative grade-point
and cultural achievement. It enlarges the student’s lege Web site: www.as.uky.edu/. average is not considered; only the grade-point
vision and enriches the student’s life. Study of arts average for that particular semester is relevant.
and sciences prepares students for life-long learn- PROGRAMS AND SERVICES Exceptional circumstances including fewer than
ing and vocational success. It also prepares them 12 credits will be considered for inclusion on the
Academic Advising
for a life of effective civic participation as in- Dean’s List; students should submit a petition to
Academic advising in the College of Arts and the A&S Advising Center, 311 Patterson Office
formed and critical citizens of a diverse global
Sciences is provided by professional advisors, Tower.
society.
faculty, and graduate students beginning with new
In essence, an Arts and Sciences education Commencement and Departmental
student advising conferences all the way through
fosters the ability to think and learn independently. Honors
to graduation. All Arts and Sciences students are
Arts and Sciences graduates are well prepared to
assigned an academic advisor after enrollment. Commencement honors are determined by
meet future technological and cultural transfor-
Students and advisors will work as partners to University standards. A full explanation of these
mations.
help the student meet their academic goals. honors can be found in the Graduation Require-
Undergraduate Programs in Arts and All currently enrolled primary A&S majors ments section of this Bulletin. Please note that if
Sciences have an assigned professional academic advisor a student has not completed at least 90 hours at the
The University of Kentucky grants the follow- or faculty advisor. All Arts and Sciences fresh- University of Kentucky, but has completed at
ing degree in the College of Arts and Sciences: men have an advising hold placed on their record least 60 hours at the University of Kentucky, the
• Bachelor of Arts requiring the student to meet with their A&S student is eligible for commencement honors, but
academic advisor prior to registration each se- is held to a 0.2 point higher standard. If the student
• Bachelor of Science
mester. All students are encouraged to meet with has not completed at least 60 hours, the student is
Students pursuing the Bachelor of Arts or the their A&S advisor at least once each semester. not eligible for commencement honors. Com-
Bachelor of Science select from these majors: Students experiencing academic difficulty (aca- mencement honors are indicated on the student’s
anthropology; biology; chemistry; economics; En- demic probation) will be required to meet with final transcript.
glish; foreign language and international econom- their academic advisor at the beginning of each Departments in the College of Arts & Sciences
ics; geography; geological sciences; history; in- semester and before the last day to withdraw award departmental honors to their outstanding
ternational studies; linguistics; mathematical eco- from classes. For more information concerning graduates. The standards for departmental hon-
nomics; mathematics; modern and classical lan- these meetings, contact the Arts and Sciences ors are not collectively established by the College,
guages, literatures and cultures (with tracks in Advising Center at (859) 257-8712. but determined by each department. For details on
Arabic and Islamic studies, Chinese studies; clas- All Arts and Sciences students are expected to departmental honors, see “Guide to A&S Depart-
sics; French and Francophone studies; German familiarize themselves with the degree require- mental Honors Requirements” on pages 129-130.
studies; Japan studies; and Russian studies) phi- ments and keep track of requirements. The Uni- Address questions to the department awarding
losophy, physics; political science; psychology; versity has an online degree audit system called honors. Departmental honors are indicated on the
sociology; writing, rhetoric, and digital studies; APEX (myuk.uky.edu/irj/portal). Students are student’s final transcript.
and topical studies. The College also offers a expected to view their personalized degree audit
Bachelor of Arts with these majors: environmen- Scholarships
prior to any advising session where scheduling for
tal and sustainability studies; gender and women’s classes will be discussed. Routine questions con- For information on general scholarships in the
studies; health, society, and populations; and Span- cerning UK Core, college, major and minor re- College, contact the A&S Advising Center, 311
ish; and a Bachelor of Science with a major in quirements, grade-point average, repeat or bank- Patterson Office Tower, (859) 257-8712, or
Neuroscience. ruptcy options, transient student forms, credit www.as.uky.edu/scholarships. Students inter-
For more information on degree programs, overload requests, transfer credit equivalencies, ested in scholarships in a specific major should
visit: www.as.uky.edu/ contact the individual department.
Anthropology 3.5 The Honors Program in Anthropology is a research-intensive experience in which students work closely
with a faculty mentor. Requirements are: (1) Departmental GPA of 3.5 or better. (2) One upper-division
course (300+) in each of the three subdisciplines represented in the department (archaeology, biological
anthropology and cultural anthropology). (3) One 600 or 700 level graduate seminar (requires approval of
course instructor). (4) Research component designed by the student and faculty mentor.
Biology 3.5 Biology majors are eligible for Honors in Biology if they: (1) Complete 6 hours of BIO 395. (2) Have an
overall 3.5 GPA on graduation. (3) Successfully complete two biology honors (BIO--H) courses or two
honors-selected 500 or 600 level Biology (BIO) courses, or a combination of BIO--H and honors-selected
500/600 BIO courses. Each semester the honors-selected 500/600-level BIO courses will be identified by
a course note in the course schedule: this note will state “fulfills an Honors in Biology course requirement”.
(4) A public presentation of one’s research results. Such a presentation can be a journal article, a seminar
given to a diverse group, a talk or a poster at a professional meeting, a thesis or some form of public
presentation approved by the Director of Undergraduate Studies.
Chemistry 3.5 12 hours in CHE or BCH courses (other than CHE 440G, 441G, and 572) at or above the 300 level. At
least 6 of those hours must be in CHE 395. 3.5 cumulative GPA and 3.5 major GPA or above.
Chinese Language
and Literature 3.5 3.5 cumulative GPA and a major GPA of 3.75 or above.
Classics 3.5 3.5 cumulative GPA and a major GPA of 3.75 or above.
Economics 3.2 3.2 cumulative GPA and a major GPA of 3.2 or above.
English 3.75 1) 3.75 major GPA or above in courses taken at UK which count toward the English major. (2) At least
8 such courses taken at UK (i.e., not transferred). (3) Successful completion of at least one designated
ENG honors seminar with a grade of B or higher.
French 3.5 3.5 cumulative GPA and a major GPA of 3.75 or above.
Geography 3.5 3.5 cumulative GPA and major GPA of 3.5 or above.
German 3.5 3.5 cumulative GPA and a major GPA of 3.75 or above.
Hispanic Studies 3.5 3.5 cumulative GPA or above in 300-500 level Spanish courses.
History 3.5 minimum 3.5 cumulative GPA, 3.5 departmental GPA or above and a grade of A or B in HIS 301 and HIS
499.
International Studies 3.5 3.5 cumulative GPA and major GPA of 3.5 or above.
Japanese Language
and Literature 3.5 3.5 cumulative GPA and major GPA of 3.75 or above.
Linguistics 3.75 3.75 cumulative GPA or above in courses taken at UK which count or could count toward the linguistics
major and premajor. At least 8 such courses taken at UK (i.e., not transferred).
Mathematical Economics 3.2 3.2 cumulative GPA or above and 3.2 major GPA or above.
Philosophy 3.5 3.5 cumulative GPA or above in PHI courses, plus a senior thesis. Students are encouraged to enroll in
PHI 395 for support in writing the senior thesis.
Physics 3.4 3.4 cumulative GPA or above and 3.4 major GPA or above in physics and astronomy. All students awarded
department honors will have fully participated in independent study or research including the preparation
of a final report; participation with a high grade in a 3-credit-hour PHY 395 or participation in a summer
research experience are ways of achieving this. Other factors such as citizenship, leadership in the Society
of Physics Students, and other meritorious activity will be considered in the selection of seniors for
graduation with honors.
Political Science 3.5 (1) 3.5 cumulative GPA. (2) At least 6 hours of Honors credit in Political Science course work, usually taken
in special sections of the introductory lecture courses. (3) At least a B grade in PS 372, which should be
taken no later than the second semester of the junior year. And (4) A qualifying honors thesis submitted
to the Director of Undergraduate Studies no later than midterm of the semester in which the student intends
to graduate. Students normally fulfill the thesis requirement by taking PS 490, Honors in Political Science,
offered during the fall semester. Should that option be unavailable, however, students might be able to
arrange writing a thesis under faculty guidance as part of PS 395, the department’s Independent Study
course.
Psychology 3.5 3.6 major GPA or above and successful completion of PSY 495 and PSY 496.
Russian Studies 3.5 3.5 cumulative GPA and a major GPA of 3.75 or above.
Topical 3.6 3.6 cumulative GPA or above and recommendation of the Associate Dean based on the final thesis.
Writing, Rhetoric,
and Digital Studies 3.5 3.5 or above cumulative GPA and major GPA of 3.5 or above and GPA of 3.5 or above in 400-level WRD
courses.
Premajor hours: ............................................ 19 IX. Community, Culture and Citizenship in the USA Minor in Geological Sciences
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
Major Requirements The minor in Geological Sciences requires 19
Major Core Requirements X. Global Dynamics
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 hours of course work to include:
EES 230 Fundamentals of Geology I ............................... 3
EES 235 Fundamentals of Geology II .............................. 3 UK Core hours: ............................................... 24 EES 220 Principles of Physical Geology ......................... 4
EES 350 Regional Historical Geology .............................. 3 EES 230 Fundamentals of Geology I ............................... 3
EES 360 Mineralogy ......................................................... 4
Graduation Composition and EES 235 Fundamentals of Geology II .............................. 3
EES 420G Structural Geology .......................................... 4
Communication Requirement (GCCR)
Plus 9 hours in EES courses at the 300 level or higher ... 9
EES 450G Sedimentary Geology ..................................... 4 EES 235 Fundamentals of Geology II .............................. 3
EES 461 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology ............... 4 EES 461 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology ............... 4
GEO 261 Global Dynamics of Health and Disease ........ 3 concentration on social science based approaches UK Core hours: ......................................... 30-32
GEO 309 Introduction to GIS .......................................... 3 to population health. Students may further spe- Graduation Composition and
GEO 320-365 Regional Geography Courses ................... 3 cialize in three areas: Global Health, Health Ecolo- Communication Requirement (GCCR)
GEO 422 Urban Geography ............................................ 3 gies, and Social Inequalities in Health and Illness. HSP 499 Health, Society and Populations Capstone
GEO 475G Medical Geography ...................................... 3 HSP students will obtain fundamental knowledge (Subtitle required) .......................................................... 3
GEO 585 Aging and Environment ................................... 3
of the complex relationship that exists among the Graduation Composition and Communication
Urban Planning and Urban Studies global economy, societal problems and needs, and Requirement hours (GCCR) ............................. 3
Take 6 for 18 credit hours: the distribution of health and illness, in addition to
College Requirements
GEO 161 Global Inequalities providing students the opportunity to develop
I. Foreign Language
or critical thinking, communication, and independent (placement test recommended) ............................ 6-14
GEO 164 iWorlds: Global Information Geographies ...... 3 study skills necessary for many entry-level career II. Disciplinary Requirements
GEO 172 Human Geography ........................................... 3 opportunities in city, state and federal govern- a. Natural Science
GEO 220 U.S. Cities ........................................................ 3 ment, nonprofit organizations and in the public and (may be satisfied by major requirements) ...... 0-6
GEO 222 Cities of the World ........................................... 3 b. Social Science
private health sectors.
GEO 235 Environmental Management and Policy ......... 3 (may be satisfied by major requirements) ...... 0-6
GEO 285 Introduction to Planning .................................. 3 c. Humanities .............................................................. 6
GEO 309 Introduction to GIS .......................................... 3 Bachelor of Arts with a major in III. Laboratory or Field Work
GEO 422 Urban Geography ............................................ 3 HEALTH, SOCIETY, (PSY 100 recommended) ....................................... 1-3
GEO 455 Globalization and the IV. Electives ..................................................................... 6
Changing World Economy ............................................. 3 AND POPULATIONS
College Requirement hours: ................... 19-29
GEO 485G Urban Planning and Sustainability ............... 3
120 hours (minimum)
GEO 550 Sustainable Resource Development Major Requirements Hours
and Environmental Management ................................... 3 Any student earning a Bachelor of Arts (BA)
Major courses that also fulfill the A&S College requirements
degree must complete a minimum of 39 hours at are marked with “*”; major courses that also fulfill UK Core
the 300+ level. These hours are generally com- areas are marked with “†”. 24 credit hours within the major
Minor in Mapping and GIS pleted by the Major Requirements. However, must be at the 300+ level.
keep this hour requirement in mind as you choose Statistics
The minor in Mapping and GIS requires 18 your course work for the requirements in the Choose one of the following (3 hours):
hours as follows: major. See the complete description of College STA 296 Statistical Methods and Motivations .............. 3
Introduction to Digital Mapping (3 hours) requirements for a Bachelor of Arts degree on *SOC 303 Quantitative Social Analysis .......................... 3
GEO 109 Digital Mapping page 131. *GEO 309 Introduction to GIS ....................................... 3
or
UK Core Requirements Math
GEO 164 iWorlds: Global Information Geographies ...... 3
See the UK Core section of this Bulletin for the complete Choose one of the following (3-4 hours):
GIS Theories and Methods (6 hours) UK Core requirements. The courses listed below are (a) MA 109 College Algebra .................................................. 3
GEO 309 Introduction to GIS .......................................... 3 recommended by the college, or (b) required courses that also †MA 111 Introduction to
GEO 409 Advanced GIS .................................................. 3 fulfill UK Core areas. Students should work closely with their Contemporary Mathematics ......................................... 3
GIS Design and Application (9 hours) advisor to complete the UK Core requirements. †MA 113 Calculus I ......................................................... 4
Complete three of the following: †MA 123 Elementary Calculus and Its Applications ..... 4
I. Intellectual Inquiry in Arts and Creativity †MA 137 Calculus I with Life Science Applications ..... 4
GEO 305 Elements of Cartography ................................. 3
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 MA 111, 113, 123, 137 recommended.
*GEO 399 Internship in Geography ............................... 3
HIS 202/203 History of the British People to the III. Intellectual Inquiry in the Social Sciences Language Competency
Restoration/History of the British People Since the Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 Complete the fourth semester in one language
Restoration IV. Intellectual Inquiry in the Natural, Physical, AND
and Mathematical Sciences Two semesters in a second language ........................ 6-8
HIS 229/230 The Ancient Near East and Greece to the
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 OR
Death of Alexander the Great/The Hellenistic World
Two additional semesters in the same language .......... 6
and Rome to the Death of Constantine V. Composition and Communication I
HIS 295/296 East Asia to 1800/East Asia Since 1600 CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3 Capstone Senior Project
Complete the following course:
VI. Composition and Communication II
HIS 370/371 Early Middle Ages/Later Middle Ages INT 495 Capstone Seminar for International Studies Majors
CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3
(Subtitle required) .......................................................... 3
HIS 385/386 History of Russia to 1825/History of Russia
VII. Quantitative Foundations
Since 1825
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 Thematic and Area Concentrations
2. 12 hours of course work at or above the 300 level, at Complete one of the following:
VIII. Statistical Inferential Reasoning
least 6 hours of which must be at or above the 400 level. 1. 15 credit hours in a thematic concentration and
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
No more than 12 of the 18 hours required may be in any 12 credit hours with an area concentration ....... 27
one of the subfields of American history, European IX. Community, Culture and Citizenship in the USA
history, or history of the non-Western world. 2. 15 credit hours with an area concentration and
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
12 credit hours in a thematic concentration ...... 27
X. Global Dynamics
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 Thematic Concentrations
UK Core hours: ............................................... 30 (12-15 credit hours in one theme and from at least two
International Studies is an interdisciplinary pro- departments)
gram that encourages students to explore global Graduation Composition and
issues in disciplines such as anthropology, eco- Communication Requirement (GCCR) Culture and the Arts
INT 495 Capstone Seminar for International The Culture and the Arts concentration focuses on forms of
nomics, history, political science, geography, for-
Studies Majors (Subtitle required) ................................ 3 cultural expression and representation (performing arts, film,
eign languages, English and the arts. Students will philosophy, literature, folklore and myth, visual arts) from
Graduation Composition and Communication
choose course work focused around a central global perspectives.
Requirement hours (GCCR) ............................. 3
theme and geographical region. Cultural knowl- A-H 310 Asian Art and Culture (Subtitle required) ........ 3
edge will be developed further through expanded College Requirements A-H 323 Medieval (Subtitle required) ............................. 3
foreign language study. The program culminates I. Foreign Language (placement exam recommended, A-H 334 Reframing Renaissance Art ............................. 3
in a capstone senior project. Study abroad is highly completed by Major Requirements) .................... 0-14 AIS 228 Islamic Civilization ............................................ 3
II. Disciplinary Requirements AIS 330 Islamic Civilization II ......................................... 3
encouraged, although not required, for the Inter-
a. Natural Science .................................................. 6 AIS 331 Classical Arabic Literature (in English) ............. 3
national Studies major. b. Social Science (can be completed with ^AIS 435 Topics in Islamic Studies
A degree in International Studies will prepare Major Requirements) ........................................... 6 (Subtitle required) .......................................................... 3
students for careers in business, government, c. Humanities (can be completed with CHI 320 Gender Politics in Chinese Literature ............... 3
non-government organizations, philanthropic agen- Major Requirements) ........................................... 6 CHI 321 Introduction to
III. Laboratory or Field Work ..................................... 1 Contemporary Chinese Film ......................................... 3
cies, or the arts. The major also prepares students
IV. Electives ................................................................. 6 CHI 330 Introduction to Chinese Culture,
for graduate study in the humanities, social sci-
Subtotal: College Hours: ......................... 25-39 Pre-Modern to 1840 ...................................................... 3
ences, international affairs, law, public health and
CHI 331 Introduction to Chinese Culture,
communications. Distribution Requirements 1840 to Present .............................................................. 3
1. Students may not apply to their IS major more than CHI 430 Popular Culture in Modern China .................... 3
Bachelor of Arts with a major in 15 credit hours that have already been applied to CHI 511 Literary Chinese ................................................ 3
another major or minor program. CLA 210 The Art of Greece and Rome ........................... 3
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES CLA 229 The Ancient Near East and Greece to the
2. Students must apply to their IS major at least one
course from four different departments and/or aca- Death of Alexander the Great ....................................... 3
120 hours (minimum) CLA 230 The Hellenistic World and Rome to the
demic programs.
Any student earning a Bachelor of Arts (BA) Death of Constantine ..................................................... 3
degree must complete a minimum of 39 hours at 3. Students must complete at least 24 of the major’s CLA 261 Literary Masterpieces of Greece and Rome ... 3
total credit hours at the 300 level or above. CLA 301 Latin Literature I (Subtitle required) ............... 3
the 300+ level. These hours are generally com-
CLA 302 Latin Literature II (Subtitle required) .............. 3
pleted by the Major Requirements. However, Major Requirements CLA 331 Gender and Sexuality in Antiquity .................. 3
keep this hour requirement in mind as you choose CLA 382 Greek and Roman Religion ............................... 3
Pathway Courses
your course work for the requirements in the CLA 390 Backgrounds to and Early History
Complete 6 credit hours from the following list. Courses must
major. A complete description of College require- be from two departments: of Christianity to 150 CE .............................................. 3
ments for a Bachelor of Arts degree can be found ANT 160 Cultural Diversity in the Modern World ........ 3
CLA 391 Christians in the Roman Empire ...................... 3
on page 131. CLA 480G Studies in Greek and Latin Literature
ANT 225 Culture, Environment and Global Issues ........ 3
(Subtitle required) .......................................................... 3
GEO 152 Regional Geography of the World ................... 3
UK Core Requirements GEO 160 Lands and Peoples
CLA 524 The Latin Literature of the Republic
See the UK Core section of this Bulletin for the complete (Subtitle required) .......................................................... 3
of the Non-Western World ............................................ 3
UK Core requirements. The courses listed below are (a) CLA 525 The Latin Literature of the Empire
GEO 161 Global Inequalities ........................................... 3
(Subtitle required) .......................................................... 3
Premajor Requirements
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 Minor in Linguistics
Complete the third and fourth semesters of a foreign V. Composition and Communication I
language (or the equivalent) ....................................... 6-8 CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3 The minor in Linguistics requires 18 hours of
course work to include:
Premajor hours: ........................................... 6-8 VI. Composition and Communication II
CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3 LIN 221 Introduction to Linguistics I:
Major Requirements Theoretical Foundations and Analysis ......................... 3
VII. Quantitative Foundations
Major Core Requirements LIN 222 Introduction to Linguistics II:
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
LIN 221 Introduction to Linguistics I: Language in Context ....................................................... 3
Theoretical Foundations and Analysis ......................... 3 VIII. Statistical Inferential Reasoning Choose one phonetics/phonology course:
LIN 222 Introduction to Linguistics II: Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 LIN 500 Phonetics
Language in Context ....................................................... 3 or
IX. Community, Culture and Citizenship in the USA
plus four major area courses: Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 LIN 515 Phonological Analysis ................................... 3
LIN 500 Phonetics ............................................................ 3 Choose one morphosyntact/semantic course:
LIN 505 Linguistic Morphology ..................................... 3 X. Global Dynamics
LIN 512 Analysis of English Syntax
LIN 512 Analysis of English Syntax ............................... 3 Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
LIN 505 Linguistic Morphology
LIN 515 Phonological Analysis ....................................... 3 UK Core hours: ............................................... 30 LIN 509 Semantics and Pragmatics
Choose two other LIN courses at 300 level or above ..... 6 page 131. Economics Core hours: ................................. 15
tion of the camp enables students to take AMS CULTURES GER 361 German Cinema
JPN 320 Introduction to Japanese Culture,
300-level courses and complete the program in 120 hours (minimum) Pre-Modern to 1868
two years. JPN 321 Introduction to Japanese Culture,
Any student earning a Bachelor of Arts (BA)
In certain cases, veterans or students who have Meiji (1868) to Present
degree must complete a minimum of 39 hours at
completed Army basic training are also eligible to JPN 351 The Japanese Experience
the 300+ level. These hours are generally com- of the Twentieth Century
complete the program in two years. Members of
pleted by the Major Requirements. However, MCL 343 Global Horror
the Army National Guard or U.S. Army Reserve
keep this hour requirement in mind as you choose RUS 370 Russian Folklore (in English)
may also directly enroll in the Leadership Devel-
your course work for the requirements in the RUS 371 Russian Culture 900-1900
opment Assessment Course and participate in the RUS 372 Russian Culture 1900-Present
major. See the complete description of College
Simultaneous Membership Program (SMP). or any area course ............................................................. 3
requirements for a Bachelor of Arts degree on
The Basic Course: (100 and 200 level) are UK Core hours: ............................................... 30
page 131.
orientational and deal with the Army’s role in the
U.S. government. American military history, small UK Core Requirements Graduation Composition and
unit organizations/operations, military geography/ See the UK Core section of this Bulletin for the complete Communication Requirement (GCCR)
UK Core requirements. The courses listed below are (a) MCL 495 Modern and Classical Languages,
map reading and some adventure training are also
recommended by the college, or (b) required courses that also Literatures and Cultures Capstone ............................... 3
addressed. No military obligation is incurred by fulfill UK Core areas. Students should work closely with their
completion of the courses. Graduation Composition and Communication
advisor to complete the UK Core requirements.
Requirement hours (GCCR) ............................. 3
of free or unrestricted electives. The purpose of the Peace Studies program is to **Meets UK Core requirement for Citizenship-Global Dynam-
ics
develop students with increased interests and
Examples of Programs of Study understanding of issues of peace and justice from Peace Studies Electives
Here are three examples of programs of study individual to global levels; to provide them with Peace Studies electives are selected from existing courses in
for students successfully completing the Appala- basic skills in peaceful communication, nonviolent the University catalog and reflect both different departments
and transformative conflict resolution; and to help and colleges. They are grouped into four Focus Areas:
chian Studies undergraduate certificate:
them develop peaceful and cooperative cultures. Focus Area I: Peacebuilding ..................................... 0-6
APP 200 Introduction to Appalachian Studies ............... 3 The Peace Studies program will empower stu- Addresses systems and infrastructure needed to create more
APP 399 Practicum ...................................................... 1-6 dents to understand and reduce conflict at multiple peaceful societies.
JOU 485 Community Journalism .................................... 3 levels, and will provide them with conflict resolu-
CLD 340 Community Interaction .................................... 3 Focus Area II: Peacemaking ..................................... 0-6
tion skills that are increasingly valued by employ- Addresses leadership skills, skills for resolving and trans-
This student could satisfy the engagement requirement ers, graduate programs, and are much needed in forming conflict.
through APP 399 at UK’s Robinson Center for Appalachian
our communities.
Resource Sustainability in Breathitt County on youth agri- Focus Area III: Promoting Understanding, Cooperation,
cultural entrepreneurship, and satisfy the capstone require-
A Peace Studies certificate offers a valuable and Development ........................................................ 0-6
ment through a paper for Community Interaction on partici- credential and an appealing focus for students in Addresses cross cultural issues, international organizations,
patory evaluation of a proposed economic development many disciplines. While UK offers a plethora of economic and social development.
project in Appalachia. courses relevant to Peace Studies, this is the
Focus Area IV: Addressing Global and Regional
single program that brings these elements into a Pressures ..................................................................... 0-6
APP 200 Introduction to Appalachian Studies ............... 3
MUS 301 Appalachian Music ......................................... 3
coherent peacemaking focus. Because Peace Addresses problems of population, scarcity, trade,
*ENG 450G Studies in American Literature Studies is inherently interdisciplinary, it can create sustainability, ecosystems, climate, and immigration.
(Subtitle required) .......................................................... 3 an important context that may be missed when
APP 399 Practicum ...................................................... 1-6 courses are completed within the framework of a
*ENG 450G subtitle must focus on some aspect of Appalachian single discipline. Students in Peace Studies will be
literature.
better prepared to take advantage of co-curricu-
This student could satisfy the engagement requirement and lar opportunities at UK. Many avenues also exist
the capstone experience together by creating and implement- for fruitful synergy between the Peace Studies
ing a program on the multicultural history of the banjo for program and a student’s major and minor fields.
students at a 4-H camp in the Appalachian region.
Program Requirements
APP 200 Introduction to Appalachian Studies ............... 3
The Peace Studies certificate is designed to be
EES 385 Hydrology and Water Resources ...................... 3
FOR 460 Forest Hydrology easily combined with a broad array of majors and
and Watershed Management ......................................... 4 minors across UK’s colleges and departments,
APP 399 Practicum ...................................................... 1-6 and will increase a student’s credit hours needed
This student could satisfy the engagement requirement by for graduation only under rare circumstances.
serving as an Appalachian Center intern for the KY The Peace Studies program requires 12 credit
Riverkeeper, helping to create a waterways trail, and satisfy hours. Six of the 12 required hours come from
the capstone experience requirement through drafting a Peace Studies courses. These include the ‘portal’
management plan for a forest in the Appalachian region.
course, PCE 201, which introduces students to
For more information, contact: Appalachian Peace Studies, and the capstone course, PCE
Studies Director Shaunna Scott, 410, which concludes the program.
shaunna.scott@uky.edu; Room 204, 624
Maxwelton Court, 0347; (859) 257-6882.
https://appalachiancenter.as.uky.edu
Gatton College of
Business and Economics
David Blackwell, Ph.D., is Dean of the Gatton College of Information and requirements for the Global 2. Completion of 60 semester hours with a
Business & Economics; Scott Kelley, D.B.A, is Associate
Dean for Undergraduate Affairs.
Scholars certificate are listed on page 198. minimum cumulative grade-point average
of 3.0 or the current Annual Admission
ADMISSION POLICY GPA, whichever is lower;
The College of Business and Economics was
established at the University of Kentucky in 1925 Admission to the University is sufficient for 3. Completion of the premajor component
as the College of Commerce. The name was lower-division admission to the Gatton College of required of all students within the Gatton
changed to College of Business and Economics in Business and Economics for students with less College of Business and Economics with a
1966. The name was changed again in 1996 to the than a junior standing. However, lower-division minimum grade-point average of 3.0 or the
Gatton College of Business and Economics. admission to the college or any admission to the minimum current Annual Admission GPA,
The objective of the instructional programs in University does not guarantee upper-division ad- whichever is lower. (The courses meeting
the Gatton College of Business and Economics is mission to one of the degree programs in the the premajor requirements are listed under
to prepare the student for a lifelong career in Gatton College of Business and Economics. In “Graduation Requirements” below.);
business, government, or research and teaching. general, admission depends upon the qualifica- 4. Submission of an application form to the
The programs are structured to provide each tions and preparation of the applicants, as well as Gatton College of Business and Econom-
student an opportunity to acquire a background in the availability of the resources for maintaining ics. The application is available on the Web
the basic areas of the arts and sciences, to obtain quality instruction. at: http://mygatton.uky.edu
a broad knowledge of business and economics, Upper-division admission into a degree pro-
gram is necessary in order to be granted a bacca- Applications from students outside the Univer-
and to study in depth one or more fields of special
laureate degree from the Gatton College of Busi- sity of Kentucky seeking admission to the Gatton
interest.
ness and Economics. Students who have attained College of Business and Economics, whether for
Accreditation a 3.0 or higher cumulative grade-point average upper-division or lower-division status, must be
The Gatton College of Business and Econom- overall and in the premajor component required of received by the University Admissions Office no
ics is a member of the AACSB – the Association all students in the Gatton College of Business and later than April 15 (first summer session); May
to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business, which Economics and have completed 60 semester 15 (second summer session); August 1 (fall
accredits undergraduate programs in accounting, hours of college-level credit will be assured ad- semester); and December 1 (spring semester).
business administration, and economics as well as mission. Students enrolled in other UK colleges on
master’s programs in accounting and business Annually the Gatton College of Business and campus should apply for admission prior to the
administration. The programs of the college enjoy Economics will review the admission require- priority registration period. (The appropriate dead-
the Association’s full accreditation. ments and determine the cumulative grade-point lines are listed in the University calendar for
average (Annual Admission GPA), if any, that approved times to change major).
Undergraduate Programs in Business would be acceptable below the 3.0 standard. The Lower-division students enrolled in the Gatton
and Economics Annual Admission GPA (both overall and in the College of Business and Economics should apply
The University of Kentucky grants the follow- premajor component) will be no lower than 2.5 for upper-division admission to the college during
ing degrees in the Gatton College of Business and (see “Appeal Process” below for special circum- the semester they are completing the premajor
Economics: stances). This GPA will be made available in the course work. The application for upper-division
Undergraduate Resource Center of the Gatton admission should be made before the priority
• Bachelor of Business Administration
College of Business and Economics by October registration period for the upcoming semester.
• Bachelor of Science in Accounting Lower-division students in the college who are
15 of each year. This GPA will be effective the
• Bachelor of Science in Business and missing no more than two premajor courses will
following May 1 for any student applying for
Economics be permitted to complete these courses simulta-
upper-division admission to the Gatton College of
Students pursuing the Bachelor of Business Business and Economics, regardless of the time neously with enrollment in restricted course work
Administration may select from these majors: of his/her enrollment in the University. if they are otherwise eligible. Eligibility is deter-
Finance, Management, and Marketing. To be considered for upper-division admission mined by attainment of junior standing and the
to any of the undergraduate degree programs minimum cumulative and premajor grade-point
Undergraduate Certificate in Business standings. This privilege will be granted for one
offered by the Gatton College of Business and
and Economics semester only.
Economics, an applicant must fulfill the following
The University of Kentucky grants the follow- requirements: Students not admitted to an upper-division pro-
ing undergraduate certificate in the Gatton Col- gram in the Gatton College of Business and
lege of Business and Economics: 1. Enrollment in the University of Kentucky. Economics should be aware that others may be
(Students are considered for acceptance given preference for enrollment in the restricted
• Global Scholars by the college only after acceptance by the
University of Kentucky.);
College of Communication
and Information
H. Dan O’Hair, Ph.D., is Dean of the College of dents may also select a minor in communication, for a student to be considered for admission
Communication and Information.
a minor in information studies, a minor in journal- as a premajor or major. However, admission as
The College of Communication and Informa- ism studies, and a minor in media arts and studies. a premajor does not guarantee admission as a
tion consists of the Department of Communica- Students may not double-major within the School major in one of the degree programs in the
tion, the Department of Integrated Strategic Com- of Journalism and Telecommunications; students College of Communication and Information. In
munication, the School of Journalism and Tele- majoring in integrated strategic communication or general, admission as a major depends upon the
communications, and the School of Information journalism may not minor in media arts and stud- qualifications and preparation of the applicant, as
Science. The Department of Communication edu- ies. Students majoring in integrated strategic com- well as the availability of resources for maintain-
cates its students in interpersonal, small group, munication or media arts and studies may not ing quality instruction. Additionally, depending on
mass, health and organizational communication, minor in journalism studies. University require- the timing of admission into the major program,
and communication theory and research. Gradu- ments for a double major stipulate that each major students may not have access to major classes
ates pursue a variety of career paths in areas such be in a separate department (see the Graduation until subsequent semesters.
as corporate communication, health communica- Requirements section of this Bulletin). No stu- Upper-division admission into a degree pro-
tion, personnel, education, media, and govern- dent may take more than 48 hours within the gram is necessary in order to be granted a bacca-
ment. The Department of Integrated Strategic School to complete a degree. laureate degree from the College of Communica-
Communication prepares students for careers as tion and Information.
Undergraduate Certificates in
professionals in the allied areas of advertising, Transfer Students
Communication and Information
public relations, and direct response communica- The School of Journalism and Telecommunica-
tion. The journalism area within the School of The University of Kentucky grants the follow-
ing undergraduate certificates in the College of tions is accredited by the Accrediting Council on
Journalism and Telecommunications educates its Education in Journalism and Mass Communica-
students for professional careers in the media as Communication and Information:
tion (ACEJMC). Under ACEJMC guidelines, no
writers, editors, and broadcasters. The media arts • Health Communication more than 12 hours of journalism and mass com-
and studies area within the School of Journalism • Innovation and Entrepreneurial Thinking munications courses from a student’s previous
and Telecommunications educates its students in institution(s) may be counted toward a degree in
Information and requirements for the certifi-
telecommunications technology, management, pro- journalism, integrated strategic communication or
cate are listed on page 206.
gramming, research, audio-video production, and media arts and studies at the University of Ken-
the societal consequences of electronic media. Scholarships and Financial Aid tucky.
The School of Information Science provides stu- The College of Communication and Informa-
dents with the basic knowledge and skills required Admission to Degree Programs
tion has several opportunities for students to
to function effectively in beginning professional obtain scholarship funding. The college awards In order to be admitted to any of the four
positions in various types of libraries and informa- four scholarships to incoming freshmen and two undergraduate majors (communication, integrated
tion-providing agencies. scholarships each to rising juniors and seniors strategic communication, journalism, and media
each academic year. The School of Journalism arts and studies) offered by the College of Com-
Accreditation
and Telecommunications awards nearly $45,000 munication and Information, an applicant must
Majors in the School of Journalism and Tele- fulfill the following requirements:
in aid from various scholarship funds annually.
communications have national accreditation from
The Department of Communication also has fund- 1. Enrollment in the University of Kentucky
the Accrediting Council on Education in Journal-
ing available for students. Generally, the deadline (Students are considered for acceptance
ism and Mass Communications (ACEJMC).
for scholarship applications is early in the spring by the college only after acceptance by the
Undergraduate Programs in semester to award funding for the following University.);
Communication and Information academic year. For specific information on schol- 2. Completion of 30 semester hours of course
arships, contact the department office, or the work;
The University of Kentucky grants the follow-
Office of Student Services in 105 Grehan Build-
ing degrees in the College of Communication and 3. Minimum of 2.0 cumulative grade-point
ing.
Information: average;
• Bachelor of Arts 4. Completion of premajor requirements of
ADMISSION POLICY
• Bachelor of Science the program to which application is made;
Admission to the University is sufficient for
Students pursuing either the Bachelor of Arts 5. Completion of UK Core areas I, II, III, IV,
admission to the College of Communication and
or the Bachelor of Science select from these V, VI, VII and VIII;
Information as a premajor for students who have
majors: communication, information communica- 6. Submission of an application form.
completed less than 45 semester hours. An appli-
tion technology, integrated strategic communica-
cation must be filed with the college in order
tion, journalism, and media arts and studies. Stu-
four-year degree. The certificate program in Innovation and En- plus two 200-level or above elective courses (6 hours) that
trepreneurial Thinking is designed to provide a focus on an innovation and entrepreneurial thinking with the
• The certificate requires 15 hours and a approval of the iNET Academic Certificate Director. Current
minimum of 12 credits of course work in the coherent, integrated approach to helping ambi-
electives include:
certificate must be taken for a letter grade. tious undergraduate students develop and docu-
AAD 310 Marketing for the Arts .................................... 3
ment the skills needed to become a successful *COM 591 Special Topics in Communication
• The certificate requires 9 core hours of innovator and entrepreneurial thinker. The certifi-
credit (2 communication core and 1 public (Subtitle required) .......................................................... 3
cate is multi-disciplinary but is hosted by the *EDU 300 Special Course ................................................ 3
health core) courses be completed. College of Communication and Information and JOU 430 Media Management and Entrepreneurship ..... 3
• No more than 9 credits taken for a certifi- includes four courses (12 credit hours) completed *When offered under a subtitle relevant to Innovation and
cate can be used to satisfy the requirements over a one- to two-year period. Courses include a Entrepreneurial Thinking.
for the student’s major or minor, or another mix of topics such as communication and leader-
certificate, exclusive of free or unrestricted ship, two elective courses on innovation and
electives. entrepreneurial thinking from participating col-
• The Director approves the individual cer- leges, and a required capstone course (EXP 455)
tificate curriculum for each student and involving a project with the iNET entrepreneur-in-
informs the Registrar when the certificate residence.
is complete and may be awarded.
• The awarded certificate is to be posted on
the student’s official transcript.
Sharon P. Turner, D.D.S., J.D., is Dean of the College of student, reasonable accommodations will be pro- cycle are at a distinct advantage over those who
Dentistry
vided. The ability to meet the following standards wait much later to submit their AADSAS applica-
is a requirement for admission to the University of tion and other credentials. The Office of Admis-
The College of Dentistry offers the Doctor of Kentucky College of Dentistry. sions and Student Affairs can provide applicants
Dental Medicine (D.M.D.) degree and six post- information and sound advice to insure that they
doctoral programs. The mission of the College of Predental Preparation complete the process in a timely way.
Dentistry is to improve oral health and general Prospective applicants are encouraged to con-
health through teaching, research, and service. tact the Office of Admissions and Student Affairs Letters of Evaluation
The mission is supported by collaborative engage- early in their undergraduate careers for guidance Three letters of evaluation must be included in
ment and by networking with community and on admission requirements. The College desires each candidate’s admission credentials from indi-
academic partners to promote oral health literacy applicants who have the requisite academic prepa- viduals who are able to provide information re-
and reduce health disparities within Kentucky and ration to meet the challenges of a rigorous curricu- garding the applicant’s potential for success in the
beyond. lum. In addition to earning a bachelor’s degree, dental curriculum. Two letters should come from
The College educates health professionals to these individuals should complete courses in both faculty members and/or preprofessional advisors.
become active citizen leaders who are conscious science and non-science subject areas to increase The third letter should come from a dental prac-
of their personal and professional responsibilities their likelihood of success in the dental program. titioner that the candidate has shadowed. A
in a global society. The College values diversity Although many applicants each year major in the preprofessional committee evaluation of a candi-
within its community, which includes diversity of biological and natural sciences, students who date may be substituted for the three letters.
thought and experience, in order to promote a pursue studies in other majors also are invited to Applicants must forward the letters to AADSAS
humanistic approach to education, patient care, apply for admission. The criteria considered by when they submit their packets; hardcopy letters
and community service. The College of Dentistry the Admissions Committee includes the quality of of evaluation sent to the Office of Admissions and
and all of its programs are accredited by the the applicant’s pre-professional preparation, Den- Student Affairs will not be connected to the
Commission on Dental Accreditation of the Ameri- tal Admission Test (DAT) scores, knowledge of application.
can Dental Association. and exposure to the dental profession, letters of
For further information on the D.M.D. and recommendation, a commitment to service and Dental Admission Test
post-doctoral programs, refer to the College of other relevant factors. Timing is always an impor- Every applicant must take the Dental Admis-
Dentistry Bulletin at: tant element in the application process. The Col- sion Test (DAT). The DAT scores are consid-
www.mc.uky.edu/dentistry lege will work with students to advise them on ered, along with a candidate’s academic record
ways to become competitive applicants. For more and other criteria, in the admissions decision. The
Admission – Doctor of Dental Medicine information, call (859) 323-6071. exam is offered nationwide by computer through
(D.M.D.) Prometric Testing Centers. The DAT results
The College of Dentistry seeks to enroll indi- Application Process should not be more than three years old and the
viduals whose academic preparation, personal The University of Kentucky College of Den- highest set of scores will be used. Information on
qualities, and other qualifications suggest that they tistry is a member of AADSAS (American Asso- the DAT is available by contacting the American
will experience success in the curriculum and ciation of Dental Schools Application Service). Dental Association at:
afterwards in the dental profession. Currently, the Candidates for admission are encouraged to apply www.ada.org
College admits 40 Kentucky residents and 25 non early to receive the strongest consideration. The (312) 440-2689
residents into its four-year curriculum leading to AADSAS electronic application becomes avail- Dental Admission Testing Program
the Doctor of Dental Medicine (D.M.D.) degree. able in early June. To apply: American Dental Association
The University of Kentucky College of Den- AADSAS 211 East Chicago Ave.
tistry will consider for admission any applicant 1400 K Street, NW Chicago, IL 60611-2678
who demonstrates the ability to perform or learn Suite 1100
to perform the skills listed in the College’s Tech- Direct questions regarding admission or ar-
Washington, DC 20005
nical Standards policy. The College’s Academic ranging a visit to the college to:
Phone: (202) 289-7201 or (800) 353-2237
Performance Committee will monitor each Office of Admissions
email: csraadsas@adea.org
student’s demonstration of such knowledge and and Student Affairs
skills; specific standards are included in the Col- The College uses a “rolling admissions system”
College of Dentistry
lege Bulletin and Student Handbook. Appli- whereby applicants are interviewed beginning
M-134 Chandler Medical Center
cants are not required to disclose the nature of late August, the first offers of admission are made
on December 1, and the Admissions Committee University of Kentucky
their disability(ies) to the Admissions Committee; Lexington, KY 40536-0297
however, any applicant with questions is strongly continues to interview applicants until the class is
filled. The membership of the entering first-year (859) 323-6071
encouraged to discuss the technical standards
class is usually confirmed by early February. www.mc.uky.edu/dentistry
with the Office of Admissions before the inter-
Candidates who apply early in the admissions email: leslie.leroy@uky.edu
view. Upon the request of an applicant or a
College of Design
Ann Whiteside-Dickson, M.S., is Interim Dean of the Students also learn contemporary processes
College of Design. David Biagi, M.Arch., is Director of the
such as prototyping to solve problems, and inno- APPLICATION DEADLINES
School of Architecture. Patrick Lee Lucas, Ph.D., is Director
of the School of Interiors: Planning / Strategy / Design. Allison vate new solutions. Prototypes, three-dimensional FOR COLLEGE OF DESIGN
Carll-White, Ph.D., is Department Chair, Historic physical models, are created with digital design
Preservation. and fabrication tools and technologies such as School of Architecture
CNC milling, 3-D printing, and laser-cutting. Pro-
The College of Design strives to be a leading Incoming Freshmen and
totypes can be created quickly allowing students
force in the world of design, dedicated to building to propose solutions; examine results; redefine Transfer Students – February 15
a spirited and collegial environment where excel- problems; and propose new solutions. In the
lence is celebrated. Transfer Students from NAAB
School of Architecture, prototyping has come to
This is accomplished by creating a community define a new model of design research in which Architecture Programs – April 1
in which students are encouraged to exchange the focus is not so much on the creation of a final
ideas and explore the interdisciplinary connec- Graduate Students – January 15
design but rather on the creation of design knowl-
tions that exist between the various practices of edge itself.
design. Through this approach, the college edu- The four-year Bachelor’s degree in architec- School of Interiors
cates, trains and prepares students for leading ture qualifies students for careers in architectural Planning / Strategy / Design
roles in an innovation-driven economy. offices, building construction, development and
The college also serves as a hub for promoting Incoming Freshmen – February 15
public agencies. To become a licensed architect in
ground-breaking research. By partnering with Kentucky and other states, the graduate must Transfer Students – March 1
manufacturers, energy providers, and research- complete a two-year Master of Architecture
ers, the college is not only increasing the intellec- program. Both degree programs are offered at the Transfer Students from
tual capital of Kentucky, but also applying University of Kentucky. CIDA Interiors Programs – May 1
design thought to global challenges.
Accreditation Graduate Students – March 15
Degree Programs in Design
The University of Kentucky grants the follow- In the United States, most state registration
ing degrees in the College of Design: boards require a degree from an accredited profes-
Admissions Procedures
sional degree program as a prerequisite for licen-
• Bachelor of Arts in Architecture sure. The National Architectural Accrediting Admission into the School of Architecture
Board (NAAB), which is the sole agency autho- Bachelor of Arts in Architecture program is
• Bachelor of Arts in Interior Design
rized to accredit U.S. professional degree pro- regulated through a selective admission proce-
• Master of Architecture dure. The most significant part of the admission
grams in architecture, recognizes three types of
• Master of Arts in Interior Design degrees: the Bachelor of Architecture, Master of procedure consists of the Architecture Admis-
Architecture, and Doctor of Architecture. A sion Requirement, which is designed to identify
• Master of Historic Preservation
program may be granted a 6-year, 3-year, or 2- an applicant’s innate ability in regard to spatial
year term of accreditation, depending on the perception, visual memory, creativity, and logic.
SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE
extent of its conformance with established edu- Candidates not currently enrolled at the Uni-
The School of Architecture at the University of cational standards. versity of Kentucky must file a University
Kentucky has achieved a national reputation for Doctor of Architecture and Master of Archi- application with the Office of Undergraduate
excellence through the commitment of its faculty tecture degree programs may consist of a pre- Admission.
and the spirit, talent and dedication of its students. professional undergraduate degree and a profes- Candidates must also apply for admission to
The School of Architecture’s Master of Archi- sional graduate degree that, when earned sequen- the School of Architecture by February 15.
tecture degree is fully accredited by the National tially, constitute an accredited professional edu- Applications may be obtained from:
Architectural Accrediting Board (NAAB). cation. However, the pre-professional degree is www.uky.edu/design/architecture_admissions
The architecture studio is the foundation of the not, by itself, recognized as an accredited degree.
program. Studios provide a social and curricular The University of Kentucky School of Archi- Freshman candidates are required to file a
framework for the architecture student. Repre- tecture offers the following NAAB accredited University application, with necessary sup-
sentational skills such as drawing, model making, degree program: porting documents, with the Office of Under-
and computer modeling are practiced rigorously graduate Admission and University Registrar by
as essential skills for design. In addition to the • Master of Architecture (pre-professional February 15 for Fall Semester admission.
design studio, students study building technol- degree + 48 graduate credits) Candidates will be admitted in order of priority
ogy; materials and structural systems; digital Preprofessional Degree on the basis of the following criteria:
fabrication techniques; the history, theory, and • Bachelor of Arts in Architecture (120 un- 1. A potential for general academic achieve-
criticism of architecture; and the ethical and dergraduate credits) ment as indicated by the high school grade-
professional principles of a successful architec- point average and national college admis-
ture practice. sion test scores (ACT or SAT).
College of Education
Mary John O’Hair, Ed.D., is Dean of the College of the University of Kentucky endeavors to expand Scholarship program (KHEAA). Students apply-
Education.
the knowledge of teaching and learning processes ing for funds through the KHEAA teacher schol-
across a broad educational spectrum. The unit arship program must include a completed FAFSA
Professional education programs at the Uni-
fosters a culture of reflective practice and inquiry need analysis data form with their applications.
versity of Kentucky are guided by the theme,
within a diverse community of students, faculty, Funds are awarded first to students fully admitted
Research and Reflection for Learning and
and staff. As part of a research-extensive univer- to a teacher education program, in order of the
Leading. The vision of the unit is to become one
sity, the unit prepares professionals for a variety greatest financial need. Both KHEAA and MERR
of the nation’s best public professional education
of roles in educational settings and community teacher scholarship awards are forgivable on a
units with emphasis on research, reflection, learn-
agencies and provides leadership in the improve- semester by semester basis when the candidate
ing, and leading in service to the Commonwealth,
ment of the education, health, and well-being of teaches in Kentucky public schools. Award re-
the nation, and the world.
citizens in the Commonwealth, the nation, and the cipients who do not teach in Kentucky public
The professional education unit “endeavors to
world. schools must pay back the awards, with interest.
expand the knowledge of teaching and learning
processes across a broad educational spectrum. Accreditation Undergraduate Programs in Education
The unit fosters a culture of reflective practice The Professional Education Unit for the Uni- The University of Kentucky grants the follow-
and inquiry within a diverse community of stu- versity of Kentucky is accredited by the National ing degrees in the College of Education:
dents, faculty, and staff. As part of a research- Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education • Bachelor of Arts in Education
extensive university, the unit advances knowl- (NCATE), and all professional educator pro-
edge through research. As part of a land-grant • Bachelor of Science in Education
grams are approved by the Kentucky Education
institution, the unit prepares professionals for a Professional Standards Board (EPSB). Students pursuing one of the following majors
variety of roles in educational settings and com- earn a Bachelor of Arts in Education degree: early
munity agencies and provides leadership in the Relationship with the Kentucky EPSB elementary education, middle level education,
improvement of the education, health, and well- All University of Kentucky educator prepara- secondary education, or special education (learn-
being of citizens in the Commonwealth, the nation, tion programs, initial or advanced, have been ing and behavior disorders). Students selecting a
and the world.” approved by the Kentucky Education Profes- major in secondary education must specialize in
Ninety-eight percent of unit faculty members sional Standards Board (EPSB), in accordance one of the following: English or social studies.
have attained the highest degrees possible in their with Kentucky statutes and regulations. In addi- Students pursuing health promotion, kinesiol-
fields. The unit provides candidates with access to tion to overseeing all educator preparation pro- ogy (teacher certification or exercise science),
state-of-the-art technology. Each building is grams approved for operation in Kentucky, the special education (interdisciplinary early child-
equipped with computer laboratories and “smart” EPSB also issues, renews and revokes all Ken- hood education and moderate and severe disabili-
classrooms to keep candidates and faculty in pace tucky educator licenses (certificates). Kentucky ties) and STEM education earn the Bachelor of
with the latest technological advances in educa- educator certification regulations are updated in Science in Education degree.
tion. In addition to preparing excellent teachers an ongoing basis. For the most up-to-date infor- Persons holding a bachelor’s degree from a
and school leaders, graduates have gone on to mation about educator certification, refer to the regionally accredited institution, with a minimum
excel in numerous other professional fields. EPSB Web site at: www.kyepsb.net/ overall GPA of at least 2.75, or a 3.0 in their last
30 hours of the degree, may pursue initial educator
Educator Preparation at UK Financial Aid/Scholarships preparation at the undergraduate level by follow-
The educator preparation unit of the University The College of Education awards scholarships ing any of the certification programs described in
of Kentucky includes programs in the colleges of to both undergraduate and graduate students. this Bulletin. If these persons also wish to earn a
Arts and Sciences, Agriculture, Food and Envi- Information and application forms are available in UK bachelor’s degree, all UK degree require-
ronment, Arts and Sciences, Communication and 166 Taylor Education Building. The deadline for ments must be met. All educator preparation
Information, Education, Fine Arts, Health Sci- scholarship applications is February 15. Gradu- students at the University of Kentucky are ex-
ences, and Social Work that prepare profession- ate students should also contact the Director of pected to meet the requirements for “Admission,
als for careers in public education. The dean of the Graduate Studies in their department for informa- Retention and Completion from Teacher Educa-
College of Education is the chief educator prepa- tion about any targeted scholarship funds. The tion Programs” as described below.
ration officer for the UK educator preparation College of Education also administers the Ken-
unit. tucky Minority Educator Recruitment and Reten- Undergraduate Certificate in Education
The theme of the educator preparation unit is tion scholarship program (MERR) for the Ken- The University of Kentucky grants the follow-
Research and Reflection for Learning and tucky Department of Education. Minority stu- ing undergraduate certificate in the College of
Leading. The vision of the unit is to become one dents applying for MERR funds must be Ken- Education:
of the nation’s best public professional education tucky residents. MERR forms are available in 166 • Leadership Studies
units with emphasis on research, reflection, learn- Taylor Education Building. Kentucky residents
ing and leading. who are enrolled in a teacher certification pro- Information and requirements for the certifi-
The mission for the UK educator preparation gram may also apply for funds from the Kentucky cate are listed on page 237.
unit is as follows: the Educator Preparation Unit at Higher Education Assistance Authority Teacher
B.S. in Education with a major in sional characteristics to remain in the pro- *KHP 371 Student Teaching in Health Education ....... 12
gram. Students who demonstrate a lack of *KHP 430 Methods of Teaching Health Education ....... 3
HEALTH PROMOTION KHP 577 Practicum in Kinesiology
commitment, effort, professional behavior,
(Teacher Certification Program) and Health Promotion ................................................... 3
knowledge, or teaching skills may be re-
*These courses require admission to the Teacher Education
Requirements for Program moved from the program until these char- Program.
acteristics are demonstrated.
The Department of Kinesiology and Health Majors and Minors (48-51 hours)
Promotion offers undergraduate courses and de- Statement on Student Teaching
gree programs in kinesiology (physical education) Plan 1
Students who are majoring in Health Promotion Health Promotion major (30 hours) and one or more univer-
and health education. These programs support the will enroll in: sity approved minors (18-21 hours). Note: University-
UK educator preparation unit’s theme of Re-
KHP 371 Student Teaching in Health Education ......... 12 approved minors outside of the College of Education must be
search and Reflection for Learning and Leading. planned with an advisor in the appropriate college if the
The process of reflective decision-making is im- UK Core Requirements student wishes to have the minor appear on his/her transcript.
bedded in the departmental philosophy that stu- See the UK Core section of this Bulletin for the complete
Students wishing to pursue certification in both Health
dents learn best through experiencing. The Health UK Core requirements. The courses listed below are (a)
Promotion and Kinesiology must follow the Kinesiology
Promotion Program is guided by the standards of recommended by the college, or (b) required courses that also
major program description.
fulfill UK Core areas. Students should work closely with their
the American Association of Health Education
advisor to complete the UK Core requirements. Major in Health Promotion (30 hours)
(AAHE) and the Kentucky New Teacher Stan-
dards. I. Intellectual Inquiry in Arts and Creativity Hours
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
The health promotion program ensures an un- KHP 190 First Aid and Emergency Care ........................ 2
derstanding of and knowledge about the structure II. Intellectual Inquiry in the Humanities KHP 220 Sexuality Education .......................................... 2
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 KHP 222 Drug Education ................................................ 2
of the health promotion discipline through the
KHP 230 Human Health and Wellness ........................... 3
content and methodology courses in sexuality III. Intellectual Inquiry in the Social Sciences
KHP 270 Introduction to Health Education
education, drug education, human health and SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology ................................. 3
and Health Promotion ................................................... 3
wellness, nutrition, and program planning in health IV. Intellectual Inquiry in the Natural, Physical, KHP 310 Applied Health Education Practice ................. 3
education. The purpose of health promotion is to and Mathematical Sciences KHP 330 Planning and Implementing
BIO 103 Basic Ideas of Biology ...................................... 3 Health Education Programs ........................................... 3
promote quality of life for all people. This area of
study is interdisciplinary, extending into biology, V. Composition and Communication I KHP 420G Physiology of Exercise ................................. 3
CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3 KHP 445 Introduction to Tests and Measurements ....... 3
psychology, sociology, and medicine. Health pro-
KHP 590 Advanced Health Concepts ............................. 3
motion generally focuses on the whole individual, VI. Composition and Communication II
DHN 101 Human Nutrition and Wellness ...................... 3
including social and emotional dimensions, not just CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3
Other health related elective courses than the above list may
the physical. VII. Quantitative Foundations
be selected with permission of the Health Promotion faculty
The B.S. in Health Promotion requires comple- Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
or KHP advising staff and must be relevant to the student’s
tion of the following: (1) the UK Core require- VIII. Statistical Inferential Reasoning professional preparation program.
ments; (2) specified course work in Program STA 210 Making Sense of Uncertainty:
Related Studies and Professional Education; (3) An Introduction to Statistical Reasoning ...................... 3 Minor in Health Promotion (24 hours)
the health promotion major; and 4) completion of IX. Community, Culture and Citizenship in the USA (not for teacher certification)
a university-approved minor. Students wishing to Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
KHP 190 First Aid and Emergency Care ........................ 2
pursue certification both in health and kinesiology X. Global Dynamics KHP 220 Sexuality Education .......................................... 2
must follow the kinesiology program description. Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 KHP 222 Drug Education ................................................ 2
UK Core hours ................................................ 30 KHP 230 Human Health and Wellness ........................... 3
Continuous Assessment KHP 270 Introduction to Health Education
1. All students in the health promotion pro- Graduation Composition and and Health Promotion ................................................... 3
gram are expected to meet the standards Communication Requirement (GCCR) KHP 330 Planning and Implementing School
After attaining sophomore status, students must complete Health Education Programs ........................................... 3
and rules for Admission, Retention, and
the Graduation Composition and Communication Require- KHP 445 Introduction to Tests and Measurements
Exit from Teacher Education Programs as
ment. Please see your academic advisor for courses that meet or
set forth in the section “Admission, Reten- this requirement. STA 210 Making Sense of Uncertainty:
tion and Completion from Teacher Educa-
Program Related Studies Course Sequence An Introduction to Statistical Reasoning ...................... 3
tion Programs”. (22 hours) DHN 101 Human Nutrition and Wellness ...................... 3
2. The health promotion program stimulates Hours
Choose at least three hours from the following electives:
higher performance goals for high-perform- PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology .............................. 4
KHP 310 Applied Health Education Practice ................. 3
ing students by offering several modes of SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology ................................. 3
KHP 590 Advanced Health Concepts ............................. 3
performance. Examples are: (a) skills in BIO 103 Basic Ideas of Biology ...................................... 3
BSC 331 Behavioral Factors in Health and Disease ........ 3
performing physical activities; (b) skills in PGY 206 Elementary Physiology .................................... 3
FAM 352 Issues in Family Sciences ............................... 3
ANA 209 Principles of Human Anatomy ....................... 3
writing and oral presentations in theory HSM 250 Introductory Epidemiology ............................ 3
KHP 240 Nutrition and Physical Fitness ........................ 3
courses; (c) computer technological skills DHN 101 Human Nutrition and Wellness ...................... 3 Other health related elective courses than the above list may
in some courses; and (d) leadership skills be selected with permission of the Health Promotion faculty
demonstrated by high-performing students Professional Education Course Sequence or KHP advising staff and must be relevant to the student’s
(28 hours) professional preparation program.
who serve as class leaders, peer tutors,
and/or assistant instructors. Hours
Electives
EDP 202 Human Development and Learning .................. 3
3. After admittance to the program, students Electives for 120 total credit hours chosen with the help of
EDP 203 Teaching Exceptional Learners
an advisor.
not only must maintain a 2.75 GPA, they in Regular Classrooms ................................................... 3
TOTAL HOURS ...................................... 120-129
must continue to exhibit desirable profes- EPE 301 Education in American Culture ......................... 3
*EDC 317 Introduction to Instructional Media .............. 1
B.S. in Education with a major in must (a) meet the requirements for admis- VIII. Statistical Inferential Reasoning
sion to the Teacher Education Program, STA 210 Making Sense of Uncertainty:
INTERDISCIPLINARY EARLY An Introduction to Statistical Reasoning ...................... 3
and (b) be able to articulate their philosophy
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION of teaching and document their experi- IX. Community, Culture and Citizenship in the USA
Requirements for Program ences with young children in an initial port- Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
Early Childhood Education is an interdiscipli- folio and an entrance interview. X. Global Dynamics
nary program which will prepare educators to 3. On-going Assessment. Once a student Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
work with children birth through age five, in public is admitted to the program, he/she meets UK Core hours ................................................ 30
pre-primary classes and non-public institutions with an advisor to plan the remainder of the
Graduation Composition and
including day care, private preschool, and private program. Prior to the student teaching se-
Communication Requirement (GCCR)
kindergarten. The program is approved by the mester, the student must present a portfolio EDS 530 Moderate and Severe Disabilities ..................... 3
Kentucky Education Professional Standards Board that documents his/her progress toward
Graduation Composition and Communication
to prepare graduates to seek a state teaching meeting program competencies. Requirement hours (GCCR) ............................. 3
certificate in Interdisciplinary Early Childhood 4. Completion Assessment. At the exit
Education. assessment, students must document that Premajor Requirements Hours
The faculty of the Interdisciplinary Early Child- BIO 102 Human Ecology ................................................. 3
they have met all program competencies
hood Education program are associated with the BIO 103 Basic Ideas of Biology ...................................... 3
through a final review of their portfolio and BIO 111 General Biology Laboratory ............................. 1
Department of Early Childhood, Special Educa- the successful completion of student teach-
tion, and Rehabilitation Counseling. The faculty HIS 104 A History of Europe through the
ing in an appropriate school placement for Mid-Seventeenth Century
believe that teaching young children involves young children with and without disabilities. and
viewing children holistically, using structured be-
HIS 105 A History of Europe from the Mid-Seventeenth
havioral approaches. They recognize that viewing Statement on Student Teaching Century to the Present
children holistically requires considering all of the Student teaching in the Interdisciplinary Early OR
various settings of children’s environment (e.g., Childhood Education program is 16-18 weeks. HIS 108 History of the United States Through 1876
home, school, and neighborhood) as well as the Students will enroll in: and
reciprocal relationship between any two of the HIS 109 History of the United States Since 1877 .......... 6
IEC 411 Student Teaching in Interdisciplinary
following variables: the immediate context the Early Childhood Education ........................................ 12 PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology .............................. 4
child is active in, the individual child, and all SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology ................................. 3
aspects of the child’s environment (including Degree Requirements IEC 120 Introduction to Early Childhood Education ...... 3
people). In the Interdisciplinary Early Childhood Students in Interdisciplinary Early Childhood Subtotal: Premajor hours ............................. 23
Education program, students will learn to apply Education must complete the following: All students in Interdisciplinary Early Childhood Education
behavioral principles for purposes of developing must apply, and be admitted to, and be retained in a Teacher
1. Complete the UK Core requirements.
curricula, assessing child behavior, planning, imple- Education Program (TEP), and complete a state approved
2. Complete all degree requirements. university teacher training program in Early Childhood
menting, and monitoring interventions, and assist-
Education to be able to apply for certification. Students who
ing families. The program is guided by the stan- 3. Complete the required curriculum in the
are interested in certification in Early Childhood Education
dards of the National Association for the Educa- major program. need to meet with a certification officer in the College of
tion of Young Children, and the Division of Early 4. All students majoring in Interdisciplinary Education prior to completing 60 semester hours to discuss
Childhood of the Council For Exceptional Chil- Early Childhood Education must apply and state certification and TEP requirements. A minimum 2.75
dren. be admitted to the professional Teacher cumulative GPA is required to be eligible to apply for
admission to TEP. TEP applications will be reviewed for
To receive the B.S. degree in Education with a Education Program in order to complete the
students who have completed, or will complete during the
major in Interdisciplinary Early Childhood Educa- program. semester in which they apply, 60 semester hours, including
tion, students must: (1) complete the UK Core EDP 202, EDS 375, IEC 255, and IEC 256 with a grade of C
requirements; (2) complete the premajor require- UK Core Requirements
or better.
See the UK Core section of this Bulletin for the complete
ments; and (3) complete requirements for the UK Core requirements. The courses listed below are (a) Major Requirements Hours
Interdisciplinary Early Childhood Education ma- recommended by the college, or (b) required courses that also IEC 255 Child Development ............................................ 3
jor, including required student teaching experi- fulfill UK Core areas. Students should work closely with their IEC 256 Guidance Strategies for
ences and other practica. To be state-certified, advisor to complete the UK Core requirements. Working with Young Children ...................................... 3
candidates must also successfully complete all I. Intellectual Inquiry in Arts and Creativity
IEC 557 Infant Development ........................................... 3
state-mandated testing requirements. Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 EPE 301 Education in American Culture
or
Continuous Assessment II. Intellectual Inquiry in the Humanities
FAM 544 Cultural Diversity in American Children
1. All students in the interdisciplinary early Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
and Families
childhood education program are expected III. Intellectual Inquiry in the Social Sciences or
to meet the standards and rules for Admis- Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 Cultural Diversity Course ................................................ 3
sion, Retention, and Exit from Teacher IEC 260 Curriculum Planning in Interdisciplinary
IV. Intellectual Inquiry in the Natural, Physical,
Education Programs as set forth in the and Mathematical Sciences Early Childhood Education ........................................... 4
section “Admission, Retention and Comple- Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 IEC 546 Transdisciplinary Services
tion from Teacher Education Programs”. for Young Children ........................................................ 3
V. Composition and Communication I IEC 552 Administration and Supervision in
2. Assessment at the Point of Entry to the CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3 Interdisciplinary Early Childhood
IECE Program. The admission process Education Programs ....................................................... 3
VI. Composition and Communication II
provides the first point for formal assess- EDP 202 Human Development and Learning .................. 3
CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3
ment of the competencies outlined in the EDS 375 Introduction to Education of
Initial Certification Program Folio for the VII. Quantitative Foundations Exceptional Children ...................................................... 3
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 EDS 513 Legal Issues in Special Education ..................... 3
program. Students who apply for admission
course work in Program Related Studies and advisor to complete the UK Core requirements.
Professional Education; and (3) one of the kinesi- I. Intellectual Inquiry in Arts and Creativity
Majors and Minors (50-63 hours)
ology plans. All kinesiology students are encour- Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 Plan 1
aged to complete Plan 1, which includes majors in II. Intellectual Inquiry in the Humanities Kinesiology major (32-33 hours) and Health Promotion
kinesiology and health promotion, so that on gradu- Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 major (30 hours)
ating they will be qualified to pursue state teaching
III. Intellectual Inquiry in the Social Sciences Plan 2
certification in physical education and health, Kinesiology major (32-33 hours) and one or more university
Suggested:
grades P-12. In addition, students who choose to SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology ................................. 3 approved minors (18-21 hours). Note: University-approved
major in either kinesiology or health promotion minors outside of the College of Education must be planned
IV. Intellectual Inquiry in the Natural, Physical,
only, must pick up a university-approved minor, with an advisor in the appropriate college if the student
and Mathematical Sciences wishes to have the minor appear on his/her transcript.
and are only certified to teach in the single Suggested:
discipline selected. BIO 103 Basic Ideas of Biology ...................................... 3
B.A. in Education with a major in representatives through analysis of tran- EDS 375 Introduction to Education of
scripts, and portfolio entries, as well as Exceptional Children ...................................................... 3
LEARNING AND BEHAVIOR
performance in practica courses. FAM 357 Adolescent Development
DISORDERS (LBD) or
4. Completion Assessment. At the exit
EDS 522 Children and Families ....................................... 3
Requirements for Program assessment, students must document that
EDS 513 Legal Issues in Special Education ..................... 3
they have met all program competencies.
The learning and behavior disorders (LBD) EDS 514 Instructional Technology
Exit assessments will be conducted by
program supports the UK educator preparation in Special Education ....................................................... 3
program faculty representatives through a EDS 516 Principles of Behavior Management
unit’s theme of Research and Reflection for
formal analysis of transcripts, student port- and Instruction ............................................................... 3
Learning and Leading. Special education teach-
folios, and student teaching evaluations. In EDS 517 Assistive Technology in
ers are prepared to assess, plan, and teach based
addition, to be eligible for a Kentucky teach- Special Education ........................................................... 3
on what they learn from their students and to EDS 547 Collaboration and Inclusion
ing certificate, each student must earn pass-
conduct continuous self-reflection in order to in School and Community Settings ............................... 3
ing scores on the required PRAXIS exams.
improve their teaching. The standards and com-
petencies on which the LBD program is based are Program Related Studies (30 hours)
Statement on Student Teaching
those prescribed by The Council for Exceptional KHP 190 First Aid and Emergency Care ........................ 2
Student teaching in the LBD program is 16-18 *FAM 554 Working With Parents .................................. 3
Children and The Kentucky New Teacher Stan-
weeks in LBD classrooms. Students split this time EES 160 Geology for Teachers ........................................ 3
dards. PHY 160 Physics and Astronomy for Teachers ............. 3
evenly between an elementary school placement
The B.A. program in Learning and Behavior MA 201 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers ............ 3
and a secondary (middle school or high school)
Disorders, P-12, prepares students to teach indi- MA 202 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers ............ 3
placement.
viduals with disabilities (including learning disabili- PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology .............................. 4
ties, emotional/behavioral disorders, mild mental Special Education/LBD Certification plus 9 additional social science hours. 6 of the 9 hours must
disabilities, other health impaired, and physical (P-12) be taken in one of the following disciplines: ANT, ECO,
disabilities) in primary through twelfth grades. FAM, GEO, PS, PSY, or SOC.
Advising early in the B.A. program is essential in UK Core Requirements *FAM 554 is now major-restricted; EDS 570 is acceptable as
See the UK Core section of this Bulletin for the complete a substitute course.
order to complete the requirements in a timely
UK Core requirements. The courses listed below are (a)
fashion. recommended by the college, or (b) required courses that also Professional Education Requirements (33
fulfill UK Core areas. Students should work closely with their hours)
Continuous Assessment
advisor to complete the UK Core requirements. LIS 510 Children’s Literature and Related Materials
1. All students in the LBD program are ex- or
I. Intellectual Inquiry in Arts and Creativity
pected to meet the standards and rules for LIS 514 Literature and Related Media for Young Adults
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
Admission, Retention and Completion from or
the Teacher Education Program (TEP) as II. Intellectual Inquiry in the Humanities IEC 512 Language and Literacy for Young Children ....... 3
set forth in the section “Admission, Reten- Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
EDC 329 Teaching Reading and Language Arts .............. 3
tion and Completion from Teacher Educa- III. Intellectual Inquiry in the Social Sciences SEM 337 Teaching Mathematics in
tion Programs”. Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 Elementary Schools ....................................................... 3
EDC 339 Designing a Reading and Language
2. Assessment at the Point of Entry to the IV. Intellectual Inquiry in the Natural, Physical, Arts Program for the Elementary School ...................... 3
LBD Program. The admission process and Mathematical Sciences EDS 528 Educational Assessment for
provides the first point for formal assess- Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 Students with Mild Disabilities .................................... 3
ment of the competencies outlined in the V. Composition and Communication I EDS 529 Educational Programming for
LBD program. Students applying for ad- CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3 Students with Mild Disabilities .................................... 3
mission must: (a) meet the requirements for EDS 589 Field Experiences: Mild Disabilities ................. 3
VI. Composition and Communication II EDS 459 Student Teaching in Special Education ......... 12
TEP admission; (b) have successfully com- CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3
pleted a special education survey course Electives
(EDS 375) and practicum (EDS 357); (c) VII. Quantitative Foundations
Electives for 120 total credit hours chosen with the help of
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
be able to articulate, orally and in writing, an advisor.
their philosophy of teaching and their expe- VIII. Statistical Inferential Reasoning TOTAL HOURS ............................................. 120
riences with persons with disabilities; and Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
(d) prepare an acceptable extemporaneous IX. Community, Culture and Citizenship in the USA B.A. in Education with a major in
writing sample. Entry level assessments Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 MIDDLE LEVEL EDUCATION
will be conducted by program faculty rep- X. Global Dynamics
resentatives through analysis of TEP appli- Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 Program Description
cation materials, portfolio entries, and an UK Core hours ................................................ 30 The Middle Level Teacher Education Program
entrance interview.
supports the UK educator preparation unit’s theme
3. On-going Assessment. Once a student Graduation Composition and
Communication Requirement (GCCR) of Research and Reflection for Learning and
is admitted to the TEP, he/she meets with Leading. The program emphasizes the develop-
EDS 529 Educational Programming
an advisor from the LBD program faculty for Students with Mild Disabilities .............................. 3 ment of professionally trained specialists in teach-
to plan the remainder of the program. Prior ing early adolescents. As such, the program
Graduation Composition and Communication
to the student-teaching semester, the stu- models team teaching and collaborative learning.
Requirement hours (GCCR) ............................. 3
dent must present a portfolio that docu- Active learning experiences are emphasized, as
ments his/her progress toward meeting pro- Preprofessional Requirements (28 hours) are real-world connections. Throughout the pro-
gram competencies in the courses com- EDP 202 Human Development and Learning .................. 3 gram, students are encouraged to consider their
pleted up to that point. Mid-point assess- EPE 301 Education in American Culture ......................... 3
present position and make plans for improvement.
ments will be conducted by program faculty EDS 357 Initial Practicum in Special Education .............. 1
Students are urged to gather data continuously
Social Studies (24 hours) Students graduating from the certification pro- II. Intellectual Inquiry in the Humanities
The middle level social studies content area teacher prepara- gram the program obtain a single Kentucky teacher Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
tion program is guided by two principles: first, a commitment certificate in MSD (grades P-12). Graduates are III. Intellectual Inquiry in the Social Sciences
to continuous improvement based on reflection, evaluation, qualified to teach in classes for students with Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
and on-going research; second, a commitment to peer collabo- functional mental disabilities (grades P-12). It is
ration as a source of professional growth. The program is IV. Intellectual Inquiry in the Natural, Physical,
possible to complete this certificate program in
guided by the National Council for Social Studies document, and Mathematical Sciences
four years. In addition to the undergraduate pro- Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
Expectations of Excellence, and the Kentucky New Teacher
Standards. gram, an initial certificate in MSD (grades P-12)
is offered at the graduate level (See the University V. Composition and Communication I
HIS 104 A History of Europe CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3
of Kentucky Graduate School Bulletin).
Through the Mid-Seventeenth Century ....................... 3
VI. Composition and Communication II
HIS 105 A History of Europe Continuous Assessment CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3
From the Mid-Seventeenth Century to the Present ..... 3
HIS 108 History of the United States Through 1876 ..... 3
1. All students in the MSD program are ex-
VII. Quantitative Foundations
ECO 201 Principles of Economics I ................................ 3 pected to meet the standards and rules for Any approved MA course ............................................... 3
Admission, Retention and Completion from
GEO 172 Human Geography VIII. Statistical Inferential Reasoning
or
Teacher Education Programs as set forth in
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
GEO 160 Lands and Peoples the section “Admission, Retention and
of the Non-Western World ............................................ 3 Completion from Teacher Education Pro- IX. Community, Culture and Citizenship in the USA
grams”. Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
ANT 160 Cultural Diversity in the Modern World
or 2. Assessment at the Point of Entry to the X. Global Dynamics
ANT 220 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology .......... 3 MSD Program. The admission process Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
HIS 229 The Ancient Near East and Greece provides the first point for formal assess- UK Core hours ................................................ 30
to the Death of Alexander the Great ment of the competencies outlined in the
or Graduation Composition and
Initial Certification Program Folio for the Communication Requirement (GCCR)
HIS 230 The Hellenistic World and Rome
program. Students who apply for admission EDS 530 Moderate and Severe Disabilities ..................... 3
to the Death of Constantine .......................................... 3
must: (a) meet the requirement for admis-
plus one of the following: Graduation Composition and Communication
sion to the Teacher Education Program; (b) Requirement hours (GCCR) ............................. 3
HIS 206 History of Colonial Latin America,
have successfully completed a special edu-
1492 to 1810 .................................................................. 3
cation survey course and practicum (EDS Program Related Studies (22 hours)
HIS 208 History of the Atlantic World ........................... 3
HIS 260 African American History to 1865 ................... 3 375 and EDS 357 respectively); and (c) be PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology .............................. 4
HIS 265 History of Women in America .......................... 3 able to articulate their philosophy of teach- MA 201 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers ............ 3
MA 202 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers ............ 3
HIS 404 U.S. Women’s History to 1900 ........................ 3 ing and document their experiences with
HIS 405 U.S. Women’s History Since 1900 ................... 3 *Biological science course ................................................ 3
persons with disabilities in an initial portfolio *Physical science course .................................................. 3
Electives and an entrance interview. WRD 204 Technical Writing ............................................ 3
Electives for 120 total credit hours chosen with the help of 3. On-going Assessment. Once a student LIS 510 Children’s Literature and Related Materials
an advisor. is admitted to the program, he/she meets or
TOTAL HOURS ............................................. 120 with an advisor to plan the remainder of the IEC 512 Language and Literacy
program. Prior to the student teaching se- for Young Children ........................................................ 3
mester, the student must present a portfolio *Choose the biological and physical science courses with the
aid of your advisor.
that documents his/her progress toward
meeting program competencies in the
courses completed.
Undergraduate Certificate in
Organizational Change (3 credits) DEGREE PROGRAMS
EDL 571 Design Thinking in Education .......................... 3
Leadership Studies CLD 530 Fundamentals of OUTSIDE THE COLLEGE OF
Organizational Leadership ............................................. 3
EDUCATION
The Undergraduate Certificate in Leadership Community Leadership and Relationships (3 credits)
Studies will allow students to demonstrate their CLD 430 Leading in Communities:
preparedness to lead, live, and work in an inter- Vision, Action, and Change ........................................... 3 B.A. with a major in
CLD/EDL 404 Contemporary Leadership ART EDUCATION
connected and interdependent global community.
Applications .................................................................. 3
Students will improve their understanding of lead- CLD 260 Community Portraits ....................................... 3 The requirements for K-12 Art Education are
ership and develop the skills needed to lead in their CLD 330 Interpersonal Skills listed in the Fine Arts section of this Bulletin.
particular field through a series of courses de- for Tomorrow’s Leaders ............................................... 3
signed to provide a rich leadership focus.
The modern workplace demands employees
Ethics, Diversity, and International Understanding COMMUNICATION SCIENCES
(3 credits)
who understand the foundations of leadership, AND DISORDERS
CLD 470 Topics in Leadership (Subtitle required) ......... 3
can navigate organizational change, value com- CLD/EDL 403 Leadership and Communication ............. 3 The undergraduate and graduate programs in
munity leadership and relationships, and who Any university-approved study abroad experience communication sciences and disorders are now
embrace ethics, diversity, and an international Electives (6 credits) part of the Division of Communication Sciences
understanding. Students who participate in this Any course in the above pillars not already counted and Disorders in the College of Health Sciences.
Undergraduate Certificate in Leadership Studies Any approved study abroad experience (can only count 3 Prospective students should refer to the Health
will master these skills and benefit from an addi- credits for certificate) Sciences section of this Bulletin.
tional degree credential, that alongside with their Approved courses include but are not limited to:
major(s) and/or minor(s) demonstrates their dedi- AMS 301 Leadership and Management I ........................ 3 B.M.M.E. with a major in
cation to and experiences with leadership. AMS 341 Leadership and Management II ...................... 3
MUSIC EDUCATION
The structure of the Undergraduate Certificate AMS 395 Independent Study in Leadership ............... 1-2
in Leadership Studies offers a coherently planned COM 252 Introduction to The requirements for K-12 Music Education
academic core for students who otherwise might Interpersonal Communication ....................................... 3 are listed in the Fine Arts section of this Bulletin.
COM 281 Communication in Small Groups ................... 3
take very few courses that have an explicit focus
COM 325 Introduction to
on leadership. The core of the Certificate consists Organizational Communication ..................................... 3
of four distinct pillars that are complimentary to a MGT 410 Analysis of Organizational Behavior ............. 3
variety or existing undergraduate programs and MGT 320 Survey of Human Resource Management ..... 3
are reflected throughout the content of course *UK 100 University Course (Title to be assigned) .... 1-3
work in the following ways: *To be taken only when subtitle is Emerging Leadership
Institute.
• Understanding core concepts about lead-
Other Vital Elements
ership
At least 12 credit hours must be taken for a letter grade
• Fostering team and organizational leader- At least 12 credits at 200-level or above and a minimum of 6
ship credit hours at 300-level or above
• Embracing community leadership Students must earn a C or better in each required certificate
course
• Focusing on intercultural communication
At least one course needs to be taken in the sister discipline
skills (EDL or CLD)
Leadership Studies Program of Study No more than 9 credits in the certificate are used to satisfy
requirements for the student’s bachelor’s degree, minor, or
The program consists of 18 credits of under-
another certificate (exclusive of free or unrestricted electives)
graduate study in leadership. Students will take
one course from each of the four pillars and two For questions regarding this program, contact
additional elective leadership courses. Program Director Dr. Jayson W. Richardson at
Leadership Foundations (3 credits)
jayson.richardson@uky.edu, or (859) 379-
CLD/EDL 402 Principles of Leadership ......................... 3 9097.
CLD 230 Intrapersonal Leadership ................................. 3
College of Engineering
John Y. Walz, Ph.D., is Dean of the College of Engineering; Accreditation and Program Assessment While these are the official degrees granted at
Kimberly Ward Anderson, Ph.D., is Associate Dean for
Administration and Academic Affairs; David A. Puleo, Ph.D., The undergraduate program in Computer Sci- the bachelor’s level in the college, the prospective
is Associate Dean for Research and Graduate Studies; ence is accredited by the Computing Accredita- student is encouraged to study the wide variety of
Kamyar Mahboub, Ph.D., P.E., is Associate Dean for Outreach tion Commission of ABET, www.abet.org options available through technical electives, some
and External Partnerships. of which are listed following the degree require-
The undergraduate programs in Biosystems
Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engi- ments of each department. Technical electives
The College of Engineering offers programs neering, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engi- are included in each curriculum to allow the
leading to undergraduate and graduate degrees in neering, Materials Engineering, Mechanical Engi- student to apply the fundamentals of a particular
computer science and/or the following engineer- neering and Mining Engineering are accredited by discipline to an area of special interest during the
ing disciplines – biosystems, chemical, civil, com- the Engineering Accreditation Commission of senior year.
puter, electrical, materials, mechanical, and min- ABET, www.abet.org Students in any department interested in bio-
ing. Graduate training in biomedical engineering is In addition, the University of Kentucky is ac- medical engineering may make special arrange-
also offered through the College of Engineering. credited by the Southern Association of Colleges ments to include a limited amount of such studies
The College also offers a highly multidisciplinary and Schools (SACS), and therefore all degree in the undergraduate program. The Department
master of science in manufacturing systems engi- programs and certificates including those in the of Biosystems and Agricultural Engineering and
neering to address the growing need for enhanc- College of Engineering are governed by the rules the Department of Biomedical Engineering have
ing manufacturing productivity and quality. associated with that accrediting body. All pro- approved an optional program in pre-biomedical
Creative accomplishment in the career of an grams are assessed periodically based on achieve- engineering. Biomedical engineering is primarily
engineer or computer scientist depends upon an ment of their self-proclaimed student learning the application of engineering principles to the
education that stresses major ideas and funda- outcomes and the results are used in the improve- solution of medical problems.
mental concepts of engineering rather than spe- ment of those programs and certificates. The Department of Chemical and Materials
cific technologies. The academic programs in Engineering has approved an optional program in
engineering provide a sound background in the Undergraduate Certificate in Engineering pre-medicine for chemical engineering majors.
mathematical, physical and engineering sciences The University of Kentucky grants the follow- Students majoring in chemical engineering may
blended with the social sciences and humanities to ing undergraduate certificate in the College of arrange through their advisor to take courses that
ensure both a thorough education in engineering Engineering: will satisfy the requirements for this program.
and a liberal education. Such an approach pro- In response to industry requests, the College of
• Power and Energy
vides the best preparation for the engineer or Engineering and the Gatton College of Business
computer scientist who must envisage and de- Information and requirements for this certifi- and Economics have joined to offer a coordinated
velop the technologies of the future and deal with cate are listed after the Bachelor of Science in Bachelor of Science in Engineering and Masters
scientific advances at present unknown. Electrical Engineering. of Business Administration. The MBA will be
The various curricula in the College of Engi- Undergraduate Programs in Engineering taken during a student’s fifth year of study begin-
neering are broad, so that no student is limited to ning in the summer and finishing the following
The University of Kentucky grants the follow-
a narrow field of specialized knowledge but re- spring semester. In addition, students in the pro-
ing degrees in the College of Engineering:
ceives sufficient technical depth to provide a gram will be required to complete a study abroad
sound preparation for a professional career. • Bachelor of Science in program designed specifically for the engineer-
The first engineering degree from the Univer- Biosystems Engineering ing/business student. This program will be con-
sity of Kentucky was granted in 1890. Since that • Bachelor of Science in ducted immediately upon completion of the MBA
time over 21,000 degrees have been awarded in Chemical Engineering course requirements and the majority of costs will
the various fields of engineering. Among the • Bachelor of Science in be paid by the program. Students earning a 3.25 or
alumni of the College of Engineering are those Civil Engineering better GPA and having completed their junior
who have distinguished themselves in the major year will be identified and will receive a letter
fields of industry, government and education. • Bachelor of Science in asking them to apply for the program. Admission
Concern for the individual is a most important Computer Engineering is highly competitive and is limited based upon the
feature of education in the College of Engineer- • Bachelor of Science in financial resources available. Selection is based
ing. Close faculty-student relationships are nec- Computer Science on past academic performance, communication
essarily a meaningful part of the educational • Bachelor of Science in skills, and commitment to the program.
process. The faculty, in addition to their duties Electrical Engineering For engineering students interested in manu-
related to instruction and research, serve as advi- • Bachelor of Science in facturing, the University offers a dual-degree
sors to the student in the preparation of the Materials Engineering program. This program allows students pursuing
academic program best matched to the student’s a B.S. in Electrical Engineering or Mechanical
• Bachelor of Science in
needs and intellectual capabilities. Engineering to concurrently enroll in the M.S. in
Mechanical Engineering
Manufacturing Systems Engineering. The BSEE/
• Bachelor of Science in MSMSE or BSME/MSMSE dual-degree pro-
Mining Engineering grams can be completed in five years. Students in
selection, preparation and application of existing Requirement hours (GCCR) ............................. 3 Subtotal: Technical Electives ......................... 6
materials and for the development of new and Premajor Requirements Hours Supportive Elective (must total 3 credits)
improved materials. Materials engineers study CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3 The supportive elective can be any course that carries college
the relationships between atomic and/or molecu- CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3 credit and is not a more elementary version of a required
lar constitution, microstructure and physical prop- course. The student completing 3 co-op tours (EGR 399)
CHE 105 General College Chemistry I ............................ 4
may count the co-op experience toward the supportive
erties including mechanical, thermal, electrical, CHE 107 General College Chemistry II .......................... 3
elective.
and optical behavior. Classes of materials include CHE 111 Laboratory to Accompany
General Chemistry I ...................................................... 1 Subtotal: Supportive Elective ......................... 3
metals, ceramics, polymers, and electronic mate-
CHE 113 Laboratory to Accompany TOTAL HOURS: ............................................ 131
rials.
General Chemistry II ..................................................... 2
The educational objectives of the materials MA 113 Calculus I ........................................................... 4 Curriculum
engineering undergraduate program are as fol- MA 114 Calculus II .......................................................... 4
Freshman Year
lows: MA 213 Calculus III ........................................................ 4
First Semester Hours
MSE 201 Materials Science ............................................. 3
• Produce graduates with an understanding MSE 101 Materials Engineering ...................................... 1
PHY 231 General University Physics ............................. 4
of materials science and engineering who PHY 241 General University Physics Laboratory ......... 1
CHE 105 General College Chemistry I ............................ 4
can function independently as profession- CHE 111 Laboratory to Accompany
Subtotal: Premajor hours ............................. 36 General Chemistry I ...................................................... 1
als in the practice of engineering or as
CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3
successful members of related graduate Major Requirements Hours
MA 113 Calculus I ........................................................... 4
and professional programs. MSE 101 Materials Engineering ...................................... 1 UK Core ............................................................................ 3
CS 221 First Course in Computer
• Produce graduates who can use their ma- Second Semester
Science for Engineers ..................................................... 2
terials science and engineering education to CME 200 Process Principles ........................................... 3 CHE 107 General College Chemistry II .......................... 3
continue their careers with steady advance- MSE 202 Materials Science Laboratory .......................... 1 CHE 113 Laboratory to Accompany
ment and professional development. CHE 236 Survey of Organic Chemistry .......................... 3 General Chemistry II ..................................................... 2
EM 221 Statics ................................................................. 3 MA 114 Calculus II .......................................................... 4
Degree Requirements MA 214 Calculus IV ........................................................ 3 CS 221 First Course in Computer
The following curriculum meets requirements PHY 232 General University Physics ............................. 4 Science for Engineers ..................................................... 2
MSE 301 Materials Science II .......................................... 3 CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3
for the B.S. in Materials Engineering, provided the
MSE 351 Materials Thermodynamics ............................. 3 UK Core ............................................................................ 3
student satisfies the graduation requirements listed
EM 302 Mechanics of Deformable Solids ....................... 3 Sophomore Year
earlier. Each student must complete the following: EE 305 Electrical Circuits and Electronics ....................... 3 First Semester Hours
PHY 361 Principles of Modern Physics ......................... 3
UK Core Requirements MSE 201 Materials Science ............................................. 3
MSE 401G Metal and Alloys .......................................... 3 CHE 236 Survey of Organic Chemistry .......................... 3
See the UK Core section of this Bulletin for the complete
MSE 402G Electronic Materials and Processing ............ 3 MA 213 Calculus III ........................................................ 4
UK Core requirements. The courses listed below are (a)
MSE 403G Ceramic Engineering and Processing ............ 3 PHY 231 General University Physics ............................. 4
recommended by the college, or (b) required courses that also
MSE 404G Polymeric Materials ..................................... 3 PHY 241 General University Physics Laboratory ......... 1
fulfill UK Core areas. Students should work closely with their
MSE 407 Materials Laboratory I .................................... 3 MSE 202 Materials Science Laboratory .......................... 1
advisor to complete the UK Core requirements.
MSE 408 Materials Laboratory II ................................... 3
I. Intellectual Inquiry in Arts and Creativity MSE 436 Material Failure Analysis ................................ 3 Second Semester
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 MSE 480 Materials Design .............................................. 3 MSE 301 Materials Science II .......................................... 3
MSE 535 Mechanical Properties of Materials ................ 3 MSE 351 Materials Thermodynamics ............................. 3
II. Intellectual Inquiry in the Humanities
MSE 538 Metals Processing ............................................ 3 MA 214 Calculus IV ........................................................ 3
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
MSE 585 Materials Characterization Techniques .......... 3 PHY 232 General University Physics ............................. 4
III. Intellectual Inquiry in the Social Sciences EM 221 Statics ................................................................. 3
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 Subtotal: Major hours ................................... 68
Junior Year
IV. Intellectual Inquiry in the Natural, Physical, Technical Electives Hours First Semester Hours
and Mathematical Sciences Total of 6 credit hours must be chosen. Technical electives MSE 401G Metal and Alloys .......................................... 3
CHE 105 General College Chemistry I ............................ 4 are to be selected from a technical discipline, with approval MSE 404G Polymeric Materials ..................................... 3
CHE 111 Laboratory to Accompany from the Director of Undergraduate Studies. At least 3 credit CME 200 Process Principles ........................................... 3
General Chemistry I ...................................................... 1 hours must come from a course with an MSE prefix. MSE 395 EM 302 Mechanics of Deformable Solids ....................... 3
Michael S. Tick, Ph.D., is Dean of the College of Fine Arts. Undergraduate Certificates in Fine Arts 3. Students must complete a major program.
The University of Kentucky grants the follow-
Requirements for a Major
The College of Fine Arts was established in ing undergraduate certificates in the College of
Fine Arts: The major – selected from art education, art
September 1976 and includes the Department of
history and visual studies, art studio, music, the-
Theatre and Dance, the School of Art and Visual • Musical Theatre Certificate for Voice atre, or arts administration – must include at least
Studies, the School of Music, the program in Arts Majors 45 credit hours. Among these 45 hours students
Administration, and the Otis A. Singletary Center
• Musical Theatre Certificate for Theatre must include the following:
for the Arts.
Majors 1. At least 6 hours of premajor work.
Accreditation Information and requirements for these certifi- 2. At least 18 hours at or above the 200 level
Department of Theatre and Dance cates are listed on page 266. An audition is in a departmental or school program.
The Department of Theatre and Dance is required.
3. At least 9 hours in work related to but
accredited by the National Association of Schools
Financial Aid outside the major department.
of Theatre (NAST).
School of Music In addition, students must complete the depart-
School of Art and Visual Studies mental or school requirements that have been
The School of Music has a number of perfor-
The School of Art and Visual Studies is accred- established. Specific major requirements are out-
mance based grants-in-aid and scholarships. Tal-
ited by the National Association of Schools of Art lined in detail under the appropriate department
ented singers and instrumentalists should contact
and Design (NASAD). and school sections which follow.
the School of Music, (859) 257-4900 or write c/o
School of Music 105 Fine Arts Building, University of Kentucky,
Requirements for the
The School of Music is accredited by the Lexington, KY 40506-0022.
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree
National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). Department of Theatre and Dance The University and College requirements for
A significant number of scholarships are avail- the B.F.A. are the same as the B.A. requirements
Undergraduate Programs in Fine Arts
able from the Department of Theatre and Dance. outlined above.
The University of Kentucky grants the follow- For further information and to apply online, visit
ing degrees in the College of Fine Arts: the scholarships page on our Web site at: Requirements for the Bachelor
• Bachelor of Arts finearts.uky.edu/theatre of Music in Music Performance
• Bachelor of Fine Arts and in Music Education
Requirements for the
• Bachelor of Music These requirements are outlined with other
Bachelor of Arts Degree
program requirements under the School of Music.
• Bachelor of Music in Music Education Students who wish to pursue the Bachelor of
Students pursuing the Bachelor of Arts may Arts degree within the College of Fine Arts must Academic Advising
select from these majors: art education, art history fulfill the following requirements: Advising is conducted through formal meetings
and visual studies, art studio, music (successful with each student every semester to review
University Requirements
audition required), theatre, or arts administration. individual curricular plans and progress towards
All students must fulfill UK Core requirements. degree. Lower-division advising (freshman and
Students pursuing the Bachelor of Fine Arts
Students should work closely with advisors in sophomore standing) is conducted by professional
select art studio. A portfolio review process is
selecting courses in each area. advisors in the Office of Student Affairs, 204 Fine
required.
Students pursuing a music degree select the College Requirements Arts Building. Upper-division students (junior and
Bachelor of Music with a major in music perfor- senior standing) are assigned to faculty advisors/
1. Students must complete at least 120 hours
mance or the Bachelor of Music in Music Educa- mentors in their major programs.
of course work or its equivalent with a
tion. A successful audition is required.
grade-point average of at least 2.0. Of SCHOOL OF ART
The college also offers several graduate pro-
these hours, 39 must be at or above the 300 AND VISUAL STUDIES
grams, which are described in The Graduate
level.
School Bulletin.
2. Students in music and students in the art Requirements for the B.A. with a major in
Departmental Minors history & visual studies major must 1) ART EDUCATION
Students from any college may choose to have satisfy a four-semester sequence in one
Art Education majors who wish to be recom-
an interdisciplinary minor in the arts, or to minor in language by passing the fourth semester or
mended for a state teaching certificate must
art history, art studio, dance, digital media and by demonstrating equivalent competence,
complete the requirements for the major in Art
design, music (music theory and history or perfor- or 2) pass the third semester course in one
Education and the requirements for admission,
mance), photography, theatre, and visual studies. language and the second semester course
retention, and completion of a UK educator prepa-
Requirements for these minors may be found in a second language or demonstrate equiva-
ration program in the College of Education
under the departmental listings. lent competence.
section of this Bulletin.
Phil Harling, Ph.D., is the Interim Director of the Gaines Eligibility Edward T. Breathitt Undergraduate
Center for the Humanities.
Any student enrolled at the University of Lectureship in the Humanities
Kentucky, or any student enrolled in a commu- The Edward T. Breathitt Lectureship is the
The Gaines Center for the Humanities is nity college who intends to transfer to the Uni- first undergraduate lectureship established at an
distinctive among special programs at state uni- versity of Kentucky, is eligible to apply. American university. It is named in honor of an
versities. Designed to enrich the upper levels of eminent Kentuckian and an outstanding alumnus
undergraduate study and thereby to offer excep- The Thomas D. Clark Lectureship in the of the University of Kentucky whose interest in
tional opportunities for dedicated students, the Humanities higher education has been exceptional.
programs of the center are open on a competitive Created to bring eminent scholars and authors The lectureship is awarded to an undergradu-
basis to any student interested in the humanities, to the campus, the Thomas D. Clark Lectureship ate student whose qualities of mind and spirit
regardless of particular major or intended profes- stipulates that the recipient will offer a public have been expressed eloquently on one or more
sion. lecture and will lead a session of a special humani- of the basic characteristics that distinguish the
Activities of the Gaines Center are developed ties seminar related to the Lecturer’s profes- humanities as fields of study. They are: form,
to encourage participation by a large segment of sional field on interest. Juniors and seniors, value, memory.
the university population. Conferences and lec- selected on the basis of written application, Any university faculty member may nomi-
tures, informal seminars and discussions are participate in this seminar. nate a qualified upper level student from any
open to all those interested. While the center’s discipline. Each nominee must submit a two-
principal purpose is to enhance an appreciation The Mary C. Bingham Seminar in the
page prospectus describing the lecture topic (to
of the humanities, its programs are arranged to Humanities
be of the candidate’s own choice) and a brief,
stimulate inquiry about the relationship of the The Mary C. Bingham Seminar in the Humani- tentative biography, as well as a personal resume
humanities to other broad areas of investigation, ties is offered every other year and is open on a and an additional letter of recommendation. The
such as the sciences, the arts, and the professions. competitive basis to any junior or senior in the recipient receives a special award and an hono-
University. Participating students are selected rarium.
The John R. and Joan B. Gaines
on the basis of written application. The seminar
Fellowships in the Humanities How to Apply
combines course work with a special summer
A major feature of the Gaines Center for the field trip up to four weeks in length either in this Students interested in any of these special
Humanities is the Gaines Fellowship Program. country or abroad (four credit hours). The semi- educational opportunities should write or tele-
The Gaines Fellowships are given in recognition nar is concerned with the comparative study of phone:
of outstanding academic performance, demon- a humanities subject that benefits from site
strated independent study, an interest in public analysis (e.g., cities, landscape). Conducted by a Gaines Center for the Humanities
issues, and a desire to enhance understanding of faculty member whose proposal has been se- 232 East Maxwell Street
the human condition. lected in competition, the seminar offers up to a University of Kentucky
The fellowships are awarded in the student’s $1,000 summer travel scholarship to each stu- Lexington, KY 40506-0344
sophomore year for tenure in the junior and dent participant. (859) 257-1537
senior years. Renewal in the senior year is con- www.uky.edu/academy/gainescenter
tingent upon satisfactory academic performance.
All Gaines Fellows are required to take a
specially-designed, four-credit-hour seminar in
the humanities (HMN 301 and HMN 302)
during both semesters of the junior year. More-
over, each Fellow in the senior year completes an
undergraduate thesis (HMN 497) under the su-
pervision of three faculty members and with a
credit of six to fifteen hours.
Gaines Fellows also participate in all social
and cultural activities sponsored by the Gaines
Center.
Susan Carvalho, Ph.D., is Interim Associate Provost and MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MANUFACTURING Dr. Merl Hackbart, Interim Director
Interim Dean of the Graduate School. SYSTEMS ENGINEERING
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MATERIALS
James W. Martin School
SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING of Public Policy and Administration
The University of Kentucky began offering MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL Public Administration
graduate work in 1870, and awarding degrees in ENGINEERING 423 Patterson Office Tower
1876. The Graduate School was organized as a MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MERCHANDISING, APPAREL
AND TEXTILES University of Kentucky
distinct unit in 1912.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MINING ENGINEERING Lexington, KY 40506-0027
The Graduate School is concerned with ad- MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NUTRITIONAL SCIENCES
vanced study and research carried on by the MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT
faculty and students of all colleges and depart- STUDIES ORGANIZATION OF
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN RADIOLOGICAL THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
ments. Under it, the total graduate resources of MEDICAL PHYSICS
the University are merged in order to promote the MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK
achievement of knowledge in an atmosphere of PROFESSIONAL MASTER OF BIOMEDICAL The Graduate Faculty consists of the Dean
free and lively inquiry. ENGINEERING of the Graduate School and all persons appointed
SPECIALIST IN EDUCATION thereto by the President of the University. As the
More information is available on the Web at:
www.gradschool.uky.edu/ chief University agency for the promotion of the
The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered
ideals of graduate study, it determines the poli-
with major work in the following fields: agricul-
GRADUATE DEGREES tural economics, anatomy and neurobiology,
cies of the Graduate School and makes recom-
mendations to the University Senate on such
Graduate work is offered in most colleges in the animal sciences, anthropology, biology, biomedi-
matters as require the approval of that body. All
University. The following advanced degrees are cal engineering, biosystems and agricultural engi-
rules affecting graduate work and the inaugura-
conferred: neering, business administration, chemical engi-
tion of new graduate programs must be approved
DOCTOR OF EDUCATION neering, chemistry, civil engineering, communi-
by the Graduate Faculty.
DOCTOR OF MUSICAL ARTS cation, computer science, crop science, econom-
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY ics, educational and counseling psychology, elec- The Dean. The Dean of the Graduate School
DOCTOR OF SCIENCE
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE trical engineering, English, entomology, family is charged with the administration of the policies
MASTER OF ARTS studies, geography, geology, gerontology, stud- adopted by the Graduate Faculty and the Univer-
MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION ies in higher education, history, materials science sity Senate relating to graduate studies.
MASTER OF ARTS IN INTERIOR DESIGN
MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING WORLD LANGUAGES
and engineering, mathematics, mechanical engi- The Graduate Council is composed of 21
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION neering, microbiology, mining engineering, mo- members and the Dean of the Graduate School,
MASTER OF CIVIL ENGINEERING lecular and biomedical pharmacology, molecular who serves as chair. There are 19 faculty repre-
MASTER OF EDUCATION and cellular biochemistry, music, nursing, nutri-
MASTER OF ENGINEERING sentatives and two student representatives. As-
MASTER OF FINE ARTS tional sciences, pharmaceutical sciences, philoso- sociate deans serve in a nonvoting, ex officio
MASTER OF HEALTH ADMINISTRATION phy, physics and astronomy, physiology, plant capacity.
MASTER OF HISTORIC PRESERVATION pathology, plant physiology, political science, psy-
MASTER OF MINING ENGINEERING The Graduate Council approves or disap-
MASTER OF MUSIC
chology, public administration, rehabilitation sci- proves proposals concerning courses offered for
MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION ences, social work, sociology, soil science, Span- graduate credit, and advises and lends assistance
MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH ish, statistics, toxicology, and veterinary science. to the Dean of the Graduate School in his execu-
MASTER OF PUBLIC POLICY
MASTER OF REHABILITATION COUNSELING Multidisciplinary Graduate Degree tion of policies and regulations determined by the
MASTER OF SCIENCE Programs Graduate Faculty.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ACCOUNTING
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE There are two multidisciplinary graduate de- Directors of Graduate Studies. A Director
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ATHLETIC TRAINING gree programs administered in the Graduate School: of Graduate Studies is appointed for each pro-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
Diplomacy and International Commerce and Public gram of graduate study. Among other duties, each
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BIOSYSTEMS AND
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING Administration. Students interested in information director serves as advisor to students majoring in
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CAREER, TECHNICAL, AND on these programs should contact the program his or her area.
LEADERSHIP EDUCATION directors at the addresses listed below.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING ADMISSION
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMMUNICATION Carey Cavanaugh, Ambassador (ret.)
The Patterson School of Diplomacy Students seeking admission to a degree pro-
DISORDERS
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION and International Commerce gram in the Graduate School must hold a bacca-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
455 Patterson Office Tower laureate degree from a fully accredited institution
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN FAMILY STUDIES of higher learning. An overall undergraduate
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN FORESTRY University of Kentucky
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH PHYSICS Lexington, KY 40506-0027 grade-point average of 2.75 and 3.0 on all gradu-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN LIBRARY SCIENCE ate work is required by the Graduate School.
Individual departments may require higher grade-
point averages.
Scott M. Lephart, Ph.D., is Dean of the College of Health Undergraduate Certificate in Health accepted into professional programs. Consider-
Sciences; Sharon Stewart, Ph.D., is Associate Dean of Faculty
and Academic Affairs; Charlotte Peterson, Ph.D., is Associate
Sciences ation for admission to the college’s professional
Dean for Research; Randa Remer, Ph.D., is Assistant Dean The University of Kentucky grants the follow- programs requires completion of prerequisite
for Admissions and Student Affairs. ing undergraduate certificates in the College of course work and completion of the professional
Health Sciences: application procedure.
The College of Health Sciences is one of the six Therefore, the admissions procedure for all
• Clinical Health Management Clinical Leadership and Management (Track A),
health professions colleges which, with the Uni-
versity Hospital, constitute the health science • Research in Human Health Sciences Communication Sciences and Disorders and Medi-
campus of the University of Kentucky. Information and requirements for the certifi- cal Laboratory Science programs within the Col-
The College of Health Sciences is composed of cates are listed on pages 279 and 277 respectively. lege of Health Sciences is a two-step process.
the Department of Clinical Sciences and the Applicants must first be accepted by the Univer-
Department of Rehabilitation Sciences. ADMISSIONS PROCEDURES sity of Kentucky and second must apply for
Today health science professionals are assum- admission to a professional program approxi-
Baccalaureate Programs mately two semesters prior to completing prereq-
ing greatly expanded and increasingly complex
duties and responsibilities as essential members of Baccalaureate programs in the College of uisites. Students applying to the Clinical Leader-
Health Sciences are divided into preprofessional ship Program (Track B) need only apply to the
the health care team. They work in a variety of
delivery settings and have key responsibilities for and professional programs. A premajor pro- University of Kentucky. Human Health Sciences
the care and health of patients, clients, and com- gram is comprised of courses prerequisite to admissions procedures require students to apply
munities. The UK College of Health Sciences, professional program content as well as UK Core for admission to the University as well as to the
established in 1966, was among the first colleges requirements. Freshman and transfer students College of Health Sciences, either upon initial
who have initially not completed prerequisites for admission to the University or during the fresh-
to offer programs for students interested in these
rapidly developing health professions. The college entrance into a professional program complete man or sophomore year.
strives continually to revise its offerings in keeping only the first step of the application process – This selection procedure is necessary because
application to the University of Kentucky. Fresh- of the limited space in the professional years of the
with society’s evolving expectations and health
care needs. man applicants to the college will be admitted into health sciences programs.
a premajor program if they meet University en- Requirements for the first several years (pre-
Graduate, Professional and trance requirements or to the human health sci- professional program) may be completed at the
Undergraduate Programs in Health ences program if they are selected for admission. University of Kentucky, a community college, or
Sciences A professional program is comprised of all another fully accredited college or university.
All students within the College of Health Sci- courses and clinical experiences required for At the time of application to the major
ences must adhere to the Health Care Colleges students who have applied for and have been program, the student should have completed the
Code of Student Professional Conduct, as well as
the UK Student Code of Conduct. The Health
Care Colleges Code of Student Professional Con-
APPLICATION DEADLINES FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
duct is online at: www.uky.edu/Provost/APVA/ IN HEALTH SCIENCES
Policy_Protocol/HCCSPBC.pdf Professional Program Applicants (Students who have completed prerequisites at UK, community
colleges, or other accredited colleges or universities)
Undergraduate Programs in Health
Sciences
Applications are available on the program Web site (see below):
The University of Kentucky grants the follow-
ing degrees in the College of Health Sciences: Fall Spring Summer
• Bachelor of Health Sciences Clinical Leadership and Management August 1 December 1 April 15
• Bachelor of Science www.uky.edu/healthsciences/academic-programs/clinical-leadership-and-management
requirements. Students may choose their own UK Core Subtotal: Major hours .................................... 30
B.S. with a major in approved course in areas where a specific one is not listed *This course meets the UK Communication Requirement in the
(e.g., Arts and Creativity, Humanities, etc.): major.
HUMAN HEALTH SCIENCES
I. Intellectual Inquiry in Arts and Creativity Prerequisite Courses Unique to Each Option
Students interested in health care have a vari-
ety of academic options. The Human Health
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 These courses are consistent with the prereq-
Sciences (HHS) baccalaureate program was cre- II. Intellectual Inquiry in the Humanities uisite requirements for each option program (Phy-
ated to address the need for a well prepared health Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 sician Assistant, Physical Therapy, Dentistry, and
care work force. Graduates of this program will Pharmacy). Students will be advised accordingly
III. Intellectual Inquiry in the Social Sciences
have a strong foundation in competencies neces- PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology .............................. 4
to ensure they have met the course requirements
sary to deliver high quality health care in an for their program of interest.
IV. Intellectual Inquiry in the Natural, Physical,
interprofessional, dynamic environment. This pro- and Mathematical Sciences Required Core Courses – Non-HHS
gram is not intended to replace traditional path- CHE 105 General College Chemistry I These courses are intended to support stu-
ways to health care careers; instead, it is intended and dents’ preparation in the sciences and better
to offer a unique alternative for those who seek CHE 111 Laboratory to Accompany
prepare them for healthcare careers or entry into
careers in health care and the health professions. General College Chemistry I ......................................... 5
professional degree programs.
Specifically, the degree offers four options for V. Composition and Communication I
students’ interested in future graduate or profes- CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3 Prerequisite Courses Recommended But
sional study in Physician Assistant, Physical Not Required
VI. Composition and Communication II
Therapy, Dentistry, and Pharmacy programs. The Physical Therapy, Dentistry, and Phar-
CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3
This degree also prepares students for work in a macy options have courses that are recommended,
VII. Quantitative Foundations but not required. Students will be encouraged to
variety of other fields, including mid-level man-
MA 137 Calculus I With Life Science Applications ....... 4 take these courses, although taking these courses
agement or supervision across healthcare envi-
ronments, medical or pharmaceutical sales, pa- VIII. Statistical Inferential Reasoning may extend their program. However, students
tient navigation, and community health advocacy. Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 completing the prerequisite recommended courses
IX. Community, Culture and Citizenship in the USA are traditionally more competitive for admission to
Admission Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 future graduate and professional programs.
Admission into the Human Health Sciences X. Global Dynamics Option Related Major Requirements
baccalaureate program is highly competitive. The Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3 The Physician Assistant and Dentistry options
following factors will be taken into consideration
Subtotal: UK Core hours ................................ 34 require an additional major course. For Physician
as part of the admissions decision:
Assistant, the course is HHS 451 Introduction to
• high school GPA (preference given to those Graduation Composition and
Communication Requirement (GCCR) Medicine (2 credits). For Dentistry, the course is
with an unweighted high school grade- HHS 450 Introduction to Dentistry (3 credits).
HHS/CLM 350 Health Policy and Politics ..................... 3
point-average of 3.5 or higher); HHS 453 Cultural Competence in Healthcare ................. 3
Recommended Electives
• ACT or SAT scores (preference given to Graduation Composition and Communication
Two courses, HHS 101 Introduction to the
those with a 28 ACT or composite SAT Requirement hours (GCCR) ............................. 6
Health Sciences (1 credit) and HHS 102 Survey
equivalent or higher);
Required Courses for the Major of Health Professions II (1 credit) are strongly
• service and volunteerism; All HHS degree seeking students are required recommended but not currently required. Fresh-
• shadowing and observation of healthcare to complete ten courses totaling 30 credits. These men and sophomores will be directed into these
professionals; courses provide students with comprehensive courses. In addition, several elective courses are
• cultural experiences as well as leadership knowledge of healthcare and related issues and available in the major, and students will be advised
roles; the initial competencies essential for the profes- based on the option of the interest and availability
sion. Courses have a particular focus on in their program of study.
• completion of program application and in-
interprofessional healthcare delivery. Strongly
terview process. General Electives
encouraged are HHS 101 Survey of Health Pro-
The Human Health Sciences program em- fessions I, and HHS 102 Survey of Health Profes- The University has many courses that add to
ploys a holistic admissions model in which all sions II: Shadowing Experience. the students’ course of study. Students will be
aforementioned values are weighed equally along advised accordingly.
Honors Program
Dr. Diane Snow, Ph.D., is Interim Director of the Honors all aspects of an applicant’s record; a student’s quested of first-year students. All applicants must
Program.
test scores and GPA are only two of the factors demonstrate strong academic performance at the
considered. The Admissions Committee also con- college level (3.0 GPA or better).
The Honors Program at UK serves an impor- siders the academic rigor of high school courses
The Honors Curriculum
tant function in the University’s commitment to the applicant has taken. In addition, the Admis-
excellence in undergraduate education. Through An Honors education at UK opens up an
sions Committee places great weight on the
its special curriculum and related academic activi- exciting world of inquiry, including research,
strength of the application essays, as well as the
ties, the Program provides an unusual course of education abroad, and service that will challenge
evidence they provide of motivation to accept
instruction for outstanding, highly motivated students intellectually, provide access to the
the challenges of Honors and contribute to the
students. most creative minds at UK, and prepare partici-
program.
pants for advanced study and to make a differ-
Selection of Honors Students Students whose academic performance may
ence in the world upon graduation. The Honors
vary (high GPA and lower test scores, for ex-
Because the Honors Program seeks students curriculum requires six credit hours in Honors
ample) or who have talents and motivation that
of demonstrated high academic promise, admis- course work, participation in at least six credit
are not reflected in standardized testing proce-
sion to Honors is competitive. A student must hours of Honors Experiences, a Senior Capstone,
dures are invited to make their best case for
complete the application form for the Honors and a choice of course work campus-wide to
admission to the Honors Program and to solicit
Program. Entering students ideally have an out- fulfill the educational goals of the Honors student.
recommendations from supportive teachers or
standing high school grade-point average (3.5 There are Honors course expectations across the
supervisors.
unweighted GPA or better, as demonstrated by academic career of the student, opportunities for
Upper-division students at UK or transfer
transcript of through at least the first half of residential experiences in Honors Living Learning
students with one semester or more of academic
senior year) and a documented composite score Communities, particularly during the first year,
study at a college or university may apply to the
of 28 or above on the ACT or 1270 or above on academic flexibility, and enhanced advising and
Honors Program. They submit a copy of their
the SAT. The Admissions Committee considers cocurricular opportunities.
college transcripts along with the materials re-
College of Law
David A. Brennen, J.D., LL.M., is Dean of the College of Other Facilities and Information
Law; Douglas C. Michael, J.D., Richard C. Ausness, J.D.,
and Susan Bybee Steele, J.D., are Associate Deans; Daniel P. Since 1913 the College has published the Ken- APPLICATION DEADLINES FOR
Murphy, J.D., is Assistant Dean. tucky Law Journal (KLJ), a quarterly periodical COLLEGE OF LAW
and the tenth oldest American law review. This
First-Year Students
Since its establishment in 1908, UK Law has journal is published by a student staff, and election
provided programs of legal instruction, research, to the staff is based on high academic achieve- Fall
and service to the Commonwealth and to the bar. ment and proven ability to write and conduct March 15
The College of Law program is designed so research. Each issue contains articles written by
graduates can practice their profession on a local, prominent national scholars and notes written by
Transfer Students
regional, or national level. The College is accred- KLJ members encompassing a broad range of
ited by all agencies which establish standards for legal topics. Fall Spring Summer
law schools, including the Association of Ameri- The student-run Kentucky Journal of Equine, June 1 Dec. 1 May 15
can Law Schools and the American Bar Associa- Agriculture & Natural Resources Law
tion. (KLEANRL) has been published since 1984, origi-
nally as the Journal of Mineral Law & Policy ted to LSAC’s Credentials Assembly Ser-
The program consists of a three-year general
and then Journal of Natural Resources and vice (CAS). Be sure to provide transcripts
law curriculum designed to be completed in six
Environmental Law, and is a multi-disciplinary from all institutions from which you have
semesters (or in five semesters and two summer
journal of law, science, and policy. received credits. CAS simplifies the admis-
sessions). The program is designed to assist
Instruction in legal research and writing is sions process by providing a centralized
students in acquiring the skills required for the
available to all students, not only in required service to submit application materials. Ap-
solution of modern legal problems; gaining an
courses designed for this purpose, but also in plicants can register for CAS and the Law
appreciation for and understanding of the legal,
seminars, drafting projects, and opportunities for School Admission Test (LSAT) at the same
social, and political institutions on which the ad-
independent study. time.
ministration of justice rests; and preparing for the
policy and ethical decisions which must be made Practical training in trial and appellate advo- 3. Applicants must take the LSAT. Registra-
in practicing law. cacy is provided in courses like litigation skills and tion and information for the LSAT are
clinical courses, as well as the co-curricular Moot available from LSAC. The Admissions
The Faculty Court Board and Trial Advocacy Board. Teams Committee will view all scores, but in most
UK Law has a full-time faculty and staff representing the College compete in annual com- cases, will consider only the highest score.
composed of approximately 34 professors, 14 petitions. UK Law requires applicants to retake the
administrators, and 13 library and support person- The College operates an externship program to LSAT if the most recent test was more than
nel. They are assisted by a number of part-time provide students with a variety of clinical learning five years before expected enrollment.
and adjunct professors, as well as visiting profes- experiences. In 1997, the UK Legal Clinic opened, 4. Applicants must submit at least two (2)
sors. which gives students, under the supervision of the letters of recommendation from those with
clinic’s director, the opportunity to advise, coun- personal knowledge of the applicant’s abili-
The Library sel, and represent clients on a variety of civil legal ties and qualifications to study law. Letters
The Alvin E. Evans Law Library contains the matters. of recommendation must be submitted
state’s most comprehensive print collection of through LSAC’s Letter of Recommenda-
primary legal materials, as well as access to a REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION tion and Evaluation Service.
growing list of premiere legal databases, including 1. The UK Law application and $50 applica- 5. Applicants must submit a personal state-
WestlawNext, Lexis Advance, Checkpoint, Mak- tion fee (paid by credit card) must be ment in accordance with the instructions on
ing of Modern Law, and HeinOnline. In addition, submitted online through the Law School the application. Applicants must write their
there are reference services to provide students Admission Council (LSAC) at statement using their own words and ideas.
with assistance in identifying, locating, and using www.lsac.org. The personal statement will be used as a
resources within the collection.
2. Applicants must obtain a bachelor’s degree sample of their writing and for insight into
The Law Building from a fully accredited institution of higher their background, goals, and potential for
Centrally located on UK’s main campus, the learning prior to enrollment at UK Law. enriching UK Law’s academic environ-
College of Law is a self-contained academic unit However, if the applicant is a student at the ment.
with facilities for receiving a quality legal educa- University of Kentucky and is enrolled in an
tion. Our students benefit from having the re- approved Bachelor to Law Undergraduate
search and instructional facilities available at a Education (BLUE) program, the applicant
major university, as well as the amenities of a will be considered for admission without
large campus. having a bachelor’s degree at the time of
enrollment. Transcript(s) should be submit-
College of Medicine
Frederick C. de Beer, M.D., is Dean of the College of REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Because the practice of medicine and the life of
Medicine.
Applicants for admission to the College of the medical student require a great investment of
The College of Medicine offers a four-year Medicine, in addition to meeting general Univer- effort and demand both time and energy, it is
curriculum leading to a degree of Doctor of sity requirements, must meet the prerequisite essential that a prospective medical student meet
Medicine (M.D.) and training for postdoctoral requirements of the College of Medicine and be the Technical Standards of the College of Medi-
and research fellows. The University of Ken- accepted by the Medical College Admissions cine detailed online at: www.mc.uky.edu/meded/
tucky Hospital offers accredited postdoctoral Committee. Applicants will be required to have admissions. Further, prospective applicants
training for interns and residents. taken the Medical College Admission Test should be able to demonstrate that their motiva-
A curriculum in medicine has been part of the (MCAT) and are encouraged to have completed tion to study medicine is sufficiently strong to
University of Kentucky since 1960. The College a baccalaureate degree program at an accredited sustain him or her in the face of difficulties.
of Medicine is responsible for providing its college or university. Accepted applicants are subject to a criminal
students with training in related basic sciences background check prior to matriculation.
and with clinical experience under supervision in
SELECTION CRITERIA
STUDENT PROGRESS
the University of Kentucky Hospital and other In admitting students to the College of Medi-
affiliated facilities. cine, the University endeavors to select students The Student Progress and Promotion Com-
As part of the Medical Center – which also who show promise of becoming excellent future mittee is charged with monitoring student progress
includes the University of Kentucky Hospital physicians. Applicants are judged on the basis of through the curriculum. The committee regularly
and the Colleges of Dentistry, Health Sciences, their total qualifications and in comparison with reviews each student’s performance and makes
Nursing, Pharmacy, and Public Health – the other applicants. recommendations on such actions as graduation,
College of Medicine strives for programs of the As a state-supported school, the College of promotion, remediation, dismissal, and leaves of
highest possible quality. This means selecting Medicine gives preference to qualified residents absence. Final authority on all matters of student
the best possible student body, creating an envi- of Kentucky. Although well-qualified nonresi- progress and promotion is vested in the Dean of
ronment which fosters learning, investigation, dents may apply, preference is given to candi- the College of Medicine.
and clinical excellence, and acquiring and keeping dates with Kentucky ties. Students are responsible for conforming to all
talented faculty and administrative staffs. Selection from among applicants who meet the rules and regulations specified by the Behavioral
general premedical educational requirements of Standards in Patient Care, Health Science Stu-
the College of Medicine is based on a number of dent Professional Behavior Code, the College of
ACADEMIC PREPARATION FOR Medicine Honor Code, the “Technical Standards
criteria. A high level of academic performance at
THE STUDY OF MEDICINE Related to Applicant Admission and Student
the undergraduate level is extremely important.
Medical science and practice involve complex It is recognized, however, that a meaningful Performance” detailed online at: http://
relationships between physical, biological, psy- evaluation of student performance must consider meded.med.uky.edu/meded-technical-stan-
chological, cultural, and environmental aspects many factors in addition to grades. For example, dards, the academic standards established in the
of human behavior. In the preparation for medical exposure to the health care profession is consid- Student Promotion rules, and the Code of Student
school, fundamental undergraduate college train- ered essential. Rights and Responsibilities for all University of
ing in biology, chemistry, physics and English is Scholastic aptitude as measured by the Medi- Kentucky students.
essential. Minimal requirements are satisfied cal College Admission Test also is considered.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
with the equivalent of two semesters of studies Since the practice of medicine involves the
in physics; two semesters in the biological sci- physician in continual relationships with people Course listings for the College of Medicine
ences; four semesters in chemistry, including – with patients, and with other members of the may be found under the college according to
organic chemistry; and at least one year of English health care team – applicants are also judged departmental and area headings.
with emphasis on communication skills such as according to premedical evaluations, the degree For specific information about programs in the
reading, writing, and speaking. of their participation in campus and community College of Medicine, students should refer to The
Courses in each of the science areas must activities and organizations, and the personal Graduate School Bulletin or the College of Medi-
include laboratory work. In addition, we strongly characteristics that they demonstrate. Friendli- cine Bulletin.
recommend that prospective applicants complete ness, warmth, compassion, integrity, and com-
a course in cell biology, biochemistry, statistics, mitment are all essential traits of the physician. COMBINED MEDICAL
psychology, and sociology. Students are encour- Often the physician’s ability to communicate AND GRADUATE STUDIES
aged to follow special interests which they may effectively will determine the degree of success A medical student who wishes to work toward
have in philosophy, psychology, literature, social in the diagnosis and management of a patient’s a combined medical and graduate degree (master’s
sciences, or the fine arts. health problem and in other professional activi- or doctoral) may enroll both as a graduate student
Students are urged to demonstrate a capacity ties. Thus, consideration is given to the commu- and as a medical student. Details of the combined
for advanced work through concentrated study nication skills demonstrated by each applicant. degrees are available from basic science depart-
of at least one subject in a major area by complet- Communication is a two-way process and in- ment chairpersons, the Associate Dean for Re-
ing courses beyond the introductory level. volves the ability to listen perceptively, as well search and Basic Sciences, or the Office of Medi-
as to speak and write clearly. cal Education, College of Medicine.
College of Nursing
Janie Heath, PhD, APRN, ACNP-BC, FAAN is the Dean • conceptualization, integration, and quantifi-
of the College of Nursing. Patricia V. Burkhart, PhD, RN, is
Associate Dean for Undergraduate Studies. Patricia B.
cation; and, APPLICATION DEADLINE FOR
Howard, PhD, RN, CNNA, FAAN, is Executive Associate • behavioral and social skills, abilities and COLLEGE OF NURSING
Dean for Academic Affairs. Terry A. Lennie, PhD, RN, FAAN, aptitude.
is Associate Dean for PhD Studies. Thomas Kelly, PhD, is
Interim Associate Dean for Research and Scholarship. Traditional B.S.N. Program:
Full details on these standards are available by
contacting the College of Nursing. March 1
Accreditation Progression to upper-division is regulated so
The College of Nursing has had continuous that the total number of full-time equivalents at the Second Degree Program:
accreditation since 1967. The baccalaureate de- beginning of the junior year does not exceed 120. March 1 for fall semester
gree curriculum offered by the College of Nursing August 15 for spring semester
is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Admission Criteria
Nursing Education and approved by the Kentucky Criteria for admission to the 4-year B.S.N.
R.N.-B.S.N. Program:
Board of Nursing. program include:
March 1 preferred, until August 1 on
Undergraduate Program in Nursing 1. Freshman Student:
space-available basis for fall semester
Students will be admitted as freshmen to a pre-
The University of Kentucky grants the follow- nursing curriculum based on the following crite- December 1 for spring semester
ing degree in the College of Nursing: ria:
• Bachelor of Science in Nursing a) high school grade-point average of 3.25 D.N.P. Program:
(unweighted) or above on a 4.0 scale and a February 15
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS minimum of 22 ACT composite, with a
The College of Nursing enrollment is com- minimum of 19 ACT math score;
Early Admission
posed of four-year students, associate degree b) meeting criteria for selective admission to
nursing graduates, and diploma nursing school Early provisional admission to the Professional
the University of Kentucky (see the Under-
graduates. Admission to the University does not Nursing Curriculum will be granted to graduating
graduate Admission section of this Bulletin
guarantee admission to the College of Nursing. high school seniors who meet the criteria of a high
for more information).
Preference is given to Kentucky residents. school GPA of 3.6 or higher (unweighted). ACT
Consideration for Nursing program will oc- composite of 28 or higher (or the equivalent SAT
Applicants must be in a state of good health cur at the sophomore level for all students based
enabling them to carry out the functions of the combined score). Students will be required to
on the following criteria: maintain a 3.6 GPA in each semester in their first
professional nurse. Routinely, each student will be
a) a minimum cumulative and science grade- year at UK and a 3.6 GPA in science to retain
required to obtain a rubella and rubeola titers,
point average of 3.0; guaranteed admission to the professional level.
hepatitis B immunizations, and have an annual
tuberculin test or chest x-ray. (Other immuniza- b) a grade of C or better in all required pre- Students who meet the early admission re-
tions may be required. Check with the College of nursing courses; quirements will be granted full admission to the
Nursing for a current list.) c) completion of the UK College of Nursing Professional Nursing program in either the fall or
The University of Kentucky will consider for approved Medicaid Nurse Aide training pro- spring of the student’s sophomore year. Students
admission any applicant who demonstrates the gram; who do not meet the requirements will be consid-
ability to perform or to learn to perform the skills ered with other applicants who meet admission
d) the Internet-based TOEFL is required of all
listed below. Applicants are not required to dis- criteria, following completion of program prereq-
applicants whose first or primary language
close the nature of any disability, but an applicant uisites.
is other than English. Minimum cumulative
with questions about these technical requirements score of 90; and at least minimum individual 2. Transfer Student:
is strongly encouraged to discuss the issue with scores of 26 in speaking, 22 in listening, 20 in a) for transfer students with less than 24
the dean for the particular program of study. If writing and 22 in reading. hours of college credit, meeting the crite-
appropriate, and upon the request of the applicant, ria for entering freshmen and a minimum
student or faculty, reasonable accommodations In addition, any or all of the following informa-
grade-point average of 2.75 on all college
for a disability will be provided. tion may be requested as part of the application:
work attempted as computed by the Office
Students must possess aptitude, abilities, and e) a writing exercise based on the criteria of Admissions;
skills in five areas: established by the College of Nursing;
b) for transfer students with more than 24
• observation; f) two letters of reference from individuals hours of college credit, maintaining grade-
• communication; who can assess potential for success (e.g., point average of 2.75 on all college work
• sensory and motor coordination and func- teacher, employer). attempted, and a minimum cumulative grade-
tion; g) an interview with members of the Admis- point average of 2.75 in science courses, as
sions and Progression Committee, or their computed by the Office of Admissions;
designees.
College of Pharmacy
Kelly Smith, PharmD, is Interim Dean of the College of interest in science courses. The applicant should Dual Degree prerequisites (if needed); medical
Pharmacy.
research opportunities available to pharmacy terminology; healthcare-related courses; under-
graduates, services provided by pharmacists and graduate courses in Human Health Sciences
The College of Pharmacy offers a professional
obligations of pharmacy practitioners to the people (HHS), Public Health (CPH), Clinical Leadership
degree program, a four year curriculum leading to
they serve. and Management (CLM).
the Doctor of Pharmacy (PharmD). The PharmD
Work experience is not a requirement for Prepharmacy courses should be completed by
degree allows one to sit for the national licensing
admission. However, applicants are strongly ad- the end of the spring semester prior to the desired
exam to become a licensed, practicing pharma-
vised to shadow a pharmacist and volunteer in a fall enrollment. If admitted, a student may petition
cist. The College of Pharmacy also offers training
pharmacy or health care environment prior to the Admissions Committee to determine if a
for postdoctoral and research fellows, residency
entering a pharmacy program. Students who have prerequisite may be completed during the summer
programs and graduate training (Ph.D.) in all
prior work, shadowing or volunteer experience in prior to College of Pharmacy matriculation. See
areas of the pharmaceutical sciences, pharma-
a pharmacy setting generally enhance their per- the chart on page 295 for the number of semester
ceutical outcomes and policy through the Gradu-
formance during the admissions interview pro- credit hours required in each prepharmacy sub-
ate School. The professional program is fully
cess and in the PharmD program if later admitted. ject area and the exact courses as offered at UK.
accredited by the Accreditation Council for Phar-
The Admissions Committee cannot consider Students may complete the prepharmacy course
macy Education and satisfies all educational re-
applications from students in other colleges of work at any regionally-accredited college or uni-
quirements for licensure. The residency pro-
pharmacy when the applicant has previously been versity.
grams are accredited by the American Society of
denied admission to the UK professional program
Health-System Pharmacists (ASHP). English Requirement for Students Interested
or when the maximum number of students is in Pharmacy
already enrolled in the program. UK students must take courses which satisfy
ADMISSIONS OVERVIEW – Individuals who have been dropped for aca-
PharmD PROGRAM the Composition and Communications I and II
demic or other reasons applying for reinstatement requirements. Non-UK students must take two
The College of Pharmacy’s primary mission is in the College will have their application consid- semesters of English writing/composition and one
to develop pharmacy practitioners and research ered, but on a competitive basis with new appli- semester of basic public speaking.
scholars to improve patient outcomes and human cants. Students applying for admission should be
health. The College recognizes that a geographi- able to meet the technical standards for students PharmD Admission Requirements:
cally and culturally diverse student body contrib- in the College. These standards should be re- Suggested Prepharmacy Schedule
utes to more robust exchange of creative ideas viewed in the College Bulletin, under “Academic Below is a suggested three-year schedule for
and experiences, one that benefits all students. Progress and Promotion.” UK students on a prepharmacy track. For a two-
The UK College of Pharmacy, therefore, strives Any student may be denied admission or per- year, more aggressive prepharmacy schedule,
to admit a talented and diverse student body that mission to continue enrollment in the College of contact the Prepharmacy Advisor at:
enhances the educational process while serving Pharmacy if, in the opinion of the faculty, the pharmacyinfo@lsv.uky.edu.
the needs of the Commonwealth and the phar- moral or ethical character of the student casts
macy profession. grave doubts upon his or her potential capabilities FIRST PREPHARMACY YEAR
Admission to the professional program is com- as a pharmacist. Any type of involvement in the Fall Semester
petitive. The number of students admitted to the illegal use of drugs or other illegal or unethical acts MA 109 College Algebra .................................................. 3
CHE 105 General College Chemistry I ............................ 4
Doctor of Pharmacy program depends upon the relating to the practice of pharmacy are examples
CHE 111 Laboratory to Accompany
availability of resources such as faculty, clinical of incidents which would provide cause for con- General Chemistry I ...................................................... 1
facilities and space for implementation of a quality sidering denying admission or for dismissal of a CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3
educational program. Consideration for admis- student from the College. UK 101 Academic Orientation ..................................... 1-2
sion will be based on a holistic review of the Elective .............................................................................. 3
applicant’s previous academic record, potential ACADEMIC PREPARATION – TOTAL ..................................................................... 15-16
for academic achievement, standardized admis- PharmD ADMISSION Spring Semester
sion test scores, assessment of communication REQUIREMENTS MA 123 Elementary Calculus
skills, contribution to diversity, integrity, commit- A minimum of 70 semester credit hours of
and Its Applications ...................................................... 4
ment, motivation, character, maturity and emo- CHE 107 General College Chemistry II .......................... 3
prepharmacy course work is required for admis- CHE 113 Laboratory to Accompany
tional stability. Each applicant must have the sion. Approximately 45-55 of those hours are in General Chemistry II ..................................................... 2
physical, mental and emotional ability to learn and required subjects; the remaining credit hours can CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3
accomplish those competencies required of a be elective courses of the student’s choice. Stu- Elective .............................................................................. 3
pharmacy practitioner, as well as the character dents are encouraged to take elective courses that TOTAL .......................................................................... 15
and thought processes necessary to make profes- satisfy their major requirements. Highly recom- SECOND PREPHARMACY YEAR
sional judgments that benefit the patient. mended electives include biochemistry, genetics, Fall Semester
The Admissions Committee believes the appli- and physics. Other electives to consider: courses CHE 230 Organic Chemistry I ......................................... 3
cant should base a decision to enter the pharmacy required by major; UK Core courses; PharmD CHE 231 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I ..................... 1
profession on more solid reasoning than merely an BIO 148 Introductory Biology I ...................................... 3
Basic Public Speaking 1 semester UK students satisfy this requirement through completion
(3 semester credit hours) of Composition & Communications I & II
Biology I and Lab 1 semester plus lab BIO 148 (lecture) and BIO 155 (lab)
(4-5 semester credit hours)
Microbiology and Lab 1 semester plus lab BIO 208 and BIO 209 (lab)
(4-5 semester credit hours) (BIO 308 also acceptable with BIO 209 lab)
General Chemistry I and II 2 semesters plus lab CHE 105 and CHE 111, CHE 107 and CHE 113
and Labs (8-10 semester credit hours)
Organic Chemistry I and II 2 semesters plus lab CHE 230 and CHE 231, CHE 232 and CHE 233
and Labs (8-10 semester credit hours)
Elective Courses Enough elective hours (17-26) Highly recommended electives include biochemistry,
to bring total to a minimum genetics, and physics. Other electives to consider:
70 semester credit hours after courses required by major; UK Core courses; PharmD
required courses are included Dual Degree prerequisites (if needed); medical termi-
nology; healthcare-related courses; undergraduate
courses in Human Health Sciences (HHS), Public
Health (CPH), Clinical Leadership and Management
(CLM).
The Interim Dean of the College of Public Health is Wayne cation on the science of primary prevention of signed to an advisor within the College. Curricu-
T. Sanderson, Ph.D. Kathryn M. Cardarelli, Ph.D., is Associate
Dean for Academic and Student Affairs, and Kimberly I.
disease; promoting healthcare equity, quality and lum plans are determined in the first semester of
Tumlin, Ph.D. is Assistant Dean for Academic and Faculty accessibility; and advocating for improved enrollment and updated each semester. For ques-
Affairs. Nancy Schoenberg, Ph.D. is Associate Dean for healthcare systems. Completion of a Bachelor of tions regarding progression through the program,
Research and Margaret McGladrey is Assistant Dean for Public Health degree prepares students for the
Research.
contact:
public health workforce and equips them to find
Marilyn E. Underwood
effective and meaningful solutions to real-world
Director of Undergraduate Advising
The College of Public Health health problems. The College has strong ties to the
111 Washington Avenue, Suite 113C
public health practice community, both regionally
The College of Public Health (CPH) is one of Lexington, KY 40536-0003
and nationally, and provides students with oppor-
the six Health Professions Colleges at the Univer- (859) 218-2064
tunities to engage with professionals across the
sity of Kentucky. Faculty within CPH work closely email: ukcph@uky.edu
country. BPH graduates are well-positioned to
with the University Hospital, and local and re- www.uky.edu/publichealth
pursue entry-level positions in community and
gional clinical, research and translational centers.
public health and healthcare, as well as for gradu-
Ranked a Top 25 School of Public Health by U.S. All students within CPH must adhere to the
ate study in public health and a variety of other
News & World Report, CPH takes seriously its Health Care Colleges Code of Student Profes-
health professions. Students enrolled in the BPH
responsibility to the communities and individuals sional Conduct, as well as the UK Student Code
should have both a belief in making positive
that comprise the Commonwealth of Kentucky. of Conduct.
changes and a devotion to making a difference in
Further, CPH values students highly and, in all its
the health status of communities. Bachelor of Public Health
actions, strives to build an environment where
students can succeed and thrive. It takes pride in Graduate Programs in Public Health UK Core Requirements
a collegial community of faculty and staff who are See the UK Core section of this Bulletin for the complete
The College of Public Health offers the follow-
encouraged and supported in their work to solve UK Core requirements. The courses listed below are (a)
ing graduate degrees: Master of Public Health, recommended by the college, or (b) required courses that also
the pressing public health problems that plague the
Master of Health Administration, Master of Sci- fulfill UK Core areas. Students should work closely with their
region and the nation. Diversity of thought and
ence in Clinical Research Design, Doctor of advisor to complete the UK Core requirements.
diversity among students, staff and faculty, is
Public Health, Ph.D. Epidemiology/Biostatistics I. Intellectual Inquiry in Arts and Creativity
woven into the fabric of the CPH culture. Given
and a Ph.D. in Gerontology. Additional informa- Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
Kentucky’s ranking as the fourth unhealthiest
tion may be obtained from the Admissions and II. Intellectual Inquiry in the Humanities
state in the nation, the College continues its mis-
Students Affairs office in the College of Public Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
sion to help reduce the burdens and disparities of
Health and/or from the Graduate School. There is
health problems on individuals, families and com- III. Intellectual Inquiry in the Social Sciences
an application deadline for each program and CPH 201 Introduction to Public Health .......................... 3
munities in the Commonwealth. Several profes-
current information can be located on the College
sional and academic programs are offered at IV. Intellectual Inquiry in the Natural, Physical,
Web site at: www.uky.edu/publichealth/ and Mathematical Sciences
CPH including doctoral programs in public health,
Students who want to earn advanced degrees BIO 103 Basic Ideas of Biology ...................................... 3
gerontology, and epidemiology and biostatistics;
must be admitted to the University of Kentucky
master’s programs in public health, health admin- V. Composition and Communication I
Graduate School, with the exception of the Doctor CIS/WRD 110 Composition and Communication I ........ 3
istration, and clinical research design; and an
of Public Health Professional Program. For com-
undergraduate program in public health. Further, VI. Composition and Communication II
plete information, students should refer to The CIS/WRD 111 Composition and Communication II ....... 3
CPH has partnerships with other units across
Graduate School Bulletin or contact:
campus to offer joint degree programs, including VII. Quantitative Foundations
MD/MPH, PharmD/MPH and JD/MHA. Gradu- Graduate School Admissions MA 111 Introduction to
ate certificates are also offered in the following: 201 Gillis Building Contemporary Mathematics ......................................... 3
biostatistics, gerontology, global health, maternal University of Kentucky VIII. Statistical Inferential Reasoning
and child health, and public health management. Lexington, KY 40506-0033 BST 330 Statistical Thinking for Population Health ...... 3
UK’s CPH is one of over 50 colleges nationally (859) 257-4613 IX. Community, Culture and Citizenship in the USA
accredited by the Council for Education in Public fax: (859) 323-5986 GRN 250 Aging in Today’s World .................................. 3
Health (CEPH). www.research.uky.edu/gs/ X. Global Dynamics
Choose one course from approved list ............................ 3
Bachelor of Public Health Student Success
UK Core hours ................................................ 30
This program is for the student seeking a broad- Student success is a priority in the College of
based, scientifically grounded, and professionally- Public Health and relies on collaboration between Graduation Composition and
students, faculty and staff. The College looks Communication Requirement (GCCR)
oriented foundation for impacting societal health.
CPH 470 Public Health Capstone ................................... 3
Public Health connects populations from an inte- forward to working with you on a rewarding
grated approach of identifying behaviors that academic venture! Admitted students are as- Graduation Composition and Communication
Requirement hours (GCCR) ............................. 3
affect health and changing these behaviors; edu-
James P. “Ike” Adams, Jr., Ph.D., is Dean of the College Program Accreditation which welfare issues and programs are of in-
of Social Work; Carlton Craig, Ph.D., is Director of Graduate creasing importance to everyone.
Studies; David P. Royse, Ph.D., is Director of the Ph.D. Both the Bachelor of Arts in Social Work and
Program; Karen Badger, PhD, is Associate Dean of Academic the Master of Social Work degree programs are These courses may serve one or more of the
and Student Affairs; Carlton Craig, Ph.D., is Director of fully accredited by the Council on Social Work following purposes:
Graduate Studies; Pam Weeks, J.D., M.S.W., is Director of Education. 1. To enrich and broaden the knowledge of
Field Education.
Licensing social problems and social issues.
Social work is a profession with a two-fold 2. To help develop effective interpersonal
Social work graduates are eligible for licensing
mission: to help people function as well as they can relations.
from the State Board of Examiners of Social
within their environment and to work for improved
Work of Kentucky, PO Box 1360, Frankfort, KY 3. To provide basic knowledge of social ser-
social conditions. Social workers are involved in
40602, as follows: vices to students who are preparing for
providing services to people in such areas as
• BASW graduates for license as “social careers in other helping professions (i.e.,
education, health, mental health, housing, public
workers” special education, rehabilitation, nursing,
welfare, counseling, services to the aging, care for
law, medicine).
the retarded, recreation, corrections and criminal • MSW graduates for license as “certified
justice, family services, child welfare services, social workers” Advising
services for the physically and mentally handi- Every student is assigned an academic advisor
capped, vocational rehabilitation and the like. This Undergraduate Program in Social Work
who assists them in preparing for registration
includes services designed to protect, promote or The University of Kentucky grants the follow-
each semester. Undergraduate advisors are as-
restore the well-being of people. Both universal ing degree in the College of Social Work:
signed by the Director of the Undergraduate
services and services for special-needs groups • Bachelor of Arts in Social Work Program, 625 Patterson Office Tower, (859) 257-
are included. 2350.
Social work is not only restorative in nature, THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM
responding to human problems after the fact; OF EDUCATION FOR SOCIAL Undergraduate Admission Policy
there is also a strong commitment towards pre- WORK Admission to the University of Kentucky is
ventive measures. An emphasis upon institutional
The undergraduate program in social work was sufficient for admission to the College of Social
change within society is predicated upon the
inaugurated in 1944. Effective July 1, 1969, its Work as a premajor. Social work students receive
principle that society has a responsibility to protect
administration was transferred from the College academic advising from the College of Social
the most vulnerable groups in its midst from falling
of Arts and Sciences to the newly established Work faculty and must successfully complete the
prey to damage and injury. This expresses itself in
College of Social Professions, which is now the premajor course requirements before applying to
the central thrust of the social work profession
College of Social Work. Freshmen and transfer the BASW degree program. The premajor course
towards social justice.
students who elect social work as a major should requirements are: (SW 124 and SW 222) or SW
The origins of social work are rooted in the
arrange to register in the College of Social Work. 322; PSY 100; SOC 101; and BIO 103 or BIO
ancient human impulse of altruism, the desire to
Each student will be assigned a member of the 110.
care for one another’s needs. Social work be-
faculty of the college as an advisor who will assist An application must be filed with the College of
came a profession around the beginning of the
in the selection of appropriate courses and ensure Social Work in order for a student to be consid-
twentieth century through the efforts of social
that the requirements for the B.A. degree are ered for admission as a major. In general, admis-
reformers to meet the needs of the poor, of
met. Students who wish special information or a sion as a major depends upon the qualifications
neglected children and of exploited workers through
personal interview prior to registration may make and preparation of the applicant, as well as the
the better organization of charities and the first
an appointment through the Office of the Director availability of resources for maintaining quality
“friendly visitors.” Social workers led the fight for
of the Undergraduate Program of the College of instruction.
child labor laws, more humane industrial condi-
tions, voting rights for women and other progres- Social Work.
Admission Criteria to the Bachelor of Arts in
sive causes. The principal objective of the undergraduate
Social Work Degree Program
Today, professional social work as described in program is to prepare students for beginning
In order to be admitted to the BASW degree
a publication of the National Association of Social social work practice. Additionally, it prepares
program as a major, applicants must fulfill the
Workers, is a “dynamic, growing profession based students for graduate professional education.
following requirements:
on knowledge drawn from the social sciences and All social work majors have actual experience
in the field under faculty direction. These experi- 1. Admission to the University of Kentucky
its own research and practice. It has a code of
ences are provided in teaching-learning centers in (students are considered for acceptance by
ethics, standards for practice, and a nationwide
a variety of agencies located in or adjacent to the College only after acceptance by the
system of accredited educational programs de-
Lexington. University);
signed to merge the impulse to help others with the
skill and knowledge needed to provide that help.” Courses in social work contribute to the liberal 2. A grade of B or better in both SW 124 and
education of all students and help prepare them to SW 222, or equivalent (or a grade of B or
be more effective citizens in a complex society in better in SW 322);
Don Witt is Vice Provost for Enrollment Management. counties. Distance Learning Programs delivers • coordination with Distance Learning Li-
course work in cooperation with Teaching and brary Services.
Academic Support Center staff, UK academic For more information on Distance Learning
ADDITIONAL LEARNING
departments and colleges, and other institutions of Programs, call (859) 257-3377; or go to:
OPPORTUNITIES higher education statewide and nationally. Avail- www.uky.edu/DistanceLearning
There are plenty of ways students can earn able advanced delivery modes include online in-
credit at the University of Kentucky. To learn struction, interactive video, video-desktop
more, see the information below. Distance Learn- conferencing, videostreaming, Web 2.0 technolo- SUMMER SCHOOL
ing Programs are administered by the Office of gies and hybrid models. The University offers two summer sessions
the Associate Provost for Undergraduate Educa- Specific support includes: between the spring and fall semesters: a first (four
tion; all other programs are administered by the week) summer session in May followed by a
• online and hybrid course development and
Assistant Provost for Enrollment Management. second (eight week) summer session beginning in
support;
June. There are also some courses with variable
DISTANCE LEARNING PROGRAMS • technical coordinators at interactive video terms available within these two sessions. Sum-
and videoconferencing sites; mer School courses provide educational enrich-
Distance Learning Programs, a unit of the
Teaching and Academic Support Center (TASC), • extensive distance learning faculty and stu- ment and give students the opportunity to acceler-
provides a wide variety of faculty and student dent support services; ate their academic progress. Information regard-
support services to enable development and deliv- • exploration of new technologies for dis- ing admission procedures and Summer School
ery of credit courses and programs throughout the tance learning delivery/modeling; calendar dates are listed in the University Calen-
Commonwealth of Kentucky and around the dar at the front of this Bulletin.
• strategic planning with academic units;
world, with over 10,000 enrollments annually. The Summer School Schedule of Classes can
• support for collaborative distance learning be viewed online in early December. For informa-
Distance Learning students enroll in 15 full degree
programming; tion about summer school, contact:
programs, over 700 courses, 5 certificates and
state-mandated training while residing in over 200 • marketing for Distance Learning courses Summer School
cities and towns in more than 100 Kentucky and programs; and (859) 257-3382
email: sbsize00@uky.edu
www.uky.edu/registrar/content/summer-
sessions
WINTER INTERSESSION
Winter Intersession classes for 2015-2016 be-
gin on December 21, 2015 and end on January 12,
2016. For more information on Winter Interses-
sion courses, please contact:
Winter Intersession
(859) 257-8725
email: asout2@email.uky.edu
www.uky.edu/registrar/winter-
intersession
800-999 — Open only to students in professional colleges and to students in other colleges offering
professional degrees as defined by the Council on Postsecondary Education.
R — The letter R following the course designation and number indicates a remedial course. No course
designated with an R will be counted as credit toward a bachelor’s degree at the University of
Kentucky.
Courses may be approved for variable credits, e.g., (1-3), (2-6), etc. In no case, however, may the total credits
exceed the maximum number authorized for the course.
Repeated registration in a course may be allowed if the course description carries the statement: “May be
repeated to maximum of . . . credits.” However, a student may enroll only one time in a specific course
during a given semester. Courses with the same number are not considered to be the same course if different
identifying titles are an integral part of the record.
Unless indicated in the course description, the number of credits for a course indicates the number of
lecture or discussion or class hours.
a. Freshmen and sophomores may be admitted to courses numbered between 300 and 499, upon approval
of the instructor and the dean of the student’s college. Such approval is limited to students who have
demonstrated superior ability or preparation.
b. Seniors with superior ability or preparation may be admitted to courses numbered between 600 and
799, upon approval of the instructor, the dean of the student’s college and the Dean of The Graduate
School.
c. Courses elected on a pass-fail basis.
Administration
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
C.B. Akins, Sr. Susan I. Krauss, Treasurer
James H. Booth Angela S. Martin, Vice President for Financial Planning and Chief Budget
Officer
William C. Britton
Robert C. Mock, Jr., Vice President for Student Affairs
Edward Britt Brockman
Eric N. Monday, Executive Vice President for Finance and Administration
Sheila Brothers, Secretary
D. Michael Richey, Vice President for Development
Mark P. Bryant
Bill Thro, General Counsel
Angela L. Edwards
Tim Tracy, Provost
William Stamps Farish, Jr.
Mary Vosevich, Vice President for Facilities Management
Oliver Keith Gannon, Chair
Kim Wilson, Vice President for Human Resources
Carol Martin “Bill” Gatton
Kelly Sullivan Holland Mark Lawrence Kornbluh, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences
Austin M. Mullen (Student Government President) H. Dan O’Hair, Dean of the College of Communication and Information
Barbara Young, Vice Chair Michael S. Tick, Dean of the College of Fine Arts
Mitchell S. Barnhart, Director of Athletics David A. Brennen, Dean of the College of Law
Lisa Cassis, Interim Vice President for Research Terry Birdwhistell, Dean of Libraries
Thomas W. Harris, Vice President for University Relations Frederick C. de Beer, Dean of the College of Medicine
Judy “J.J.” Jackson, Vice President for Institutional Diversity E. Janie Heath, Dean of the College of Nursing
Michael Karpf, Executive Vice President for Health Affairs Kelly Smith, Interim Dean of the College of Pharmacy
Vince J. Kellen, Senior Vice Provost for Academic Planning, Analytics Wayne T. Sanderson, Interim Dean of the College of Public Health
and Technologies James P. “Ike” Adams, Jr., Dean of the College of Social Work
University Faculty
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE, Glen E. Aiken, Adjunct Associate Professor, Ph.D., Florida, 1989
Donna M. Amaral-Phillips, Extension Professor, Ph.D., Iowa State, 1988
FOOD AND ENVIRONMENT Leslie H. Anderson, Extension Professor, Ph.D., Ohio State, 1996
Kenneth Andries, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Kansas State, 1996
Nancy M. Cox, Dean Tuoying Ao, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 2005
Jeffery Bewley, Extension Associate Professor, Ph.D., Purdue, 2008
W. Luke Boatright, Professor, Ph.D., Arkansas, 1994
AGRICULTURAL COMMUNICATIONS James A. Boling, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Wisconsin, 1967
Kristen M. Brennan, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Washington State, 2008
Laura Skillman, Director Phillip J. Bridges, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., West Virginia, 1999
Carla G. Craycraft, Extension Professor Emerita, Ph.D., Oklahoma State, 1981 K. Darrh Bullock, Extension Professor, Ph.D., Georgia, 1992
Joe B. Williams, Extension Assistant Professor Emeritus, Ed.D., Kentucky, 1971 Walter R. Burris, Extension Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1974
Fernanda Camargo, Extension Associate Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 2007
Austin H. Cantor, Associate Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Cornell, 1974
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS Richard D. Coffey, Extension Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1994
Leigh J. Maynard, Chair Robert J. Coleman, Extension Associate Professor, Ph.D., Alberta, 1998
Nancy M. Cox, Professor, North Carolina State, 1982
Marvin T. Batte, Research Professor, Ph.D., Illinois-Urbana, 1981
William L. Crist, Extension Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Ohio State, 1970
Robert Lee Beck, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Michigan State, 1963
Gary L. Cromwell, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Purdue, 1967
Fred J. Benson, Extension Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Missouri, 1972
Karl A. Dawson, Adjunct Professor, Ph.D., Iowa State, 1979
Barry Wright Bobst, Associate Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Washington State, 1966
Lee A. Edgerton, Associate Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Purdue, 1970
Russell Herbert Brannon, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Wisconsin, 1967
Donald G. Ely, Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1966
Roger M. Brown, Senior Lecturer, Ph.D., Auburn, 2004
Michael D. Flythe, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Cornell, 2006
Kenneth H. Burdine, Extension Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 2011
David L. Harmon, Professor, Ph.D., Nebraska, 1983
Orlando D. Chambers, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1995
Robert J. Harmon, Professor, Ph.D., Guelph, Ontario, 1977
James Earnest Criswell, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Minnesota, 1966
Virgil W. Hays, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Iowa State, 1957
Siddhartha Dasgupta, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Texas A&M, 1997
George Heersche, Jr., Extension Professor, Ph.D., Kansas State, 1975
Alison F. Davis, Extension Professor, Ph.D., North Carolina State, 2004
Bernhard Hennig, Professor, Ph.D., Iowa State, 1982
Todd Davis. Extension Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Purdue, 2001
Clair L. Hicks, Professor, Ph.D., Wisconsin, 1974
David Lee Debertin, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Purdue, 1973
James D. Kemp, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Illinois, 1952
Carl R. Dillon, Professor, Ph.D., Texas A&M, 1991
James L. Klotz, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Tennessee, 2004
David Freshwater, Professor, Ph.D., Michigan State, 1977
Elizabeth LaBonty, Lecturer, M.S., California-Davis, 2006
William T. Gorton, III, Adjunct Assistant Professor, J.D., Kentucky, 1988
Bruce E. Langlois, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Purdue, 1962
Gregory Halich, Extension Associate Professor, Ph.D., Virginia Tech, 2005
Laurie M. Lawrence, Professor, Ph.D., Colorado State, 1982
Wuyang Hu, Professor, Ph.D., Alberta, 2004
Jeffrey W. Lehmkuhler, Extension Associate Professor, Ph.D., Missouri, 2001
Craig Lynn Infanger, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Washington State, 1974
Merlin D. Lindemann, Professor, Ph.D., Minnesota, 1981
Stephen G. Isaacs, Extension Professor, Ph.D., Tennessee, 1992
C. Oran Little, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Iowa State, 1960
Larry D. Jones, Extension Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Purdue, 1973
James C. Matthews, Professor, Ph.D., Virginia Tech, 1995
Fred Edward Justus, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Illinois, 1955
Alan J. McAllister, Extension Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Ohio State, 1975
Yoko Kusunose, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., California-Davis, 2010
Kyle R. McLeod, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1995
Harold Gibson Love, Extension Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Missouri, 1969
George E. Mitchell, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Illinois, 1956
Tyler B. Mark, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Louisiana State, 2010
William G. Moody, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Missouri, 1963
Loys L. Mather, Associate Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Wisconsin, 1968
Melissa C. Newman, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1990
Leigh J. Maynard, Professor, Ph.D., Penn State, 1998
Joseph O’Leary, Associate Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Minnesota, 1974
Lee Meyer, Extension Professor, Ph.D., Purdue, 1979
Gary R. Parker, Extension Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1975
Angelos Pagoulatos, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Iowa State, 1975
Anthony J. Pescatore, Extension Professor, Ph.D., Texas A&M, 1981
Michael R. Reed, Professor, Ph.D., Iowa State, 1979
James L. Pierce, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1999
Steven K. Riggins, Extension Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Cornell, 1977
Gregg K. Rentfrow, Extension Associate Professor, Ph.D., Missouri-Columbia, 2005
Lynn W. Robbins, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Michigan State, 1975
John C. Robertson, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1960
Sayed H. Saghaian, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1992
Mary G. Rossano, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Michigan State, 2003
John K. Schieffer, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Ohio State, 2008
Keith K. Schillo, Associate Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Wisconsin, 1981
Dallas Milton Shuffett, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1956
William J. Silvia, Professor, Ph.D., Colorado State, 1985
Marion Simon, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Oklahoma State, 1984
Herbert J. Strobel, Adjunct Associate Professor, Ph.D., Cornell, 1990
Jordan Shockley, Extension Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 2010
Surendranath Suman, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Connecticut, 2006
Jerry Robert Skees, Professor, Ph.D., Michigan State, 1981
Fred A. Thrift, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Oklahoma State, 1968
William M. Snell, Extension Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1989
James H. Tidwell, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Mississippi State, 1987
Christina J. Stowe, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Texas A&M, 2002
Juan M. Tricarico, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 2001
Richard L. Trimble, Extension Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Michigan State, 1973
Ray E. Tucker, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1966
Lionel Williamson, Extension Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Missouri, 1977
Kristine L. Urschel, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Alberta, 2007
Timothy Woods, Extension Professor, Ph.D., Michigan State, 1996
Eric S. Vanzant, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Kansas State, 1993
Yuqing Zheng, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Auburn, 2006
Paul P. Vijayakumar, Extension Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Oklahoma State, 2014
Changzheng Wang, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Florida, 1990
ANIMAL AND FOOD SCIENCES Craig H. Wood, Extension Professor, Ph.D., New Mexico State, 1985
Youling L. Xiong, Professor, Ph.D., Washington State, 1989
Richard D. Coffey, Chair Alexandros Yiannikouris, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., University Blaise Pascal, 2004
Debra K. Aaron, Professor, Ph.D., Oklahoma State, 1984 Panayiotis M. Zavos, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Minnesota, 1978
Curtis W. Absher, Extension Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Tennessee, 1969
Sunday Adedokun, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Purdue, 2007
CIVIL ENGINEERING
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Reginald R. Souleyrette, Chair
John Y. Walz, Dean Staley F. Adams, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Colorado, 1965
George E. Blandford, Professor, Ph.D., Cornell, 1981
Gail Brion, Professor, Ph.D., Colorado, 1995
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING L. Sebastian Bryson, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Northwestern, 2002
Richard Cheeks, Adjunct Assistant Professor, M.S., Kentucky, 1972; J.D., Kentucky, 2000
Abhijit Patwardhan, Interim Chair Mei Chen, Associate Professor, Ph.D., New Jersey Institute of Technology, 1999
Kimberly Ward Anderson,* Professor, Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon, 1986 Joseph Crabtree, Adjunct Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 2004
Babak Bazrgari, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Ecole Polytechnique, Montreal, 2008 Gabriel B. Dadi, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 2013
Eugene Bruce, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D., Southern California, 1973 Brad Davis, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Virginia Tech, 2008
Associated Faculty
James C. Albisetti, Department of History UNIVERSITY OF KENTUCKY LIBRARIES
Horace Bartilow, Department of Political Science
Emily Beaulieu, Department of Political Science Terry Birdwhistell, Dean
Douglas A. Boyd, College of Communications Robert Aken, Librarian I, M.A., Kentucky, 1979; M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1983
Paul Chamberlin, Department of History Stephanie Aken, Librarian I, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1975
Francie Chassen-Lopez, Department of History Bernadette Baldini, Librarian I Emerita, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1974
Abby Cordova, Department of Political Science Jennifer A. Bartlett, Librarian II, M.L.S., Indiana, 1994; M.A., Murray State, 2007
Robert Dahlstrom, Department of Marketing Kerri A. Baunach, Librarian I, M.L.I.S., South Carolina-Columbia, 1998; M.A., Smith, 2000
Dwight Denison, Martin School of Public Administration James Birchfield, Librarian I Emeritus, Ph.D., Florida State, 1976; M.S.L.S., Florida State, 1977
Wally Ferrier, School of Management Terry Birdwhistell, Librarian I, M.A.L.S., Kentucky, 1978; Ed.D., Kentucky, 1994
John Garen, Department of Economics Katherine J. Black, Librarian I Emerita, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1978; M.A., Kentucky, 1996
A. L. Goldman, College of Law Karl-Heinz Boewe, Librarian I Emeritus, Ph.D., Rice, 1969; M.A., Missouri, 1974
Beth Goldstein, College of Education Lewis Bowling, Librarian II Emeritus, D.A., Northern Colorado, 1982; M.A.L.S., Iowa, 1988
Gordon Holbein, School of Management Lynne Bowman, Librarian I, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1978
Claudia Hopenhayn, College of Public Health Douglas A. Boyd, Librarian II, Ph.D., Indiana, 2003
Hsain Ilahiane, Department of Anthropology Rick Brewer, Librarian II, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1994
Jane Jensen, College of Education Ruth E. Bryan, Librarian III, M.A., North Carolina State, 2000; M.A., New School for Social
P. P. Karan, Department of Geography Research, 1996
Mark Kightinger, College of Law Jane Bryant, Librarian II Emerita, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1984
Donald Mullineaux, Department of Finance Gillian Buckland, Librarian II Emerita, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1989
Angelos Pagoulatos, Department of Agricultural Economics Sue Burch, Librarian I Emerita, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1982
Karen Petrone, Department of History James Burgett, Librarian I Emeritus, Ph.D., Minnesota, 1988; M.L.S., Kentucky, 1992
Nikolai Petrovsky, Martin School of Public Administration Teresa Burgett, Librarian II Emerita, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1978
Michael Reed, Department of Agricultural Economics Carla Cantagallo, Librarian II, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1988
Susan Roberts, Department of Geography Bradley Carrington, Librarian II Emeritus, M.Ln., Emory, 1985
Jerry R. Skees, Department of Agricultural Economics Janette Carver, Librarian II, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1982
Steve Vasek, College of Law Cindy Cline, Librarian II, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1987
Mary Congleton, Librarian II, M.S.L.I.S., Tennessee, 1988
Bonnie J. Cox, Librarian I Emerita, M.A., Kentucky, 1969; M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1986
HONORS PROGRAM Frank Davis, Librarian II, M.S.L.S., Wayne State, 1988
Laura Davison, Librarian II, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1990
Franciso Humberto Andrade, Professor, Ph.D., Texas at San Antonio, 1994
Susan Foster-Harper, Librarian II, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1998
Ben Arnold, Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 1986
Beth Fuchs, Librarian III, M.L.S., Texas at Austin, 2004
Rayma Beal, Associate Professor Emeritus, Ed.D., Cincinnati, 1985
Stacey C. Greenwell, Librarian I, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1998; Ed.D., Kentucky, 2013
Lee X. Blonder, Professor, Ph.D., Univ of Pennsylvania, 1986
Antoinette Greider, Librarian I, M.A.L.S., Kentucky, 1973
Luke Harry Bradley, Associate Professor, Ph. D., Ohio State University, The, 2001
Barbara Hale, Librarian I, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1982
Claire D. Clark, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Emory University, 2014
Gracie Hale, Librarian II, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1990
Rolf Joseph Craven, Associate Professor, Ph.D., North Carolina, 1996
Faith Harders, Librarian I, M.A., Chicago, 1970; M.A.L.S., Chicago, 1974
Sarah Elizabeth D’Orazio, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Univ of Miami, 1995
Thomas Hecker, Librarian II, M.L.S., Pittsburgh, 1982
Rebecca L. Dekker, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 2010
Tagalie Heister, Librarian II, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1975
Brian Patrick DeLisle, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Kentucky, 2001
Jon P. Hesseldenz, Librarian II, M.A., Kentucky, 1993; M.L.S., Kentucky, 2002
Florin Despa, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Institute of Physics, Bucharest, 1997
Paula Hickner, Librarian I, M.L.S., Indiana, 1986; M.M., Indiana, 1987
Sanda Despa, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Limburgs Universitair Centrum, 2000
Beverly Hilton, Librarian I, M.L.S., Maryland, 1975
Marilyn J. Duncan, Professor, Ph.D., Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1984
Kazuko Hioki, Librarian II, M.L.I.S., Texas at Austin, 2000
Herman D. Farrell III, Associate Professor, M.F.A., Columbia, 1994; J.D., New York
Adrian Ho, Librarian III, M.L.S., McGill, 1997
University, 1989
Gordon Hogg, Librarian I, M.S.L.S., Catholic University, 1983
Walter C. Foreman, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Washington, 1974
Mark Ingram, Librarian II, M.A., Kentucky, 1975; M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1979
Beth Garvy, Professor, Ph.D., Michigan State, 1991
Julene Jones, Librarian IV, M.L.S., Kentucky, 2003
Don M. Gash, Professor, Ph.D., Dartmouth, 1975
Reinette Jones, Librarian I, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1988
Jonathon Glixon, Professor, Ph.D., Princeton, 1979
Roxanna Jones, Librarian II, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1978
Belinda Rae Goodwin, Assistant Professor, M.F.A, Winthrop, 2006
Jason Keinsley, Librarian II, M.I.S., Indiana, 2001; M.S., Norwich, 2006
Philip R. Harling, Professor, Ph.D., Princeton, 1992
Tari Keller, Librarian I, M.Ed., Miami, 1975; M.L.S., Indiana, 1977
Kyra Hunting, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., Wisconsin, 2014
Gail Kennedy, Librarian I, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1974
Jane Jensen, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Indiana, 1997
Elizabeth G. Kraemer, Librarian I, M.L.S., Kentucky, 1998
Yang Jiang, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Miami University, 1995
Shawn D. Livingston, Librarian I, M.S.L.S., Kentucky, 1993
Sarah E. Kercsmar, Lecturer, Ph.D., Kentucky, 2007
Kathryn Lybarger, Librarian II, M.S., Kentucky, 1999; M.L.S., Kentucky, 2007
Michael W. Kilgore, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Texas Tech University, 1990; Oliver Leaman,
William Marshall, Jr., Librarian I Emeritus, M.A., Kent, 1973; M.L.S., Kent, 1973
Professor, Ph.D., Cambridge, 1979
Heath C. Martin, Librarian III, M.L.S., CUNY-Queens, 2003; M.A., Illinois State, 2000
Harry LeVine, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 1975
Sandra McAninch, Librarian I, M.S.L.S., North Carolina, 1973
Isabel Mellon, Associate Professor, Ph.D., University of Illinois Medical C, 1984
Mary McLaren, Librarian I Emerita, M.L.S., Pittsburgh, 1969
Michael D. Mendenhall, Associate Professor, Ph.D., Wisconsin-Madison, 1985
Lillian Mesner, Librarian II Emerita, M.L.S., Maryland, 1970
Policy on Residency
13 KAR 2:045. (13) “Preponderance of the evidence” means the greater weight of evidence or evidence that
DETERMINATION OF RESIDENCY STATUS FOR ADMISSION AND TUITION is more credible and convincing to the mind.
ASSESSMENT PURPOSES. (14) “Residence” means the place of abode of a person and the place where the person is
RELATES TO: KRS Chapter 13B, 164.020, 164.030, 164A.330(6) physically present most of the time for a noneducational purpose in accordance with Section
3 of this administrative regulation.
STATUTORY AUTHORITY: KRS 164.020(8)
(15) “Student financial aid” means all forms of payments to a student if one (1) condition of
NECESSITY, FUNCTION, AND CONFORMITY: KRS 164.020(8) requires the Council on receiving the payment is the enrollment of the student at an institution, and includes student
Postsecondary Education to determine tuition and approve the minimum qualifications for employment by the institution or a graduate assistantship.
admission to a state postsecondary education institution and authorizes the Council to set
different tuition amounts for residents of Kentucky and for nonresidents. This administrative (16) “Sustenance” means living expenses including room, board, maintenance, transportation,
regulation establishes the procedure and guidelines for determining the residency status of a and educational expenses including tuition, fees, books, and supplies.
student who is seeking admission to, or who is enrolled at, a state-supported postsecondary
education institution. Section 2. Scope.
(1) State-supported postsecondary education institutions were established and are maintained
Section 1. Definitions. by the Commonwealth of Kentucky primarily for the benefit of qualified residents of
(1) “Academic term” means a division of the school year during which a course of studies is Kentucky. The substantial commitment of public resources to postsecondary education is
offered, and includes a semester, quarter, or single consolidated summer term as defined by the predicated on the proposition that the state benefits significantly from the existence of an
institution. educated citizenry. As a matter of policy, access to postsecondary education shall be provided
so far as feasible at reasonable cost to a qualified individual who is domiciled in Kentucky and
(2) “Continuous enrollment” means enrollment in a state-supported postsecondary education who is a resident of Kentucky.
institution at the same degree level for consecutive terms, excluding summer term, since the
beginning of the period for which continuous enrollment is claimed unless a sequence of (2) The Council on Postsecondary Education may require a student who is neither domiciled
continuous enrollment is broken due to extenuating circumstances beyond the student’s in nor a resident of Kentucky to meet higher admission standards and to pay a higher level of
control, including serious personal illness or injury, or illness or death of a parent. tuition than resident students.
(3) “Degree level” means enrollment in a course or program that could result in the award of (3) This administrative regulation shall apply to all student residency determinations regardless
a: of circumstances, including residency determinations made by the state-supported institutions
for prospective and currently-enrolled students; the Southern Regional Education Board for
(a) Certificate, diploma, or other program award at an institution; contract spaces; reciprocity agreements, if appropriate; the Kentucky Virtual University;
(b) Baccalaureate degree or lower, including enrollment in a course by a nondegree-seeking academic common market programs; the Kentucky Educational Excellence Scholarship
postbaccalaureate student; Program; and other state student financial aid programs, as appropriate.
(c) Graduate degree or graduate certification other than a first-professional degree in law,
medicine, dentistry, or “Pharm. D”; or Section 3. Determination of Residency Status; General Rules.
(d) Professional degree in law, medicine, dentistry, or “Pharm. D”. (1) A determination of residency shall include:
(4) “Dependent person” means a person who cannot demonstrate financial independence from (a) An initial determination of residency status by an institution during the admission
parents or persons other than a spouse and who does not meet the criteria for independence process or upon enrollment in an institution for a specific academic term or for
established in Section 5 of this administrative regulation. admission into a specific academic program;
(5) “Determination of residency status” means the decision of a postsecondary education (b) A reconsideration of a determination of residency status by an institution based upon
institution that may include a formal hearing that results in the classification of a person as a a changed circumstance; or
Kentucky resident or as a nonresident for admission and tuition assessment purposes. (c) A formal hearing conducted by an institution upon request of a student after other
(6) “Domicile”means a person’s true, fixed, and permanent home and is the place where the administrative procedures have been completed.
person intends to remain indefinitely, and to which the person expects to return if absent (2) An initial determination of residency status shall be based upon:
without intending to establish a new domicile elsewhere. (a) The facts in existence when the credentials established by an institution for admission
(7) “Full-time employment” means continuous employment for at least forty-eight (48) weeks for a specific academic term have been received and during the period of review by
at an average of at least thirty (30) hours per week. the institution;
(8) “Independent person” means a person who demonstrates financial independence from (b) Information derived from admissions materials;
parents or persons other than a spouse and who meets the criteria for independence established (c) If applicable, other materials required by an institution and consistent with this
in Section 5 of this administrative regulation. administrative regulation; and
(9) “Institution” means an entity defined by KRS 164.001(12) if the type of institution is not (d) Other information available to the institution from any source.
expressly stated and includes the Kentucky Virtual University, the Council on Postsecondary (3) An individual seeking a determination of Kentucky residency status shall demonstrate that
Education, and the Kentucky Higher Education Assistance Authority. status by a preponderance of the evidence.
(10) “Kentucky resident” means a person determined by an institution for tuition purpose to (4) A determination of residency status shall be based upon verifiable circumstances or actions.
be domiciled in and a resident of Kentucky as determined by this administrative regulation. (5) Evidence and information cited as the basis for Kentucky domicile and residency shall
(11) “Nonresident” means a person who: accompany the application for a determination of residency status.
(a) Is domiciled outside by Kentucky; (6) A student classified as a nonresident shall retain that status until the student is officially
(b) Currently maintains legal residence outside Kentucky; or reclassified by an institution.
(c) Is not a Kentucky resident as determined by this administrative regulation. (7) A student may apply for a review of a determination of residency status once for each
(12) “Parent” means one (1) of the following: academic term.
(a) A person’s father or mother; or (8) If an institution has information that a student’s residency status may be incorrect, the
(b) A court-appointed legal guardian if: institution shall review and determine the student’s correct residency status.
1. The guardianship is recognized by an appropriate court within the United States; (9) If the Council on Postsecondary Education has information that an institution’s determi-
2. There was a relinquishment of the rights of the parents; and nation of residency status for a student may be incorrect, it may require the institution to review
the circumstances and report the results of that review.
3. The guardianship was not established primarily to confer Kentucky residency
on the person.
Drug-Free Policy
Appendix A
Not less than 10 Not less than 5 5-49 gms pure or 50 gms or more pure
Not less than 10 Not less than 20
years. Not more years and not more 50-499 gms METHAMPHETAMINE (II) or 500 gms or more
years and not more years and not
than life. than 40 years. mixture mixture
than life. more than life.
100-999 gms
mixture
HEROIN (I) 1 kg or more mixture
Fine of not more Fine of not more 10-99 gms pure 100 gms or more Fine of not more Fine of not more
than $8 million than $5 million if or 100-999 gms PCP (II) pure or 1 kg or more than $10 million if than $20 million
individual, an individual, $25 mixture mixture an individual, $50 if an individual,
$50 million if not million if not an million if other not $75 million if
an individual. individual. an individual. not an
and 10 gms or more
1 - 9 gms mixture LSD (I) individual.
mixture
Flunitrazepam 1 gm or more
Appendix A
As of July 1, 2012
1,000 kg Marijuana Not less than 10 years, not more than life. Not less than 20 years, not more than life.
or more mixture or mixture containing If death or serious injury, not less than 20 years, or more than life. If death or serious injury, life imprisonment.
1,000 or more Fine not more than $4 million individual, $10 million other than Fine not more than $20 million individual, $75 million other than individual.
detectable quantity*
plants individual.
100 kg Marijuana Not less than 5 years, not more than 40 years. Not less than 10 years, not more than life.
to 999 kg mixture, mixture containing If death or serious injury, not less than 20 years, or more than life. If death or serious injury, life imprisonment.
or 100-999 plants detectable quantity* Fine not more than $2 million individual, $5 million other than individual. Fine not more than $8 million individual, $50 million other than individual.
50-99 kg mixture or
50 to 99 plants Marijuana Not more than 20 years. Not more than 30 years.
If death or serious injury, not less than 20 years, or more than life. If death or serious injury, life imprisonment.
Fine not more than $1 million individual, $5 million other than Fine not more than $2 million individual, $10 million other than individual.
more than 10 kg Hashish individual.
*The minimum sentence for a violation after two or more prior convictions
for a felony drug offense have become final is a mandatory term of life
imprisonment without release and a fine of up to $8 million if an individual
and $20 million if other than individual.
Appendix B
WITHDRAWAL
EFFECTS OF
SYNDROME
OVERDOSE
TOLERANCE
POSSIBLE
DURATION
EFFECTS
USUAL
(Hours)
DRUGS COMMON NAMES MEDICAL DEPENDENCE METHODS OF
CSA OR STREET NAMES USES Physical Psycho- ADMINIS-
SCHEDULES logical TRATION
NARCOTICS
Opium II III V Dover’ Powder, Big O, Black Pill Analgesic, antidiarrheal High High Yes 3-6 Oral, smoked
Morphine II III Morphine, MS-Contin, Roxanol, Analgesic, antitussive High High Yes 3-6 Oral, smoked,
Roxanol-SR injected
Codeine II III V Tylenol w/Cod., Empirin w/Cod., Analgesic, antitussive Moderate Moderate Yes 3-6 Oral, injected
Robitussan A-C, Florinal w/Cod. Watery eyes,
Slow and runny nose,
Heroin I Diacetylmorphine, Horse, None High High Yes 3-6 Injected, sniffed, Euphoria, shallow yawning, loss of
Smack, Black Tar smoked drowsiness, breathing, appetite,
respiratory clammy skin, irritability,
depression, convulsions,
Oxycodone II OxyContin, Hillbilly Heroin, Roxy, Oxy Analgesic High High Yes 3-6 Oral, injected tremors, panic,
constricted coma, cramps, nausea,
pupils, nausea possible
Meperidine (Pethidine) II Demarol, Mepergan Analgesic High High Yes 3-6 Oral, injected chills and
death sweating
Methadone II Dolophine, Methadone, Methadose Analgesic High High-Low Yes 12-24 Oral, injected
Other Narcotics I II III Numorphan, Percodan, Percocet, Tylox, Analgesic, antidiarrheal, High-Low High-Low Yes Variable Oral, injected
IV V Tussionex, Fentanyl, Darvon, antitussive
Lomotil, Talwin2
DEPRESSANTS
Barbiturates II III IV Block Buster, Red & Blues, Anesthetic, anticonvulsant, High-Low High-Low Yes 1-16 Oral
and/or Yellow Jackets sedative, hypnotic,
veterinary euthanasia agent Shallow
respiration,
Benzodiazepines IV Valium, Xanax, Klonopin, Antianxiety, anticonvulsant, Low Low Yes 4-8 Oral Slurred speech, clammy skin,
Anxiety, insomnia,
Benzos, Downers sedative, hypnotic disorientation, dilated
tremors, delirium,
drunken behavior pupils, weak
convulsions,
without odor of and rapid
GHB I III Easy Lay, Liquid Ecstacy and Scoop Sedative, hypnotic High High Yes 4-8 Oral possible death
alcohol pulse, coma,
possible
Rohypnol IV Ruffies, Roaches and Forget-Me-Pill Sedative, hypnotic High Moderate Yes 4-8 Oral death
Other III IV Equanil, Miltown, Noludar, Antianxiety, sedative, Moderate Moderate Yes 4-8 Oral
Depressants Placidvi, Valmid hypnotic
STIMULANTS
Cocaine1 II Coke, Flake, Snow, Crack Local anesthetic Possible High Yes 1-2 Sniffed,smoked,
injection
Amphetamines II Dexedrine, Obetrol, Adderall Attention deficit disorders, Possible High Yes 2-4 Oral, injected Increased Agitation,
narcolepsy, weight control alertness, increase in
excitation, body Apathy, long
Methamphetamine II Crank, Meth, Poor Man’s Cocaine, Weight control Possible High Yes 2-4 Oral, injected euphoria, temperature, periods of sleep,
Desoxyn increased pulse hallucina- irritability,
rate & blood tions, depression,
Methylphenidate II Ritalin Attention deficit Possible Moderate Yes 2-4 Oral, injected pressure, convulsions, disorientation
disorders, narcolepsy insomnia, loss possible
of appetite death
Other Stimulants III IV Adipex, Cylert, Didrex, Weight control Possible High Yes 2-4 Oral, injected
Ionamin, Melliet, Plegine, Sancrex,
Tenuate, Tepanil, Prelu-2
HALLUCINOGENS
Mescaline & Peyote I Mexc, Buttons, Cactus None None Unknown Yes 8-12 Oral
K2 I Spice, Bliss, Black Mamba, None Unknown Unknown Yes Variable Oral, injected
Longer,
FakeWeed Illusions and more intense
hallucinations, "trip" Withdrawal
MDMA I Ecstacy, Adam, Disco Biscuit, E None Unknown High Yes Days Smoked, oral, poor perception syndrome not
episodes,
injected of time and reported
psychosis,
distance possible
Psilocybin I Magic Mushroom, Mushrooms, None Unknown High Yes Days Smoked, oral, death
Shrooms injected
Other Hallucinogens I Butotenine, Ibogaine, DMT, None None Unknown Possible Variable Smoked, oral,
DET, Psilocybin, Psilocyn injected, sniffed
CANNABIS
Marijuana, Cannabis I Pot, Acapulco, Gold, Grass, None Unknown Moderate Yes 2-4 Sniffed, oral
Reefer, Sinsemila, Thai, Sticks Euphoria,
Insomnia,
relaxed
Tetrahydrocannabinol I II THC, Marinol Cancer Unknown Moderate Yes 2-4 Smoked, oral Fatigue, hyperactivity, and
inhibitions,
Chemotherapy antinauseant paranoia, decreased
increased
possible appetite
appetite,
Hashish I Hash None Unknown Moderate Yes 2-4 Smoked, oral psychosis occasionally
disoriented
reported
behavior
Hashish Oil I Hash Oil None Unknown Moderate Yes 2-4 Smoked, oral
1 2
Designated a narcotic under the CSA Not designated a narcotic under the CSA
Course Descriptions
A&S 300 SPECIAL COURSE (Subtitle required). (1-6)
A&S Arts and Sciences Interdisciplinary, topical or experimental courses to be approved by the Dean of the College
of Arts and Sciences. A particular course may be offered at most three times under the A&S
A&S 100 SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY COURSE: TITLE TO BE ASSIGNED.(1-6) 300 number, and no A&S 300 course may be given for more than six credits per semester. Open
This course permits the offering at the introductory level of special courses of an interdisci- to all University students, subject to such limits or prerequisites as set by the instructor. May
plinary, topical, or experimental nature. Each proposal must be approved by the Dean of the be repeated to a maximum of 12 credit hours under different subtitles.
College of Arts and Sciences. A particular title may be offered at most three times under the
A&S 100 number. Students may not repeat under the same title. May be repeated to a maximum #A&S 306 SPIRIT CHEMISTRY. (3)
of 12 credits. Prereq: Will be set by instructor. In this course, students will explore the production of distilled spirits. The production of
distilled spirits involves three basic steps: selection and processing of a carbohydrate (starch
A&S 101 SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY COURSE: TITLE TO BE ASSIGNED.(1-6) or sugar), fermentation of the carbohydrate to produce ethanol and distillation of the ethanol.
This course permits the offering at the introductory level of special courses of an interdisci- In these processes, substances are produced and concentrated in the ethanol that create the
plinary, topical or experimental nature. Each proposal must be approved by the Dean of the unique flavors and fragrances associated with the individual spirit. Seven distilled spirits
College of Arts and Sciences. A particular title may be offered at most twice under the A&S (moonshine, vodka, gin, rum, tequila, bourbon and scotch) will be discussed in detail. Prereq:
101 number. Students may not repeat under the same title. Offered pass/fail only. May be Credit hours sufficient to be considered a junior or permission of the instructor.
repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. Prereq: Will be set by instructor.
A&S 310-A&S 319 SPECIAL COURSE IN HUMANITIES
A&S 103 BASIC INSTRUCTION IN LESS COMMONLY (Subtitle required). (1-6)
TAUGHT LANGUAGES I (Subtitle required). (3-5) An interdisciplinary, topical, or experimental course which may be used toward partial
This course provides elementary language instruction with an emphasis upon the spoken fulfillment of the Humanities requirement in the College of Arts and Sciences. Each pilot or
language of everyday use where appropriate. Writing and the elements of grammar are gradually experimental course must be approved by the department chair and by the Dean of the College
introduced. Students may not repeat this course under the same subtitle. Prereq: Will be set of Arts and Sciences; a particular title may be offered no more than three times under this course
by instructor. number. Open to all university students, subject to controlled enrollment or prerequisites as
A&S 104 BASIC INSTRUCTION IN LESS COMMONLY set by the instructor. May be repeated under different subtitles up to 12 SCH.
TAUGHT LANGUAGES II (Subtitle required). (3-5) A&S 320-A&S 329 SPECIAL COURSE IN NATURAL,
A continuation of A&S 103. Students may not repeat this course under the same subtitle. PHYSICAL, OR MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES (Subtitle required). (1-6)
Prereq: A&S 103. An interdisciplinary, topical, or experimental course which may be used toward partial
A&S 110-A&S 119 SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY COURSE fulfillment of the Natural, Physical, or Mathematical Sciences requirement in the College of
IN THE HUMANITIES (Subtitle required) (1-6) Arts and Sciences. Each pilot or experimental course must be approved by the department chair
An introductory course of an interdisciplinary, topical, or experimental nature which may be and by the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences; a particular title may be offered no more
used toward partial fulfillment of the Humanities requirement in the College of Arts and than three times under this course number. Open to all university students, subject to controlled
Sciences. Each pilot or experimental course must be approved by the department chair and by enrollment or prerequisites as set by the instructor. May be repeated under different subtitles
the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences; a particular title may be offered no more than up to 12 SCH.
three times under this course number. Open to all university students, subject to controlled A&S 330-A&S 339 SPECIAL COURSE IN SOCIAL SCIENCES
enrollment or prerequisites as set by the instructor. May be repeated under different subtitles (Subtitle required). (1-6)
up to 12 SCH. An interdisciplinary, topical, or experimental course which may be used toward partial
A&S 120-A&S 129 SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY COURSE IN THE NATURAL, fulfillment of the Social Sciences requirement in the College of Arts and Sciences. Each pilot
PHYSICAL, OR MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES (Subtitle required) (1-6) or experimental course must be approved by the department chair and by the Dean of the College
An introductory course of an interdisciplinary, topical, or experimental nature which may be of Arts and Sciences; a particular title may be offered no more than three times under this course
used toward partial fulfillment of the Natural, Physical, or Mathematical Sciences requirement number. Open to all university students, subject to controlled enrollment or prerequisites as
in the College of Arts and Sciences. Each pilot or experimental course must be approved by set by the instructor. May be repeated under different subtitles up to 12 SCH.
the department chair and by the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences; a particular title may A&S 350 PERSONAL STRENGTHS AND YOUR CAREER DEVELOPMENT. (3)
be offered no more than three times under this course number. Open to all university students, This course is designed to introduce students to the fundamentals of planning and organizing
subject to controlled enrollment or prerequisites as set by the instructor. May be repeated under career development strategies. Emphasis is placed on identification of individual goals,
different subtitles up to 12 SCH. assessment of talents/strengths and values, exploration of career options, analysis of the job
A&S 130-A&S 139 SPECIAL INTRODUCTORY COURSE market, effective use of employment search tools (e.g., résumés, cover letters, and interview-
IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES (Subtitle required) (1-6) ing), and management of career pathways. Stresses the value of the arts and sciences degree
An introductory course of an interdisciplinary, topical, or experimental nature which may be in the labor market and develops job search skills that will be useful throughout life. Prereq:
used toward partial fulfillment of the Social Sciences requirement in the College of Arts and Sophomore standing (30+ credits) or higher.
Sciences. Each pilot or experimental course must be approved by the department chair and by A&S 500 SPECIAL COURSE (Subtitle required). (1-6)
the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences; a particular title may be offered no more than Interdisciplinary, topical, or experimental courses to be approved by the Dean of the College
three times under this course number. Open to all university students, subject to controlled of Arts and Sciences and the Dean of the Graduate School. A particular course may be offered
enrollment or prerequisites as set by the instructor. May be repeated under different subtitles at most three times under the A&S 500 number. Open to all university students, subject to
up to 12 SCH. such limitations or prerequisites as set by the instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of
A&S 150 YOUR CAREER AND ACADEMIC JOURNEY. (2) six credits under different subtitles. Prereq: As specified by the instructor.
This course simplifies the complex process of choosing a major by leading students through
personal, academic and occupational information searches. It offers a natural progression for
decision making by using thought-provoking self-exploratory activities. Whether choosing or
A-E Art Education
changing a major, the discovery process examines different perspectives, such as relating A-E 120 PATHWAYS TO CREATIVITY IN THE VISUAL ARTS. (3)
interests, skills and values to academic fields of study. Once specific academic alternatives are Students will be challenged to think creatively, expand cognitive development, perception, self-
identified, a search of occupational information helps students examine the career possibilities expression, and sensory awareness through research and rich studio experiences. Aesthetic
that specifically relate to the majors they are considering. knowledge and skills will provide students with a pathway to learning in art that integrates prior
A&S 203 INTERMEDIATE INSTRUCTION IN LESS COMMONLY knowledge with new experiences which enhance creative learning through discovery, discus-
TAUGHT LANGUAGES I (Subtitle required). (3-5) sion, and collaboration.
This course provides intermediate instruction in a less commonly taught language. Develop- A-E 200 WORKSHOP IN DESIGN EDUCATION
ment of speaking, listening, reading, and writing skills, as appropriate, will be stressed. Students FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS. (3)
may not repeat this course under the same subtitle. Prereq: A&S 104 in the same language or A lecture-laboratory course that explores and analyzes concepts in the visual arts and examines
permission of instructor. how these concepts might be used to improve and enhance learning opportunities in the visual
arts and in various disciplines for elementary students.
#A-E 300 INTRODUCTION TO ART EDUCATION. (3) A-E 579 ARTS AND HUMANITIES IN ART EDUCATION. (3)
This course provides an introduction to the art teaching profession with particular emphases Inquiry into the relationship of current philosophies of art education and aesthetics; a
on developing the creative, critical, collaborative, and communicative skills that are required consolidation of art education ideas with a formation of criteria for making value judgments;
in art teaching situations. Opportunities to gain skills will be provided through participation the development of a personal viewpoint consistent with education and art as humanistic
in group-generated projects and leadership activities. Students will engage in personal reflection endeavors. Prereq: Major in art education, admission to the Teacher Education Program (TEP).
and critical analysis of the teaching/learning process through journal-keeping, teacher portfolio
development and creative research. A-E 645 TOPICAL RESEARCH IN ART EDUCATION (Subtitle required). (3)
Advanced study and research of a designated topic, issue, or development in the philosophy,
*A-E 362 FIELD EXPERIENCES IN ART EDUCATION. (1-3) history, or methodology of art education in community and public school settings. May be
A-E 362 is the first course in the Art Education professional education sequence. It gives the repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Graduate standing in department.
art education candidate the opportunity for a variety of planned experiences in the schools and
other educational and community settings. Candidates will learn to identify standards and A-E 665 ISSUES IN ART EDUCATION. (3)
unbridled learning tools in school settings, and will develop a variety of products to demonstrate This course is built within the context of the Advanced Preparation Programs in Teacher Leader
Art Education learning outcomes. 64 field experience hours are required for A-E 362. Prereq: Programs in Art Education. Each week one or two topics representing issues facing the arts
Admission to the Teacher Education Program (TEP). in K - 12 education will be assigned to candidates. Selected candidates are expected to research
these topics and post their thoughts on them on blackboard. Fellow candidates are expected
A-E 395 INDEPENDENT WORK: ART EDUCATION. (1-3) to research the topics as well and provide cogent responses to the postings of the selected
Supervised individual research, practicum, and field experience leading to the development of candidates. The class meets once per week through adobe connect for examination and analysis
art education curriculum theory, and teaching techniques appropriate for various populations of the assigned topics. Prereq: Candidates must be enrolled in one of the Advanced Teacher
and conditions. A learning contract will be submitted to both the department and to the office Leader Programs in Art Education to take this course or by instructor permission.
of the dean at the time of registration. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq:
Major and consent of instructor. A-E 670 SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY ART. (3)
Analysis of the social function of art; organization of school and community related programs
A-E 399 EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION. (1-15) in art; case studies of existing programs. Field experience, educational involvement. Lectures
Development of personally motivated and planned projects and internships in art education and demonstrations. Prereq: Major in Art Education or consent of instructor.
and interdisciplinary program activities outside the academic classroom experience, encom-
passing recreation, general education, adult education, special education, state programs, and A-E 675 AESTHETICS AND DESIGN. (3)
group field experiences and workshops. May be repeated to a maximum of 15 credits. Aesthetics and Design focuses on advancing aesthetic awareness, developing an understanding
(Approval of Fine Arts dean required for more than six credits per semester.) Prereq: of the principles of visual design, and the application of aesthetic design to human-computer
Recommendation of art faculty member and department chairman; completion of departmental interaction in order to integrate an artistic approach to the examination of technological
learning agreement. innovation.
A-E 515 INTRODUCTION TO ART THERAPY. (3) A-E 680 HISTORY OF ART EDUCATION. (3)
An examination of various historical and contemporary conceptions of the therapeutic function A-E 680 is a survey of general education practices from classical times to the present. The class
and value of art from an art education perspective. The impact of art experience on emotional, will examine the teaching of art in European schools and its influence on American art education.
intellectual and behavioral development and/or rehabilitation will be explored through readings, The course will analyze the birth of American art education and significant events related to
discussions, guest lectures, and lab experiences. Lecture, two hours per week; laboratory, two art in the schools from the 19th to the 21st century.
hours per week. Prereq: PSY 331 and major or consent of instructor. A-E 685 ACTION RESEARCH IN ART EDUCATION. (3)
A-E 538 ADVANCED ARTS AND CRAFTS This course is built within the context of the Advance Teacher Leader program. All students
IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. (3) in this course are expected to integrate the design elements of their curriculum contract into their
Planned to give the elementary teacher an understanding of teaching methods involved in, and activities, field experiences, research, and action research projects. Prereq: Students must be
construction of, art activities which would enrich the classroom program. enrolled in one of the Advanced Teacher Leader Programs in Art Education to take this course
or by instructor permission.
A-E 545 TOPICAL STUDIES IN ART EDUCATION (Subtitle required). (3)
Intensive study and analysis of a designated topic, issue or development in the philosophy, A-E 686 TEACHER LEADERSHIP IN ART EDUCATION. (3)
history, or methodology of art education in community and public school settings. May be This course is built within the context of the Advanced Preparation Programs in Teacher Leader
repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Art education major or consent of the instructor. Programs in Art Education. All candidates in this course are expected to integrate the design
elements of their curriculum contract into their activities, field experiences, research, and action
A-E 550 COMMUNITY ART EDUCATION. (3) research projects. This course must be repeated for a minimum of two times for a total of six
An examination of community arts organizations and the role they play in identifying and hours but can be repeated for no more than three times for a total of nine credits. Prereq:
interpreting the diverse artistic make-up of the community. The course will provide students Candidates must be enrolled in one of the Advanced Preparation Teacher Leader Programs in
with the tools to define, locate, and research community organizations as potential sites for Art Education to take this course. Candidates must also have completed A-E 685 Action
art programming. Research in Art Education as a prerequisite.
A-E 560 MUSEUM EDUCATION. (3) *A-E 695 INDEPENDENT WORK: ART EDUCATION. (1-3)
An examination of educational techniques and practices of learning in a museum setting. The Supervised individual research, experimental practicum, and the initiation of field programs
course will focus on educational theories, learning styles and techniques, audiences, educational leading to the discovery and development of new knowledge in art education theory and method.
materials and outreach strategies that will prepare students for successful professional careers A formal learning contract between student and supervising faculty member is required. May
in museum education. be repeated to a maximum of six credit hours. Prereq: Graduate standing in the department and
consent of instructor.
A-E 576 ART IN MIDDLE SCHOOLS. (3)
Centering on the study of perceptual and aesthetic development of middle school adolescents, A-E 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0)
this course provides field and practicum experiences that utilize methods and materials Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq:
appropriate to the teaching of art in the middle school. Topics include: curriculum design, lesson All course work toward the degree must be completed.
planning, teaching skills, classroom safety and assessment. Lecture, demonstrations, micro-
teaching, laboratory and studio experiences are integrated into the class design. Prereq: Major
in art education, admission to the Teacher Education Program (TEP), or consent of instructor.
A-H Art History
A-E 577 ART IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (3)
This course provides students with an overview of the secondary school in American education A-H 101 INTRODUCTION TO VISUAL STUDIES. (3)
and explores the history, theory, techniques and contemporary issues of teaching art in the The course introduces students to the concepts and techniques of visual literacy. It explores
secondary schools. Skills in the planning of multicultural activities and the teaching and a full spectrum of man-made visual forms encountered by contemporary Americans from
evaluation of secondary art experiences are stressed. Full class instruction, video, micro- architecture and works of art to graphic novels, advertisements, television programs and films,
teaching, laboratory and studio experiences are incorporated into class design. Prereq: Major photos and the Internet.
in art education, admission to the Teacher Education Program (TEP).
†A-H 102 INTRODUCTION TO ASIAN ART.
A-E 578 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS. (3)
Focusing on the study of perceptual and aesthetic development of elementary age children, this †A-H 103 WORLD ART.
course provides field and practicum experiences that utilize methods and materials appropriate
A-H 104 AFRICAN ART AND ITS GLOBAL IMPACT. (3)
to the teaching of art in the elementary school. Topics include: curriculum design, lesson
Visual arts of the African continent (sculpture, painting, architecture, body arts, textiles,
planning, teaching skills, classroom safety and assessment. Lecture, demonstrations, micro-
installations and performance) are presented in their historical and regional context. Lectures
teaching, laboratory and studio experiences are integrated into the class design. Prereq: Major
compare and contrast the arts of diverse African cultures, and evaluate the influences of African
in art education, admission to the Teacher Education Program (TEP).
artworks and artists upon European and American cultural histories. Discussions focus upon
the skills needed to observe, describe and analyze art forms and the social relationships they A-H 335 EARLY MODERN ART AND VISUAL CULTURE,
help to create. 1400-1700 (Subtitle required). (3)
According to the subtitle, this course examines various aspects of the social, political, cultural,
*A-H 105 WORLD ART BEFORE 1400. (3) and aesthetic contexts of European art and visual culture. Issues of production and reception,
An introduction to the visual arts of civilizations prior to the Renaissance. Students will become style and function, artist and viewer, and European interactions with non-European cultures
familiar with selected monuments from cultures in Africa, Asia, the Pacific, the Americas and will be considered. May be repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of six credits.
Europe, and will be able to evaluate the development of artistic practices within a tradition or Prereq: A-H 101 or A-H 106 recommended.
comparatively between traditions.
A-H 339 ART AND VISUAL CULTURE 1700-1840 (Subtitle required). (3)
*A-H 106 RENAISSANCE TO MODERN ART. (3) Study of specific developments, problems, and issues pertaining to art, art practice, and art
An introduction to the history of European art and its legacy from the Middle Ages to the theory between 1700 and 1840. May be repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of
present. Students will become familiar with major works and monuments and develop an six credits. Prereq: A-H 106 recommended.
understanding of how art has functioned and evolved in the European tradition. As an
introduction to the discipline of art history, the class develops a student’s ability to describe A-H 340 ART AND VISUAL CULTURE 1840-1914 (Subtitle required). (3)
and analyze art and architecture using sophisticated terminology, and enables a student to Study of specific developments, problems, and issues pertaining to art, art practice, and art
connect works of art to specific social and historical contexts. theory between 1840 and 1914. May be repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of
six credits. Prereq: A-H 106 recommended.
A-H 300 TOPICS IN ART HISTORY AND VISUAL STUDIES
(Subtitle required). (3) A-H 341 20TH CENTURY (Subtitle required). (3)
According to the subtitle, this course examines topics in art history and visual studies that are Depending on subtitle, this course examines aspects of 20th century art in its social, political,
explicitly not limited by geographical location and/or period in history. Topics might be defined and aesthetic contexts. May be repeated under a different subtitle for a maximum of six credits.
by subject matter, artistic practices and traditions, genres, and other comparable categories Prereq: A-H 106 recommended.
within art history and visual studies. May be repeated under a different subtitle for a maximum
of six credits. Prereq: At least one Art History and Visual Studies course at the 100-level *A-H 342 AMERICAN ART & VISUAL STUDIES (Subtitle required). (3)
recommended. According to the subtitle, this course examines various aspects of American art & visual culture
in their social, political, and aesthetic contexts between the 18th and the early 21st centuries.
A-H 301 CROSS-CULTURAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY Topics range from the traditional fine arts media to photography, advertising, film, and various
AND VISUAL STUDIES (Subtitle required). (3) forms of popular culture. May be repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of six credit
Depending on the subtitle, this course compares images and/or artifacts produced either in hours. Prereq: A-H 101 or A-H 106 recommended.
different cultural contexts or as a result of intercultural contacts and interchange. May be
repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: At least one Art History A-H 343 HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY. (3)
and Visual Studies course at the 100-level recommended. Chronological survey of the history of photography from its inception to the present day.
Emphasis on fine art photography, the work and contributions of its practitioners, the
#A-H 304 AFRICAN ART AND ITS GLOBAL IMPACT. (3) relationship of photography to other art forms, general issues within the medium. Prereq: A-
Throughout history, visual arts from the African continent (architecture, sculpture, painting, H 106 recommended.
body arts, textiles, photography and performance) have inspired artists from around the world.
This course examines a selection of specific African art works that have shaped European and *A-H 350 CONTEMPORARY ART AND VISUAL STUDIES
American cultural histories, and created a global modernity. The earliest examples include (Subtitle required). (3)
ancient rock art, and the most recent are comprised of installations and digital works made by According to the subtitle, this course examines various aspects of art and visual culture in their
African artists working abroad. Prereq: A-H 105 recommended. social, political, theoretical, and aesthetic contexts after 1965. May be repeated under a different
subtitle to a maximum of six credit hours. Prereq: A-H 101 or A-H 106 recommended.
A-H 308 STUDIES IN AFRICAN ARTS (Subtitle required). (3)
Depending on the subtitle, the course will focus upon arts connected to a particular period, A-H 360 VISUAL CULTURE OF POLITICS. (3)
theme, medium, or region of Africa and the African Diaspora, or examine a specific set of images, The course examines specific instances of visual political discourse across a range of historic
themes, theoretical positions or media originating from, or associated with, the African periods, cultural contexts, political positions, and media. Although a significant portion of the
continent. May be repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: A- historic part of the course focuses on works of art and architecture, the course also examines
H 104 recommended. popular print culture and political use of mass media from film to television and Internet. Some
of the themes covered in the course are: symbols and symbolism of political power, imagery
*A-H 310 ASIAN ART AND CULTURE (Subtitle required). (3) of specific political values, emotional appeal, political propaganda, politics of gender and race,
Depending on subtitle, a study of the art production of a particular medium, theme, period, and visual strategies of political opposition and resistance.
or region in East Asia. May be repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of six credits.
Prereq: A-H 105 recommended. A-H 399 EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION IN
ART HISTORY AND VISUAL STUDIES. (1-15)
A-H 311 THE ARTS AS SOFT POWER: A community-based or field-based experience in Art History. A formal learning contract among
THE JAPANESE TEA CEREMONY. (3) student, field supervisor, and supervising faculty member required. May be repeated to a
The term “soft power” was coined by Joseph Nye, a U.S. scholar of international relations. maximum of 15 hours. Prereq: Any 100-level course in Art History and Visual Studies.
It is used to describe forms of influence used as alternatives to “hard power” – coercive acts
such as war, threats, or economic sanctions. This course will investigate how soft power was A-H 407 ART HISTORY HONORS THESIS. (3)
used as a tool of diplomacy thousands of years before the term was invented, and explore Faculty-sponsored research projects for art history majors, leading to an Honors Thesis.
examples of how it is used at the beginning of the 21st century. The course then will examine Topics to be determined. Prereq: A-H major and CFA learning contract approved by faculty
the Japanese tea ceremony (known as chanoyu or chado) and its domestic use as soft power member.
among Japanese warlords in the late sixteenth century, its adoption as a way to modernize A-H 501 MUSEUM STUDIES I: INTRODUCTION. (3)
Japanese women in the nineteenth century, and its role in shaping Japan’s international image An introduction to museology and the museum profession as related to a particular exhibition
in the twentieth century. Prereq: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. project. Intended for advanced students in arts related professions. Seminar format, coordi-
A-H 314 ANCIENT (Subtitle required). (3) nated with the University of Kentucky Art Museum staff. Prereq: Major in art history or arts
Study of the arts and visual cultures of the Ancient World. According to subtitles, focus may administration (with art history emphasis), or consent of instructor.
be on selected periods or media of artistic and visual production, in the context of political, social A-H 502 MUSEUM STUDIES II: INTERNSHIP. (3)
and cultural developments, from Bronze Age through the Roman Empire under Constantine. A supervised internship in a professional museum setting that builds upon Museum Studies
May be repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: A-H 105 I. The focus may be on a single aspect or several areas of museum activity: administration,
recommended. (Same as CLA 314.) curatorship, education, registration and collection management, design, development, public
A-H 323 MEDIEVAL (Subtitle required). (3) relations, etc. Laboratory, 10 hours per week. May be repeated to a maximum of 9 credits within
Considers the interrelationships of art and architecture with religion, literature, politics, and different contexts. Prereq: Completion of A-H 501 with a grade of B or better.
other expressive forms as they shape and are shaped by medieval patrons and artists between †A-H 503 ART HISTORY THROUGH THE ART OBJECT (Subtitle required).
the fourth and fifteenth century C.E., according to subtitle. May be repeated under a different
subtitle to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: A-H 105 recommended. A-H 504 PRACTICAL ISSUES IN ART HISTORY (Subtitle required). (3)
This course examines art from a practical perspective. It introduces various disciplines that
A-H 334 REFRAMING RENAISSANCE ART. (3)
relate to the understanding of art, such as materials, formats, handling, display, storage,
An exploration of Renaissance artistic production as a European phenomenon of dynamic
conservation, and connoisseurship. In this course, students will have the opportunity to engage
interchange between European artistic centers, artists, and trade in works of art. Besides
firsthand with artworks, meanwhile deepening their knowledge of the background and context
painting, sculpture, and architecture, the study of Renaissance visual culture is expanded to
of the types of art examined. May be repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of six
include prints and the decorative arts. While the achievements of individual artists are
credits. Prereq: Junior standing and at least one course in Art History and Visual Studies.
considered, focus is placed on the values and motives of the patrons as well as the purposes
and functions of art works. Prereq: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor.
University of Kentucky 2015-2016 Undergraduate Bulletin 346
KEY: # = new course * = course changed † = course dropped
Course Descriptions
A-H 524 THEORY AND METHODS. (3) A-H 626 THE ARTIST IN SOCIETY: (Subtitle required). (3)
According to the subtitle, the seminar will focus on different theoretical and methodological Art historical study of a topic or period with particular emphasis on artists and the social and
issues pertaining to art and visual studies. May be repeated under a different subtitle to a cultural context of their roles in the production of visual art forms. May be repeated to a
maximum of six credits. Prereq: Junior standing or permission of the instructor. maximum of six credits when identified by a different subtitle. Prereq: Graduate standing.
A-H 525 STUDIES IN GENRES AND MEDIA (Subtitle required). (3) A-H 627 INTERDISCIPLINARY PROBLEMS: (Subtitle required). (3)
Study of a particular genre (type of subject, such as still life) or a particular medium (type of Seminar that focuses on the artistic and other visual production of a period, geographical
object, such as the icon) in the history of art. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits when location, theme, or medium with an emphasis on its interdisciplinary connections. Depending
identified by a different subtitle. Prereq: Junior standing. on the topic, readings and research may engage with a wide variety of disciplines, for example,
literature, music, theater, history, political science, philosophy, classics, anthropology, etc.
A-H 526 ART AND THE ARTIST IN SOCIETY (Subtitle required). (3) May be repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Graduate status
Art historical study of a topic or period with particular emphasis on artists and the social and or permission of the instructor.
cultural context of their roles in the production of visual art forms. May be repeated to a
maximum of 6 credits when identified by a different subtitle. Prereq: Junior standing. A-H 628 ART HISTORY AND VISUAL STUDIES TOPICAL SEMINAR:
(Subtitle required). (3)
A-H 527 INTERDISCIPLINARY APPROACHES (Subtitle required). (3) In-depth study of works of art and visual culture, the study of a specific period, geographic
Study of artistic and other visual production of a period, geographical location, theme, or location, medium or theme, or the study of ideas and/or institutions related to the use of art
medium, with emphasis on its interdisciplinary connections. Depending on the topic, readings and other forms of visual expression in society. May be repeated under a different subtitle to
and research may engage with a wide variety of disciplines, for example, literature, music, a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Graduate status or permission of the instructor.
theater, history, political science, philosophy, classics, anthropology, etc. May be repeated
under a different subtitle to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Junior standing or permission A-H 629 ART HISTORY TOPICAL SEMINAR IN ARCHITECTURAL
of instructor. OR DESIGN HISTORY (Subtitle required). (3)
According to subtitles, seminar will focus on developments, problems or issues in architectural
A-H 528 TOPICAL SEMINAR IN ART HISTORY AND VISUAL STUDIES or design history. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when identified by different
(Subtitle required). (3) subtitles. Prereq: Graduate standing.
An in-depth study of works of art and visual culture, the study of a specific period, geographic
location, medium, or theme, or the study of ideas and/or institutions related to the use of art A-H 655 ADVANCED RESEARCH METHODS
and other forms of visual expression in society. May be repeated under a different subtitle to IN ART HISTORY AND VISUAL STUDIES. (3)
a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Junior standing. This course practices research methods used by scholars in art history, visual studies, and
related fields. In addition to becoming familiar with a selection of methodological approaches
A-H 529 TOPICAL SEMINAR IN ARCHITECTURAL OR DESIGN HISTORY to the study of art and images, graduate students will refine the practical skills to conduct and
(Subtitle required). (3) present their own research. Prereq: Graduate status in SAVS.
According to subtitles, seminar will focus on developments, problems, or issues in architectural
or design history. Subtitle required. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when identified #A-H 738 MASTER’S PORTFOLIO PREPARATION. (1-3)
by different subtitles. Prereq: Junior standing. Plan B candidates for the M.A. in Art History may use this course number to execute and receive
credit for a plan of preparation for the M.A. non-Thesis Portfolio. College of Fine Arts Learning
A-H 555 METHODS IN ART HISTORY AND VISUAL STUDIES. (3) Contract required.
A seminar that reviews basic research methods used by scholars in art history, visual studies,
and related fields. In addition to becoming familiar with a range of methodological approaches A-H 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0)
to the study of objects, environments, and images, students develop and refine the practical Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq:
skills needed to conduct and present their research. Prereq: Junior status and at least two courses All course work toward the degree must be completed.
in Art History and Visual Studies at the 300-level, or permission of the instructor.
A-H 768 THESIS FORMULATION
A-H 592 AESTHETICS. (3) AND PREPARATION IN ART HISTORY. (3)
Problems of method in aesthetics; major types of aesthetic theory. Aesthetic materials of the Independent study for art history graduate students to formulate and prepare master’s thesis
arts, in literature, music, and the space arts. Form and types of form. Meaning in the arts. under the direction of their thesis advisor. A formal learning contract between student and thesis
Interrelations of the arts. (Same as PHI 592.) advisor is required. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Art history graduate
student completing thesis option (Option A).
A-H 598 COORDINATE STUDY IN ART HISTORY AND VISUAL STUDIES. (3)
Course number for those students wishing to do advanced work on a special subject in A-H 780 INDEPENDENT WORK: ART HISTORY. (1-3)
conjunction with a regularly scheduled 300-level course in Art History and Visual Studies not Supervised and sustained individual research and interpretation in the history of art leading to
previously taken by the student. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Two the discovery and demonstration of new knowledge. A formal learning contract between
courses in Art History and Visual Studies or permission of the instructor. student and supervising faculty member required. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
Prereq: Graduate standing in the department, 18 credits in art history and consent of instructor.
A-H 599 EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION
IN ART HISTORY AND VISUAL STUDIES. (1-9)
Internship with a university, community, state, regional or national organization that provides
practical work experience related to art history and/or visual studies. The internship is identified A-S Art Studio
by the student, conducted under the supervision of the on-site supervisor, and evaluated by
a faculty advisor. Students must file a learning contract with the College of Fine Arts to register A-S 001 FOUNDATION EXHIBITION. (0)
for the course. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Two art history courses An annual exhibition where all first-year Foundation students will select and exhibit one of their
at the 500-level, or graduate status, or permission of the instructor. works created in a course at UK during their first year. Students will be required to select their
own work, present it professionally, and provide an accompanying artist’s statement. The
†A-H 603 THE ART OBJECT: (Subtitle required). exhibition will occur each spring semester. Grade: P or F. Prereq or concur: A-S 101, A-S 102
and A-S 130.
A-H 604 PRACTICAL PROBLEMS IN ART HISTORY:
(Subtitle required). (3) A-S 101 CREATIVITY PRACTICES IN ART STUDIO. (1)
A seminar that examines art from a practical perspective. It introduces various disciplines that This seminar course for incoming Art Studio and Art Education majors is designed to develop
relate to the understanding of art, such as materials, formats, handling, display, storage, creative strategies and orient students to the Department and University. Through discussion,
conservation, and connoisseurship. Students engage firsthand with artworks, meanwhile in-class exercises, and out-of-class assignments, students will gain knowledge of arts-related
deepening their knowledge of the background and context of the types of art examined. May resources and programming at UK and in the local community. Students will acquire skills for
be repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Graduate status or a sustained career in the visual arts, including an introduction to professional practices and
permission of the instructor. portfolio development. Art Studio and Art Education Majors only; no prerequisites.
A-H 624 THEORY AND METHODS: (Subtitle required). (3) A-S 102 TWO-DIMENSIONAL SURFACE. (3)
According to the subtitle, the seminar will focus on different theoretical and methodological A broad, cross-disciplinary studio course exploring design elements and principles as the basic
issues pertaining to art and visual studies. May be repeated under a different subtitle to a means of organizing two-dimensional space. Each student develops the ability to form
maximum of six credits. Prereq: Graduate status or permission of the instructor. strategies, concepts and ideas to enhance creativity and articulate personal expression.
A-H 625 PROBLEMS IN GENRES AND MEDIA: (Subtitle required). (3) A-S 103 THREE-DIMENSIONAL FORM. (3)
Study of a particular genre (type of subject), such as still life) or a particular medium (type A broad, cross-disciplinary studio course exploring the elements and principles of designing
of object, such as the icon) in the history of art. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits in the round. Basic concepts involving three-dimensional design in visual art will be explored
when identified by a different subtitle. Prereq: Graduate standing. through discussion and the creation of spatial forms. Special emphasis will be given to the
creative process in problem solving.
A-S 130 DRAWING. (3) May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 102
A broad, cross-disciplinary studio course exploring the visual language of drawing through or consent of instructor.
observation. Students learn the mechanisms of visual perception, how individual components
of a drawing relate to the organization of the composition as a whole. Each student develops A-S 331 EXPLORATION OF HUMAN FORM. (3)
not only observational skills rooted in traditional drawing media for realistic renderings, but Students strengthen drawing skills through observation and in experimentation with process
also gradually builds strategies, concepts, and ideas for abstract expression. and strategy. Students gain a better understanding of design and composition in relationship
to overall outcome of drawing and explore a range of drawing materials. Prereq: A-S 102 and
A-S 200 INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL ART, SPACE AND TIME. (3) A-S 130.
This course provides fundamental instruction in digital media as a creative tool. Students will
learn the basics of digital collage, video editing and sound design. An overview of historical and A-S 340 INTRODUCTION TO GRAPHIC DESIGN, MEANING AND IMAGE. (3)
contemporary digital art practice will be presented as well as elements of designs and An introductory digital-media studio course in graphic design. Emphasis will be placed on the
composition. Four studio hours and one 50-minute lecture per week. study of typography, illustration, and layout design, as well as the social, political, and
historical impact of graphic design. Technical and theoretical issues pertinent to the field will
A-S 201 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES IN ART STUDIO. (1) be presented.
This course is designed to assist Art Studio and Art Education majors in developing practical
skills needed to create a successful, professional practice in the visual arts. Students are required A-S 341 GRAPHIC DESIGN: LAYOUT. (3)
to prepare a portfolio emphasizing written, oral, and visual presentation and documentation Students prepare professional quality assignments in lettering, pictogram systems, logos, and
skills. The course will include developing resumes, artist and biographical statements, corporate identity design, line art, and cartoons for advertising illustration, as well as solutions
community engagement, networking, and locating exhibition opportunities. Art Studio and Art for posters, billboards, folders, storyboards, and cover illustration. Nine studio hours per week.
Education majors only. Prereq: A-S 101, A-S 102, A-S 103, A-S 130, and A-S 200; or consent Prereq: A-S 340 (with a grade of B or better) and Portfolio Review.
of instructor. A-S 345 WEB DESIGN. (3)
A-S 245 INTRODUCTION TO WEB DESIGN. (3) An intermediate level course designed to prepare students to create web pages. Emphasis is
An introductory level course designed to prepare students to create web pages. Emphasis is on creating functional and aesthetic web content within the current design parameters of the
on creating functional and aesthetic web content within the current design parameters of the internet. Navigation strategies, directory structures and familiarity with networks is stressed.
Internet. Navigation strategies, directory structures and familiarity with networks is stressed. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 200 or consent of instructor.
Nine studio hours per week. A-S 346 DIGITAL VIDEO. (3)
A-S 270 CERAMICS FOR NON-MAJORS. (3) An intermediate level course in which students learn advanced video compositing methods,
This is a studio course that explores the arts and creativity through the discipline of ceramics. image control and key effects in the digital world specific to the Final Cut Pro or like
An overview of historical and contemporary ceramic art practices will be presented as well as environments. Basic and advanced titling and graphic animation are explored as well as
the basics of design and composition. Using hand building and wheel throwing techniques, storyboarding, sound design and title effects. This course explores various video editing styles.
students will explore the sculptural and functional potential of clay as an object-making media. Work is collaborative and individual. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 200 or consent
No prerequisites. of instructor.
A-S 280 INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHIC LITERACY. (3) A-S 347 MULTIMEDIA (Subtitle required). (3)
Students are introduced to photography, through both the study of its history and the practice An intermediate level course that allows students to explore a variety of programming
of making photographs. The historical portion will focus on both photographic literacy and environments. Programming topics may include video, audio and/or still images with net based
aesthetics. The practice will take students through various styles, genres and technical aspects or physical installation based output. This class builds on students’ previous experiences with
of the medium. digital media production and introduces programming to their tool pallet. Fundamentals of
computer programming are presented, supplemented by historical readings and discussions
A-S 300 DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY. (3) of art theory dealing with the use of digital technologies in artistic context. Nine studio hours
A-S 300 is an introductory course in digital photography as a creative tool. The primary per week. May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours when identified under a different
emphasis is the practice of photography as fine art. This course also provides a thorough subtitle. Prereq: A-S 200 or consent of instructor.
background in basic techniques that students may apply to any photographic discipline as well
as historical and theoretical approaches to photography. Students receive technical instruction A-S 348 CIRCUITS & BITS: INTRODUCTION TO HARDWARE
in the DSLR camera, lens choice, exposure controls, digital workflow, processing of digital files, AND SOFTWARE TOPICS IN ARTS. (3)
output and presentation. Students must have a DSLR camera. Studio 9 hours per week. A broad, cross-disciplinary, intermedia studio course designed to teach students custom
software creation and electronics fabrication in an art environment. Technical information is
A-S 305 STUDIO LIGHTING. (3) presented in conjunction with art historical and theoretical issues. Students will be introduced
A-S 305, Studio Lighting is an introductory course in lighting control in photography. This to a skill-set needed to create interactive artworks. Prereq: A-S 200, or junior standing (or above)
course provides a thorough background in basic techniques that students may apply to any in the College of Design, or consent of the instructor.
discipline, with its primary emphasis upon the practice of the medium as a fine art. Students
will receive technical instruction in types of lighting, exposure controls, lighting styles and *A-S 350 FIBER I. (3)
working in a photographic lighting studio. Prereq: A-S 300 or consent of instructor. Introductory studio experience to the design and fabrication of woven and non-woven fiber
art in two or three dimensions; emphasis on color, structure and related aesthetic values. Nine
A-S 310 PAINTING I. (3) studio hours per week. May be repeatable up to six credit hours when identified under a different
Concentrated painting experience stressing enlargement of formal understanding and personal subtitle. Prereq: A-S 102 or A-S 103 or consent of instructor.
expression. Prereq: A-S 102 and A-S 130.
*A-S 351 FIBER II. (3)
A-S 311 PAINTING II. (3) Continuation of A-S 350, emphasis on developing perceptual and technical skills toward
A continuation of A-S 310. Prereq: A-S 310 and consent of the instructor. increasing aesthetic involvement in two or three dimensions with woven and non-woven fiber
and fabric. Nine studio hours per week. May be repeatable up to six credit hours when identified
A-S 320 PRINTMEDIA: SCREENPRINT/RELIEF. (3) under a different subtitle. Prereq: A-S 350 or consent of instructor.
Students will learn the skills necessary to create screen and relief prints. Curriculum will focus
on building a working knowledge of how both analog and digital stencils can be used to create *A-S 355 INTRODUCTION TO SCULPTURE. (3)
editionable images. Undertaking several projects in each medium students will explore the use Emphasis is placed on learning diverse 3D techniques, tools and materials as students create
of printmaking as both a fine art and graphic medium. Prereq: A-S 130 or consent of instructor. sculptures dealing with movement, emotions, narrative and non-objective/abstract subject
matters. Sculptural concepts are explored through individual research, critical discussions and
A-S 321 PRINTMEDIA: INTAGLIO/LITHOGRAPHY. (3) art production. Students experiment with mixed-media, and surface finishing. Prereq: A-S 103.
Students will learn the skills necessary to create Lithography and Intaglio prints. Curriculum
will focus on building a working knowledge of how both analog and digital stencils can be used *A-S 360 INTRODUCTION TO HOT METALS: FABRICATION. (3)
to create edition able images. Undertaking several projects in each medium students will explore Art Studio 360 is an introductory course in metal working skills, techniques and processes for
the use of printmaking as both a fine art and graphic medium. Prereq: A-S 130 or consent of producing sculptural forms based on traditional and contemporary ideas. Primary emphasis
instructor. is placed on metal shop orientation: fabrication, forging and non-traditional materials and
surfaces. Sculptural concepts are explored through individual research, critical discussions and
A-S 322 SCREEN PRINTING. (3) art production. Prereq: A-S 103 or consent of instructor.
Intensive studio experience in serigraph printmaking processes and history relevant to
contemporary practices in the medium. Six studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 320. *A-S 361 INTRODUCTION TO HOT METALS: CASTING. (3)
Art Studio 361 is an introductory course in metal working skills, techniques and processes for
A-S 330 INTERMEDIATE DRAWING. (3) producing sculptural forms based on traditional and contemporary ideas. Primary emphasis
Continued studio experience in two-dimensional representation and abstraction using a variety is placed on metal shop orientation: casting and non-traditional materials and surfaces.
of drawing materials and processes. When offered in the fall, emphasis will be on the human Sculptural concepts are explored through individual research, critical discussions and art
figure. When offered in the spring, course content will cover a broad range of traditional and production. Prereq: A-S 103 or consent of instructor.
experimental subjects including landscape, still lifes, collage, and mixing words with images.
A-S 370 CERAMICS I. (3) A-S 480 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES IN PHOTOGRAPHY. (3)
Introductory studio experience to a variety of ceramic materials and processes. Nine studio A-S 480 is a seminar style class that looks at the business side of photography. Through this
hours per week. Prereq: A-S 103 or consent of instructor. class students will look at different careers and business practices in the photography world.
Students will work through exercises in goal setting, financial management, networking,
A-S 371 CERAMICS II. (3) branding, portfolio design and much more. This class is broad enough for students to feel
A continuation of A-S 370. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 370 or consent of prepared to enter numerous photographic fields after graduation. Prereq: Any two photogra-
instructor. phy 300 level or above classes.
A-S 380 BLACK & WHITE DARKROOM PHOTOGRAPHY. (3) A-S 490 SENIOR SEMINAR. (1)
A-S 380 is an introductory course in photography. Although it provides a thorough background Readings and discussions in art. Selection, preparation, and presentation of senior exhibitions
in basic techniques that students may apply to any discipline, its primary emphasis is upon and portfolios. To be taken during the student’s final semester of study. Two lecture hours
the practice of the medium as a fine art. Students receive technical instruction in camera and per week. Prereq: Senior standing in Department of Art.
lens construction, exposure controls, processing of black and white negatives and prints, and
presentation. Studio, nine hours per week. A-S 510 PAINTING III. (3)
Supervised individual development in painting. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 311
A-S 381 ADVANCED BLACK & WHITE DARKROOM PHOTOGRAPHY. (3) or consent of instructor.
A-S 381 is a continuation of A-S 380. The emphasis is upon refining visual perception and basic
photographic skills with an introduction to some of the more advanced techniques of black and A-S 511 PAINTING IV. (3)
white photography. Students receive technical instruction in the Zone System, archival Continuation of A-S 510; emphasis on professional awareness and development. May be
processing, toning, and presentation. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq: A-S 380 or consent repeated to a maximum of six credits. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 510 or consent
of instructor. of instructor.
A-S 384 COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY I. (3) A-S 520 PRINTMEDIA: TOPICS (Subtitle required). (3)
A-S 384 is an introductory course in color photography. The emphasis is upon the unique This course will explore and discuss contemporary and future directions in print media.
qualities of color photography relating to visual perception. Students receive technical Students will combine traditional, digital, and post-digital matrices to create works that merge
instruction in negative and transparency film development and printing. Studio, nine hours per print with installation, design, animation, book-arts, or other mixed-media methods. Prereq:
week. Prereq: A-S 380 or consent of instructor. A-S 320 or A-S 321 or consent of instructor.
A-S 385 DIGITAL METHODS FOR PHOTOGRAPHY. (3) A-S 521 PRINTMEDIA: CONTEMPORARY PRACTICES. (3)
An intermediate level course designed to help students integrate traditional silver-based Students will utilize knowledge from previous print courses to develop specific projects and
photography processes with new digital computer imaging tools such as Adobe Photoshop research that develops a professional body of work and studio practice. Prereq: A-S 520 or
or like program. Students are required to produce original photographic imagery for use in consent of instructor.
creating digital artwork output to printed material with inkjet printers. Advanced methods of
input and output calibration, as well as advanced methods of image manipulation, are covered. A-S 530 ADVANCED DRAWING. (3)
Emphasis is placed on the aesthetics and ethics of digital photographic art and creating Supervised individual development in drawing. When offered in the Fall, emphasis will be on
meaningful and effective images. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 200 and A-S 380 the human figure. When offered in the Spring, students may select from a broad range of
or A-S 300 or permission of instructor. traditional and experimental subjects. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Nine studio
hours per week. Prereq: A-S 330 or consent of instructor.
A-S 386 NONSILVER PHOTOGRAPHY I. (3)
A-S 386 is an introductory course in nonsilver photography. The emphasis is upon the unique A-S 540 GRAPHIC DESIGN: PUBLICATION DESIGN. (3)
qualities of nonsilver photography relating to visual perception. Students receive technical Students develop innovative concepts in advertising layout and design through brochures,
instruction in the use of orthochromatic films, half-tone separations, cyanotypes, Van Dyke direct mailers, magazine and newspaper ads. Contemporary techniques in design and
brown prints, and gum-bichromate prints. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq: A-S 380 or production emphasized. Printing techniques, and paper selection introduced as design
consent of instructor. elements. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 341 (with a grade of B or better) and Portfolio
Review.
#A-S 387 TOPICS IN PHOTOGRAPHY (Subtitle required). (3)
An intermediate level course that allows students to explore a variety of lens based or A-S 541 GRAPHIC DESIGN: ADVANCED DESIGN. (3)
photographic artistic topics. This class builds on students’ previous experiences with Provides an opportunity for the advanced study of artistic and technical solutions for graphic
photographic media. The class is supplemented by historical readings and discussion of art design problems. Prospecting for employment, working conditions, avenues for advancement,
theory dealing with the use of photographic technology in an artistic context. Six studio hours pricing work, and the legal responsibilities of the artist-designer to the client-agency discussed.
per week. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credit hours when identified under a different Students conclude this course with the presentation of a portfolio demonstrating their ability
subtitle. Prereq: Will be designated with subtitle or consent of instructor. to do quality work which meets the highest professional standards. Nine studio hours per week.
Prereq: A-S 540 (with a grade of B or better) and Portfolio Review.
A-S 390 TOPICAL STUDIES (Subtitle required). (3)
Studio investigation of art forms, processes, and topics not specially treated in the regular studio A-S 546 INTERMEDIA STUDIO (Subtitle required). (3)
course of study. Topics announced in schedule book for each semester. Nine studio hours per An advanced course focusing on a specific area of Intermedia art production, i.e. video,
week. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits when identified by different course subtitles. installation, robotics, or digital techniques, emphasizing personal development of theoretical
Prereq: To be specified as appropriate when topic is identified. and skill-based foundation. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when identified by
the same subtitle and nine credits when identified by different subtitles. Nine studio hours per
A-S 395 INDEPENDENT WORK: ART STUDIO. (1-3) week. Prereq: A-S 200 and either A-S 346 or A-S 347 or consent of instructor, or graduate
Supervised individual work in Art Studio. A learning contract will be submitted both to the enrollment.
department and the office of the dean at the time of registration. May be repeated to a maximum
of nine credits. Prereq: Art major, senior standing, grade-point average of 3.0 within the #A-S 547 ADVANCED DIGITAL PROJECTS. (3)
department and consent of instructor. An advanced course that allows digital media students to propose and create large-scale, in-
depth projects such as short films, video installations, a complete animation, web-based
A-S 396 WORKSHOP (Subtitle required). (1-6) research projects, etc. that require time and focus to produce. Independently driven projects
Workshops in a variety of media dealing with supervised investigation of Art-Studio problems. will be developed in the classroom setting. 3 credit hours, may be repeated up to 9 hours. Prereq:
Studio, 3-18 hours per week. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits when identified Consent of instructor.
by different subtitles. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
A-S 550 FIBER III. (3)
A-S 398 COORDINATED STUDIES IN ART STUDIO. (3) Supervised individual development in fiber. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 351 or
Supervised independent study in conjunction with regularly scheduled upper-division classes. consent of instructor.
Coordinate study credits may not be attached to any upper-division course in which the student
is concurrently enrolled. Studio, nine hours per week. May be repeated to a maximum of nine A-S 551 FIBER IV. (3)
credits. Prereq: Art major, junior standing or above, grade-point average of 3.0 in the Continuation of A-S 550; emphasis on professional awareness and development. May be
department. repeated to a maximum of six credits. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 550 or consent
of instructor.
A-S 399 EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION. (1-15)
Off-campus studio experience outside the academic environment leading to significant *A-S 560 ADVANCED HOT METALS: FABRICATION. (3)
professional growth. A formal learning contract among student, field supervisor and the Art Studio 560 is an advanced level course, continuing metal working skills, techniques and
department. Studio hours per week by arrangement. May be repeated to a maximum of 15 processes for producing sculptural forms based on traditional and contemporary ideas. Primary
credits. Prereq: Upper division standing; written statement of objective, recommendation of emphasis is placed on metal shop orientation: fabrication, forging and non-traditional materials
a studio faculty member and the approval of the department chairperson and the Office of and surfaces. Sculptural concepts are explored through individual research, critical discussions
Experiential Education. and art production. Prereq: A-S 360 or consent of instructor.
*A-S 561 ADVANCE HOT METALS: CASTING. (3) its identification, definition, and further development in the context of major directions in the
Art Studio 561 is an advance course in metal working skills, techniques and processes for fiber arts. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq:
production sculpture forms based on traditional and contemporary ideas. Primary emphasis 12 credits in upper division studio work and consent of instructor.
is placed on metal shop orientation: casting and non-traditional materials and surfaces.
Sculptural concepts are explored through individual research, critical discussions and art A-S 651 FIBER VI. (3)
production. Prereq: A-S 361 or consent of instructor. Continued advanced studio investigation of current ideas in the fiber arts. Increased concen-
tration on technical and aesthetic development, professional readings, and group discussion.
A-S 570 CERAMICS III. (3) May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq: A-S 650.
Supervised individual development in ceramics. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 371
or consent of instructor. A-S 660 SCULPTURE V. (3)
In this supervised studio course in graduate sculpture, emphasis will be placed on personal
A-S 571 CERAMICS IV. (3) style, its identification, definition, and further development in the context of modern sculpture.
Continuation of A-S 570; emphasis on professional awareness and development. May be May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq: 12 credits
repeated to a maximum of six credits. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq: A-S 570 or consent in upper division studio work and consent of instructor.
of instructor.
A-S 661 SCULPTURE VI. (3)
A-S 580 PHOTOGRAPHY PROJECTS I. (3) Continued advanced studio investigation of current ideas in sculpture. Increased concentration
A-S 580 is a photography based project course. The emphasis of this course is on the expansion on technical and aesthetic development, professional readings, and group discussion. May be
of photographic techniques, self-expression, and long-term project development. Prereq: Any repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq: A-S 660.
of the following: A-S 381, A-S 384, A-S 385, A-S 386, A-S 305 or consent of instructor.
A-S 670 CERAMICS V. (3)
A-S 581 PHOTOGRAPHY PROJECTS II. (3) In this supervised studio course in graduate ceramics, emphasis will be placed on personal style,
A-S 581 is a continuation of A-S 580. The emphasis of this course is advanced exploration and its identification, definition, and further development in the context of direction in modern
experimentation of photographic techniques, self-expression, and long-term project develop- ceramics. Studio, nine hours per week. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq:
ment in preparation for student’s future success in independent research. May be repeated to 12 credits in upper division studio work and consent of instructor.
a maximum of six credits. Prereq: A-S 580 or consent of instructor.
A-S 671 CERAMICS VI. (3)
A-S 584 COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY II. (3) Continued advanced studio investigation of current ideas in ceramics, increased concentration
A-S 584 is a continuation of A-S 384. The emphasis is upon advanced color photographic on technical and aesthetic development, professional readings, and group discussions. Studio,
processes and continued acquisition of skills for self-expression through the medium. May be nine hours per week. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: A-S 670.
repeated to a maximum of six credits. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq: A-S 384 or consent
of instructor. A-S 680 PHOTOGRAPHY V. (3)
A-S 680 is a continuation of A-S 581. In this supervised studio course in graduate photography,
A-S 586 NONSILVER PHOTOGRAPHY II. (3) emphasis will be placed on personal style, its identification, definition, and further develop-
A-S 586 is a continuation of A-S 386. The emphasis is upon advanced nonsilver photographic ment in the context of major directions in photography. May be repeated to a maximum of nine
processes and continued acquisition of skills for self-expression through the various media. credits. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq: A-S 581 and consent of instructor.
May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq: A-S 386
or consent of instructor. A-S 681 PHOTOGRAPHY VI. (3)
A-S 681 is a continuation of A-S 680. The emphasis will be upon continued advanced studio
#A-S 587 ADVANCED TOPICS IN PHOTOGRAPHY (Subtitle required). (3) investigation of current ideas in photography with increased concentration on technical and
An advanced course focusing on a specific area or topic of lens based or photographic arts aesthetic development, professional readings, and group discussion. May be repeated to a
emphasizing personal development of theoretical, conceptual and technical skills. Six studio maximum of nine credits. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq: A-S 680 and consent of
hours per week. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credit hours when identified under a instructor.
different subtitle. Prereq: Will be designated with subtitle or consent of instructor.
#A-S 687 GRADUATE TOPICS IN PHOTOGRAPHY (Subtitle Required). (3)
A-S 596 WORKSHOP. (1-6) A studio course specially designed for graduate students emphasizing sustained individual,
Workshops in a variety of media dealing with supervised investigation of advanced art studio technical and theoretical work in a specified topical area of lens based or photographic arts.
problems. Prereq: Consent of instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits when identified under a different subtitle. Six
studio hours. Prereq: Graduate standing.
A-S 610 PAINTING V. (3)
Advanced studio investigation of current ideas in painting. Exploration of contemporary and A-S 710 PROBLEMS IN PAINTING. (3)
traditional procedures, materials, and issues in a context of a group discussion and review. May Sustained individual projects focusing on problems and experimental work in the technical and
be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Graduate standing in the department and theoretical aspects of painting. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, nine
approval of the instructor. hours per week. Prereq: Twelve credits in upper division studio work and consent of instructor.
A-S 611 PAINTING VI. (3) A-S 720 PROBLEMS IN PRINTMAKING. (3)
Continued studio investigation of current ideas in painting, with increased concentration on Sustained individual projects focusing on problems and experimental work in the technical and
critical group discussions of student work and readings in contemporary art. May be repeated theoretical aspects of printmaking. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, nine
to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, nine hours. Prereq: A-S 610 and consent of instructor. hours per week. Prereq: Twelve credits in upper division studio work and consent of instructor.
A-S 620 PRINTMAKING V. (3) A-S 730 PROBLEMS IN DRAWING. (3)
Advanced studio investigation of current ideas in printmaking. Exploration of contemporary Sustained individual projects focusing on problems and experimental work in the technical and
and traditional procedures, materials, and issues. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. theoretical aspects of drawing. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, nine hours
Studio, nine hours. Prereq: Graduate standing in the department and consent of the instructor. per week. Prereq: Twelve credits in upper division studio work and consent of instructor.
A-S 621 PRINTMAKING VI. (3) A-S 740 PROBLEMS IN FIBER. (3)
Continued advanced studio investigation of current ideas in printmaking. Increased concentra- Sustained individual problems and experimental work in the technical and theoretical problems
tion of technical and aesthetic development in preparation for entry into the professional of fiber. May be repeated two times to a maximum of nine credits. Nine studio hours per week.
environment. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, nine hours. Prereq: A- Prereq: Twelve credits in upper division studio work and consent of instructor.
S 620.
A-S 750 PROBLEMS IN SCULPTURE. (3)
A-S 630 GRADUATE DRAWING. (3) Sustained individual problems and experimental work in the technical and theoretical problems
Supervised studio course in graduate-level drawing and mixed media works on paper or other of sculpture. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Nine studio hours per week. Prereq:
two-dimensional surfaces. Emphasis will be placed on personal style, its identification, 12 credits in upper division studio work and consent of instructor.
definition and further development in the context of contemporary drawing. May be repeated
to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq: Twelve credits in upper A-S 767 M.F.A. STUDIO THESIS PROJECT. (1-6)
division studio work and consent of instructor. Independent research and preparation for the M.F.A. thesis exhibition. For the student working
in a highly technical medium or process, the preparation of a correlated written thesis under
A-S 646 ADVANCED INTERMEDIA STUDIO (Subtitle required). (3) close guidance will be the outcome. The student will be expected to know the standard forms
A studio course specially designed for graduate students emphasizing sustained individual, for photographic records and the preparation of a professional portfolio. May be repeated to
technical and theoretical work in the area of Intermedia. May be repeated to a maximum of nine a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Normally taken during final semester for graduate study.
credits when identified by the same subtitle. Nine studio hours. Prereq: A-S 200 and either A-
S 346 or A-S 347 or consent of instructor, or graduate enrollment. A-S 770 PROBLEMS IN CERAMICS. (3)
Sustained individual problems and experimental work in the technical and theoretical problems
A-S 650 FIBER V. (3) of ceramics. May be repeated two times for a maximum of nine credits. Nine studio hours per
In this supervised graduate studio course in fiber, emphasis will be placed on personal style, week. Prereq: 12 credits in upper division studio work and consent of instructor.
A-S 777 PROBLEMS IN INTERMEDIA. (3) #AAD 300 MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING FOR THE ARTS. (3)
A studio course specially designed for independent graduate research emphasizing individual, Arts organizations are inherently collaborative. Arts administration students need to under-
technical and theoretical work in the area of Intermedia. May be repeated to a maximum of nine stand the concepts and theories of leadership, management and followership in order to
credits. Studio, nine hours per week. Prereq: Twelve credits in upper division studio work and contribute effectively in the ever-changing and adaptive environment of arts organizations.
consent of instructor. AAD 300: Management and Planning for the Arts will explore the principles of arts
management, management theory and practice, organizational structure, organizational culture
A-S 779 PROBLEMS IN PHOTOGRAPHY. (3) and communication, decision-making and accountability, human resource management and
A-S 779 emphasizes sustained individual problems and experimental work in the technical and volunteer administration, and ethics and social responsibility. Additionally, students will
theoretical problems of photography. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, study the various approaches to conducting strategic planning, using SWOT analysis, as well
nine hours per week. Prereq: Twelve credits in upper division studio work and consent of as identification of strategic issues and the formulation of strategic plans. Prereq: AAD 150
instructor. and AAD 200.
A-S 780 PROBLEMS IN DESIGN. (3) *AAD 310 MARKETING FOR THE ARTS. (3)
Sustained individual problems and experimental work in the technical and theoretical problems Connecting and communicating with current and prospective arts audiences is essential for
of design. May be repeated two times for a maximum of nine credits. Nine studio hours per ensuring a strong future for the arts. AAD 310: Marketing for the Arts offers an overview of
week. Prereq: 12 credits in upper division studio work and consent of instructor. marketing, advertising, and promotion for visual and performing arts institutions. Students will
A-S 793 GRADUATE STUDIO SEMINAR. (3) learn practical strategies and solutions for building audiences for the arts through market
A studio seminar for graduate students in the studio area, in all areas of concentration. Lectures, research, marketing principles, and communication techniques. Topics include audience
discussion and criticism will focus on current formal and theoretical problems in the arts. development, market segmentation, positioning strategies, marketing plans, media coverage,
Emphasis will be placed on the integration of concepts and practices arising in the different and promotion techniques. Prereq: Completion of AAD 200, AAD 250, CIS/WRD 111 or CIS/
fields in the visual arts with critical discourse through monthly group critiques. Required of WRD 112, or consent of instructor.
M.F.A. candidates every Fall semester of their residency. May be repeated to a total of 12 *AAD 320 FUNDRAISING FOR THE ARTS. (3)
credits. Prereq: Graduate standing in the department. In the United States, a significant amount of nonprofit arts organizations’ income comes from
A-S 795 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH. (1-3) unearned revenue through fundraising. Without substantial knowledge and skills specific to
Advanced studio investigation of art forms, processes, and topics not specially treated in the fundraising in the nonprofit sector, arts organizations may not be able to sustain themselves
regular curriculum. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Studio, three hours per week long-term. This course prepares students to understand the function of fundraising in arts
per credit. Prereq: Twelve credits in upper division studio work and consent of instructor. organizations and helps them pursue careers in fundraising and development within the
nonprofit arts sector. Furthermore, this course will guide students through the key theories,
principles, processes, and programs of fundraising. Prereq: Completion of AAD 200, AAD
250, CIS/WRD 111 or CIS/WRD 112, or consent of instructor.
AAD Arts Administration
*AAD 350 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT FOR ARTS ORGANIZATIONS I. (3)
Financial management is a core function within the management of cultural and arts organiza-
†AAD 101 ARTS ADMINISTRATION PROFESSIONS. tions. It is the foundation upon which the resources (human, physical and financial) of any
organization are maintained and monitored. In the nonprofit sector, the relationship of “mission
*AAD 150 EXPLORING ARTS ADMINISTRATION. (3) to money” is an important conceptual framework, and must be understood by arts managers.
Exploring Arts Administration introduces the field of arts administration to students interested Financial analysis is an essential requisite for sound strategic planning and governance, and
in investigating the connections between art, artists, and audiences through participation in managers of nonprofit arts organizations are the source of financial information. AAD 350:
class discussions, engagement with guest lectures, and attendance of arts events. The questions Financial Management for Arts Organizations I is the first of two courses that will guide
that drive this inquiring include: What is the work of the arts in society? What intellectual inquiry students through the key conceptual areas of financial management. Part I includes understand-
will guide me within the profession? What are the organizational structures that present the ing the basic principles of accounting, legal reporting requirements, reading financial statements
arts? And how do I begin to participate within the profession? and interpreting performance measurements. Prereq: Completion of AAD 200, AAD 300 and
*AAD 200 ARTS ADMINISTRATION COMMUNICATIONS. (3) UK Core Quantitative and Statistical requirements or consent of the instructor.
Arts Administration Communications guides students to master the primary writing styles #AAD 370 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT FOR ARTS ORGANIZATIONS II. (3)
and communication skills in the field of arts administration that they will be using throughout Financial management is a core function within the management of cultural and arts organiza-
the remainder of their arts administration courses and into their careers. The course introduces tions. It is the foundation upon which the resources (human, physical, and financial) of any
students to different communication styles and dynamic processes through comprehending organization are maintained and monitored. In the nonprofit sector, the relationship of “mission
concepts and practicing skills in verbal, nonverbal, written, visual, listening, and new media to money” is an important conceptual framework, and must be understood by arts managers.
communications. In addition, internal and external communication systems and styles are Financial analysis is an essential requisite for sound strategic planning and governance, and
emphasized through concepts and practices in interpersonal, team, organizational, and managers of nonprofit arts organizations are the source of financial information. AAD 370:
community communications. Furthermore, communication issues and cultural diversity in Financial Management for Arts Organizations II is the second of the two financial management
communication styles will be explored in this course. Prereq: Completion of CIS 110 or WRD courses that will guide students through the key conceptual areas of financial management. Part
110. II includes creating mission-driven budgets, developing cost-benefit analyses, managing cash
*AAD 250 DIGITAL DESIGN FOR ARTS ADMINISTRATORS I. (3) flow, endowment and capital management, and understanding the use and purpose of economic
Effective visual communication has become vital for business in today’s global market. AAD impact studies. Prereq: AAD 350.
250: Digital Design for Arts Administrations I will explore the powerful graphic and visual #AAD 390 PROGRAMMING AND EVENT PLANNING. (3)
design programs of Adobe Photoshop, InDesign, Illustrator and iMovie. Students will develop Arts programming and events are at the core of all arts and cultural organizations. AAD 390:
an ‘eye’ for design through the exploration of advanced design software, advanced design Programming and Event Planning will prepare students for planning and implementing arts
elements, and peer critiques. Students will demonstrate basic design skills through design programs and events by considering organizational mission and vision; planning processes and
projects for both print and the web. Prereq: Enrollment limited to AAD pre-majors prior to logistics; collaboration and individual responsibilities; marketing and fundraising strategies,
add/drop. budget management; and evaluation. Students will be introduced to relevant programming
theory and research methodologies for planning and evaluating arts programs. Prereq: AAD
*AAD 260 DIGITAL DESIGN FOR ARTS ADMINISTRATORS II. (3) 310 and AAD 320, or consent of instructor.
A successful organization will have a beautiful and creative online presence through the digital
realms of blogging, eNewsletters, and website design. In AAD 260: Digital Design for Arts AAD 399 ARTS ADMINISTRATION PRACTICUM. (1)
Administrators II, students will explore topics such as branding, marketing, color theory, and Under the supervision of a faculty member, students complete on-campus arts administration
digital analytics. Specifically, students will learn the process of designing, building and service projects. At least one of the two projects must be in service to the student’s primary
maintaining a website that meets an organization’s needs. The course will also examine the legal, art discipline’s department or school. Examples of projects might include conducting a
philosophical, societal and technological issues relevant to delivering information in the 21st publicity campaign for an event, working on a fundraiser, producing a publication, conducting
century. Prereq: Completion of AAD 200, AAD 250, CIS/WRD 111 or CIS/WRD 112, or research, updating a website, etc. Pass/fail option only. Learning contract required. Prereq: Arts
consent of the instructor. Administration major or consent of instructor.
#AAD 299 ARTS ADMINISTRATION INTERNSHIP ORIENTATION. (1) AAD 402 TOPICS IN ARTS ADMINISTRATION (Subtitle required). (3)
All students in Arts Administration are required to complete 6 credit hours of internship work. A seminar which covers special topics in arts administration. May be repeated to a maximum
Internships provide an experiential learning opportunity for students to experience real-world of 12 credits when identified by different subtitles. Prereq: Completion of AAD 200, AAD
circumstances in the arts. AAD 299: Arts Administration Internship Orientation is designed 202 and one of the following: CIS 111 or WRD 111, or consent of instructor.
to prepare students for their internship experience. Topics include searching for an internship,
resume and cover letter construction, interviewing skills, and professionalism in the work place. #AAD 410 ARTS ENTREPRENEURSHIP. (3)
Students must complete AAD 299 before they may register for internship hours. Prereq: Beginning at the point of invention, Arts Entrepreneurship will move from the sketch of a shared
Completion of AAD 150, 200, and 250, or consent of instructor. creative idea and create impact upon our community through original arts programming built
upon a shared mission. Driven by the shared belief that creativity is the seed of hope, “Art
in Unlikely Places” connects inspiring artists to those most in need of the transformative AAD 630 MARKETING RESEARCH AND PLANNING
powers of the arts – orphans, prisoners, the ailing, the impoverished, the elderly, and the FOR ARTS ORGANIZATIONS. (3)
distraught, sharing beauty with those whose lives might otherwise be absent of the hope Arts managers are consistently faced with the challenge of connecting arts offerings with an
experienced in the artistic moment. Prereq: Completion of AAD 300, AAD 390 and one or more audience. Understanding the possible markets and developing strategies to reach the desired
of the following: AAD 310 and AAD 320, or consent of instructor. Students enrolled in the audience are part of every arts organization’s primary administrative activities. Throughout
Certificate in Innovation and Entrepreneurial Thinking may enroll without the prerequisite this course, students will explore theories and frameworks crucial to the marketing function
courses. including product development, market research, consumer behavior, brand development,
*AAD 420 ARTS ADMINISTRATION: pricing strategies and promotion techniques. Students will utilize the knowledge to analyze
PRACTICES, POLICIES AND THE LAW. (3) marketing strategies, investigate consumer behavior and conduct primary and secondary
Artists and arts administrators are required to work within current cultural, business and legal marketing research for an arts organization. Prereq: AAD 600.
environments. Thus, students in AAD 420 Arts Administration: Practices, Policies and the *AAD 640 PRINCIPLES OF FUNDRAISING. (3)
Law will discuss cultural policy, management and legal issues that affect the arts, arts Most nonprofit organizations earn more than half of their annual revenue from fundraising
organizations and artists. Topics include cultural policy, funding, advocacy, arts and commu- activities, involving contributions from businesses, foundations, government and individuals.
nity, First Amendment rights, intellectual property, organizational structure, contracts, labor This course will examine how each of these entities are identified, contacted, courted, asked
unions and employee relations. Students will analyze contemporary and historical case studies and ultimately convinced to contribute. Students will learn practical fundraising techniques
to expose the cultural, legal and business issues that frame the arts in today’s society. Prereq: such as how to identify government and foundation granting programs, how to write successful
Completion of AAD 200 and AAD 300, or consent of instructor. grants to those programs, how to identify potential individual donors and solicit their
*AAD 450 ARTS ADMINISTRATION SENIOR SEMINAR. (3) contributions, and how to identify and carry out special events that lead to contributions from
As an advanced seminar course, this course prepares students to enter the job market or pursue a variety of donors. The philosophies and theories that underlie the concept of charitable giving
graduate studies. It builds upon the other courses in the curriculum as well as practicum and will also be examined, as will the ethical considerations inherent in the fundraising process.
internship experiences. During the course, students will work to revise and prepare electronic Prereq: AAD 600, AAD 610, or consent of instructor.
portfolios based on written and graphic materials prepared throughout their degree program. AAD 650 THE ARTS AND THE LAW. (3)
Additionally, students will write and critique cover letters and resumes and prepare for job How does art interact with law? How does law impact artistic creation? How can arts
interviews and negotiations. Prereq: Completion of all pre-major requirements, all 200 level administrators ensure that their organization legally protects itself? Understanding the legal
AAD courses, AAD 300, AAD 310, AAD 320 and AAD 350. The course should be completed environment in which arts organizations exist and artists create empowers arts administrators
in the final year of a student’s BA program. to make sound and reasoned decisions. Throughout this course, students will be exposed to
*AAD 499 INTERNSHIP IN ARTS ADMINISTRATION. (3) a variety of legal topics related to artistic creation and the managing of arts organizations. The
AAD 499: Internship in Arts Administration is designed to provide each student with the course will provide historical and contemporary introduction to the laws and policies, both
opportunity to utilize classroom knowledge in a practical/real-world setting with the support in the United States and internationally, related to intellectual property, First Amendment,
of both an on-site supervisor and a faculty advisor. The internship experience allows students cultural property, human resource management, labor relations, immigration and cultural
to develop skills and knowledge beyond the classroom. May be repeatable for a maximum of exchange, and contract development and enforcement.
12 credit hours. Prereq: Completion of AAD 299. Controlled enrollment; Arts Administration AAD 660 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL ENTREPRENEURIALISM. (3)
Learning Contract is required. Utilizing entrepreneurial concepts, social entrepreneurs use innovative solutions in order to
AAD 520 THE ARTS AND ARTISTS IN SOCIETY. (3) achieve social change. Social entrepreneurialism is a burgeoning field that is garnering attention
The arts and artists have influenced concepts of love, war, religion, race, ethnicity and gender from investors, philanthropists, foundations and nonprofit leaders in order to achieve
and helped societies face problems, celebrate accomplishments, mourn losses, beautify meaningful social returns while maintaining financially viable organizations. This course
environments and drive economies. The course will investigate the intersection of arts and civic introduces students to the field of social entrepreneurship and explores how to start, grow and
life. Through writing research papers, exploring topics including the intrinsic and extrinsic value maintain successful mission-driven cultural ventures.
of the arts, and through analyzing social, economic and political trends, students will learn the #AAD 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ARTS ADMINISTRATION. (1-6)
role of the arts and artists in historical and contemporary society. Prereq: Undergraduate Arts Supervised individual work in Arts Administration. Restricted to majors. A learning contract
Administration students: senior status. with project clearly defined must be approved by supervising faculty member, program
*AAD 540 SEMINAR IN ARTS ADMINISTRATION (Subtitle required). (3) director, and site supervisor (if required). May be taken up to 6 credits. Prereq: Restricted to
A seminar which covers special topics in arts administration. May be repeated to a maximum majors.
of 9 credits when identified by different subtitles. AAD 699 INTERNSHIP IN ARTS ADMINISTRATION. (3)
AAD 600 ARTS ADMINISTRATION TECHNOLOGIES. (3) Students without substantial work experience in the field of Arts Administration are required
From brochures to web sites to video, arts organizations are investing more time and resources to complete three credit hours of internships in order to graduate, and must work at least 50
in effectively communicating with the public. As such, arts administrators must be skilled in hours for each credit hour earned. While students are ultimately responsible for finding and
utilizing current technology to convey messages. In this course, students will learn a variety completing their internships, students do receive ample support and assistance from Program
of software applications that will aid in the successful creation of print materials, web sites, faculty throughout the process. The activities to be carried out during internships must be
video and other multi-media presentations. Additionally, the course will introduce concepts mutually agreed upon by the student, their faculty supervisor and the host organization
of design principles and relevant theories. supervisor. Most internships are completed during the summer between the student’s first and
second year in the program. However, internships can also be completed during spring and fall
AAD 610 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT FOR ARTS ORGANIZATIONS. (3) semesters, or the summer after students have completed their regular course work.
Financial management is a central function of successful arts management. It is the foundation
in which human, physical and financial resources are maintained and monitored. In the nonprofit *AAD 730 MARKETING STRATEGIES AND
sector, the relationship of “mission to money” is a key conceptual framework that must be APPLICATIONS FOR ARTS ORGANIZATIONS. (3)
understood by arts managers. Arts managers are the source of financial information to both Effective implementation of a marketing plan and marketing strategies brings an audience and
internal and external stakeholders and successful financial analysis is essential for sound arts organization together. In AAD 730: Marketing Strategies and Applications for Arts
strategic planning and governance. This course guides students through key topics of financial Organizations, students will learn the components and construction of a strategic integrated
management including accounting practices, interpreting financial statements, creating mis- marketing communications plan. The process will allow students to make reasoned and sound
sion-driven budgets, analyzing cash-flow, developing cost-benefit analyses and managing marketing decisions for an arts organization based on marketing research conducted in AAD
investments. 630: Marketing Research and Planning for Arts Organizations. Additionally, students will
utilize their skills in writing, graphic design, and communications to create effective marketing
AAD 620 MANAGEMENT AND LEADERSHIP IN THE ARTS. (3) messages in a variety of mediums. Prereq: AAD 630.
People are the basis of arts organizations. Understanding the factors that determine individual
actions and interactions, being able to solve problems, capitalize on new opportunities and AAD 740 FUNDRAISING TECHNIQUES. (3)
reach goals is necessary for being a successful leader in a work environment. As such, this course This course will explore how the basic techniques examined in AAD 640 Principles of
focuses on the planned, systematic process in which applied organizational theory and Fundraising are organized into sophisticated annual and capital campaigns. Emphasis will be
behavioral science principles and practices are introduced into organizations, toward the goal placed on goal setting, message development, use of outside consultants, prospect identifica-
of increasing organizational and individual effectiveness. The course prepares students to tion, pre-campaign testing, campaign execution, and donor follow-up. The course will also
organize and motivate people within an arts organization, manage social environments, and cover how these campaigns are supported by planned giving methods, databases and web-based
execute strategic change. Topics explored include organizational design, decision-making, applications, as well as related legal and ethical issues. Prereq: AAD 640.
conflict resolution, designing effective reward systems, team building, and organizational AAD 750 CAPSTONE COURSE IN ARTS ADMINISTRATION. (3)
dynamics and culture. Additionally, students will focus on reflecting upon their own leadership As the final course in the graduate program in Arts Administration, students will demonstrate
skills and abilities. their knowledge of the field through the completion of a significant research project. Students
will design an independent study utilizing recognized research methodology under the guidance
of their faculty advisor and graduate committee. The research findings, conclusions and
recommendations will be presented as both a formal research paper and oral presentation.
University of Kentucky 2015-2016 Undergraduate Bulletin 352
KEY: # = new course * = course changed † = course dropped
Course Descriptions
the various styles and functions of jazz, particularly as they have been affected by changing
AAS African American Studies social-cultural patterns during the twentieth century. (Same as MUS 300.)
AAS 168 ALL THAT SPEAK OF JAZZ: AN INTELLECTUAL INQUIRY AAS 326 PEOPLE AND CULTURES OF SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA. (3)
INTO JAZZ AND DEMOCRACY (3) A survey of indigenous societies and cultures of Africa south of the Sahara, with special
This course is a hybrid cultural studies seminar and creative composition course that explores attention to their adaptation of colonialism and post-colonial national development. Prereq:
jazz theory as a philosophical artistic practice rooted in American democracy. It investigates Sophomore standing or higher. (Same as ANT 326.)
jazz aesthetics as a literary, visual, and musical art form, and it examines theories of jazz
AAS 328 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MIDDLE EAST AND NORTH AFRICA. (3)
composition as philosophical statements in direct conversation with the principles of U.S.
A comprehensive regional overview, emphasizing cultural adaptation to desert environments.
democracy. The course also explores the philosophical and aesthetic connections of jazz
The interrelationships among religions, cultures, and the physical environment will be
literature to surrealist and existentialist artistic movements in modern and postmodern cultural
examined, along with the region’s position and influence in the global system. Prereq: GEO 152,
contexts. Artists to be discussed include James Baldwin, Harryette Mullen, and others. The
GEO 160, GEO 172, or consent of instructor. (Same as GEO 328.)
theoretical aspects of this course will demonstrate how jazz has been a source of inspiration
for a variety of twentieth-century literatures and theoretical practices. The readings include AAS 336 GEOGRAPHY OF SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA. (3)
selections of fiction, poetry, drama, and essays with emphasis on jazz literary modes, creative This course focuses on the cultural and environmental geographies of the subcontinent, rural
trends, and political connotations specific to African American literature and culture. (Same landscapes and cultures and environmental problems, the historical geography of precolonial
as ENG 168.) and colonial Africa, and the social geography of contemporary economic development. Prereq:
GEO 130 and 152, 160, or 172. (Same as GEO 336.)
AAS 200 INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES. (3)
An interdisciplinary course which establishes the intellectual context for an examination of the AAS 360 RACE AND SPORTS IN AMERICA. (3)
African-American experience; it introduces students to the various approaches scholars use This reading seminar examines the history of race and sport in America. (Same as HIS 360.)
to analyze that experience. This course employs a topical framework which permits focus on
issues reflecting the diversity and richness of African-American experience across geographic AAS 384 BLACK THEATRE WORKSHOP. (3)
boundaries. A workshop that explores the history, literature and performance of theater artists of the
African diaspora. (Same as TA 384.)
AAS 235 INEQUALITIES IN SOCIETY. (3)
This course seeks to promote an understanding of inequalities in American society by AAS 400 SPECIAL TOPICS
considering them in the context of the social origins, development, and persistence of IN AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES (Subtitle required). (3)
inequalities in the United States and other societies. Bases of inequality that may be considered Detailed investigation of a particular topic in African-American Studies, with emphasis both
include race/ethnicity, class/status, gender/sexuality, age, political and regional differences as on content and existing research. Topics will vary from semester to semester and are announced
these relate to politics, social justice, community engagement, and/or public policy. Prereq: the preceding semester. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when identified by a
SOC 101 or CLD 102. (Same as SOC 235.) different subtitle. Prereq: Twelve hours of African-American Studies minor courses, including
AAS 200.
#AAS 253 HISTORY OF PRE-COLONIAL AFRICA. (3)
This course examines the early history of Africa, from human evolution to colonization by AAS 401 INDEPENDENT READING
European powers in the late 19th century. Topics include: the development of states from AND RESEARCH IN AFRICAN-AMERICAN STUDIES. (3)
kinship based forms of political organization, the political, cultural, and social transformations For African-American Studies minors. The student pursues a course of reading and research
that accompanied African conversion to Islam, a close examination of oral epic poetry as a under the guidance of a staff member, completes a major research project, and takes an
window into medieval empire-building in the Sahel, an extended conversation about the role examination. A written contract defining the area of study is negotiated between student and
of Africa in the transatlantic slave trade, and a discussion of the dilemmas faced by African rulers instructor at the beginning of the course. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq:
in the era of partition on conquest by European powers. Successful students will gain a thorough African-American Studies minor, 12 hours of African-American Studies minor courses,
introduction to the major developments in the early history of Africa, which will serve as a including AAS 200.
solid foundation for further coursework in African history and other African studies courses. AAS 417G SURVEY OF SUB-SAHARAN POLITICS. (3)
(Same as HIS 253.) A survey of sub-Saharan government and politics intended to give the student broad knowledge
*AAS 254 HISTORY OF COLONIAL AND POSTCOLONIAL AFRICA. (3) about the setting of African politics, precolonial African political systems, the political legacies
This course is a survey of the history of Africa from the onset of colonial rule in the 1880s to of major European colonial powers, and problems of political development. Prereq: PS 210
the present. Its main objective is to introduce students to some of the major socio-political and or 212. (Same as PS 417G.)
economic developments that made Africa what it is today. The course will explore themes such AAS 420 AFRICAN-AMERICAN RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE. (3)
as the European conquest of Africa and Africans’ responses, African nationalism and struggles This course explores and examines how African Americans shaped and fashioned their religion
for independence, as well as post-colonial African politics and economic (under)development. to meet their own peculiar needs as they responded to historical occurrences.
(Same as HIS 254.)
AAS 432 RACE AND ETHNIC RELATIONS. (3)
AAS 260 AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY TO 1865. (3) Analysis of relationships between racial and ethnic groups and the behavioral products thereof.
A study of the Black experience in America through the Civil War. An examination of the African Sources and consequences of prejudice and discrimination. Situation and prospects of
heritage, slavery, and the growth of Black institutions. (Same as HIS 260.) minorities. Strategies of change and tension reduction. Prereq: Six hours of social science or
AAS 261 AFRICAN AMERICAN HISTORY 1865-PRESENT. (3) consent of instructor. (Same as SOC 432.)
This course traces the Black experience from Reconstruction to the Civil Rights Movement *AAS 433 TOPICS IN SOCIAL INEQUALITIES (Subtitle required). (3)
of the 1960’s. The rise of segregation and the ghetto and aspects of race relations are examined. A sociological study of topics relevant to social inequalities and stratification. May be repeated
(Same as HIS 261.) under different subtitles to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Six hours of social science or
AAS 263 AFRICAN AND CARIBBEAN LITERATURE AND CULTURE OF consent of instructor. (Same as SOC 435.)
FRENCH EXPRESSION IN TRANSLATION (Subtitle required). (3) AAS 471 RACE, ETHNICITY AND POLITICS. (3)
This course treats major cultural questions concerning the exchange between Africa and the An examination of the role that race and ethnicity play in the political arena. Students will
Caribbean in terms of historical, sociological, political, and literary events. No knowledge of explore the nature of race, racism, and ethnocentrism, as well as their impact on political
French is required. (Same as FR 263.) institutions and public policy. Particular attention will be given to elections, public opinion,
AAS 264 INTRODUCTION TO BLACK WRITERS. (3) mass media and social movements in the United States. (Same as PS 471.)
An introduction to written and oral works by Black authors of Africa, the Caribbean, and the AAS 523 SOCIAL PERSPECTIVES ON RACISM
United States. The course includes writers such as Chinua Achebe (Africa), Wilson Harris AND ETHNIC PREJUDICES IN AMERICA. (2-3)
(Caribbean), and Toni Morrison (USA), as well as others from the diverse field of literature The course is designed to provide the knowledge needed in understanding the dynamics of
written by African-American authors and authors of color worldwide. Attention will be paid institutional racism from a broader perspective of five specific ethnic minorities in rural and
to student writing, particularly to devising a thesis, crafting an argument, and learning how to urban America. Particular emphasis is placed upon planned community change and strategies
use supporting evidence. See departmental listings for different offerings per semester. Offers pertinent to minority group communities. Students who wish to make a special, in-depth study
UK Core Credit for Intellectual Inquiry in the Humanities. Does not fulfill ENG premajor of one of the specified content areas may take this course for one additional credit. Prereq:
requirement. Can be taken for ENG Major Elective credit. Provides ENG minor credit. Credit Consent of instructor. (Same as SW 523.)
will not be given to students who already have credit for ENG 264. Prereq: Graduation Writing
Requirement Course – credit is awarded to students meeting the GWR prerequisite. (Same as AAS 535 ADVANCED TOPICS
ENG 260.) IN SOCIAL INEQUALITIES (Subtitle required). (3)
A sociological study of topics relevant to social inequalities and stratification. May be repeated
AAS 300 HISTORY OF JAZZ. (3) to a maximum of six credits under different subtitles. Prereq: Graduate student status;
A listening survey course covering the chronological evolution of jazz from its West African undergraduates with consent of instructor only. (Same as SOC 535.)
and European roots, through its germination in America, to the present. Emphasis will be on
AAS 550 EDUCATION IN A CULTURALLY DIVERSE SOCIETY. (3) ABT 201 SCIENTIFIC METHOD IN BIOTECHNOLOGY. (1)
This course assists future educators in developing strategies to create an equitable teaching/ A course designed to acquaint students with the common experimental methods used in
learning environment where all students are validated, stimulated, and nurtured. Course agricultural biotechnology. Students will be presented with several case studies which
participants explore the rationale for their current belief systems and perceptions of other demonstrate basic scientific reasoning and experimental strategies. The students will then use
cultures; investigate how and why their personal attitudes, behaviors, and expectations affect their understanding of basic scientific methods and agricultural systems to critically evaluate
the academic and social development of children and youth, and examine contemporary work from the current scientific literature. Each student will be required to provide a written
educational issues. (Same as EDC 550.) and oral evaluation of a research project in some aspect of agricultural biotechnology. The class
will provide the students with the basic skills needed for preparing their own research
AAS 587 THE CIVIL RIGHTS MOVEMENT IN THE U.S. SINCE 1930. (3) proposals. Prereq: ABT 101 and enrollment in the Agricultural Biotechnology degree program
This course will focus on the struggle for African American equality in the U.S. during the mid or consent of instructor. [Offered in fall only.]
twentieth century. It will examine key civil rights issues, events, strategies, leaders and
organizations on both the local and national levels. Using historical documents and documen- ABT 301 WRITING AND PRESENTATIONS IN THE LIFE SCIENCES. (2)
tary film presentations this course will discuss the status of race relations in America over the The goals of this course are to expose students to current scientific literature in the life sciences,
past fifty years. (Same as HIS 587.) develop skills for the evaluation of primary research literature and presentations, prepare
students to write an independent research proposal, and develop oral communication skills.
AAS 601 THEORIES, PERSPECTIVES, Student participation is a key component of activities, and students are required to provide
TRENDS AND ISSUES IN MULTICULTURAL EDUCATION. (3) both oral and written evaluations of research publications, presentations, and proposals. A
This course provides students with a critical analysis of multicultural education theories, major part of the course involves students developing, writing, and presenting an independent
perspectives, current issues, and trends. Students will develop the competencies needed to research proposal in coordination with a research mentor. This course should be taken prior
write scholarly literature reviews, identify areas in multicultural education needing further to ABT 395 or ABT 399, and students must identify a research mentor early during the
research studies, and submit papers for review and presentation at professional meetings. semester. Prereq: Agricultural Biotechnology major or consent of instructor. [Offered in fall
Prereq: Graduate standing, EDP 557 or consent of instructor. (Same as EDC 601.) and spring.]
AAS 616 MULTICULTURAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3) ABT 360 GENETICS. (3)
This course is designed to increase one’s sensitivity to and respect for individual differences. The basic principles of heredity as currently understood from evidence accumulated in classical,
Models, frameworks, techniques and experiential exercises are presented to increase one’s skill cytogenetic, molecular, and quantitative genetic experiments. Emphasis is placed on a thorough
level in working with persons from racially and ethnically diverse backgrounds. Prereq: EDP understanding of genetic principles and the relationship of genetics to all biological disciplines.
600 or equivalent or consent of instructor. (Same as EDP 616.) Prereq: Six credits in biological sciences and one course in general chemistry. (Same as ASC/
AAS 635 SEMINAR IN SOCIAL INEQUALITIES. (3) ENT 360.) [Offered in fall only.]
This course provides a graduate-level introduction to sociological theory and research on social ABT 361 GENETICS LAB ONLINE. (1)
inequalities and stratification. It includes both classic and contemporary works on topics such Analysis and interpretation of genetics problems using interactive computer programs. Prereq:
as political economy, the state, domination, democracy, work, poverty, welfare, resistance, ABT/ASC/ENT 360 (should be taken concurrently).
class, race, ethnicities, and gender. The course serves as a foundational course for graduate
students with interests in social inequalities, and is required for Sociology graduate students ABT 395 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN BIOTECHNOLOGY. (1-4)
seeking a specialization in this area. Prereq: SOC 650 or SOC 651 or consent of instructor. (Same Independent study in biotechnology under the supervision of a faculty member. May be
as SOC 635.) repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Agricultural Biotechnology major and consent
of appropriate instructor before registration. [Offered in fall, spring and summer II.]
AAS 654 READINGS IN MODERN AFRICAN-AMERICAN HISTORY. (3)
Introduces graduate students to the historical literature on 20th century African-American ABT 399 EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING IN BIOTECHNOLOGY. (1-6)
history and major historiographical issues. (Same as HIS 654.) An internship in biotechnology under the supervision of a faculty member. May be repeated
for a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Consent of the instructor, chairperson for the Agricultural
AAS 656 BLACK AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3) Biotechnology degree program and completion of a learning contract before registration.
An in-depth study of black American literature, with concentration on major texts by major [Offered in fall, spring and summer II.]
black writers. (Same as ENG 656.)
*ABT 460 INTRODUCTION TO MOLECULAR GENETICS. (3)
AAS 657 RACE RELATIONS IN THE UNITED STATES. (3) Molecular genetics is the study of the biochemical basis of heredity and focuses on the structure
This seminar focuses on the African American experience in the United States from and expression of DNA at the molecular and cellular level. The course will provide a detailed
Reconstruction to the present. Using primary documents and secondary readings, this course understanding of the biochemical events involved in genome replication, prokaryotic and
will examine the construction of race relations and the individuals, organizations, events, and eukaryotic transcription, and translation of DNA, as well as RNA processing, recombination
issues significant to the shaping of the black experience. (Same as HIS 657.) and the theoretical underpinnings of genetic engineering. Prereq: ABT/ENT 360 or BIO 304
AAS 720 SOCIAL WORK PERSPECTIVES or consent of instructor. (Same as ENT 460.) [Offered in spring only.]
ON HUMAN AND CULTURAL DIVERSITY. (2) ABT 461 INTRODUCTION TO POPULATION GENETICS. (3)
This second required course in the human behavior and social environment sequence builds This survey course examines the population dynamics and equilibria of genes in nuclei,
upon the foundation course. The focus of this course is upon the effects of discrimination and chloroplasts and mitochondria. Emphasis will be on biological relevance (in plants, animals,
oppression experienced by diverse population groups with special attention to the effects of and micro-organisms), but some theoretical derivations will also be introduced. Prereq: ABT
racism, sexism, ageism, classism and geography upon vulnerable groups; and upon institution- 360 (or equivalent) and one course in probability/statistics. (Same as BIO/ENT/FOR 461.)
alized societal and cultural themes in diversity; with implications for social work practice. [Offered in spring only.]
Prereq: SW 620 or advanced standing in the MSW program. (Same as SW 720.)
*ABT 495 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN BIOTECHNOLOGY. (4)
A laboratory techniques course designed to give students the technical skills and understanding
necessary to critically examine biological systems at the molecular level. The course will
ABT Agricultural Biotechnology emphasize the principles of chemistry, biochemistry and molecular biology as applied to a
model system for laboratory investigations. Laboratory, nine hours per week. Prereq: ABT/
ABT 101 INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY. (1)
ENT 360 or BIO 304, Agricultural Biotechnology major or consent of instructor. [Offered in
An introduction to biotechnology: historical perspectives, current applications and future
fall and spring.]
directions. The course will consist of informal lectures and interactive discussions led by
Biotechnology faculty and visiting professionals. The course will also orient students to the #ABT 505 EVOLUTION IN AGRICULTURE,
educational/career opportunities in Biotechnology and assist them in developing a focus for MEDICINE AND CONSERVATION BIOLOGY. (3)
their individualized degree programs. Lecture, two hours per week. Prereq: First year or first An introduction to modern evolutionary theory with emphasis on its application to current
semester transfer students in Agricultural Biotechnology. [Offered in fall only.] problems in agriculture, the biomedical sciences, and conservation biology. Prereq: Genetics
(ABT 360, BIO 304 or equivalent introductory genetics course). (Same as ENT 505.)
ABT 120 GENETICS AND SOCIETY. (3)
This course is designed for science and non-science majors, giving students an understanding
of how genetics influences and impacts our social fabric on a daily basis, and equipping students
with a sufficient understanding to participate in the policy debates that are impacting our lives. ACC Accounting
The course will introduce students to the basic concepts of genetics and to the modern
methodologies of molecular genetics. The course will also educate students in the process of ACC 201 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I. (3)
scientific discovery and empower students with the knowledge and critical thinking skills This course is designed to provide an introduction to financial accounting from the users’
necessary to evaluate the present and future impact of genetics on society. While the course perspectives. Its primary purposes are to promote understanding of financial accounting
is intended for first semester freshmen, students at all class standings are welcome to information for decision making purposes and to focus on financial accounting’s role in
enroll.[Offered in spring only.] communicating business results. Prereq: Successful completion of 27 semester credit hours.
ACC 202 MANAGERIAL USES OF ACCOUNTING INFORMATION. (3) ACC 410 NOT-FOR-PROFIT AND GOVERNMENTAL ACCOUNTING. (3)
An introduction to the use of accounting data within an organization to analyze and solve This course examines accounting topics specific to not-for-profit entities and various
problems and to make planning and control decisions. Prereq: ACC 201 or BE 161 and BE 162. governmental units. Emphasis is placed on the recording of usual transactions, form and content
of reports, and analysis of external reports. Prereq: ACC 302 or consent of the Director of the
ACC 211 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING LAB. (1) School of Accountancy.
A laboratory-based approach to introductory financial accounting applications, with the
primary focus on the accounting cycle. The primary objective is to promote an understanding ACC 418 COST MANAGEMENT. (3)
of how accounting information is identified, recorded, and processed for financial reporting. Traditional and contemporary concepts and techniques that provide accounting information
Prereq: ACC 201. Enrollment priority will be given to accounting and finance majors. for management decision making at both strategic and operational levels. Topics include the
costing of products and services; project and activity analysis; planning and control methods;
ACC 221 ACCOUNTING FUNDAMENTALS I. (2) and performance measurement. Prereq: ACC 301 or consent of the Director of the School of
Examines the basic principles/concepts which govern the recording/reporting of accounting Accountancy.
data. Studies the language of accounting and the accounting cycle. Establishes a framework for
understanding how data is transformed into the accounting statements and how these ACC 507 ADVANCED TOPICS IN TAXATION. (3)
statements are used by decision makers. This course is specifically designed to help prepare A study of advanced topics in taxation, including corporate taxation, accounting for income
prospective MBA students for the economics and business classes and will not satisfy ANY taxes, and international tax. Prereq: ACC 302 and ACC 407 or consent of the Director of the
undergraduate degree requirement. Prereq: Acceptance into MBA program, other graduate School of Accountancy.
program or consent of instructor.
ACC 508 CONTROLLERSHIP. (3)
ACC 222 ACCOUNTING FUNDAMENTALS II. (2) A comprehensive study of the controller’s objectives, responsibilities, functions, organiza-
Examines the preparation and use of accounting information for management decision making. tional roles, etc. Prereq: ACC 418.
Provides an understanding of various traditional and contemporary management accounting
techniques used to combine and analyze data within a company. This course is specifically ACC 516 ADVANCED TOPICS IN FINANCIAL REPORTING. (3)
designed to help prepare prospective MBA students for the economics and business classes A comprehensive study of financial accounting and reporting issues involving business
and will not satisfy ANY undergraduate degree requirement. Prereq: Acceptance into MBA combinations, partnerships, foreign currency transactions, not-for-profit accounting and other
program, other graduate program or consent of instructor. current accounting issues. Prereq: ACC 302 or consent of the Director of the School of
Accountancy.
ACC 300 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II. (3)
This course is designed for non-accounting majors to provide expanded study of the impact ACC 555 FORENSIC ACCOUNTING AND FRAUD EXAMINATION. (3)
of relevant financial accounting issues on the users of financial reporting. Topics may include This course will cover the principles and methodology of fraud detection and deterrence. The
financial statements; income recognition; cash and receivables; inventories; operational assets; course includes such topics as skimming, cash larceny, check tampering, register disbursement
investments; intangible assets; current liabilities; long-term liabilities emphasizing leases, schemes, billing schemes, payroll and expense reimbursement schemes, non-cash misappro-
pensions, postretirement benefits, and bonds; financial instruments; accounting for income priations, corruption, fraudulent financial statements, and interviewing witnesses. Prereq:
taxes; and owner’s equity. Not open to Accounting majors. Prereq: ACC 201 and ACC 202. ACC 301 or consent of the Director of the School of Accountancy.
ACC 301 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I. (3) ACC 590 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING: (Subtitle required). (3)
This course is the first of a two-course financial accounting series, providing in-depth study Readings, projects, lectures and/or discussion to illuminate current topics of special interest
of the accounting cycle, conceptual framework of financial accounting, valuation of balance or concern in accounting. May be repeated to a maximum of twelve credits. May not be repeated
sheet accounts, recognition of revenues, matching of expenses, and the reporting of the financial under the same title. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
condition, operating results, and cash flows of an entity. Prereq: A grade of C or better in ACC ACC 600 INQUIRY, COMMUNICATION,
201 and ACC 202 or consent of the Director of the School of Accountancy. AND LEADERSHIP IN ACCOUNTING. (3)
ACC 302 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II. (3) This course is designed to develop the inquiry, communication, and leadership skills that are
This course is the second of a two-course financial accounting series, providing an in-depth key determinants of success for many not-for-profit, business, and accounting professionals.
study of the accounting cycle, conceptual framework of financial accounting, valuation of The course uses readings, in-class exercises, case analyses, small group work, and oral
balance sheet accounts, recognition of revenues, matching of expenses, and the reporting of the presentations as vehicles for developing these skills. Class modules focus on accounting
financial condition, operating results, and cash flows of an entity. Prereq: ACC 301 or consent relevant professional inquiry, oral persuasion, communication, leadership, and teambuilding
of the Director of the School of Accountancy. skills. Class sessions will include participation by and leadership from business, not-for-profit,
and accounting professionals. Prereq: Admission to MSACC program, or consent of the
ACC 324 ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS. (3) Director of Graduate Studies.
This course focuses on two major components of accounting information systems: conceptual
models and physical implementation. Accounting systems are studied from an accounting ACC 601 RESEARCH IN ACCOUNTING THEORY. (3)
cycles perspective, emphasizing the nature and relevance of accounting internal controls and Critical examination of accounting concepts and standards. Study of current problems and
the relationship of accounting systems to the functional areas of accounting. Using contem- contemporary developments reflected in accounting literature and reports. Prereq: Admission
porary information technology, students analyze, design, and implement accounting systems to MSACC program, or consent of the Director of Graduate Studies.
along with relevant internal control structures. Prereq: A grade of C or better in ACC 201 and ACC 603 ATTEST FUNCTION. (3)
ACC 202 or consent of the Director of the School of Accountancy. A critical examination of contemporary professional attestation theory and practice including
ACC 395 INDIVIDUAL WORK IN ACCOUNTING. (1-6) a comprehensive review of AICPA audit case studies, statements on audit procedure, and their
Students confer individually with the instructor. Written paper usually expected and filed in application in simulated business situations. Prereq: ACC 403 and admission to MSACC
chairperson’s office. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: GPA of 3.0 in major, program, or consent of the Director of Graduate Studies.
approval of instructor and chairperson. #ACC 605 INTERNAL AUDITING. (3)
ACC 399 INTERNSHIP IN ACCOUNTING. (1) This course provides students an understanding of the internal audit profession and the internal
A course designed for undergraduate accounting students who, through the Accounting audit process. Topics that will be included in this course are: the professional practices
Internship Director, have secured full-time, salaried, career-related positions under the framework for internal auditing, organizational governance, risk and control issues, and
supervision of a sponsoring employer. Enrollment in the course constitutes full-time status. experience in conducting internal audit engagements. It provides the basic preparation for
Course may be taken on a pass-fail basis only and for no more than two consecutive semesters, students to take positions in auditing, compliance, risk management and process improvement.
repeated to a maximum of three credits. Prereq: Junior standing in accounting and approval of Prereq: Graduate standing.
the Accounting Internship Director. ACC 610 NOT-FOR-PROFIT AND REGULATORY ACCOUNTING. (3)
ACC 403 AUDITING. (3) A study of the contemporary issues in the area of not-for-profit and regulatory accounting.
This course examines the attest function in accounting. Emphasis is placed on audit standards Prereq: ACC 410G or consent of instructor.
and objectives, including the evaluation of internal control structures for the purpose of ACC 617 SELECTED TOPICS IN TAXATION. (3)
determining relevant auditing procedures. Prereq: ACC 301 and ACC 324 or consent of the A study of selected topics in taxation, including partnership taxation, tax research, and other
Director of the School of Accountancy. tax topics. Prereq: ACC 507 and admission to MSACC program, or consent of the Director
ACC 407 CONCEPTS OF INCOME TAXATION. (3) of Graduate Studies.
A study of the federal income tax structure with emphasis upon the conceptual foundations ACC 619 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ACCOUNTING. (1-3)
of taxation relating to the three types of taxpayers: businesses, individuals, and estates and Designed for students undertaking special studies to be conducted in regular consultation with
trusts. Prereq: Junior standing and ACC 202 or consent of the Director of the School of the instructor. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
Accountancy.
ACC 621 UNDERSTANDING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. (3) applications, and participating in job interviews. Prereq: Junior standing and a C or better in
Financial statements communicate information about a business and its operations. Students AEC 302, AEC 303 and/or AEC 305. [Offered in fall and spring.]
will gain an understanding of the information being communicated (or not communicated) by
the business entity. Emphasis is on the uses of information, rather than its preparation. Prereq: AEC 302 AGRICULTURAL MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES. (4)
Admission to MSACC program or consent of DGS. A comprehensive study of economic principles and management tools useful in farm and
agribusiness decision making. Utilizes a systems approach to the planning, implementation
ACC 624 ENTERPRISE INFORMATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS. (3) and control of the agricultural business. Specific attention to application of management and
The course simultaneously examines two issues related to enterprise information systems decision theory, economic principles used in decision making, and risk management strategies.
development: 1) methodologies for designing and implementing information systems, and 2) Emphasis on planning the future course of the business, acquiring and managing the necessary
assessment of enterprise risk and internal control systems. Case analyses and “real world” resources, and establishing physical and financial control over the business. Lab incorporates
projects are used to accomplish the course objectives. Current computer technologies, including microeconomic applications of management principles developed in lectures. Prereq: “C” or
relational database systems and internet data processing, are integrated into the course content. better in ECO 201. [Offered in fall and spring.]
Prereq: ACC 324, ACC 403 and admission to MSACC program, or consent of the Director
of Graduate Studies. AEC 303 MICROECONOMIC CONCEPTS
IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. (3)
ACC 627 CORPORATE TAXATION. (3) Emphasis on the development of theoretical models of production and consumption economics
A detailed study of income taxation of corporations and shareholders. Prereq: ACC 507 and and application of these models to problems. The importance of concepts of marginality to
admission to MSACC program, or consent of the Director of Graduate Studies. managers and consumers is emphasized. Role of risk and uncertainty in resource allocation is
outlined. Prereq: “C” or better in ECO 201 and “C” or better in MA 123 or MA 113. [Offered
*ACC 628 FINANCIAL/MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING. (3) in fall and spring.]
A study of the application of accounting information and services in the recognition or solution
of management problems in business. Prereq: Graduate standing in the MBA program, ACC AEC 304 MACROECONOMIC CONCEPTS
202, or ACC 221 and ACC 222, or its equivalent, and MA 123 or its equivalent. Course credit IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. (3)
will not be given to students in the MSACC program. This course addresses the concern that U.S. farmers and the food industry are increasingly
affected by macroeconomic forces and general conditions in the national economy. Interdepen-
ACC 637 TAXATION OF FLOW-THROUGH ENTITIES. (3) dencies between agriculture, farm size, rural economic well-being and key macroeconomic
A detailed study of the income taxation of flow-through entities, including Partnerships, S variables including interest rates, foreign exchange rates and the rate of inflation will be examined.
corporations, and limited liability companies. Prereq: ACC 507 and admission to MSACC Prereq: AEC 101, ECO 202.
program, or consent of the Director of Graduate Studies.
AEC 305 FOOD AND AGRICULTURAL MARKETING PRINCIPLES. (3)
ACC 647 MULTIJURISDICTIONAL TAXATION. (3) Analysis of the market’s role in determining prices and coordinating productive activities in
A study of the taxation of taxpayers located in two or more tax jurisdictions. The course involves the food and agricultural systems. Prereq: “C” or better in ECO 201. [Offered in fall and spring.]
two major categories, international taxation and state and local taxation. Prereq: ACC 507 and
admission to MSACC program, or consent of the Director of Graduate Studies. #AEC 306 TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION IN ECONOMICS. (2)
This course examines how to create and distribute original economic ideas in written and oral
ACC 691 ADVANCED TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING (Subtitle required). (3) forms using appropriate digital technologies. Prereq: ECO 201; CIS/WRD 110 and 111 or
Readings, projects, lecture, and/or discussion to illuminate current topics of special interest equivalent; 30 credit hours of coursework. AEC 305 is a co-requisite (recommended) or
or concern in accounting. May not be repeated under the same title. A particular topic may prerequisite. This course fully satisfies the University’s graduation composition and commu-
be offered at most three times under the ACC 691 number. Prereq: Admission to MSACC nication requirement (GCCR) for AGEC majors. To receive GCCR credit, students must earn
program or consent of DGS. an average (weighted) of “C” or better on all GCCR assignments.
ACC 700 TOPICAL SEMINAR IN ACCOUNTING RESEARCH AEC 309 INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURE, WORLD FOOD NEEDS
(Subtitle required). (1-3) AND U.S. TRADE IN AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. (3)
An advanced seminar on selected topics such as cross-disciplinary research on behavioral Present and projected world food/population balance by geographic regions; food production
decision-making, research using archival data, and analytical models in accounting. May be and world trade in agricultural products with an emphasis upon the implications for U.S.
repeated to a maximum of eighteen credits. Prereq: Doctoral student status in business agriculture; an introduction to agricultural development problems of the less developed nations
administration. of Latin America, Africa, and Asia. Prereq: “C” or better in ECO 201. [Offered in fall only.]
ACC 790 DOCTORAL COLLOQUIUM – ACCOUNTANCY. (1-2) AEC 311 LIVESTOCK AND MEAT MARKETING. (3)
This course provides professional socialization for Ph.D. students in accountancy. Topics Provides students with a unique and practical overview of the economics of the livestock and
include research, teaching, and service, transition, preparation for a career as a professor, and meat marketing system. Topics will include general marketing, price forecasting, price risk
special research topics, including lectures by noted scholars. management, decision making, and capital investment analysis. Prereq: AEC 305. [Offered in
ACC 795 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ACCOUNTING. (1-6) fall only.]
Designed for students undertaking special studies to be conducted in regular consultation with AEC 313 TOBACCO MARKETING. (1)
instructor. May be repeated to a total of 12 credit hours. Prereq: Consent of instructor. Analysis of the structure of the production and marketing system for tobacco including
institutions and public regulation. Application of marketing methods and principles to tobacco.
Lecture, three hours per week for one-third of the semester. Prereq: AEC 305.
AEC Agricultural Economics
AEC 314 GRAIN MARKETING. (1)
AEC 101 THE ECONOMICS OF FOOD AND AGRICULTURE. (3) Study of production and utilization of grain by areas of the world, the marketing systems for
An introduction to the field of agricultural economics and some of the basic tools and concepts grain, and the application of economic and marketing principles to the pricing and movement
of decision making. Concepts are illustrated in terms of selected current social and economic of grain. Prereq: AEC 305, AEC 321. [Offered in fall only.]
issues including the role of agriculture in both a national and international dimension. Students
who have completed ECO 201 are not eligible to take AEC 101 without the consent of the AEC 316 COOPERATIVE MANAGEMENT AND MARKETING. (1)
instructor. This course provides knowledge about the unique features of cooperatives and their role in a
market economy and examines the structure organization, finance, management, and operations
AEC 201 INTRODUCTION TO FARM of cooperative organizations. Prereq: AEC 305. [Offered in fall only.]
AND NATURAL RESOURCE FINANCE. (3)
This course provides an introduction to basic concepts used in financial analysis that can be AEC 317 MARKETING HORTICULTURAL PRODUCTS. (1)
applied to farms and small agriculturally-related businesses. It provides an overview of basic This course examines the market structure and institutions associated with horticultural and
financial statements and their role in business planning. These tools will be applied to case nursery product markets within the context of formulating and evaluating alternative, firm-
studies of farms, agribusiness, and forestry firms. Prereq: MA 123 and ECO 201 or ECO 202 specific marketing strategies. Prereq: AEC 305. [Offered in fall only.]
or AEC 101.
AEC 320 AGRICULTURE PRODUCT MARKETING AND SALES. (3)
AEC 300 TOPICS IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS This course examines marketing activities within the U.S. food system. Sector performance
(Subtitle required). (1-3) is considered as well as the competitive behavior of firms within various agricultural market
Study in special topics in agricultural economics. May be repeated under a different subtitle channels. Firm level marketing principles, methods, and strategies are considered, with a special
to a maximum of fifteen credits. Lecture, one to three hours; laboratory, zero to six hours per focus on developing effective sales programs for agricultural products. Prereq: AEC 305.
week. Prereq: ECO 201. [Offered in fall and spring.] [Offered in fall and spring.]
AEC 301 CAREER READINESS FOR AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. (1) AEC 321 AGRICULTURAL FUTURES MARKETS. (3)
This course examines post-graduate opportunities, expectations, and strategies in agricultural The mechanics, theory, and practical application of hedging as related to agricultural
economics. Students will explore information relevant to writing resumes, completing job commodities. The historical development of futures markets, functions of the futures markets,
and the role of the speculator will also be explored. Prereq: AEC 303 and AEC 305. [Offered world around them from an economic perspective. Prereq: ECO 401 or equivalent. (Same as
in spring only.] ECO 471.) [Offered in fall and spring.]
AEC 324 AGRICULTURAL LAW. (3) AEC 479 PUBLIC ECONOMICS. (3)
A study of legislation, administrative regulations, constitutions and court cases that have An application of economic analysis to the study of the role of government. Emphasis is on
economic ramifications on agricultural and rural life. Prereq: “C” or better in ECO 201. [Offered the reasons for and the effects of government intervention in the economy. Topics covered
in fall and spring.] include: market failure, public goods and externalities, welfare policy, voting and public choice,
taxation, public debt and cost-benefit analysis. Prereq: ECO 401 or equivalent. Agricultural
AEC 325 EQUINE LAW. (3) Economics majors may substitute AEC 303 for this prerequisite. (Same as ECO 479.) [Offered
This course examines equine law from tort and contractual perspectives dealing with basics in fall and spring.]
of liability, purchase and sale, entity formation, constitutional and tax issues. Following the
class, students should be able to recognize when it is necessary to retain a lawyer, but are not AEC 483 REGIONAL ECONOMICS. (3)
expected to be able to act as a lawyer. Prereq: “C” or better in ECO 201. [Offered in spring This course presents an economic approach to the study of regions. The emphasis is on the
only.] role of spatial relationships in economic activity. Topics considered include market area
analysis, location theory, economic base and input-output analysis as well as regional economic
AEC 326 PRINCIPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL LAW. (3) development. Prereq: AEC 303. [Offered in fall only.]
Provides a basic knowledge of the principles of United States environmental law. Addresses
the framework of the American Legal system as it applies to environmental regulation. Covers AEC 490 QUANTITATIVE METHODS AND PRICE ANALYSIS. (3)
the sources of environmental law and reviews major federal environmental statutes and judicial An integration of current issues in Agricultural Economics with oral and written communica-
decisions addressing specific issues. Prereq: “C” or better in ECO 201. [Offered in fall and tions, problem solving, and research. Major emphasis is on a senior paper and oral presentation.
spring.] Prereq: AEC 302, 303, 305, ECO 391 and senior standing in Agricultural Economics. [Offered
in fall only.]
AEC 340 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN AGRICULTURE. (3)
An overview of the management of the human resource in an agricultural context. Major AEC 503 PRICE THEORY AND APPLICATIONS. (3)
components will include the acquisition, training, motivation, compensation, performance This course uses calculus to develop core concepts in microeconomics and show how they can
evaluation, and retention of the agricultural labor force. Other topics include the legal and be applied to agricultural and natural resource issues. A central objective of this course is to
taxation components of hired labor and working with a multi-cultural and multi-generational link mathematical techniques with economic analysis to show students that calculus provides
work force. Prereq: ECO 201. [Offered in spring only.] an efficient way to study producer and consumer behavior. Prereq: AEC 303 and MA 113.
[Offered in fall only.]
AEC 395 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. (1-3)
Directed independent study of a selected problem. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. AEC 510 INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND AGRICULTURAL MARKETING. (3)
Prereq: Consent of instructor or director of undergraduate studies and completion of a proposed A study of institutional, economic and cultural factors that influence aggregate agricultural trade
plan of learning objectives and outcomes prior to registration. The student must have completed and exports of individual agribusinesses. Macro issues of agricultural trade policies are
60 credit hours prior to registering for AEC 395 and the student must earn a C or better in one examined along with elements of international marketing for agricultural products. Prereq: AEC
of the following courses: AEC 303, AEC 302, or AEC 305. [Offered in fall, spring and summer.] 303 (or equivalent) and AEC 305. [Offered in fall only.]
AEC 396 INTERNATIONAL STUDIES IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. (1) AEC 531 AGRICULTURAL PRICE ANALYSIS. (3)
The student will participate in a university-approved study abroad program or in an approved The course links calculus-based microeconomic theory, industry-specific pricing systems, and
international study tour through the College of Agriculture or through additional international empirical analysis of agricultural and food markets ranging from farm inputs to the consumer
opportunities pre-approved by the director of undergraduate studies. [Offered in spring only.] level. Students gain experience with tools and techniques used in empirical analysis of supply
and demand. Prereq: AEC 503 and (ECO 391 or STA 570). [Offered in spring only.]
AEC 399 EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. (1-6)
A field or community-based experience in the application of economics to agricultural or rural AEC 532 AGRICULTURAL AND FOOD POLICY. (3)
problems. May be repeated; a maximum of six credits allowed. Pass-fail only. Credit not This course surveys a variety of current public policies that influence the agricultural and rural
available for the Agricultural Economics Major Requirements. Prereq: Nine hours in agricultural economies. Students are exposed to the conflicting views of those concerned with food and
economics or economics, permission of instructor and department chairperson, and completion agricultural policy issues in an international economy. Economic principles are used to evaluate
of learning agreement prior to registration. [Offered in fall, spring and summer.] alternatives in terms of the general welfare of society. Prereq: AEC 303 and AEC 305. [Offered
in spring only.]
AEC 422 AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT. (3)
Examines and analyzes decision-making tools and problem-solving techniques available to AEC 545 RESOURCE AND ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS. (3)
agribusiness managers. Provides learning experience in addressing contemporary economic, This is an advanced level course focused on economic analysis. It will help students frame
marketing and management issues through case study analyses, selected readings and natural resource and environmental problems so that they can be analyzed and solved. Major
computerized business simulations. Prereq: AEC 303, AEC 305, FIN 300, MGT 301, MKT topic areas include water resources, fisheries, energy (and other non-renewable resources),
300, and senior standing in Agricultural Economics. [Offered in fall and spring.] agriculture, and pollution. Policy instruments such as pricing, emission fees, and tradable
permits will be covered in detail. Prereq: AEC 303 or AEC 445G or consent of instructor. (Same
AEC 425 FOREST MANAGEMENT. (4) as NRE 545.) [Offered in fall only.]
The principles of sustained yield forest management, management objectives, forest regulation,
allowable cut, and timing of timber harvests. Students will identify management objectives from AEC 580 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. (1-3)
various properties and ownership types and integrate scientific knowledge and both timber Directed independent study of a selected problem. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
and non-timber considerations with landowner objectives to derive management decisions. Prereq: Consent of instructor, director of undergraduate or graduate studies and completion
Prereq: Completion of the Spring Field Semester (FOR 355, 356, 357, 358, and 359) or consent of a proposed plan of learning objectives and outcomes prior to registration. [Offered in fall,
of instructor. (Same as FOR 425.) [Offered in fall only.] spring and summer.]
AEC 441G AGRICULTURAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. (3) AEC 590 INTRODUCTION TO QUANTITATIVE ECONOMICS I. (3)
Applies micro agricultural finance to farm and other agricultural business firms. Reviews An introduction to mathematical approaches to economic theory. Emphasis on linear models,
elementary mathematics of finance and the objectives of financial management. Uses financial constrained optimization, and techniques used in comparative statics. Prereq: ECO 401 and
statements, cash flow analysis, financial leverage and other elements in applying the theory MA 113, or consent of instructor. (Same as ECO 590.) [Offered in fall only.]
of capital investment for making management decisions. Prereq: AEC 303 and FIN 300.
[Offered in spring only.] AEC 606 ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL MARKETING. (3)
A critical examination of objectives and results of various types of research in market
AEC 445G INTRODUCTION TO RESOURCE organization, marketing functions, price analysis, markets over time, space and form, market
AND ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS. (3) information, commodity promotion programs, quality standards, and macroeconomic linkages
Economic analysis of the problems of assuring resource availability and environmental quality. to marketing. Prereq: AEC 624 and ECO 601 (may be concurrent). [Offered in fall only.]
Theoretical concepts and empirical tools for evaluating resource and environmental policy.
Prereq: “C” or better in ECO 201 or consent of the instructor. [Offered in fall and spring.] AEC 610 INTERNATIONAL TRADE IN AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. (3)
This course analytically examines current empirical research in the area of agricultural trade.
AEC 471 INTERNATIONAL TRADE. (3) Prereq: ECO 601, AEC 624 and ECO 671. [Offered in spring only.]
This is advanced economic course in international trade. The first part of the course covers the
basics of why countries trade, what explains the pattern of trade that we observe and what are AEC 620 ADVANCED PRODUCTION ECONOMICS I. (3)
the effects of trade on welfare and the distribution of income. The second part of the course An advanced treatment of production economics with emphasis on flexible product and factor
covers issues concerning trade policy and looks at the positive and normative effects of trade price situations, factor demand functions, multiple product production, and poly-periodic
policy and trade agreements as well as investigating topics of current interest. While the focus production theory. Prereq: ECO 601. [Offered in fall only.]
of the course is on theory, students will also be exposed to many applications of the theory AEC 622 ADVANCED AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES. (3)
as a means of both explaining the economic intuition and encouraging students to analyze the This course integrates knowledge of economics, econometrics, business administration,
finance, accounting, marketing, decision making, and research methodology. The focus is on
analytical skills and scholarly academic research. Prereq: AEC 422, ECO 601 or AEC 603, an AEC 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0)
introductory course in econometrics, or consent of instructor. [Offered in spring only.] Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq:
All course work toward the degree must be completed. [Offered in fall, spring and summer.]
AEC 624 ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE METHODS
IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. (3) AEC 749 DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (0)
This course uses statistical tools to model agricultural and economic systems. Subjects covered Half-time to full-time work on dissertation. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters.
include: (1) the classical linear regression model, (2) statistical hypotheses tests, and (3) Prereq: Registration for two full-time semesters of 769 residence credit following the successful
estimation techniques for single and simultaneous equation models. Prereq: ECO 391, STA 291 completion of the qualifying exams.
and MA 113. [Offered in spring only.] AEC 767 DISSERTATION RESIDENCY CREDIT. (2)
AEC 626 AGRICULTURE AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. (3) Residency credit for dissertation research after the qualifying examination. Students may
Analytical consideration of the role of agriculture in economic development in relation to overall register for this course in the semester of the qualifying examination. A minimum of two
development strategy at various stages of growth. Theoretical and policy issues of particular semesters are required as well as continuous enrollment (Fall and Spring) until the dissertation
relevance to the agricultural development in underdeveloped agrarian economies with various is completed and defended. [Offered in fall, spring and summer.]
resource, social, political and economic systems. Prereq: ECO 473G or consent of instructor. AEC 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6)
(Same as ECO 674.) [Offered in spring only.] May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours. Prereq: Consent of adviser and chairperson of
AEC 640 ADVANCED AGRICULTURAL POLICY. (3) department. [Offered in fall, spring and summer.]
This course focuses on development of a framework to analyze alternate paradigms of the AEC 769 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR DOCTOR’S DEGREE. (0-12)
political economy. The framework focuses on the role of institutions that modify behavior of May be repeated indefinitely. Prereq: Consent of adviser and chairperson of department.
decision makers. Agricultural and food policies are evaluated in terms of the efficient use of
resources and the general welfare of society. Prereq: ECO 601 or AEC 503. [Offered in spring AEC 780 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. (1-3)
only.] Open to graduate students who have the necessary training and ability to conduct research on
a selected problem. May be repeated three times for a total of nine credits. Prereq: Consent
AEC 645 NATURAL RESOURCE ECONOMICS. (3) of instructor and departmental chairperson. [Offered in fall, spring and summer.]
Economic analysis of natural resource use and environmental issues. Discussion of criteria for
public decision making, welfare economics, market failure, benefit-cost analysis, and benefit AEC 790 RESEARCH WORK IN AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS. (3-9)
estimation, as applied to natural resources and the environment. Prereq: ECO 590 and ECO Independent research under the direction of a faculty members and the Director of Graduate
601. Studies. Prereq: Successful completion of written portion of AEC qualifying exam and
permission of Director of Graduate Studies. [Offered in fall, spring and summer.]
AEC 646 INTERTEMPORAL ALLOCATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES. (3)
This course teaches the application of economic theory to the analysis of solutions for current AEC 796 SEMINAR (Subtitle required). (3)
and prospective natural resource problems. Such understanding will be geared toward An extended original investigation of a specific topic designed to give students experience in
fashioning, selecting and implementing planning associated with land, water, air, biological and methods of research and an intensive study of a particular subject in the field of agricultural
other natural resources and conservation of the natural environment in serving the needs and economics. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits under different subtitles. Prereq: Ph.D.
desires of citizens. Prereq: ECO 660 and AEC 590. applicant or candidate. [Offered in fall and spring.]
AEC 653 LOCAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. (3)
The course develops the capacity to employ the theories, practices and philosophies of
economic development as applied to local areas. The primary geographic focus of the course AED Agricultural Education
is the rural south-east of the United States, but examples will be drawn from rural areas in other
developed countries. Prereq: Graduate status in agricultural economics, public administration, AED 110 INTRODUCTION TO CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (3)
economics, or consent of instructor. (Same as PA 653.) [Offered in spring only.] The history, status, philosophy, and objectives of career and technical education in relation
to general education. (Same as FCS 110.)
AEC 661 PROGRAMMING MODELS IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. (3)
A study of some programming models useful in agricultural economics; includes an examination AED 362 FIELD EXPERIENCES IN CAREER
of the structure of the models themselves, economic interpretation of their components and AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (3)
their use in research in agricultural economics. Prereq: MA 416G and either AEC 620 or ECO Supervised experiences in schools and other agencies. Required of all Career and Technical
601. [Offered in fall only.] Education majors. Includes observation, participation, experience, field trips, inspection of
programs, and professional organizations. Prereq: Majors only. (Same as FCS 362.)
AEC 662 QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN RENEWABLE AND
NONRENEWABLE RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. (3) AED 371 ADVISING A CAREER
Application of dynamic optimization methods to renewable and nonrenewable resource AND TECHNICAL STUDENT ORGANIZATION. (3)
management. Includes problem formulation, mathematical problem solving, Matlab program- This course is designed to assist students in developing skills and competencies needed to plan,
ming, simulations and optimal policies analysis. Case examples are used to demonstrate implement, advise, and evaluate a Career and Technical Student Organization as part of the total
applicability and problem formulation in finance and general and partial equilibrium. Prereq: CTE program. (Same as FCS 371.)
MA 113 and MA 162 or equivalent, and AEC 661 or equivalent. (Same as FOR 662.)
AED 395 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CAREER
*AEC 691 SOCIOLOGY OF FOOD AND AGRICULTURE. (3) AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (1-3)
This seminar will analyze the transformation of agriculture and the food system in the historical Directed independent study of a selected problem in the field of career and technical education
context of increased globalization. Emphasis is given to key historical transitions, changing under the supervision of a faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 credit hours.
social relations surrounding production and consumption of food, and shifts in regulations and Prereq: Consent of appropriate instructor. (Same as FCS 395.)
policy at the local, national, and/or international levels. Such emphases provide a framework
AED 399 EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING IN CAREER
for understanding the historical roots and future prospects for the socioeconomic problems
AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (1-3)
confronting contemporary U.S. and global agriculture and food economies. Prereq: Graduate
A field based learning experience in career and technical education under the supervision of a
standing, or consent of instructor. (Same as CLD/SOC 691.)
faculty member. Student must complete a learning contract which outlines the requirements
AEC 724 APPLIED ECONOMETRICS. (3) agreed to by the student for successful completion of the course. Prereq: Consent of appropriate
This course introduces students to the econometric models, estimation procedures, and model instructor. (Same as FCS 399.)
applications in the literature. The course includes an overview of different econometric models,
model estimations using Stata and SAS, discussion of agricultural and applied economics papers AED 580 FOUNDATIONS OF TEACHING CAREER
applying these models, and writing mini projects and a term paper with econometric AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (3)
applications. Topics include discrete and limited dependent variable models, panel data models, Course focuses on the foundation of teacher development including: effective teacher
time-series models, instrumental variables, survival analysis, spatial econometrics and other characteristics, principles of teaching and learning, and preparation of lesson plans. Prereq:
special topics. Prereq: ECO 703 or consent of instructor. [Offered in spring only.] Admission into the Teacher Education Program. (Same as FCS 580.)
AEC 745 ENVIRONMENTAL AND NATURAL RESOURCE ECONOMICS. (3) AED 583 DESIGNING CURRICULUM AND ASSESSMENT
This course is a graduate-level survey of environmental and natural resource economics. IN CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (3)
Students will use mathematical models and econometric analysis to address topics including Instructional methodology course focused on analyzing the principles of teaching and learning
externalities and other market failures, environmental policies, management of renewable and to design curriculum, instruction, and assessment for formal and non-formal educational
nonrenewable resources, and non-market valuation. Prereq: ECO 701 and 703 (or equivalent settings. (Same as FCS 583.)
courses), or consent of instructor. (Same as ECO 726.) [Offered in fall only.]
AED 586 METHODS OF TEACHING CAREER of weather and climate on animals, plants and man are discussed. Lecture, two hours; laboratory,
AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (3) two hours per week. Prereq: Junior, Senior, or Graduate standing. (Same as TSM 461G.)
Development of teaching competencies with emphasis on: discussion, demonstration, prob-
lem-solving, cooperative learning, service learning methods. Prereq: Admission into the AEN 462 RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL IRRIGATION DESIGN. (3)
Teacher Education Program and AED/FCS 580. (Same as FCS 586.) The utilization of hydraulic principles in the design, assimilation, installation and operation
of residential and commercial irrigation systems in applications which emphasize water
AED 592 TEACHING EXPERIENCE IN CAREER conservation, nutrient management and environmental protection. Lecture, two hours;
AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (12) laboratory, two hours per week. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
Supervised experience in teaching Career and Technical Education. Requires observation,
lesson plan development, and incorporation of effective teaching methods and strategies. AEN 767 DISSERTATION RESIDENCY CREDIT. (2)
Regularly scheduled seminars included as an integral part of course. Prereq: Admission into Residency credit for dissertation research after the qualifying examination. Students may
the Teacher Education Program and successful completion of AED/FCS 580 and AED/FCS register for this course in the semester of the qualifying examination. A minimum of two
586. (Same as FCS 592.) semesters are required as well as continuous enrollment (Fall and Spring) until the dissertation
is completed and defended.
AED 671 YOUTH ORGANIZATIONS IN CAREER
AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (3)
A study of the underlying philosophy and principles for organizing and advising youth
organizations in career and technical education. Emphasis on activities that will enrich and
AFS Air Force Studies
motivate the instructional programs, and develop leadership, cooperation and citizenship.
AFS 111 AEROSPACE STUDIES I. (1)
(Same as FCS 671.)
A course designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of the nature and principles
AED 686 INSTRUCTIONAL ASSESSMENT IN CAREER of war, national power, and the Department of Defense role in the organization of national
AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (3) security. The student also develops leadership abilities by participating in a military
Instructional assessment of learning and achievement in Career and Technical Education middle organization, the cadet corps, which offers a wide variety of situations demanding effective
and high school classrooms is addressed. Focus is placed on test writing, measurement and leadership.
student achievement. (Same as FCS 686.)
AFS 112 LEADERSHIP LABORATORY I. (1)
AED 695 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CAREER A course designed for development of basic skills required to be a manager, including
AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (3) communications, human relations, and administration of equal opportunity. Credit will not be
An independent work course for students interested in career and technical education. Students granted toward the hours requirements for the degree. Pass/fail only. Coreq: AFS 111.
make individual investigations and report on special problems. (Same as FCS 695.)
AFS 113 AEROSPACE STUDIES I. (1)
AED 799 RESEARCH IN CAREER AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION. (1-3) A course designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of the contribution of
Individual research of importance to career and technical education. May be repeated to a aerospace power to the total U.S. strategic offensive and defensive military posture. The
maximum of nine credits. (Same as FCS 799.) student also develops leadership abilities by participating in a military organization, the cadet
corps, which offers a wide variety of situations demanding effective leadership. Prereq: AFS
111.
AEN Agricultural Engineering AFS 114 LEADERSHIP LABORATORY I. (1)
A continuation of AFS 113. A course designed to develop managerial skills including superior/
AEN 103 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF SURVEYING. (2) subordinate relationships, communications, customs and courtesies, basic drill movements and
General use of surveying equipment, development of topographic maps, layout of engineering career progression requirements. Credit will not be granted toward the hours requirements for
systems, earthwork computations, and introduction to boundary surveys for Agriculture the degree. Pass/fail only. Coreq: AFS 113.
students. This course is not available for credit to persons who have received credit in another
introductory surveying course. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, three hours. Prereq: A course AFS 211 AEROSPACE STUDIES II. (1)
in trigonometry, enrollment in the College of Agriculture and/or consent of instructor. Introduces the study of air power from a historical perspective; focuses on the development
of air power into a primary element of national security. Leadership experience is continued
*AEN 220 PRINCIPLES OF INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES. (3) through active participation in the cadet corps. Lecture, one hour; leadership laboratory, one
Principles of selection of internal combustion engines. Operating principles of internal hour. Prereq: AFS 111, 113 or PAS approval.
combustion engines including fuel injection, ignition, lubrication, and maintenance. Power
transmission application and efficiency are considered. Lecture, two hours per week; lab, two AFS 212 LEADERSHIP LABORATORY II. (1)
hours per week. (Same as TSM 220.) A course designed for development of advanced skills required to be a manager/leader, including
leadership styles, public speaking, group dynamics, motivation and preparation for field
*AEN 252 FABRICATION AND CONSTRUCTION training. Credit will not be granted toward the hours requirements for the degree. Pass/fail only.
FOR TECHNICAL SYSTEMS. (3) Coreq: AFS 211.
Lecture, 1 hour; laboratory 4 hours. Wood and metal work, including reading engineering
drawings, welding, power woodworking tools, soldering and pipe work. Prereq: Major in AFS 213 AEROSPACE STUDIES II. (1)
agricultural education, or Individualized Agriculture Curriculum (TSM), or a minor in TSM, Provides a foundation for understanding how air power has been employed in military and non-
or consent of instructor. (Same as TSM 252.) military operations to support national objectives. Examines the changing mission of the
defense establishment, with particular emphasis on the United States Air Force. Leadership
*AEN 263 AGRICULTURAL SAFETY AND HEALTH. (3) experience is continued through participation in the cadet corps. Lecture, one hour; leadership
The course provides an overview of major safety and health hazards in agricultural production laboratory, one hour per week. Prereq: AFS 111, 113 or PAS approval.
(farms) and of the basic approaches to prevention of agricultural injuries and illnesses.
AFS 214 LEADERSHIP LABORATORY II. (1)
*AEN 340 PRINCIPLES OF FOOD ENGINEERING. (4) A continuation of AFS 213. A course designed to develop supervisory management skills to
The functional requirements and principles of operation of systems for the handling and include communications, techniques of critique, social actions, personnel evaluation proce-
processing of food and agricultural products are studied. The areas covered are mass and energy dures, problem solving, role playing and field training preparation. Credit will not be granted
balances, fluid mechanics, heat transfer, refrigeration, food freezing, evaporation, drying and toward the hours requirements for the degree. Pass/fail only. Coreq: AFS 213.
special topics such as extrusion and microwave heating. Prereq: Junior standing and completion
of PHY 211 and MA 123 or MA 113 or MA 137 in Food Science curriculum. (Same as TSM AFS 311 AEROSPACE STUDIES III. (3)
340.) A study of management functions with emphasis on the individual as a manager in an Air Force
environment. Individual motivational and behavioral process, communication, and group
#AEN 341 BREWING SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY. (3) dynamics are included to provide a foundation for the development of professional skills as
Introduction to the science and technology associated with the brewing of beer. Topics will an Air Force Officer. Students refine their leadership and managerial abilities by organizing and
include the history of beer, varieties of beer, and production of beer. Within the discussions managing a quasi-military unit. Prereq: Acceptance into POC or approval of PAS.
about the production of beer, the effect of raw materials, processing, microbiology, and storage
on the taste and appearance of the beer will be studied. The class will also cover beer appreciation AFS 312 LEADERSHIP LABORATORY IIIA. (1)
and sensory perception, which will complement the discussions of science and technology in A course designed and focused on developing advanced leadership skills. Students fill the mid-
the production of beer. Prereq: All students must be 21 by the first day of class. level management function within the cadet corps. The course involves the planning and
controlling of military activities of the cadet corps, and the preparation and presentation of
AEN 461G BIOMETEOROLOGY. (3) briefings and other written and oral communications. Pass/Fail only. Coreq: AFS 311.
An introduction to the impact and relationship of the atmosphere on living organisms.
Emphasis on the practical application of meteorology to everyday problems within the AFS 313 AEROSPACE STUDIES III. (3)
biosphere. Weather analysis, interpretation, psychometrics of the atmosphere, and the impact A study of leadership with specific emphasis on the Air Force leader. Includes theoretical,
professional and communicative aspects. In addition, military justice and administrative law
are discussed within the context of the military organization. Students continue to develop and AIS 302 COLLOQUIAL ARABIC II. (3)
refine their leadership abilities by organizing and managing a military unit, the cadet corps, A continuation of AIS 301. Prereq: AIS 301 or consent of instructor.
which offers a wide variety of situations requiring effective leadership. Prereq: AFS 311.
#AIS 311 ARABIC FOR BUSINESS AND MEDIA I. (3)
AFS 314 LEADERSHIP LABORATORY III. (1) This course is designed to meet the needs of intermediate-level students of Arabic as well as
Laboratory to accompany AFS 313. Pass/fail only. Coreq: AFS 313. members of the business community who wish to learn Arabic for professional purposes. The
topics cover travel, social, and business interactions. The course also introduces and engages
AFS 395 INDEPENDENT AEROSPACE STUDIES. (2-6) with a variety of current, authentic and primary Arabic materials through the language of the
A study of an advanced problem on a subject area in aeronautical science under the guidance newspapers, magazines, Internet news sites, and TV news. Some of the media topics that will
of a departmental staff member. One discussion per week; term paper is required. May not be covered are meetings and conferences, elections, and demonstrations and social protest. By
be repeated. Prereq: Senior standing in the AFROTC Program, and 3.0 standing in Aerospace the end of this course, the students will be at a mid-intermediate level of proficiency in Arabic.
Studies. Prereq: To enroll in this course, students should have completed four semesters of Arabic (AIS
AFS 411 AEROSPACE STUDIES IVA. (3) 101, AIS 102, AIS 201, and AIS 202). Alternatively, the students should seek the approval
A study of the military profession, civil-military interaction, communicative skills, framework of the course instructor.
of defense policy, and formulation of defense strategy. Students refine their leadership abilities #AIS 312 ARABIC FOR BUSINESS AND MEDIA II. (3)
by organizing and managing a military unit, the cadet corps, which offers a wide variety of This course builds on and expands the business, travel, and social topics covered in AIS 311
situations requiring effective leadership. Prereq: AFS 313, or approval of PAS. through additional and more complex situations and interactions, such as shopping, going
AFS 412 LEADERSHIP LABORATORY IVA. (1) around town, at the sales office, at the post office, at the bank, renting and buying a house and
A course designed and focused on developing advanced leadership skills. Students fill the top a lot of land. The course also expands on the media topics covered in the first part of this course,
level management function within the cadet corps. The course involves the planning and in terms of both variety and difficulty. Some of the new topics will be elections, conflict and
controlling of military activities of the cadet corps, and the preparation and presentation of terrorism, business, cultural and social news. The course will take the students to a high-
briefings and other written and oral communications. The lab also includes practice of leadership intermediate level of proficiency in Arabic. Prereq: To enroll in this course, students should
techniques aimed at motivating and instructing cadets in the lower three levels. Pass/Fail only. have completed five semesters of Arabic (AIS 101, AIS 102, AIS 201, AIS 202, and AIS 311).
Laboratory, two hours per week. Coreq: AFS 411. Alternatively, the students should seek the approval of the course instructor.
AFS 413 AEROSPACE STUDIES IVB. (3) #AIS 320 MODERN ARABIC LITERATURE AND FILM IN TRANSLATION. (3)
Continues the study of strategy and the management of conflict, formulation and implemen- This course introduces students to major Arab writers, poets, and film makers through some
tation of U.S. defense policy, defense organization, and case studies in defense policy making. of their primary novels, novellas, poems, and films with a focus on the heart of the Arab world.
Students also refine their leadership abilities by organizing and managing a military unit, the AIS 330 ISLAMIC CIVILIZATION II. (3)
cadet corps, which offers a wide variety of situations requiring effective leadership. Prereq: The Islamic world’s response to westernization and the resultant reassertion of its cultural role
AFS 411 or approval of PAS. in the modern world.
AFS 414 LEADERSHIP LABORATORY IVB. (1) AIS 331 CLASSICAL ARABIC LITERATURE (in English). (3)
A continuation of AFS 412. A course designed and focused on developing advanced leadership Reading from some of the major works of Arabic literature (poetry and prose) of the 6th-14th
skills. Students fill the top level management function within the cadet corps. The course centuries which are an integral part of the Arab cultural heritage, e.g., the Mu’allaqat, Koran,
involves the planning and controlling of military activities of the cadet corps, and the Ibn Ishaq’s Sirah; al-Tabari’s Ta’rikh; Abu’l Faraj’s Kitab al-Aghani; al-Ghazzali’s Ihya; al-
preparation and presentation of briefings and other written and oral communications. The lab Hariri’s Maqamat; and Ibn Khaldun’s Muqaddimah.
also includes practice of leadership techniques aimed at motivating and instructing cadets in
the lower three levels. Pass/Fail only. Laboratory, two hours per week. Coreq: AFS 413. AIS 338 WOMEN AND ISLAM. (3)
A survey of women’s issues related to Islam and contemporary Muslim culture including the
perception of women in Islam, the role and rights of women in Islam, female circumcision, honor
killing women’s dress. The course will discuss the viewpoints of the Muslim traditionalists,
AHP Allied Health Professions modernists, western feminists and the emerging Islamic feminists.
AHP 840 ETHICS IN HEALTH PRACTICE. (2) AIS 340 FUNDAMENTALISM AND REFORM IN ISLAM. (3)
A study of selected ethical issues that arise in the practice of health professionals. The health This course focuses on the revival of Islam in the 20th century and the various responses of
professional’s obligations to patients, colleagues, employing institutions, and the community Islam to modernism and western political and intellectual domination. Particular attention will
will be considered, and relevant case studies will be analyzed. be given to the rise of militant Islam and the terrorist attacks of 9/11. The original writings of
major thinkers will be read and discussed.
#AIS 345 ISLAMIC MYSTICISM. (3)
AIS Arabic and Islamic Studies This course is an overview of Islamic spirituality, which refers to the spiritual aspects within
basic Islamic texts and general Islamic practices, and Islamic mysticism, which refers to the
AIS 101 ELEMENTARY MODERN STANDARD ARABIC. (4) concepts and practices of Sufism. Throughout the entire course, poems from Rumi, the greatest
An introduction to the standard written language of the Arab World. Initial emphasis upon the of the Sufi poets, will be read and discussed. The purpose of the course is to expose students
phonology and script, followed by gradual coverage of the grammar, with exercises in reading, to the ideas and practices of Islamic spirituality and mysticism, the history of Sufism and in
writing, pronunciation, and vocabulary building. a lesser extent the debate between Sufism and normative Islam.
AIS 102 ELEMENTARY MODERN STANDARD ARABIC. (4) AIS 395 INDEPENDENT WORK IN ARABIC/ISLAMIC STUDIES. (1-3)
Continuation of AIS 101. Prereq: AIS 101. Students who have the proper qualifications may undertake a special problem in reading and
AIS 201 INTERMEDIATE MODERN STANDARD ARABIC. (3) research. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. (Recommended.)
A continuation of AIS 102, stressing comprehension of written and oral material, the ability #AIS 410 THEOLOGY AND LAW IN ISLAM. (3)
to read Arabic aloud and to compose written material, and the ability to speak. Prereq: AIS This course provides an historical and thematic overview of theology and law (Shari’ah or Fiqh)
102. in Islam. The main concepts of Islamic theology are introduced, comparing them to Christian
AIS 202 INTERMEDIATE MODERN STANDARD ARABIC. (3) thought and taking into account contemporary issues. The section on law covers the historical
A continuation of AIS 201, stressing comprehension of written and oral material, the ability development of the classical legal schools and the main concepts of Islamic legal philosophy.
to read Arabic aloud and to compose written material, and the ability to speak. Prereq: AIS Prereq: Islamic Civilization I or the permission of the instructor.
201. #AIS 430 ISLAM IN AMERICA. (3)
*AIS 228 ISLAMIC CIVILIZATION. (3) This course is an overview of the Muslim experience in America with special emphasis on the
This course is an introduction to the religion of Islam and the classical era of the Islamic issues facing Muslims as they seek to adjust and find their space in America, especially in the
civilization. A great deal of time will be spent on the life of Muhammad (570-632) and basic wake of 9/11.
beliefs, rituals and practices. The course will also explore aspects of the history of Islamic AIS 435 TOPICS IN ISLAMIC STUDIES (Subtitle required). (3)
civilization from the time of Muhammad to around the 17th century, including science, art Variable in content, this course focuses on important texts and issues in Islamic history, religion,
theology and law. literature, and philosophy. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits under different
AIS 301 COLLOQUIAL ARABIC I. (3) subtitles.
Provides advanced skills in developing linguistic and communicative skills in colloquial Arabic AIS 440 INTRODUCTION TO THE QURAN. (3)
based on Egyptian Arabic that is widely understood throughout the Arab world. Introduces An introduction to the disciplines of knowledge related to the Quran, its major themes, style
aspects of Egyptian cultural life. Designed for those who have some experience with Standard of presentation, and relevance to contemporary societies and issues.
Arabic. Prereq: AIS 202 or consent of instructor.
AIS 442 ARABIC READING I. (3) military campaigns and leaders in order to complete a battle analysis, and short research
Advanced skills in speaking, reading, and analyzing selected texts from traditional and modern assignments. Prereq: Consent of instructor (Same as HIS 320.)
Arabic literature using formal spoken and written Arabic. Introduction to the use of Arabic
computer software. Prereq: AIS 202 or equivalent. AMS 341 LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT II. (3)
An advanced study of logistics, operations, military administrations, personnel management,
AIS 443 ARABIC READING II. (3) military justice, world change and military implications, service orientation and leadership
Continuation of AIS 442 with emphasis on Modern Arabic Short Stories. Prereq: AIS 442 or training. Prereq: AMS 301, 302. Must be taken concurrent with AMS 350.
equivalent.
AMS 342 COMMAND MANAGEMENT. (3)
AIS 495G ADVANCED INDEPENDENT WORK An advanced study of logistics, operations, military administration, personnel management,
IN ARABIC/ISLAMIC STUDIES. (1-3) military justice, world change and military implications, service orientation and leadership
Independent research in Russian and Eastern Studies on an advanced level for undergraduate training. Prereq: AMS 301, 302. Must be taken concurrent with AMS 350.
and graduate students. Students will be required to establish a written contract with the relevant
faculty member describing the tasks to be completed in the course. May be repeated to a AMS 350 ADVANCED MILITARY SCIENCE LAB. (1)
maximum of six credits, or a total of six credits of AIS 395 and 495G. A hands-on practicum which exposes the student to the military skills required for advanced
technical and tactical competence as an Army officer. The course affords junior and senior
cadets opportunities to develop and refine their leadership style and abilities under differing
constraints and environments. Laboratory, two hours per week and two weekend exercises.
AMS American Military Studies May be repeated to a maximum of four credits. Prereq: AMS 250, AMS 101, AMS 201 and
AMS 202. Concurrent: AMS 301, 302, 341 or 342.
BASIC COURSES AMS 395 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN LEADERSHIP. (1-2)
AMS 101 INTRODUCTION TO THE ARMY. (2) Advanced study in leadership. Students are under guidance and confer individually with faculty
This introductory level course is designed to give students an appreciation for the role the Army on approved topic(s). A written report or paper is expected and will be filed in the chairperson’s
currently plays in our society. The course covers the history of the Army and the roles and office. May be repeated to a maximum of four credits. Prereq: Completion of AMS 302 and
relationships of the Army within our society. The course also covers some of the basic skills approval of PMS.
necessary for today’s leaders to include oral presentation, time management, map reading, basic
rifle marksmanship and squad tactics. Prereq: Must be concurrent with AMS 250.
AMS 102 INTRODUCTION TO LEADERSHIP. (2) AN Analytics
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental skills necessary to be a
leader, both in military and civilian context. Course also covers basic military map reading skills. AN 250 BUSINESS DATA ANALYSIS. (3)
Prereq: Must be concurrent with AMS 250. Business Data Analysis is a course in applied business decision making. It uses Excel to
organize, summarize, and analyze data and to interpret the results of such analysis. It is an
AMS 201 AMERICAN MILITARY HISTORY. (2) introduction to the process of transforming raw data into results to support common business
Study of the development of the U.S. from a military perspective. Pre-parallel development decisions. The course will emphasize hands-on problem solving in a business context rather
of technology and warfare; and emphasis on the evaluation of military leadership from the than on the specific techniques. Prereq: MA 113, MA 123, MA 137 or equivalent.
historically tested principles of warfare from the Civil War to the present.
AN 300 ANALYZING BUSINESS OPERATIONS. (3)
AMS 202 EFFECTIVE MILITARY COMMUNICATIONS. (2) To be well-prepared, a business graduate must appreciate the nature and importance of an
This course provides instruction and practical experience in the art of speaking and writing in enterprise’s operations. This core business course introduces underlying concepts and basic
the Army style. Students will demonstrate competency through a series of oral presentations analytical techniques essential for managing a firm’s manufacturing and service operations.
and writing assignments. Small unit tactics and map reading skills will also be used in the Operations decisions focus on how to plan, control, and coordinate the organizational resources
implementation of the oral presentations. and processes concerned with producing and distributing goods and/or services. This course
emphasizes quantitative and technology-based analyses of real decision problems involving
AMS 211 ADVANCED LEADERSHIP I. (2) such operations issues as quality control, capacity planning, location analysis, layout analysis,
This course focuses on both theoretical and practical aspects of leadership. Students will inventory management, forecasting, and project management within a business firm. Prereq:
examine topics such as written and oral communication, effective listening, assertiveness, Completion of all college pre-major requirements and admission to Upper Division in Business
personality, adult development, motivation, and organizational culture and change. Prereq: and Economics.
AMS 101 and 102, or consent of instructor. Must be taken concurrent with AMS 250.
AN 303 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT. (3)
AMS 212 ADVANCED LEADERSHIP II. (2) The study of supply chain management involves the management of key business processes,
This course focuses principally on officership, providing an extensive examination of the the flow of goods and information, and relationships with fellow members of the supply chain.
unique purpose, roles, and obligations of commissioned officers. It includes a detailed This course will introduce students to the terminology, concepts, and skills related to supply
investigation of the origin or our institutional values and their practical application in decision chain management. Students will develop an understanding of the complexities associated with
making and leadership. Prereq: AMS 101, 102 and 211, or consent of the instructor. Must be the physical movement of goods and information, and how they affect the mission of the firm.
taken concurrent with AMS 250. Discussions will address the various processes and activities within an organization and how
AMS 250 BASIC MILITARY SCIENCE LAB. (1) they interface with other members of the supply chain. Prereq: Completion of all college pre-
A hands-on practicum which exposes the student to the military skills required for basic major requirements and admission to Upper Division in Business and Economics. Non B&E
technical and tactical competence to enter the Advanced Course. Laboratory, two hours per Upper Division undergraduate students may be enrolled with the consent of the instructor.
week and two week-end exercises. May be repeated to a maximum of four credits. (Same as MKT 303.)
AN 306 ANALYTICS: MODELS AND METHODS. (3)
ADVANCED COURSES Analytical activities are rapidly expanding in businesses, government and not-for-profit
organizations. For the modern enterprise, problems in practically every domain are being
AMS 301 LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT I. (3) formulated as models, which are then used to analyze data – producing explanations and
Course of study in development of basic skills required to function as a manager; study of predictions to help solve these problems. Using potentially vast volumes of data, these models
leadership styles, group dynamics, communications, motivation and military instruction are implemented and solved via computers – generating solutions that must then be interpreted
methods; and school of the soldier and exercise of command. Prereq: AMS 101, 102, graduate and appropriately applied in decisional processes. This course leads students through the steps
or undergraduate student (male or female), successful completion of basic course or basic camp, of model formulation, solution, interpretation, and application in such crucial decision domains
physically fit to pursue program; consent of PMS. Must be taken concurrent with AMS 350. as investment, scheduling, production, inventory, and logistics. It furnishes hand-on experi-
AMS 302 ADVANCED TACTICS. (3) ences with such widely used modeling techniques as linear programming, network flow
Small unit tactics and communications, organization and mission of combat arms units; programming, and multiple-objective decision modeling. Prereq: Completion of all college pre-
leadership and the exercise of command. Prereq: AMS 101, 102, graduate or undergraduate major requirements and admission to Upper Division in Business and Economics. Non-B&E
student (male or female), successful completion of basic course or basic camp, physically fit Upper Division undergraduate students may be enrolled with the consent of the instructor.
to pursue program; consent of PMS. Must be taken concurrent with AMS 350. (Same as MKT 306.)
AMS 320 ADVANCED STUDIES IN AMERICAN MILITARY HISTORY. (3) AN 320 BUSINESS COMPUTING SYSTEMS. (3)
This course will furnish upper level UK ROTC Cadets, and qualified History majors or minors This course investigates how business firms use computing systems to facilitate effective and
with the methodological tools and materials needed to gain a more detailed understanding of efficient business processes – thereby improving individual and organizational productivity
American Military History and to put together a major research paper. AMS/HIS 320 will and competitiveness. The course is geared toward non-technical professionals who seek an
emphasize basic research skills: understanding historiographical debates within a military overall understanding of how firms design and deploy computer-based solutions to organiza-
framework, developing effective note taking, outlining techniques, picking a feasible research tional problems. Using cases and hands-on exercises as pedagogical tools, the course furnishes
topic, finding useful primary sources and drawing inferences from them, examining American a business applications-oriented view of various computing technologies, such as communi-
cation networks, databases, decision support systems, and enterprise systems. The course also tivity, this course examines their underlying philosophic, strategic, and human issues. The
addresses ethical and global management issues arising from the worldwide deployment and coverage includes emergent practices for continuous improvement including Kaizen, Six Sigma,
use of such systems by modern, global business firms. Prereq: CS 101 or MOS Certification. customer relationship management, and strategic planning. Prereq: Completion of all college
Open only to Business Minors; not available for credit to Business and Economics Majors. pre-major requirements and admission to Upper Division or Graduate Student status in
Business and Economics. Non-B&E Upper Division undergraduate students and graduate
AN 322 INFORMATION SYSTEMS IN THE MODERN ENTERPRISE. (3) students may be enrolled with the consent of the instructor. (Same as MKT 406.)
This course provides an introduction to the uses of information systems in the management
of organizations. Recognizing that modern organizations rely on such systems, it is geared AN 420G DATA MINING. (3)
toward aspiring professionals who need to understand both how these systems contribute to Data mining is concerned with tools and techniques to help a data/business analyst numerically
their organizations and how they can participate in the realization in value from these systems. and visually explore vast data sets, classify data, predict outcomes, or identify associations,
The course covers basic systems concepts; socio-technical issues; emerging hardware, patterns, and exceptional events. In practical terms, such capabilities allow firms to better
software, and telecommunications infrastructure technologies; systems analysis and design, segment markets, evaluate and classify stocks, identify prospective customers, foretell
database management; system implementation; project management; and systems manage- contingencies and catastrophes, identify defaulters and fraudulent transactions, measure churn,
ment. It also introduces such applications as decision support, knowledge management, and identify threats, perform service requests, bundle goods and services, recognize how events
e-business with an emphasis on relevant managerial problems within both local and global (e.g., purchases) are likely to unfold over time, and so on. Such capabilities often make the
contexts. Prereq: Completion of all college pre-major requirements and admission to Upper difference between survival and demise in today’s increasingly global, increasingly competi-
Division in Business and Economics. Non-B&E Upper Division undergraduate students may tive, and increasingly volatile business settings. Prereq: Completion of all college pre-major
be enrolled with the consent of the instructor. requirements and admission to Upper Division or graduate student status in Business and
Economics. Non-B&E Upper Division undergraduate students and graduate students may be
AN 324 DATA BASE MANAGEMENT. (3) enrolled with the consent of the instructor. (Same as MKT 420.)
Databases are the backbone of information systems. Almost every modern organization uses
database technology to support its routine operations such as inventory management, AN 440G TOPICS IN ANALYTICS. (3)
customer relationship management, human resources management, and electronic commerce. This course covers contemporary topics in enterprise data, analysis, and decision making. Past
Database technology is also the foundation of data-driven decision-making that has permeated coverage has included Data Mining, Data Communications, and Valuation of Information. The
the business world. With the proliferation of data-driven decision-making and end-user topics covered would also be valuable to students from programs such as Computer Science,
computing, understanding database technologies is necessary for business students to remain Telecommunications, Statistics and Engineering. Prereq: Completion of all college pre-major
competent in the modern business environment. Prereq: Completion of all college pre-major requirements and admission to Upper Division or Graduate Student status in Business and
requirements and admission to Upper Division in Business and Economics. Non B&E Upper Economics. Non-B&E Upper Division undergraduate students and graduate students may be
Division undergraduate students may be enrolled with the consent of the instructor. (Same as enrolled with the consent of the instructor. (Same as MKT 440.)
MKT 324.)
AN 450G ANALYTICS TECHNOLOGIES. (3)
AN 390 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANALYTICS. (3) This course develops computing skills relevant to the construction, maintenance, and usage
This course number gives faculty members the flexibility to teach various special topics of of systems for analytics. It does so by combining the facets of technology (e.g., advanced
interest to students, subject to contemporary student demand and faculty availability. The spreadsheet computing), realistic workplace decision making, and decision support system
special topics are concerned with techniques, technologies, and applications related to development into a capstone experience. Prior courses introduce students to analytical
analytics. The offerings include, but are not limited to, such courses as Supply Chain techniques commonly used in organizational decision making, as well as current information
Management, Enterprise Systems, Electronic Commerce, Systems Analysis & Design, Data technologies. This course combines students’ abilities in both areas within an advanced
Mining, Data Warehouse & Database Management, Online Analytical Processing, Knowledge software context. Specifically, the course enhances students’ abilities in developing computer-
Management Systems, and Programming Languages. While a student may take as many distinct based systems that employ analytical techniques for the purpose of aiding organizational
DIS 390 courses as are offered, only two or these can be counted as electives. A student may decision makers. Prereq: Senior standing or graduate student status in the College of Business
not repeat a special topics course under the same title. Prereq: Completion of all college pre- and Economics. B&E undergraduate students must have completed 9 of the 18 credits required
major requirements and admission to Upper Division in Business and Economics. Non-B&E for an Analytics major. Non-B&E Upper Division undergraduate students and graduate
Upper Division undergraduate students may be enrolled with the consent of the instructor. students may be enrolled with the consent of the instructor.
AN 395 INDIVIDUAL WORK IN ANALYTICS. (1-3)
This individually customized course enables the student to independently study a topic of
personal interest that is not ordinarily covered in the standard curriculum. The student confers ANA Anatomy and Neurobiology
with a willing, qualified instructor to design the course – including the course scope, learning
methods, timetable, milestones, deliverables, and evaluation metrics. Typically, a final written ANA 109 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY FOR NURSING I. (4)
report or paper is required. To ensure progress, the student stays in contact with the instructor Basic anatomy and physiology integrated to prepare freshman students for nursing. Lecture
throughout the course of independent study. Examples of prior individual work include: Lean 3 hours, laboratory 1 hour. (This course will have a laboratory fee.)
Logistics, Website Design & Implementation, Enterprise Resources Planning, Materials
ANA 110 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY FOR NURSING II. (4)
Requirement Planning, Lot Sizing, Advanced Six Sigma, Programming in Java, and Database
Basic anatomy and physiology integrated to prepare freshman students for nursing. Lecture
Design. A course of independent study may not be requested/offered for material that is already
3 hours, laboratory 1 hour. (This course will have a laboratory fee.) Prereq: Successful
covered in the normal curriculum, except under extenuating circumstances. May be repeated
completion of ANA 109 with a C or better.
to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Completion of all college pre-major requirements and
admission to Upper Division in Business and Economics. Approval of Instructor and DSIS ANA 209 PRINCIPLES OF HUMAN ANATOMY. (3)
Director of Undergraduate Studies. The structure of the human body will be examined at various levels: cellular, tissues and organ
systems. The gross anatomical arrangement of the body will be studied in a system-by-system
AN 403G PRODUCTION AND INVENTORY SYSTEMS. (3)
format relating structure to function and the fundamentals of human embryology/malformation
This course is an advanced introduction to the complexities of managing production and
with adult anatomy. The central nervous system will be emphasized. Prereq: Introductory
inventory systems. An enterprise’s success in today’s highly-competitive, often-global
biology or zoology.
business environment, depends on effectively managing its production activities and the related
inventories at various production-process stages. Because such decisions are invariably tied #ANA 305 INTRODUCTION TO NEUROSCIENCE TECHNIQUES. (4)
to demand forecasts, the course begins with an examination of forecasting. Students are then This introductory laboratory course will provide students with practical knowledge and hands-
led through the topics of production planning, master scheduling, material-requirements & on experience in basic behavioral, anatomical and physiological techniques used by laboratory
manufacturing-resources planning, production activity control, capacity management, and scientists in the investigation of the nervous system. It is designed as a gateway to independent
sequencing & scheduling. The course culminates with coverage of contemporary trends toward research experiences in working neuroscience laboratories. Prereq: BIO 302 Introduction to
just-in-time manufacturing systems and lean manufacturing systems. Applications of analo- Neuroscience or equivalent. (Same as BIO/PSY 305.)
gous systems and principles in the service sector are also addressed throughout the course.
Prereq: Completion of all college pre-major requirements and admission to Upper Division or ANA 309 AN INTRODUCTION TO REGIONAL ANATOMY. (5)
graduate student status in Business and Economics. Non-B&E Upper Division undergraduate This course is designed to serve as a transition between systems-based undergraduate anatomy
students and graduate students may be enrolled with the consent of the instructor. (Same as and regionally-based medical professional anatomy. The human body will be taught in an online
MKT 403.) format, including modules for independent study, weekly virtual team-based learning sessions,
and formal course and practical examinations. Anatomical organization will be presented in a
AN 406G PRODUCTIVITY AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT. (3) regional format so that students can assimilate the bones, muscles, vasculature, innervations,
This course is an advanced treatment of two related concepts that are vital to the success of and lymphatic pattern for each region of the body, similar to the pedagogical approach used
an enterprise: quality and productivity. As a key ingredient of competitive strategy, quality in medical professional programs. Prereq: ANA 209 and mastery of the Second Life program.
encompasses many attributes of a product or service – such as its design, its features, fit and
finish, durability, safety, and customer treatment. In highly competitive settings, a firm that
achieves and sustains high quality levels for its goods and/or services, while remaining at least
as efficient as competitors in processes used to produce these outputs, tends to outperform
its competitors. Beginning with an examination of connections between quality and produc-
ANA 395 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH component of the laboratory portion. 140 hours. Prereq: Admission to the College of Dentistry.
IN ANATOMY AND NEUROBIOLOGY. (1-3) (Same as OBI 815.)
Independent research with faculty members. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits.
Laboratory, three to nine hours per week. Prereq: Biology or psychology majors with ANA 536 HUMAN EMBRYOLOGY, AN ABBREVIATED COURSE. (2)
sophomore, junior, or senior standing and consent of a faculty member. A concise presentation of developmental mechanisms, early development of the embryo, and
subsequent development of selected systems and regions of the body. Lecture, one hour.
#ANA 410G NEUROBIOLOGY OF BRAIN Prereq: Admission to the College of Dentistry.
AND SPINAL CORD DISORDERS. (3)
ANA 410G is a multidisciplinary discussion of neurodegenerative diseases and neurologic ANA 538 DENTAL NEUROANATOMY. (2)
disorders. The course objective is to provide an in depth understanding of the basic science and Study of human dental neuroanatomy with emphasis on functional neuroanatomy of central
clinical symptoms of selected neurologic disorders and neurodegenerative diseases, current nervous system, especially related to cranial nerves 5, 7, 9, and 10, pain, and long tracts. Lecture,
treatment strategies and new approaches for treatment and potential cure of these devastating one hour per week. Prereq: Admission to the College of Dentistry. (Same as OBI 817.)
illnesses. Included are such topics as the 1) subcellular and molecular basis of the diseases, 2) ANA 600 SEMINAR IN ANATOMY. (1)
the role of genetics in aging and neurodegeneration, 3) mechanisms of cell death, and 4) the A weekly seminar devoted to presentation and discussion of classic and new research in the
cellular/molecular basis of neurodegenerative diseases and neurologic disorders. The format of field. May be repeated to a maximum of four credits. Prereq: Admission to the anatomy graduate
the course will consist of a series of formal lectures and informal discussion sessions. Reference program or permission of the course director.
materials will be recent review articles. Graduate students taking the course will present studies
from the primary medical literature in a journal club format and will also prepare a paper ANA 605 NEUROBIOLOGY OF CNS INJURY AND REPAIR. (3)
examining one disorder in detail. This course will be of interest to advanced students from a The objective of the course will be to provide a general overview of the current state of
variety of disciplines whose interests concern brain and spinal cord disorders. Prereq: For knowledge concerning the pathophysiology and therapeutic approaches to central nervous
undergraduate students: BIO 302 or PSY 312 or consent of course directors. For graduate system injury. The course will provide a strong working background concerning the issues,
students: Enrollment in a graduate program in biomedical sciences, gerontological sciences or techniques and frontiers of neurotrauma therapeutic discovery research aimed at reducing acute
consent of one of the course directors. post-traumatic neurodegeneration in the injured brain or spinal cord or enabling regeneration
and repair. This course is a graduate level course intended for students who are in their second
#ANA 417G FUNCTIONAL HUMAN NEUROANATOMY. (3) or subsequent years of graduate study and who are pursuing focused research training in
This course provides an introductory level of understanding of human central nervous system neurotrauma research. No special prerequisites, other than graduate standing, are necessary.
(CNS) anatomy and function. Lecture topics will explore the CNS based on structures that make However, a background in neuroanatomy and neurophysiology is highly recommended. Prereq:
up functional systems (e.g., motor, sensory, visual, etc.), how these systems interact, and Permission of instructor. (Same as PGY 605.)
examples of how a loss of function results in disease conditions. Prereq: BIO 302 Introduction
to Neuroscience. ANA 609 EDUCATIONAL STRATEGIES
IN THE ANATOMICAL SCIENCES. (3)
#ANA 442 MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR NEUROBIOLOGY. (3) This course informs on and examines multiple aspects of teaching the Anatomical Sciences.
This 3 credit hour course is designed to be an introductory course for undergraduate students Classroom and laboratory issues, teaching theory, portfolio development and presentation
aimed at providing an overview of major principles and techniques associated with cellular and strategies are among the topics covered. Prereq: Admission to the graduate certificate program
molecular neurobiology. Subject matter is intended to range from molecular mechanisms in the Anatomical Sciences or the permission of the course director.
underlying neuronal signaling and cellular function to how these properties are invoked across
simple networks, neural systems and behavior. Prereq: BIO 152 or an equivalent; BIO 302 or ANA 611 REGIONAL HUMAN ANATOMY. (5)
PSY 312, or consent of course director. Functional human anatomy covering all regions of the body utilizing dissection techniques with
an emphasis on cross-sectional anatomy and normal morphology. Lecture, four hours;
ANA 503 INDEPENDENT WORK IN ANATOMY. (3) laboratory, four hours per week. Prereq: Enrollment in the PAS Program of the College of Allied
Reading and laboratory work in a defined area of anatomy are carried out under the direct Health or a graduate program in the biomedical sciences (by consent of course director only).
supervision of one staff member. Hours of discussion and laboratory work by individual
arrangement. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. Prereq: An introductory course in ANA 612 BIOLOGY OF AGING. (3)
biology, zoology, or botany and consent of instructor. A multidisciplinary discussion of how the process of aging affects biological systems. Coverage
will be quite broad and includes topics such as subcellular and cellular aging, genetics,
ANA 511 INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN ANATOMY. (5) immunology, anatomy and physiology, animal model of aging, etc. Prereq: Enrollment in the
The principles of organization of the human body are presented. Gross anatomy lectures doctoral program in Gerontology or a biomedical science department or consent of instructor.
initially follow a systemic plan. This is succeeded by a regional presentation. Several methods (Same as BIO/GRN/PGY 612.)
of studying anatomy are utilized. These include radiology, palpation of living structures, and
the demonstration of prosected fresh and fixed materials. Prereq: Some background in biology, ANA 618 MOLECULAR NEUROBIOLOGY. (4)
including one or more such courses as biology, zoology, botany, comparative anatomy or This course provides knowledge base and analytical skills in the field of molecular neurobiology.
embryology, and enrollment in the College of Medicine or a graduate program in the biomedical An in-depth introduction to current technologies, their rationale and limitations, will be the
sciences. In addition, students from graduate programs outside of anatomy must obtain the focus to address normal brain function and neuropathological conditions. Prereq: BCH 501,
consent of the course director before registration. 502, NEU 605, or consent of instructor. (Same as BIO/MI/PGY 618.)
ANA 512 MICROSCOPY AND ULTRASTRUCTURE. (4) ANA 625 INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTIONAL MRI. (1)
The organization of cells, tissues and organs are presented through lectures and in the Hands-on course for practitioners interested in acquiring functional MRI technique(s) as a
laboratory, through the microscopic study of histological sections and illustrations. Prereq: research tool. Prereq: (1) Introductory statistics (e.g. PSY 610, STA 503, STA 570). (2)
Some background in biology, including one or more such courses as biology, zoology, botany, Permission of instructor.
histological techniques, comparative anatomy or embryology and enrollment in the College of
ANA 629 TECHNIQUES OF ANATOMICAL RESEARCH. (2)
Medicine or a graduate program in the biomedical sciences. In addition, students from graduate
The objective of this course is the familiarization of students with research techniques in
programs outside of anatomy must obtain the consent of the course director before registration.
anatomy. The relationship will be tutorial. Students will work under the direction of given staff
ANA 516 SELECTED TOPICS IN ADVANCED NEUROSCIENCE. (3) members for determined periods of time, usually on a problem. The exact length of time will
ANA 516 will cover advanced topics in neuroscience. Topics include: neural pathways, depend upon the student’s purposes, progress and the techniques. The problem may be new
development, neuroanatomy, neurobiochemistry, neuropharmacology, neural imaging and research or a repetition of previous work. May be repeated to a maximum of four hours. Prereq:
molecular neuroscience. Laboratory experiences will be used to complement lectures. Prereq: Previous senior college or graduate level work in biology and consent of instructor.
ANA 511, 512, 513; PGY 511; and enrollment in the College of Medicine or a graduate program
ANA 631 ADVANCED HUMAN ANATOMY. (3-5)
in the bio-medical sciences. In addition, students from graduate programs outside of anatomy
The objective of this course is to meet individual student needs for increased knowledge in
must obtain the consent of the course director before registration.
particular areas of gross human morphology. Investigations of problems involving gross
ANA 530 COMBINED HISTOLOGY morphology will be carried out. One or several defined areas of the body will be studied in
AND SPECIAL ORAL MICROANATOMY. (5) considerable detail by dissection, by intensive use of the pertinent literature, by the use of visual
An analysis of the histological structure and organization of the human body, including an aids, prosected materials and other appropriate learning aids. Prereq: A background in gross
especially detailed treatment of the tissues and organs related to the oral cavity. Prereq: human anatomy equivalent to a medical school course in regional anatomy and consent of course
Admission to the College of Dentistry or some background in biology and consent of instructor. director and/or Director of Graduate Studies in Anatomy and Neurobiology.
ANA 532 SYSTEMIC HUMAN ANATOMY. (2) ANA 633 ADVANCED DEVELOPMENTAL ANATOMY. (2-5)
A presentation at the gross-anatomical level of the structure and organization of the several This is a detailed study of intra-uterine development, both normal and abnormal, usually
organ systems that constitute the human body. Prereq: Admission to the College of Dentistry. arranged as a tutorial or small seminar series. Enrollment limited to 10 students. Prereq: ANA
511 or 811 and ANA 513 or their equivalents; or consent of instructor.
ANA 534 DENTAL GROSS ANATOMY AND EMBRYOLOGY. (6)
ANA 636 ADVANCED NEUROANATOMY. (3-5)
Study of human gross and developmental anatomy with particular emphasis on functional
The objectives include specific and detailed correlation of microscopic and ultrastructural
anatomy of the head and neck. Lecture/laboratory course, with dissection being an essential
morphology of structures in the nervous system with function of these structures. Emphasis
will be placed on structure-function relationships, neurotransmitters, chemical constituents ANA 802 NEUROANATOMY FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY STUDENTS. (2)
of the nervous system, neuronal as well as non-neuronal cells, plasticity of the nervous system A concise account of the functional anatomy of the central nervous system. The anatomical
and developmental biology. The detailed content and emphasis will depend on both the organization is correlated with physiological activity. Emphasis is placed upon the morpho-
background and goals of the students. Depending on number of credits a student registers for, logical basis for progressively higher levels of control of activity from the simple reflex to
and the topic and course orientation, laboratory work, library work, written and/or oral voluntary motor activities controlled by the cerebral cortex. This type of knowledge is required
presentations may be a course requirement. Prereq: ANA 511, 512, 513, 516, or equivalents, for proper understanding and performance of physical therapy technicians in the treatment
or consent of instructor. of medical and surgical disease.
ANA 638 DEVELOPMENTAL NEUROBIOLOGY. (3) ANA 811 HUMAN ANATOMY FOR ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS. (5)
An explanation of the processes which contribute to the development of the nervous system. A dissection-based gross anatomy course designed to present the principles of the human body
Neurophysiological, cell biological and molecular approaches to cell differentiation, neuronal in a regional format with special emphasis on functional/clinical anatomical relationships.
pathfinding and synapse formation and stabilization will be explored and discussed. Examples Prereq: Enrollment in the PT program of the College of Allied Health Professions.
will be drawn from both vertebrate and invertebrate preparations. Prereq: BIO 535 or consent
of instructor. (Same as BIO/PGY/PSY 638.) ANA 814 HUMAN STRUCTURE/GROSS ANATOMY. (6)
The course consists of lecture, small group, laboratory, and palpation exercises that provide
ANA 655 INTRODUCTION TO MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING. (3) a basic understanding of anatomical principles, organization and development. Anatomical
Survey of basic concepts and applications in magnetic resonance imaging: physics and structures are introduced as a basis for future functional correlates and principles are taught
chemistry, basic mathematical foundations, workings of a modern MRI scanner, image via laboratory discussions, prosections, disections, films and skeletal materials. Lecture, 20
reconstruction, biology with emphasis on neurobiology, medical applications in the brain and hours per week. Prereq: Admission to Medical School (first year). (Same as MD 814.)
heart. Covers basic functional imaging and spectroscopy. Prereq: Undergraduate major in a
science or engineering discipline. ANA 815 FIRST-YEAR ELECTIVE, ANATOMY. (1-3)
With the advice and approval of his or her faculty adviser, the first-year student may choose
ANA 660 BIOLOGY OF REPRODUCTION. (3) approved electives offered by the Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology. The intent is
Advanced study of current topics in reproductive biology. The course is comprised equally to provide the student an opportunity for exploration and study in an area which supplements
of student-led discussions and lectures given by faculty with research expertise in selected and/or complements required course work in the first-year curriculum. Pass-fail only. Prereq:
topics. Readings will be taken from current and classic literature. Topics covered include (but Admission to first year, College of Medicine.
are not limited to) molecular and cellular endocrinology, hormone receptors and mechanism of
action, reproductive neuroendocrinology, reproductive behavior, gametogenesis, fertilization, ANA 825 SECOND-YEAR ELECTIVE, ANATOMY. (1-4)
sexual differentiation, puberty, menopause and environmental effects on reproduction. With the advice and approval of his or her faculty adviser, the second-year student may choose
Emphasis will be placed on the analysis and understanding of the experimental basis for current approved electives offered by the Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology. The intent is
concepts in reproductive biology. Prereq: ASC/PGY 601 and ASC 364 or BIO/PGY 502 or to provide the student an opportunity for exploration and study in an area which supplements
consent of instructor. (Same as ASC 660 and PGY 660). and/or complements required course work in the second-year curriculum. Pass-fail only.
Prereq: Admission to second-year medical curriculum and approval of adviser.
ANA 662 ULTRASTRUCTURAL ANATOMY. (2-5)
The objectives of this course are to advance the students’ knowledge of the submicroscopic ANA 850-899 FOURTH-YEAR ELECTIVE FOR MEDICAL STUDENTS. (1-6)
structure of cells and tissues. Correlation of intra- and extracellular morphology and function With the advice and approval of the faculty adviser and the Student Progress and Promotions
will be emphasized. Students will do detailed laboratory work in the techniques of electron Committee, the fourth-year student may choose approved electives offered by the various
microscopy. Depending on the number of credits a student registers for, and the topic and course departments in the College of Medicine. The intent is to provide the student an opportunity
orientation, laboratory work, library work, written and/or oral presentations may be a course to develop his/her fund of knowledge and clinical competence. Prereq: Admission to the fourth
requirement. Prereq: ANA 512, previous work in microscopy including histology or cytology, year, College of Medicine and/or by the permission of the Student Progress and Promotions
or equivalents, and consent of instructor. Committee.
by its unique social, cultural and environmental surroundings. The course also examines the
ANT Anthropology origins of agriculture, writing, art, trade, mathematics, astronomy and religion in Africa, Asia,
and Europe.
*ANT 101 WHAT MAKES US HUMAN? INTRO TO ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)
This course explores what it means to be human by studying human cultures, past and present. ANT 242 ORIGINS OF NEW WORLD CIVILIZATION. (3)
Students will develop an understanding of anthropology that emphasizes the concepts and This course discusses warfare, commerce, social organization, political diplomacy, disease,
methods of the major sub-fields, i.e., cultural, biological, archaeology, and linguistics. demographics, religion, and environmental degradation among the ancient peoples of the
Americas as revealed by archaeological, art historical, and textual data. Students will gain an
ANT 102 ARCHAEOLOGY: MYSTERIES AND CONTROVERSIES. (3) appreciation of the diversity of human life in the New World as well as an understanding of
Scientific archaeology has a problem: fringe ideas about mysteries of the past attract more the tremendous cultural achievements of the Inca, the Aztec, the Maya, and their neighbors.
interest than scholarly accounts of these same mysteries. In discussing the “mysterious” side We will use the concept of complexity as a framework for comparing different societies and
of archaeology, this course asks why consideration of the past invites some of the most bizarre for contextualizing the relevance of ancient civilizations for understanding global processes in
speculations about human life. Why do fringe theories about lost civilizations, intergalactic the contemporary world.
interactions, and mysterious technologies gain more popularity than mainstream theories?
Why should serious archaeologists and students pay any attention to such “wacko” ideas? To ANT 245 FOOD CULTURE AND SOCIETY. (3)
answer these questions, this course attends to two kinds of controversies: fantastic claims in This course is designed for students in anthropology, food and nutrition, agriculture and
the past (such as the Myth of the Moundbuilders and the Shroud of Turin) and debates in the environmental studies. It explores food in terms of human food systems. Human food systems
present (such as the cultural affiliation of Kennewick Man and uses of archaeology to promote include the knowledge, values, and practices used to produce, distribute, process, exchange and
discrimination). consume food. These are embedded in culture and operate within societies. Thus, why we eat,
what we eat, when, where and with whom we eat, how and where we obtain our food, how
ANT 103 SPORTS, CULTURE, AND SOCIETY. (3) we prepare it, and distribute it in specific ways may vary as a function of the culture in which
From little league baseball to the world of college and professional sports and the numerous we live, our place of residence and our location within society. We will explore these issues
ESPN channels that track them, it is clear that sports play a significant role in our culture and through the lectures, readings, videos and discussions to gain a better understanding of the
society and yet, we often take for granted this significance. This course introduces students complexity of food-related behaviors among people around the world.
to the anthropology of sports through an examination of the rituals, political and economic
dimensions, and social and cultural meanings of sports from around the globe in both the past ANT 251 GLOBAL HEALTH: CULTURE,
and the present. PATHOLOGIES AND SOCIAL INEQUALITIES. (3)
What are the relationships between globalization, development, social justice and health? How
ANT 130 INTRODUCTION TO COMPARATIVE RELIGION. (3) do different global health interventions influence how people provide and seek out solutions
Comparative study of major world and selected regional religions with emphasis on analysis to chronic and emergency health problems? This course explores contemporary global health
of belief, ritual, artistic expression and social organization. Eastern and Western religions are issues from an anthropological perspective. Participants examine health effects of economic
considered. (Same as RS 130.) collapse, disasters and socio-political changes in industrialized and developing countries. We
ANT 160 CULTURAL DIVERSITY IN THE MODERN WORLD. (3) also study the growing global health industry from a social science perspective to evaluate the
Directed at non-majors, this course is intended to introduce the student to the diversity of strengths and limitations of international aid, humanitarian interventions and NGOs for the
human cultural experience in the contemporary world. Goals of the course include gaining an wellbeing of individuals and communities. Topics include chronic and infectious diseases,
appreciation for the common humanity and uniqueness of all cultures; to gain a sensitivity environmental disasters, pharmaceuticals and the traffic in human organs. Course materials
toward stereotypes and ethnocentrism, and to understand the distinctions between “race,” include texts from anthropology, mass media, documentaries, blogs and Twitter feeds. This
ethnicity and racism. The course features extended descriptions of the cultural dynamics of course will be of interest to students in anthropology and the social sciences, International
the culture(s) with which the instructor has worked. Studies, pre-med students and those who are interested in pursuing advanced degrees or
professional careers in development and policy.
ANT 220 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)
The study of the lifeways and beliefs of different peoples. The objectives of the course are to ANT 301 HISTORY OF ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY. (3)
foster an appreciation for the variety of cultural traditions found throughout the world, and The purpose of this course is to acquaint the undergraduate student with the history of the
to introduce students to anthropological concepts and methods of inquiry. development of anthropological ideas from their precursors in thought about human nature and
behavior beginning with ethnographic and philosophical literature from Greek and Roman
ANT 221 NATIVE PEOPLE OF NORTH AMERICA. (3) civilization, and ending with discussion of current emphases in anthropological theory. The
This is a survey of the aboriginal Native American cultures of North America and of the impact course will provide anthropology majors with the foundations they need to master this area
of four centuries of British, French, Spanish, and Russian contact on Native American societies. of disciplinary knowledge.
Particular emphasis is placed on comparing and contrasting cultural characteristics of Native
American groups living in ecologically diverse regions of North America. The course will include *ANT 302 ETHNOGRAPHIC METHODS: DOING ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)
consideration of the status of Native Americans in present-day North America. Introduction to qualitative research methods in cultural anthropology, with a focus on
participant-observation, interviewing, collaborative methods, ethnographic writing, and other
ANT 222 MIDDLE EAST CULTURES. (3) techniques.
As part of the General Education curriculum, this course falls under the “Global Dynamics”
category of the broad area of “Citizenship.” This course will explore some of the cultures, and ANT 303 TOPICS IN THE ANTHROPOLOGY
aspects of culture, found in the broad region of the Middle East and North Africa. Exploration OF FOOD AND NUTRITION: (Subtitle required). (3)
will be rooted in anthropological research and perspective, and organized around rubrics This course focuses on food and nutrition through the lens of anthropology. Topics will vary,
including kinship, gender, religion, and cultural performance. but each semester the course will provide insight into an aspect of food and nutrition that is
relevant to present-day concerns in regional, national, and/or global context. Nutrition is one
ANT 225 CULTURE, ENVIRONMENT AND GLOBAL ISSUES. (3) of the most critical health issues in the U.S. and globally as people struggle with both
A fundamental part of human experience is interacting with our physical surroundings, but in undernutrition and overnutrition and the long-term consequences of both to human well-being.
the globalized ecosystem of our planet, our interactions with the physical world increasingly At the same time, it is important to recognize that food is embedded in cultural, social and
include distant places rather than just the surroundings we see from our door step. This course political-economic contexts that serve to foster and maintain cultural and social identity, and/
aims to develop students’ awareness, knowledge and ability to reflect on how human behavior or in which food is a commodity to be bought, sold and traded for economic profit and/or political
intersects with global environments. To do so, it applies an anthropological interpretive gain.
framework to topics that link human lifestyles, the environment and global issues. Prereq:
Freshman or sophomore standing only. ANT 311 ANTHROPOLOGY OF GLOBALIZATION. (3)
This course explores the ways in which differences in factors such as nationality, ethnicity,
ANT 230 INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3) age, gender, class and occupation shape experiences of globalization. We will analyze and
This course explores the ways in which biology, the environment and culture come together interpret rapidly changing patterns of global production, consumption, politics, resistance,
to form the human condition. Topics include human genetics, human evolution, primate adaptation, and identity construction around the world.
behavior, contemporary human variation and applied biological anthropology, including
forensics, child growth and human nutrition. This course includes a laboratory component. ANT 320 ANDEAN CIVILIZATION. (3)
A study of the Inca and other pre-Hispanic civilizations of highland South America in terms
ANT 240 INTRODUCTION TO ARCHAEOLOGY. (3) of their origins, their development, and their material, social, and intellectual achievements.
Introduces the theories, techniques, and strategies used by archaeologists to recover and
interpret information about past cultures. ANT 321 INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE CULTURE,
MEIJI (1868) TO PRESENT. (3)
ANT 241 ORIGINS OF OLD WORLD CIVILIZATION. (3) General introduction to Japanese culture from Meiji Restoration (1868) to the present. Topics
This course explores the rise of civilizations in the Old World through archaeology and history. include: nation-building, Japan and the West, Japan and Asia (for the Meiji period 1868-1912);
The course examines theories of civilization and state formation and case studies that gender construction and class formation, urbanization and mass culture (for the Taisho period
demonstrate how states arose. Concentrates on regions that produced some of the earliest and 1912-1926); and Japanese colonialism, WWII, A-bomb, the U.S. occupation, postwar
most complex societies on the planet: Mesopotamia, Egypt, the Indus Valley, China, and recovery, popular culture, and globalization (for the Showa period 1926-1989 and beyond).
Europe. Comparing and contrasting these great societies will show how each was influenced (Same as JPN 321.)
ANT 322 ANCIENT MEXICAN CIVILIZATIONS. (3) ANT 338 ECONOMIC ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)
The course provides a study of the Aztec and the related cultures of the New World. It provides A comparative ethnographic, theoretical, and historical exploration of the socio-cultural
a detailed discussion of pre-Columbian subsistence practices, economy, religion, and politics constitution of economic practices. Students will examine different approaches to questions
by tracing the development of ancient Mesoamerican civilization from its earliest beginnings of human nature, choice, values and morality. The course explores power and social life in
to the Spanish conquest. diverse cultures through a topical focus on peasants, markets, gifts, commodities, consumption
and systems of production. The course provides a foundation for applying anthropological
ANT 324 CONTEMPORARY LATIN AMERICAN CULTURES. (3) knowledge to real-world situations and the material is readily applied to archaeology,
This course is a detailed survey of societies and cultures of contemporary Latin America, international business and social science.
utilizing contributions from anthropological research. Prereq: Introductory social science
course. ANT 339 HUMAN RIGHTS IN GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE. (3)
This class discusses theoretical debates on human rights within the discipline of anthropology
ANT 325 LANGUAGE AND CULTURE. (3) and contrasts these approaches to those of other disciplines. Once students acquire this
This course is an introduction to linguistic anthropology. The course reviews the basic foundation, they apply their knowledge to a human rights problem of their own choice. They
principles of linguistic analysis and examines the ways in which linguistic structures interact identify a researchable question about human rights and use appropriate evidence and methods
with and reflect cultural variation. (Same as LIN 325.) to substantiate their claims. Students will also learn through experience the ethic dimensions
ANT 326 PEOPLE AND CULTURES OF SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA. (3) of research and how research can have an important impact on society.
A survey of indigenous societies and cultures of Africa south of the Sahara, with special ANT 340 DEVELOPMENT AND CHANGE IN THE THIRD WORLD. (3)
attention to their adaptation of colonialism and post-colonial national development. Prereq: This course introduces the student to how anthropologists approach the study and practice
Sophomore standing or higher. (Same as AAS 326.) of economic development. It explores cross-culturally how local populations have responded
ANT 327 CULTURE AND SOCIETIES OF INDIA AND SOUTH ASIA. (3) to development; the different topics of development anthropology, such as agriculture and rural
This course considers the interrelationships between the various religious, political and development; and the ways anthropological knowledge is applied in addressing development
philosophical traditions and practices of India and South Asia in the context of their shared problems.
cultural, historic, structural, geographic and demographic ties. #ANT 341 APPALACHIAN ENGLISH. (3)
ANT 328 THE ANCIENT MAYA. (3) The Appalachian Mountains, which range from New York to Mississippi, making up part of
This course uses archaeology, epigraphy, ethnohistory and ethnographic analogy to explore the landscape of 13 different states, are known to many Americans as being home to a unique
the origin, florescence and decline of the ancient Maya (1000 BC to 1500 AD). The class ties cultural and linguistic experience. In this course, we will examine the extent to which this
economics, politics, social organization, and religion into a holistic understanding of the ancient uniqueness is true, considering the nature of many myths and stereotypes that exist about this
Maya world. variety. We will discuss certain lexical, phonetic, syntactic, and other linguistic features that
set this variety apart from other American varieties while also noting the features the speech
ANT 329 CULTURES AND SOCIETIES OF EURASIA AND of Appalachia shares with others. We will examine the history, origins, and development of
EASTERN EUROPE: SOCIALISM AND POST-SOCIALIST CHANGE. (3) English in Appalachia and address issues of identity, education, and standardness with respect
This course provides an anthropological study of cultures and societies of Eurasia and Eastern to the English of Appalachia. (Same as APP/LIN 311.)
Europe. The course considers the demise of Soviet socialism and the emergence of democracy
and market economies. We examine how people experience political, cultural and economic ANT 342 NORTH AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY. (3)
transformations in their social relations and in their everyday lives. This course focuses on the origin and growth of prehistoric American Indian cultures north of
Mexico as revealed by archaeological data.
ANT 330 NORTH AMERICAN CULTURES. (3)
This course uses readings, films, and music to explore the plurality of peoples and cultures in ANT 350 TOPICS IN ANTHROPOLOGY (Subtitle required). (3)
North America – with particular attention to the US. We will look at youth cultures as sites Discussion, reading and writing focusing on specific topics in anthropology. May be repeated
of creativity and resistance, examine perennial problems in social equality, consider the to a maximum of nine credits under different subtitle.
similarities and differences between urban and rural ways of life, and explore environmental ANT 351 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ARCHAEOLOGY (Subtitle required). (3)
concerns as an integral part of making and sustaining culture. Discussion, reading and writing focusing on specific topics in archaeology. May be repeated
ANT 331 ANTHROPOLOGY OF NORTH AFRICA. (3) up to a maximum of twelve credits under a different subtitle.
This is a survey course of North Africa as a cultural area. Countries included in any given ANT 352 SPECIAL TOPICS IN
semester will vary. North Africa is Islamic and is often considered to be part of the Middle CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY (Subtitle required). (3)
East but has a distinct history and culture of its own. Course content will include cultural, social, Discussion, reading and writing focusing on specific topics in cultural anthropology. May be
historical, economic, religious, and political perspectives on this important region. Ethnicity repeated up to a maximum of twelve credits under a different subtitle.
and the impact of colonialism will be discussed. Other important segments will examine gender
status and roles, family and marriage, sociopolitical organization, the life course of males and ANT 353 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSICAL
females, and aging. OR BIOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY (Subtitle required). (3)
Discussion, reading and writing focusing on specific topics in physical or biological anthro-
ANT 332 HUMAN EVOLUTION. (3) pology. May be repeated up to a maximum of twelve credits under a different subtitle.
Basic concepts and theory of evolution will be reviewed and applied to the study of fossil
humans. The evidence for the evolution of humans and their primate relatives will be studied, ANT 375 ECOLOGY AND SOCIAL PRACTICE. (3)
with attention paid to alternate interpretations of the data. Prereq: ANT 230 or BIO 150. This course provides a broad survey of theoretical and historical issues in the link between
humans and their environment. Throughout the semester, students will read about and discuss
ANT 333 CONTEMPORARY HUMAN VARIATION. (3) the many ways humans interact with their physical surroundings. Students will examine human
This course focuses on human variation resulting from adaptation to a wide range of cultural adaptation to different ecological settings, with an overall concern of finding general
environments and the stresses inherent in each. It explores how humans respond/have principles that apply to the many human lifestyles on the planet.
responded to natural stresses, e.g., cold, heat, aridity and altitude, and human-made stresses,
e.g., poverty, malnutrition and chemical pollution. ANT 399 FIELD BASED/COMMUNITY BASED
EDUCATION IN ANTHROPOLOGY. (1-15)
ANT 335 RELIGION IN EVERYDAY LIFE. (3) A community-based or field-based experience in Anthropology under the supervision of a
Directed at non-majors (with no anthropology prerequisite), this course is intended to faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of 15 credits. Pass-fail only. Prereq:
introduce the student to the diversity and unity of religious beliefs and practices in everyday Permission of instructor and departmental chairperson; completion of departmental learning
life throughout the world through the lens of the social science anthropology. This includes agreement.
the study of religions both textual and non-textual, large-scale and small-scale. The course
content will include ethnographic materials as well as an examination of various methods and ANT 401 GENDER ROLES IN CROSS-CULTURAL PERSPECTIVE. (3)
theoretical approaches used in anthropology in the cross-cultural study of religion. Questions Explores the theoretical and substantive basis for contemporary thinking about gender from
that are addressed in this course include: Why do humans have/need religion? What is “religion”? an anthropological perspective. Gender content is explored in several cultures representing all
Where, when, and how did “religion” evolve as a cultural universal in the human species? We levels of sociocultural complexity.
will examine the basic components of religious beliefs and practices and how they are integrated ANT 429 SURVEY OF MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)
into human life both individually and in communities. Students will think critically about the This course provides a survey of health, disease, and healing in non-Western and Western
social organization of religion and impact of religion on society. Other areas of discussion will societies. An examination of major theoretical perspectives in medical anthropology.
include: religious specialists, sacred places, religion and adaptation, religion and gender, and
politics and religion. This course is much more than a typical survey of world religions and will ANT 432 ANTHROPOLOGY OF EASTERN EUROPE AND RUSSIA. (3)
specifically encourage the cross-cultural comparative perspective of a significant feature of all An anthropological approach to the cultural, political, and economic experiences of people
human groups. living under state socialism and through its demise. We ask how everyday life and social relations
in this region are being affected by emerging market relations and democracy. Reading include
ethnographic studies and the works of essayists, fiction writers, and scholars from the region.
Prereq: ANT 160 or ANT 220.
ANT 433 SOCIAL ORGANIZATION. (3) ANT 532 ANTHROPOLOGY OF THE STATE. (3)
This course provides an overview of how anthropologists approach the study of social This course offers an anthropological examination of the state in historical, cross-cultural
organization. The class will provide historical and conceptual background to the study of social perspective. We will cover such topics as modern state and imperial practices and institutions,
organization, and explore a range of organizational forms from rural households to complex state and non-state actors, resistance, citizenship and globalization. Prereq: Nine hours of
communities. cultural anthropology or consent of instructor.
ANT 435 CULTURES AND POLITICS OF REPRODUCTION. (3) ANT 534 SOCIOLOGY OF APPALACHIA. (3)
This course takes a cross-cultural approach to understanding the ways reproduction and A sociological study of selected social issues facing Appalachian communities, with an
associated phenomena (such as family formations and the social use of technologies) comprise emphasis on placing regional political economy, society and culture in a global context. Prereq:
arenas where social relations become created and challenged. Ethnographic case studies will Sociology, Anthropology or CLD senior major or minor; Appalachian Studies minor; graduate
explore cross-cultural constructions of the body (sexuality, anatomy and physiology), student status; or consent of instructor. (Same as CLD/SOC 534.)
parenthood, and kinship relations; and students will examine the ways the state, social
movements, legal/medical experts, and lay persons struggle to appropriate reproductive ANT 541 ARCHAEOLOGICAL METHOD AND THEORY. (3)
potentials for their own needs. Prereq: ANT 220 or WS 201 or permission of instructor. Examines the concepts, aims and methodology of archaeology as a scientific discipline within
the social sciences. Attention given to the basic principles and recent advances of archaeological
ANT 440 ANTHROPOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES ON CHILD GROWTH. (3) fieldwork and post-field analysis. Prereq: ANT 240 and six hours of cultural anthropology or
This course examines basic concepts of child growth and development, the evolutionary pattern archaeology courses, or consent of instructor.
of human growth and comparative patterns of human growth across populations. Taking a
biocultural approach, it explores the many influences that facilitate or constrain child growth, ANT 543 CULTURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT. (3)
including poverty, gender ideology, nutrition, and illness, focusing especially on social Introduction to the theory and practice of culture resource management as it has developed in
inequality. Taking a child-centered approach, the course also focuses on the lives of children, the historic preservation movement in the United States. The history of preservation is covered
how children cope with the circumstances of their lives, and the effect of those circumstances along with the development of the contemporary legal tools. The implications of these for the
on their well-being. field evaluation of sites is presented. Prereq: Nine hours cultural anthropology or archaeology,
or consent of instructor.
ANT 450 SYMBOLS AND CULTURE. (3)
Examines the way in which symbolic systems create the meanings through which we experience ANT 545 HISTORICAL ARCHAEOLOGY. (3)
life. The course will explore symbols and symboling behavior from a humanistic perspective, Historical archaeology applies archaeological methods and techniques to the remains of
and will present examples of non-Western symbolic systems. Prereq: ANT 220, or consent societies having written histories. The course introduces students to the history and theoretical
of instructor. development of the discipline, and to the variety of the data sources used by historical
archaeologists. Particular attention is given to the ways in which historical archaeologists use
ANT 470G REGIONAL AMERICAN ETHNOGRAPHY. (3) material culture to address research issues of interest in anthropology, history, and other
The ethnography of a selected North American or South American culture area or group. Both relevant disciplines. Prereq: ANT 240.
historical and contemporary cultures will be considered, e.g., Appalachia, Northwest Coast
Indians, Urban American, etc. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. ANT 555 EASTERN NORTH AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY. (3)
Detailed analysis of prehistoric cultures of eastern United States with emphasis on interpre-
ANT 506 SOCIOLINGUISTICS. (3) tation of prehistory in Ohio River Valley. Prereq: ANT 240 and six hours of archaeology or
This course is an advanced survey of current areas of research in sociolinguistics. Topics include cultural anthropology, or consent of instructor.
dialectology, language variation and change, interactional sociolinguistics, language and gender,
bilingualism, and language contact. Prereq LIN/ENG 211, ANT 220, SOC 101 or graduate ANT 580 ADVANCED TOPICS IN ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)
standing. (Same as LIN/SOC 506.) Selected topics of theoretical or methodological importance in anthropology, with special
attention to topics of contemporary relevance. Refer to Schedule of Classes for topics. May
ANT 507 LINGUISTIC ANTHROPOLOGY. (3) be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
This course is an advanced survey of current areas of research in linguistic anthropology. Topics
include language and thought, cultural differences in linguistic interaction, the ethnography of ANT 581 INDEPENDENT WORK IN ANTHROPOLOGY. (1-4)
communication, ritual uses of language, language and identity and cultural poetics. Prereq LIN/ May be repeated three times to a maximum of 12 credits. Prereq: Major in anthropology,
ENG 211, or ANT 220, or consent of instructor. (Same as LIN 507.) standing of 3.0 in the department and consent of instructor.
ANT 515 PHONOLOGICAL ANALYSIS. (3) ANT 582 SENIOR INTEGRATIVE SEMINAR. (3)
This course is an investigation of the systematic properties of speech sounds in natural Seminar focusing on current issues in anthropology. Purpose is to provide a format in which
languages. It compares current theoretical approaches to the analysis of individual features and advanced undergraduates can integrate knowledge acquired in previous anthropological course
sounds as well as larger prosodic units, and identifies the dimensions of typological variation work and evaluate the contribution of the different anthropological subdisciplines to under-
in the phonological domain. Discussion includes extensive reference to languages other than standing contemporary problems. Emphasis placed on oral and written communication.
English. Prereq: ENG/LIN 211 or equivalent. (Same as LIN 515.) Prereq: Major in anthropology; senior standing.
ANT 516 GRAMMATICAL TYPOLOGY. (3) ANT 585 FIELD LABORATORY IN ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESEARCH. (3-6)
This course examines the typological classification of languages according to their morphologi- Practical supervised training in-field in archaeological research methods and techniques,
cal and syntactic characteristics. Course work includes practical training in the writing of problem analysis, field laboratory procedures, recording methods. Laboratory, 20 to 40 hours
grammatical descriptions and in the elicitation, transcription, and analysis of data from a non- per week. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
Western language. Discussion includes extensive reference to languages other than English. ANT 600 PRACTICUM IN TEACHING ANTHROPOLOGY. (1)
Prereq: ENG/LIN 211 or equivalent. (Same as LIN 516.) Guided practical experience in teaching, supplemented with group discussions of teaching
ANT 519 HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS. (3) practice and selected reading on lecture technique, course development, test writing and other
This course studies the historical development of language through time and space, examining skills for participation in the professoriate. May be repeated to a maximum of three credits.
the internal mechanisms and external influences involved in language change. Change will be Prereq: Graduate status in anthropology or consent of instructor.
examined at all levels: orthographic, phonetic, phonological, morphological, syntactic, seman- ANT 601 THEORIES AND CONCEPTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)
tic, and lexical. The course will also investigate a variety of topics related to the phenomenon This course is an intensive examination of the theoretical perspective in anthropology. While
of language change: language classification; comparative linguistics; the reconstruction of attention will be given to the historical foundations of anthropological theory, emphasis will
linguistic systems; the social context of language change. Through study of these issues, be placed on contemporary concerns in anthropology as illustrated through the contributions
students will gain insights into historical language varieties and writing systems; relationships of selected theorists. Prereq: Admission to Graduate Program or approval of instructor.
among the world’s languages; and the origins of the sounds, words, and structures of the
languages we speak today. Prereq: LIN 211. (Same as LIN 519.) ANT 602 SEMINAR IN CULTURE CHANGE. (3)
An in-depth discussion of the theory and method of the various approaches to the study of
ANT 525 APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY. (3) long-term culture change in past and present societies. This course stresses interdisciplinary
Principles of policy research and intervention in cultural anthropology with attention to the problem-oriented research on a specific theme of culture change. Emphasis also is placed on
theoretical and ethical basis of such research and intervention. Intervention techniques the development of writing skills, oral presentations, professional standards or performance
considered include research and development anthropology, action anthropology, community in research and communication, and critical thinking. Prereq: Admission to the Anthropology
development, community advocacy anthropology and culture brokerage. Prereq: Nine hours graduate program and ANT 601; consent of instructor.
of cultural anthropology or consent of instructor.
ANT 603 HUMAN BIOLOGY IN CONTEXT
#ANT 530 ELITES IN CROSS-CULTURAL PERSPECTIVE. (3) OF SOCIOCULTURAL CHANGE. (3)
This course examines elites in different areas of the world paying special attention to what This course explores the relationship between society, culture, and human biology. Its thematic
defines them as power holders, their sub-cultures, histories, strategies of class reproduction, focus will be how cultural ideologies and social organization play out with respect to the biology
and relations to subaltern groups. The class will also explore the critical perspectives gained of human groups, both archaeological and contemporary populations. We will pay special
from studying up, as well as the theoretical and methodological difficulties of doing this kind attention to issues of class, gender and ethnicity and focus on demographic and health-related
of work.
University of Kentucky 2015-2016 Undergraduate Bulletin 367
KEY: # = new course * = course changed † = course dropped
Course Descriptions
issues. Current issues in biological anthropology, including critical analysis of evolutionary/ in contemporary archaeological theory are discussed in detail. Prereq: ANT 541 or consent of
adaptation theory and the concept of “race” in contemporary human populations will also be instructor.
addressed. Prereq: First-year graduate standing in Anthropology, or permission of instructor.
ANT 651 ARCHAEOLOGICAL DATA ANALYSIS. (3)
ANT 604 SOCIAL ORGANIZATION, KINSHIP AND IDENTITIES. (3) This course examines the manipulations of archaeological data that follow fieldwork. These
Social organization is a core component of anthropology. This seminar encompasses both procedures, usually consisting of data processing and classification, are often undertaken in
historical and contemporary approaches to this central focus of the discipline. It includes the the field as data are being gathered. Data organization and analysis are the basic goals of this
major theoretical approaches to the study of social organization and examines key concepts course. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: ANT 541 or consent of instructor.
such as kinship and collective identity. Topics include how human groups are defined,
organized, perpetuated, and change; as well as the role of individuals in broader social structures. ANT 652 HOUSEHOLD, COMMUNITY,
Prereq: Graduate standing in Anthropology. AND DEMOGRAPHIC ARCHAEOLOGY. (3)
A seminar which examines the theory and methodology used by archaeologists to study
ANT 608 ANTHROPOLOGY OF FOOD AND NUTRITION. (3) population aggregates ranging from individual households to regional populations. Particular
This graduate seminar explores food as fundamental to human existence in a variety of ways. emphasis given to theoretical perspectives which integrate ecological, social and spatial
We eat to maintain life – and the nutritional characteristics of human diets shape the analyses of population data. Prereq: Graduate standing in the Department of Anthropology
development and health of individuals and populations. But, for the most part, humans do not or consent of instructor.
eat nutrients, humans eat food, and food consumption and production is an intensely cultural,
social and political activity. We will explore food and nutrition from all these perspectives. In ANT 653 PREHISTORIC ECONOMICS. (3)
addition to theorizing food and nutrition, we will become familiar with the methods most often This seminar examines the theory and methodology used by archaeologists to study and
used by national and global scholars and practitioners for assessing dietary and nutritional reconstruct the economic structure of past societies. Discussion examines forms of subsistence
status of individuals and populations. Prereq: Graduate standing in Anthropology or and craft production and systems of resource distribution and exchange. Prereq: ANT 541 or
permission of instructor. consent of instructor.
ANT 610 HISTORY OF THEORY IN ANTHROPOLOGY. (3) ANT 654 ARCHAEOLOGY OF POLITICAL SYSTEMS. (3)
This course aims to give graduate students a firm grounding in the development of anthropo- This course is designed to study the archaeology of political systems. The goals are to discuss
logical thought from its roots in Enlightenment social philosophy and 19th century evolution- the major trends, concepts, and perspectives in researching event and process in the evolution
ism to the emergence of poststructuralist theory in the late 20th century. Upon completion of political organization and social integration. A corollary goal is to examine the empirical
of this course students should be thoroughly familiar with the major theoretical schools and evidence for, and archaeological correlates of, political evolution. It is not intended as a
debates in the history of anthropology and the broader social discourses that shaped them. comprehensive coverage of all theories about past political systems, or as a survey of the rise
Prereq: Graduate standing in Anthropology or permission of instructor. and development of political forms in complex societies around the world. Prereq: ANT 541,
ANT 602 or consent of instructor.
ANT 620 TOPICS AND METHODS OF EVALUATION. (3)
An examination of a subset of evaluation methods, topics, and problems. An introductory ANT 660 ETHNOGRAPHIC RESEARCH. (3)
course in the area with minimal emphasis on quantitative methods. The course is designed to: Intensive graduate seminar designed to help students develop skills in ethnographic data
provide a perspective from which evaluation studies may be viewed; and, to provide collection and analysis. The aim of the course is to explore the processes through which
experiences for those who will learn from or conduct evaluations. Prereq: Consent of instructor, anthropologists collect data and then transform materials of ethnographic research into
and a basic course in statistics or research. (Same as EDP/EPE 620/SOC 622.) analyses and interpretations. We will give careful consideration to the process of writing and
issues specific to writing ethnography. Prereq: Graduate standing in Anthropology or
ANT 621 ADVANCED TOPICS AND METHODS OF EVALUATION. (3) permission of instructor.
An advanced course in evaluation methods and techniques with an emphasis on quantitative
methodology. State of the art ideas and methods of conducting evaluation studies and analyzing ANT 662 RESEARCH DESIGN. (3)
data from those studies are presented. The course is designed primarily for those who are Guided individual student research covering the relationship between theory, methods, and
conducting or will conduct evaluation studies. Prereq: A basic course in statistics or its reality: how to better design anthropological inquiry. Prereq: One year graduate work in
equivalent; EDP/EPE 620/SOC 622; and consent of instructor. (Same as EDP/EPE 621.) anthropology and consent of advisor.
ANT 637 SOCIOCULTURAL DIMENSIONS ANT 684 FARMING SYSTEMS RESEARCH METHODS. (3)
OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT. (3) A critical analysis of the concepts, methods, and practices of farming systems research. Design
Examination of social, cultural and economic conditions in lesser developed countries. and carry out an FSR project. Prereq: Graduate standing in the social or agricultural sciences.
Discussion of the various socioeconomic and cultural theories of change and developments, (Same as SOC 684.)
and of alternative policies for the world of the future. Considers the possible roles for social ANT 691 CULTURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT CLERKSHIP. (1-3)
scientists in policy formulation and application. Prereq: Six graduate credits in social sciences Practical experience in aspects of the cultural resource management process are provided
or consent of instructor. (Same as SOC 637.) through a one-semester rotation of work in the Office of State Archaeology (OSA), Museum
ANT 640 SCIENCE, AGRICULTURE, AND DEVELOPMENT. (3) of Anthropology (UKMA), and the program for Cultural Resource Assessment (PCRA).
An in-depth examination of the interrelations between science, agriculture, and development. Students are assigned tasks at each work assignment rotation during the semester and are
Both domestic and international issues are explored. Prereq: Graduate standing in the social evaluated on the basis of work performance and a journal summary of this experience by a
or agricultural sciences. (Same as CLD/SOC 640.) committee of their supervisors. Prereq: Graduate standing in anthropology or consent of
instructor.
ANT 641 GENDER ISSUES IN DEVELOPMENT. (3)
An examination of gender issues in domestic and international development. Prereq: Graduate ANT 724 ANTHROPOLOGY OF THE STATE. (3)
standing in the social or agricultural sciences or permission of the instructor. (Same as SOC 641). This seminar will offer a critical approach to the study of states and related political forms,
with special emphasis on anthropology’s contributions to theorizing about the state. Drawing
ANT 645 ANTHROPOLOGY AND EPIDEMIOLOGY. (3) on temporally and spatially diverse examples of state-making, statecraft, and ideologies of the
This course will introduce students to the fundamentals of epidemiology, as the methodological state, it will both question definitions of the state as well as engage in ethnographic exploration
approach, which underlies biomedical research, and will examine the ways that the method- of past and current states. Other topics will include related political forms such as tribes,
ologies of anthropology and epidemiology complement each other in the study of health and nationalist movements, empires, and multi-lateral actors. Prereq: Graduate standing or consent
disease. The course will examine the points of similarity between anthropology and epidemi- of instructor.
ology particularly as regards the importance of examining sociocultural phenomena in order
to better understand the origins of disease. The course will explore the tensions between ANT 725 SEMINAR IN APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)
anthropology and epidemiology in matters of methodology, exemplified by the debate over Seminar discussion and individual or group research in the applications of social anthropology
quantitative vs. qualitative approaches, as well as theoretical perspective. Prereq: Permission theory and methods to the solution of institutional, community, regional or national problems.
of instructor. Attention will be given to ethics, to the role attributes of the applied anthropologist, and to
the history of applied anthropology. Prereq: ANT 601 or consent of instructor.
ANT 646 GLOBAL HEALTH: PEOPLE, INSTITUTIONS AND CHANGE. (3)
This course presents anthropological studies of health in an international context, attending ANT 731 SEMINAR IN SOCIAL AND POLITICAL DYNAMICS. (3)
to ways in which anthropological study can contribute to identification of issues relevant to Theoretical frameworks for the analysis of political systems and processes. The seminar
health and development. It will have a dual focus. First, it will deprivilege western concepts explores politics as action and systemic process in contemporary, prehistoric, and historical
and explore both indigenous and biomedical accounts of health. Topics may include culturally- contexts. Students are expected to formulate research questions and discuss current theory in
defined syndromes, international medicines and health, and illness and body from an a critical fashion. Prereq: ANT 601 and 602 or consent of instructor.
international, ethnographic perspective. Second, the course will explore the culture of ANT 732 SEMINAR IN ECOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)
international health agencies, e.g., WHO, UNICEF, etc. Prereq: Permission of instructor. A study of interrelationship among populations, organization, environment, technology and
ANT 650 THEORY IN ARCHAEOLOGY. (3) symbols. The course focuses on recent anthropological contributions to the understanding of
This seminar examines the development of archaeological theory with specific emphasis on ecological relationships both now and in the past, including how people exploit the environment
the discipline of anthropological archaeology in the New World. Particular schools and trends
University of Kentucky 2015-2016 Undergraduate Bulletin 368
KEY: # = new course * = course changed † = course dropped
Course Descriptions
and how resource exploitation results in environmental change. Prereq: Completion of ANT ANT 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6)
601 and ANT 602 or consent of instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours.
ANT 733 SEMINAR IN SYMBOLS AND MEANING. (3) ANT 769 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR DOCTOR’S DEGREE. (0-12)
Seminar in the development of anthropological approaches to cultural meaning in actions, May be repeated indefinitely.
thought, and language from the 1960s. Includes the social structural approach to symbolism
and ritual, cognitive approaches to meaning, the anthropology of experience and expression, ANT 770 TOPICAL SEMINAR: (Subtitle required). (3)
interpretive and post-modern approaches, and topical applications of these approaches. Intensive work in particular fields of anthropology. May be repeated four times. Prereq:
Prereq: ANT 601 and 602 or consent of instructor. Graduate standing in Anthropology, or consent of instructor.
ANT 734 SEMINAR IN ECONOMIC ANTHROPOLOGY. (3) ANT 774 FOOD AND FOOD SECURITY IN A CHANGING WORLD. (3)
Theoretical frameworks for the analysis of economic systems and processes. The seminar This cross-cultural seminar explores the biocultural interactions among food, human biology,
explores the interaction between economic phenomena and other aspects of social and political and the social, cultural, political and economic factors that shape food-related behaviors and
organization both as action, structure, and systemic process in contemporary, prehistoric, and nutritional status of populations. Topics include the social role of food, food beliefs and
historical contexts. Students are expected to formulate research questions and discuss current ideology, the political economy of malnutrition, development strategies and food security, and
theory in a critical fashion. Prereq: ANT 601 and 602 (ANT 538 is recommended) or consent methods in nutritional anthropology research. Readings and discussions are research focused
of instructor. and approach issues from a variety of theoretical perspectives. Prereq: ANT 601 or consent
of instructor. (Same as BSC 774.)
ANT 735 SEMINAR IN PRACTICE AND ACTION. (3)
Comparative analysis of various modes of social action including action research, advocacy, ANT 775 CULTURES AND POLITICS OF REPRODUCTION. (3)
cultural action, and participatory action research. Foundations in social theory considered. This course takes a cross-cultural approach to understanding how reproduction and associated
Prereq: Admission to graduate program in anthropology or consent of instructor. phenomena (family formations and the social use of technologies) comprise arenas where
broader political debates become played out, and social relations become created and contested.
ANT 736 CULTURE, ENVIRONMENT AND DEVELOPMENT. (3) Ethnographic case studies include cross-cultural constructions of the body, parenthood, and
This seminar explores the interrelationships between social processes, development and the kinship relations; and we examine how the state, social movements, legal/medical experts, and
environment. It provides the graduate student with the necessary theoretical and analytical lay persons struggle to appropriate reproductive potentials for their own needs. Prereq:
tools to examine the social and cultural processes of environmental degradation and change. Graduate standing in Anthropology or consent of instructor.
Topics include political ecology, health impacts of development, deforestation, resource tenure
systems, environmental grassroots movements and large-scale development organizations. ANT 776 SEMINAR IN DEPENDENCY BEHAVIOR. (3)
Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as SOC 737.) The course is designed to explore theories of dependency behavior by examining the concept
of dependency as it can be applied to the study of various phenomena including alcohol use
ANT 737 SOCIOCULTURAL THEORIES and abuse; dependence on other psychoactive substances; institutional dependency; depen-
IN THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF GENDER. (3) dency in work settings; and poverty and welfare. Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as SOC/
Anthropological approaches to the study of gender have proliferated since the 1970s. The PSY/BSC 776.)
primary objective of this seminar is to provide participants with an overview of some of the
salient “schools” that have emerged, and through comparison, critically to assess their ANT 790 RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN ANTHROPOLOGY. (1-6)
limitations and utility for both theoretical and applied objectives. Prereq: Graduate standing Intensive study in the fields of physical anthropology, archaeology and ethnology with
in anthropology, or permission of instructor. qualified staff members. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Admission
into the graduate program.
ANT 738 SEMINAR IN REGIONAL ARCHAEOLOGY. (3)
This course examines contemporary issues and theory in the archaeology of a particular region
of the world. Students may take this course up to 9 credit hours under a different region each
time course is offered. Prereq: Graduate Standing in Anthropology or permission of instructor.
APP Appalachian Studies
ANT 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0) APP 200 INTRODUCTION TO APPALACHIAN STUDIES. (3)
Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq: A multidisciplinary introduction to Appalachian culture, history and society. Examines how
All course work toward the degree must be completed. Appalachia came to be viewed as a distinct region; looks at its place in American life.
ANT 749 DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (0) APP 300 TOPICS IN APPALACHIAN STUDIES (Subtitle required). (3)
Half-time to full-time work on dissertation. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Study of topics relevant to Appalachian Studies, such as gender, folklore, literature, religion,
Prereq: Registration for two full-time semesters of 769 residence credit following the successful community development, public policy, social movements and social change. May be repeated
completion of the qualifying exams. to a maximum of twelve credits under different subtitles. Prereq: APP 200 or consent of
instructor.
ANT 750 GRADUATE FIELD STUDY IN ANTHROPOLOGY. (1-6)
Field research as part of a long-range anthropological research program for graduate interns #APP 311 APPALACHIAN ENGLISH. (3)
training under direct faculty supervision. Provides student with experience conducting The Appalachian Mountains, which range from New York to Mississippi, making up part of
scientific research as research team member. Report required. Laboratory, three hours to full the landscape of 13 different states, are known to many Americans as being home to a unique
time. Prereq: Appropriate language fluency; preparatory area study plus consent of instructor. cultural and linguistic experience. In this course, we will examine the extent to which this
uniqueness is true, considering the nature of many myths and stereotypes that exist about this
ANT 760 PRACTICUM IN APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY. (1-6) variety. We will discuss certain lexical, phonetic, syntactic, and other linguistic features that
Practical field experience in which the student applies the theory and method of social set this variety apart from other American varieties while also noting the features the speech
anthropology to the solution of a problem defined by the student in consultation with a of Appalachia shares with others. We will examine the history, origins, and development of
community or a public or private service agency. Required of all doctoral students in Applied English in Appalachia and address issues of identity, education, and standardness with respect
Anthropology. Prereq: Consent of instructor. to the English of Appalachia. (Same as ANT 341/LIN 311.)
ANT 765 ADVANCED SEMINAR IN MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3) APP 395 INDEPENDENT STUDY. (1-6)
(1) Advanced history and theory of medical anthropology; (2) research design, field work, Independent study of special topic under the supervision of Appalachian Studies-affiliated
analysis of data in medical anthropology. Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as BSC 765.) faculty. Students must identify both a topic for this project as well as a faculty mentor who
has agreed to supervise this project. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: APP
ANT 766 GENDER, ETHNICITY AND HEALTH. (3)
200.
This course will bring the anthropology of gender to the study of medical anthropology. We
will examine the interconnections between gender, ethnicity, and class in relation to the greater APP 399 PRACTICUM. (1-6)
and lesser likelihood of disease. We will explore differences in health in relation to the resources A field-, community-based, practical or applied educational experience supervised by an
available and the treatment modalities called upon by people in different social locations within Appalachian Studies Program faculty affiliate. May be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours. Pass-
the United States, and internationally. We will also look at the symbolic importance given to fail only. A learning contract must be filed in order to receive credit for this course. Prereq: APP
different phenomena related to the body, disease, and healing. This course will draw heavily 200.
upon the ethnographic literature to develop conceptual accounts of gender, ethnicity, class,
and health. Prereq: Permission of instructor.
ANT 767 DISSERTATION RESIDENCY CREDIT. (2) ARC Architecture
Residency credit for dissertation research after the qualifying examination. Students may
register for this course in the semester of the qualifying examination. A minimum of two ARC 101 DRAWING I: OBSERVATIONAL FREEHAND DRAWING. (3)
semesters are required as well as continuous enrollment (Fall and Spring) until the dissertation Focuses on the rigors of observational drawing. Structure, space, contour, line, and color are
is completed and defended. explored through study of the human body, still life, landscape, and architectural spaces with
attention to their application to the architectural experience. Studio: 6 hours per week. Prereq:
Admission to the School of Architecture.
ARC 111 INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY AND THEORY. (3) ARC 355 DESIGN STUDIO V. (6)
Introduces enduring themes and generative forces in the history and theory of architecture by Explores the architectural problem of a large-scale interior space conditioned by social and
examining the cultural periods of various societies in different historical periods. cultural programs. Special problems in lighting and acoustics will be addressed along with long-
span structure. Attention will be paid to issues of scale, life safety social interaction and public
ARC 151 DESIGN STUDIO I. (6) circulation. Studio: 12 hours per week. Prereq: ARC 354 with a grade of C or better. Paired
Students investigate two-dimensional media, analyze buildings and text, and construct models with course: ARC 333.
as a means to explore basic environmental design principles. The studio continues with an
emphasis on three-dimensional exploration and construction. Students investigate architec- ARC 399 TOPICS IN ARCHITECTURE. (3)
tural design programs and materials of constructions. Studio: 12 hours per week. Prereq: This course number is to allow for new and experimental classes to be introduced into the
Admission to the School of Architecture. architectural curriculum on an ad hoc basis. The course, if adopted on a permanent basis, will
be formally proposed for addition to the College curriculum and assigned a new, permanent
ARC 199 TOPICS IN ARCHITECTURE. (3) number. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits under different subtitles. Prereq: TBA.
This course number is to allow for new and experimental classes to be introduced into the
architectural curriculum on an ad hoc basis. The course, if adopted on a permanent basis, will ARC 404 DRAWING III (Off Campus). (3)
be formally proposed for addition to the College curriculum and assigned a new, permanent An elective course offered in conjunction with a sponsored travel program requiring student
number. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits under different subtitles. Prereq: TBA. observation of and interaction with the visited environment to be expressed formally through
visual representation. The sponsors of each travel program tailor the course to suit the needs
ARC 203 DIGITAL MEDIA WITHIN ARCHITECTURE. (3) of the program as it relates to a particular locale. Studio: 6 hours per week. Prereq: ARC 102.
A workshop that introduces students to the creative, analytical and generative potential of
computers in the design of architecture. Lecture: one hour; laboratory: four hours per week. ARC 405 DIGITAL VISUALIZATION I. (3)
Prereq: Admission to the School of Architecture. Students are introduced to concepts of computer visualization as applied to the study of
architecture. Students will utilize modeling, rendering, and animation software to create three-
ARC 212 HISTORY AND THEORY I: 15TH-17TH CENTURIES. (3) dimensional representations of selected projects. Lecture: two hours; laboratory: two hours
An overview of the key themes and historical developments in architecture from the fifteenth per week. Prereq: ARC 203.
through seventeenth centuries. Emphasis on Western examples and relationships with earlier
and later conditions, including contemporary problematics. ARC 406 DIGITAL VISUALIZATION II. (3)
A continued exploration of computer visualization with particular emphasis on a specific
ARC 213 HISTORY AND THEORY II: 18TH-19TH CENTURIES. (3) software. Subtitle required. Lecture: 1 hours; laboratory: four hours per week. Prereq: ARC
Continues the investigation of key themes and historical developments of architecture in the 405.
eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Prereq: ARC 212 or consent of instructor.
ARC 410 INDEPENDENT STUDY. (3)
ARC 231 STRUCTURAL AND MATERIAL CONCEPTS. (3) An independent study of architecture history and/or theory, wherein a student will research
Introduces technological concepts of building and investigates the spatial and formal language a specific topic agreed upon with a designated faculty member of the college. Laboratory, six
of architecture with visual and physical analyses of various building structures and materials hours per week. May be repeated to a maximum of six hours.
through the use of computers, field observations, etc. Prereq: Admission to the School of
Architecture; MA 109 or MA 123. Paired with: ARC 252. ARC 434 STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND ANALYSIS I. (3)
An exploration of structural concepts with an emphasis on statics, strength of materials, and
ARC 252 DESIGN STUDIO II. (6) the use of mathematical and computer-aided methods of analysis. Prereq: ARC 231.
Students gain understanding of architectural language based on modern archetypes. Projects
explore aesthetic and poetic possibilities while also emphasizing cohesion among space, ARC 435 MATERIALS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION. (3)
structure, site, program, and material assembly. A variety of assembly types are introduced An intensive exploration of materials and building techniques with special consideration given
for the examining of structural and materials concepts. Studio: 12 hours per week. Prereq: ARC to the properties of materials and their uses in various methods of construction. Prereq: ARC
151 with a grade of C or better. Paired with course: ARC 231. 231.
ARC 253 DESIGN STUDIO III. (6) ARC 456 DESIGN STUDIO VI. (6)
Extends the consideration of the issues related to the isolated object to the multiplication of This studio explores various design topics including building technology, furniture design,
that object with reference to issues of site and context, focusing attention on formal strategies digital visualization, historic preservation, and human settlement. Studio: 12 hours per week.
for obtaining thematic unity. Studio: 12 hours per week. Prereq: ARC 252 with a grade of C Prereq: ARC 355 with a grade of C or better.
or better.
ARC 457 DESIGN STUDIO VII. (6)
ARC 299 TOPICS IN ARCHITECTURE. (3) This studio explores various design topics including building technology, furniture design,
This course number is to allow for new and experimental classes to be introduced into the digital visualization, historic preservation, and human settlement. Studio: 12 hours per week.
architectural curriculum on an ad hoc basis. The course, if adopted on a permanent basis, will Prereq: ARC 455 or ARC 456 with a grade of C or better.
be formally proposed for addition to the College curriculum and assigned a new, permanent
number. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits under different subtitles. Prereq: TBA. ARC 461 TRAVEL SEMINAR: URBAN CONTEXT (Off Campus). (3)
An elective seminar offered in conjunction with a sponsored travel program, which investigates
ARC 314 HISTORY AND THEORY III: 20TH CENTURY factors and considers theories of urban form in the context of the locale in question. Lecture:
AND CONTEMPORARY ARCHITECTURE. (3) two hours; laboratory: two hours per week. Prereq: ARC 315.
Investigates modern and late twentieth century architecture as well as current themes and issues
in contemporary architecture in relation to their historical context. Satisfies graduate writing ARC 499 TOPICS IN ARCHITECTURE. (3)
requirement for Architecture Majors. Prereq: ARC 111, ARC 212 and ARC 213; or consent This course number is to allow for new and experimental classes to be introduced into the
of the instructor. architectural curriculum on an ad hoc basis. The course, if adopted on a permanent basis, will
be formally proposed for addition to the College curriculum and assigned a new, permanent
ARC 315 HISTORY AND THEORY OF ARCHITECTURE IV: number. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits under different subtitles. Prereq: TBA.
URBAN FORMS. (3)
An investigation of the factors and a consideration of the theories which have affected world ARC 510 GENERATIVE AND CRITICAL STRATEGIES. (3)
urban form related to architecture. Prereq: ARC 314, or consent of the instructor. This course explores, studies, and tests various visual and analytical tools used by designers
to understand their work in order to understand the relationship of form, content, and
ARC 332 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS I. (3) performance of a design. Students will use these tools to gain an understanding of buildings,
Design, analysis and coordination of building systems to meet basic human needs and social spaces, objects, contexts, and landscapes from a wide range of cultures and time periods. Prereq:
expectations of the built environment. Considers ecology when addressing the thermal Admission to the UK School of Architecture Graduate 3+ track.
environment, water, sanitation, concentrated energy, circulation, life-safety, and communica-
tion. Prereq: ARC 231. Paired with: ARC 354. ARC 511 HISTORY AND THEORY SEMINAR:
PRE-20TH CENTURY (Subtitle required). (3)
ARC 333 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS II. (3) One of a series of graduate seminars devoted to investigations and analyses of pre-twentieth
A continuing investigation into ideas and issues raised in ARC 332, Environmental Controls century architecture. Subtitle required. May be repeated to a total of 6 credit hours under
I. Prereq: ARC 332. Paired with: ARC 355. different subtitles. Prereq: Junior or Senior standing with six credit hours of architecture history
or art history at the 200 level or above, graduate standing, or consent of instructor.
ARC 354 DESIGN STUDIO IV. (6)
Studies the formal characteristics of site and context together with laws and principles of ARC 512 HISTORY AND THEORY SEMINAR:
building and nature, ecology, and the ways these forces influence architecture. The studio MODERN (Subtitle required). (3)
investigates applications of current technology and building systems. Studio: 12 hours per One of a series of graduate seminars devoted to investigations and analyses of modern
week. Prereq: ARC 253 with a grade of C or better. Paired with course: ARC 332. architecture. Subtitle required. May be repeated to a total of 6 credit hours under different
subtitles. Prereq: Junior or Senior standing with six credit hours of architecture history or art
history at the 200 level or above, graduate standing, or consent of instructor.
ARC 513 HISTORY AND THEORY SEMINAR: ARC 699 TOPICS IN ARCHITECTURE. (3)
CONTEMPORARY (Subtitle required). (3) This course number is to allow for new and experimental classes to be introduced into the
One of a series of graduate seminars devoted to investigations and analyses of contemporary architectural curriculum on an ad hoc basis. The course, if adopted on a permanent basis, will
architecture. Subtitle required. May be repeated to a total of 6 credit hours under different be formally proposed for addition to the College curriculum and assigned a new, permanent
subtitles. Prereq: Junior or Senior standing with six credit hours of architecture history or art number. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits under different subtitles. Prereq: TBA.
history at the 200 level or above, graduate standing, or consent of instructor.
ARC 707 DIGITAL MEDIA: HISTORY AND THEORY. (3)
ARC 514 HISTORY AND THEORY SEMINAR: A graduate level seminar exploring the impact of digital media on visualization and the
THEORY AND CRITICISM (Subtitle required). (3) theoretical implications arising from its use as a means of visual expression. Laboratory: 6 hours
One of a series of graduate seminars devoted to investigations and analyses of architectural per week. Prereq: ARC 406.
theory and criticism. Subtitle required. May be repeated to a total of 6 credit hours under
different subtitles. Prereq: Junior or Senior standing with six credit hours of architecture history ARC 709 MASTER’S PROJECT IN DIGITAL VISUALIZATION. (9)
or art history at the 200 level or above, graduate standing, or consent of instructor. A final, comprehensive project in the digital visualization concentration, which synthesizes
conceptual and experiential knowledge into a cohesive presentation. Studio: 18 hours per week.
ARC 515 HISTORY AND THEORY SEMINAR: Prereq: ARC 750 and all requisite courses for the Digital Visualization concentration.
URBAN FORMS (Subtitle required). (3)
One of a series of graduate seminars devoted to investigations and analyses of urban forms. ARC 719 MASTER’S PROJECT IN HISTORY/THEORY/CRITICISM. (9)
Subtitle required. May be repeated to a total of 6 credit hours under different subtitles. Prereq: A final, comprehensive project in the history, theory, and criticism concentration, which
Junior or Senior standing with six credit hours of architecture history or art history at the 200 synthesizes conceptual and experiential knowledge into a cohesive presentation. Studio: 18
level or above, graduate standing, or consent of instructor. hours per week. Prereq: ARC 750 and all requisite courses for the History, Theory and Criticism
concentration.
ARC 533 STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND ANALYSIS II. (3)
An exploration of structural concepts for the materials of steel and wood, including consid- ARC 729 MASTER’S PROJECT IN HISTORIC PRESERVATION. (9)
erations of load and resistance as factors in architectural design. Prereq: ARC 434. A final, comprehensive project in the historic preservation concentration, which synthesizes
conceptual and experiential knowledge into a cohesive presentation. Studio: 18 hours per week.
ARC 534 ADVANCED STUDIES IN STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS. (3) Prereq: ARC 750 and all requisite courses for the Historic Preservation concentration.
An exploration of structural concepts relating to construction with the materials concrete and
masonry, including discussion of stress and load as considerations in architectural design. ARC 735 PROJECT DELIVERY. (3)
Prereq: ARC 533. A study in the execution of an architectural design including contract documents, cost
estimation, and construction management. Prereq: Completion of all technical requirements for
ARC 550 ACCELERATED DESIGN I. (9) BA in Architecture or equivalent and admission to the Master of Architecture program.
Accelerated Design I: immersion through design in the comprehensive elements that order
architecture with emphasis on integrative strategies. Prereq: Admission to the UK School of ARC 736 BUILDING CODES AND DESIGN. (3)
Architecture Graduate 3+ track. An analysis of content and format of current model building codes combined with discussion
of the necessity for building codes, problems in interpretation and applications as well as legal
ARC 551 ACCELERATED DESIGN II. (9) aspects involved. Prereq: Completion of all technical requirements for BA in Architecture or
Accelerated Design II: an immersion in the art and science of architectural design with emphasis equivalent and admission to the Master of Architecture program.
on integrative strategies. Prereq: Admission to the UK School of Architecture Graduate 3+
track. ARC 738 CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS. (3)
A study in defining the quality of materials used in architectural design. Prereq: Admission to
ARC 584 DESIGN OF TIMBER AND MASONRY STRUCTURES. (3) the Master of Architecture program.
Current and historic design methods of buildings and their components using wood, wood
products, bricks, and concrete blocks. Prereq: Courses in steel and reinforced concrete design ARC 743 ADVANCED PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE. (3)
at the senior level, or consent of instructor. (Same as CE 584.) A continuation of concepts introduced in ARC 641, Professional Practice, with an emphasis
in issues relating to the legal, business, and organizational considerations of architectural
ARC 599 TOPICS IN ARCHITECTURE. (3) practice as well as investigations into advocacy and the public and private leadership roles of
This course number is to allow for new and experimental classes to be introduced into the the architect. Prereq: ARC 641.
architectural curriculum on an ad hoc basis. The course, if adopted on a permanent basis, will
be formally proposed for addition to the College curriculum and assigned a new, permanent ARC 748 MASTER’S PROJECT RESEARCH. (0)
number. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits under different subtitles. Prereq: TBA. Half-time to full-time work on Master’s Project. May be repeated a maximum of six times.
Prereq: All course work toward the degree must be completed.
ARC 631 BUILDING SYSTEMS INTEGRATION. (3)
Graduate level study of the art and science of building design with emphasis given to integrative ARC 750 DESIGN STUDIO X. (6)
strategies for developing a comprehensive, multi-systemic, architectural project. Paired with: Utilizing given site and program requirements, graduate students explore design issues
ARC 750. comprehensively by producing a developed and detailed building design. Students will engage
in structural design, environmental systems, life-safety and post-design assessments as
ARC 632 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS. (3) required to meet the most current NAAB standards for a comprehensive studio. Studio: 12
Advanced studies in human environmental design. Topics for research and development will hours per week. Prereq: ARC 659.
include sustainability, energy, infrastructure, sanitation and water, lighting, and acoustics.
Subtitle required. Prereq: ARC 332 and ARC 333. ARC 759 MASTER’S PROJECT IN BUILDING DESIGN. (9)
A final, comprehensive project in the building technology and tectonics concentration, which
ARC 634 ARCHITECTURAL DETAILING. (3) synthesizes conceptual and experiential knowledge into a cohesive presentation. Studio: 18
A study of the art and technique of complete building design through detail development. hours per week. Prereq: ARC 750 and all requisite courses for the Building Design concentra-
Prereq: Completion of all technical requirements for BA in Architecture or equivalent and tion.
admission to the Master of Architecture program.
ARC 761 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN TOWN DESIGN. (3)
ARC 641 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE. (3) Students explore various topics related to the theory and practice of existing, emerging and new
An exploration of professional and ethical responsibilities of the architect as they pertain to strategies for city and town development, revitalization, and long-term sustainability. Subtitle
the procedural matters of practice and management. Prereq: Admission to the M.Arch. required. Prereq: Admission to the Master of Architecture program.
program.
ARC 779 MASTER’S PROJECT IN TOWN DESIGN. (9)
ARC 642 PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP. (3) A final, comprehensive project in the town design concentration, which synthesizes conceptual
A graduate-level summer internship with a professional architectural firm in which the student, and experiential knowledge into a cohesive presentation. Studio: 18 hours per week. Prereq:
along with a faculty advisor, will determine specific experiential and educational goals to be ARC 750 and all requisite courses for the Town Design concentration.
met. Laboratory: hours to be agreed upon with selected firm (apx. 10-15 hrs/wk for duration
of internship). Prereq: Admission to the M.Arch. program. ARC 799 TOPICS IN ARCHITECTURE. (3)
This course number is to allow for new and experimental classes to be introduced into the
ARC 658 DESIGN STUDIO VIII. (6) architectural curriculum on an ad hoc basis. The course, if adopted on a permanent basis, will
This graduate level studio explores various design topics including building technology, be formally proposed for addition to the College curriculum and assigned a new, permanent
furniture design, digital visualization, historic preservation, and human settlement. Studio: 12 number. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits under different subtitles. Prereq: TBA.
hours per week. Prereq: ARC 457 with a grade of C or better.
ARC 659 DESIGN STUDIO IX. (6)
This graduate level studio explores various design topics including building technology,
furniture design, digital visualization, historic preservation, and human settlement. Studio: 12
hours per week. Prereq: ARC 658 with a grade of C or better.
ASC 382 ANIMAL PRODUCTION PRINCIPLES. (3) emphasis on mechanisms of hormone synthesis, secretion and action. Lectures and reading
A broad survey of animal agricultural management covering cattle, horses, poultry, swine, assignments will focus on endocrine function in mammalian species, including laboratory
sheep and goats. Emphasis is placed on the practical application of scientific disciplines animals, humans and livestock. Prereq: BCH 401G and BIO 350 or equivalents. (Same as PGY
including anatomy, physiology, nutrition, reproduction and genetics. For nonmajors only. 601.)
[Offered in spring only.] ASC 602 INTEGRATED NUTRITIONAL SCIENCES II. (3)
ASC 388 COMPANION ANIMAL NUTRITION. (3) Integrated study of the properties, metabolism, biochemical and physiological functions and
This course offers an introductory look at the nutrition of companion animals, primarily the interactions of vitamins and minerals, and their relationships to chronic diseases, deficiency
dog and cat. Basic concepts in nutrition, food chemistry, biochemistry, digestive physiology symptoms and toxicity. Prereq: IBS 601, PGY 206. (Same as CNU/NS 602.) [Offered in spring
and microbiology will be addressed as they pertain to pet health and well being. Prereq: CHE – odd years.]
107 or equivalent. [Offered in spring only.] ASC 630 ADVANCED MEAT SCIENCE. (4)
ASC 389 APPLIED EQUINE NUTRITION AND FEEDING. (2) Advanced meat science with special reference to the histological, chemical, physical and
This course examines the feeding management of broodmares, growing horses, performance microbiological properties as they relate to meat quality, organoleptic acceptability and
horses and horses with special needs. Lecture material covers common equine feeds, feed and processing procedures. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prereq: FSC 304, FSC 306
ration analysis, factors influencing the utilization of feeds by horses, and factors affecting or equivalent; one course in histology or biochemistry or consent of instructor. (Same as FSC
nutrient requirements and feeding management of the different classes of horses. Prereq: A 630.) [Offered in spring – even years.]
course in nutrition or consent of instructor. [Offered in spring only.] ASC 660 BIOLOGY OF REPRODUCTION. (3)
ASC 395 SPECIAL PROBLEM IN ANIMAL SCIENCES. (1-4) Advanced study of current topics in reproductive biology. The course is comprised equally
Independent study in Animal Sciences under the supervision of a faculty member. May be of student-led discussions and lectures given by faculty with research expertise in selected
repeated for a maximum of eight credits. Prereq: Consent of appropriate instructor. [Offered topics. Readings will be taken from current and classic literature. Topics covered include (but
in fall and spring.] are not limited to) molecular and cellular endocrinology, hormone receptors and mechanism of
action, reproductive neuroendocrinology, reproductive behavior, gametogenesis, fertilization,
ASC 399 EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING IN ANIMAL SCIENCES. (1-6) sexual differentiation, puberty, menopause and environmental effects on reproduction.
A field-based learning experience in animal sciences under the supervision of a faculty member. Emphasis will be placed on the analysis and understanding of the experimental basis for current
May be repeated to a maximum of six credits on a pass/fail basis. Prereq: Consent of instructor concepts in reproductive biology. Prereq: ASC/PGY 601 and ASC 364 or BIO/PGY 502 or
and department chairperson and completion of a departmental learning contract before consent of instructor. (Same as PGY 660 and ANA 660). [Offered in spring – odd years.]
registration. [Offered in fall and spring.]
ASC 680 LABORATORY METHODS IN NUTRITIONAL SCIENCES. (4)
ASC 404G SHEEP SCIENCE. (4) The use of laboratory techniques and instrumentation in the solution of fundamental problems
History and importance of the sheep industry; application of the principles of selection, of nutrition. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, six hours. [Offered in fall – odd years.]
breeding, feeding and management of sheep for efficient lamb and wool production. Lecture,
three hours per week; laboratory, three hours per week. Prereq: ASC 300, ASC 362, ASC 364, ASC 681 ENERGY METABOLISM. (2)
ASC 378 or consent of instructor. [Offered in fall only.] An in-depth discussion of nutritional energetics, from the standpoint of factors which influence
the utilization of dietary energy. A critical review of current literature. Prereq: ASC 378 or
ASC 406 BEEF CATTLE SCIENCE. (4) equivalent, BCH 502 or equivalent or consent of instructor. [Offered in spring – odd years.]
Scope and importance of the beef cattle industry; roles of the major cattle breeds and
organizations associated with the beef cattle industry; application of equipment, identification, ASC 682 MICROBIAL ECOLOGY OF DIGESTION. (4)
nutrition, reproduction, genetics, health, marketing, taxation and management principles to beef Principles of microbiology as they relate to nutrition and digestion in ruminant and nonruminant
cattle production; impact of current economic, social and environmental issues on the beef cattle animals. Procedures for cultivation, isolation and characterization of anaerobic bacteria from
industry. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours. Prereq: ASC 300, ASC 362, ASC 364 the gastrointestinal tract. Methods for measuring and evaluating microbial growth and activity
and ASC 378 or consent of instructor. [Offered in fall only.] in the gastrointestinal tract. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, four hours. Prereq: BIO 476G or
equivalent and consent of instructor.
ASC 408G SWINE PRODUCTION. (2)
A study of scope and importance of the swine industry. Application of principles of breeding, ASC 683 PROTEIN METABOLISM. (2)
reproduction, nutrition, housing, health, and management of swine in modern production A study of the principles and present concepts of protein and amino acid nutrition and
systems. Prereq: ASC 101, 102, 378. [Offered in spring only.] metabolism in the animal. Prereq: Graduate level biochemistry. [Offered in fall only.]
ASC 410G EQUINE SCIENCE. (3) ASC 684 ADVANCED RUMINANT NUTRITION. (3)
Detailed study of the anatomy and physiology of the horse as they relate to the nutrition, Principles of ruminant metabolism in the utilization of feedstuffs for meat, milk, and wool
reproduction, athletic ability, unsoundness and control of diseases and parasites. Lecture, two production. Prereq: ASC 682 and two or more courses from ASC 681, ASC 683, ASC 685 and
hours; laboratory, two hours. Prereq: Junior standing, ASC 320 or instructor consent. [Offered ASC 687 or consent of instructor. [Offered in spring – even years.]
in spring only.] ASC 685 MINERAL METABOLISM. (2)
ASC 420G DAIRY CATTLE SCIENCE. (3) An in-depth review of the function, requirement deficiency and toxicity of mineral elements
Scope and importance of the dairy cattle industry; selection, breeding, housing, feeding and in nutrition. Emphasis on the interactions between elements and current literature will be made.
management of dairy cattle. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours. Prereq: ASC 362, ASC Prereq: ASC 378 or NFS 510 or equivalent, BCH 502 or equivalent or consent of instructor.
364 and ASC 378 or consent of instructor. [Offered in fall only.] [Offered in spring – even years.]
ASC 435 WILDLIFE SCIENCE AND APPLICATIONS. (3) ASC 686 ADVANCED NONRUMINANT NUTRITION. (3)
A review of the major scientific disciplines that make up animal science (anatomy, genetics, A study of nutrient utilization as influenced by digestion, absorption and metabolism with
nutrition, physiology, behavior) and how these are applied to the management of wildlife in emphasis on swine and poultry. Prereq: One course each in nutrition and biochemistry.
diverse settings. Prereq: ASC 101 or BIO 152, consent of instructor. ASC 687 VITAMIN METABOLISM. (2)
ASC 470 CAPSTONE FOR ANIMAL AGRICULTURE. (3) Detailed study of the metabolism of vitamins and the role of vitamins in the metabolism of
Discussion of the importance of livestock production to society and consideration of major carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, and minerals. Prereq: BCH 502 or CHE 552 or consent of
issues impacting animal agriculture. Principles and practices learned in disciplinary and instructor. [Offered in spring – odd years.]
commodity Animal Sciences courses are integrated into a unified perspective, and the scientific ASC 688 EQUINE NUTRITION. (2)
method is employed as an approach to problem analysis and resolution. Refinement of skills Detailed study of anatomical, physiological and microbiological factors influencing the
in critical thinking, information gathering, writing, and oral communication is emphasized. nutritive requirements of the equine for maintenance, growth, reproduction, lactation and work.
Prereq: Senior standing in College of Agriculture, Animal Sciences major. [Offered in fall and Prereq: One course in nutrition and physiology or biochemistry or consent of instructor.
spring.] [Offered in fall – even years.]
ASC 499 ACADEMIC ENRICHMENT EXPERIENCE IN ANIMAL SCIENCES. (1)
Development and evaluation of the student’s required academic enrichment experience (study ASC 689 PHYSIOLOGY OF NUTRIENT DIGESTION AND ABSORPTION. (3)
abroad, undergraduate research, internship, student mentorship, leadership, etc.) Prereq: Open An analysis and comparison of the structure and function of mammalian and avian gastrointes-
to Animal Sciences majors only. tinal tracts, of feedstuff digestive processes, and of specific mechanisms responsible for
nutrient absorption in various cell types. Emphasis is placed on livestock and avian species.
ASC 564 MILK SECRETION. (3) Prereq: Graduate level Biochemistry. [Offered in fall – even years.]
Anatomy of the mammary gland, physiology and biochemistry of milk secretion and
management factors affecting yield and composition of milk. Prereq: ASC 101 and BIO 152. ASC 690 MACRONUTRIENT METABOLISM IN DOMESTIC ANIMALS. (2)
[Offered in spring only.] An in-depth study of macronutrient metabolism and how it can be influenced by nutrition in
both ruminant and non-ruminant species. Students will learn the important principles of
ASC 601 MAMMALIAN ENDOCRINOLOGY. (3) macronutrient metabolism in domestic animals through lectures, evaluation of the current
An introduction to the basic anatomy, physiology and biochemistry of endocrine systems with
scientific literature and presentations. Prereq: 3 credits in biochemistry (BCH 401G, IBS 601, AST 310 TOPICS IN ASTRONOMY AND ASTROPHYSICS
or equivalent) and 3 credits in animal nutrition, or consent of the instructor. (Subtitle required). (3)
Readings, research, discussions and lectures to illuminate problems of contemporary signifi-
ASC 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0) cance in astronomy and astrophysics. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits under a
Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq: different subtitle. Prereq: To be announced with subtitle.
All course work toward the degree must be completed. [Offered in fall, spring and summer.]
AST 395 INDEPENDENT WORK IN ASTRONOMY. (1-3)
ASC 749 DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (0) Students may select an approved topic for study under the direction of a faculty member. May
Half-time to full-time work on dissertation. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. Prereq: Major and a standing of 3.0 in the department.
Prereq: Registration for two full-time semesters of 769 residence credit following the successful
completion of the qualifying exams. AST 591 ASTROPHYSICS I - STARS. (3)
The physics of stars from star formation to stellar death. Topics include stellar structure and
ASC 767 DISSERTATION RESIDENCY CREDIT. (2) evolution, energy generation and transport, the later stages of stellar evolution and stellar
Residency credit for dissertation research after the qualifying examination. Students may remnants. Prereq: PHY 361, PHY 416G, PHY 417G or consent of instructor. (Same as PHY
register for this course in the semester of the qualifying examination. A minimum of two 591.)
semesters are required as well as continuous enrollment (Fall and Spring) until the dissertation
is completed and defended. [Offered in fall, spring and summer.] AST 592 ASTROPHYSICS II –
GALAXIES AND INTERSTELLAR MATERIAL. (3)
ASC 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR THE MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6) The physics of galaxies and of the interstellar medium. Topics include galaxy formation,
May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours. evolution and interaction, phases of the interstellar medium, and physical processes in the
ASC 769 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR THE DOCTOR’S DEGREE. (0-12) interstellar medium. Prereq: PHY 361, PHY 416G, PHY 417G or consent of instructor. (Same
May be repeated indefinitely. as PHY 592.)
ASC 771 ANIMAL SCIENCE SEMINAR. (1) AST 639 PHYSICAL PROCESSES IN ASTROPHYSICS. (3)
May be repeated twice for a maximum of three credits. [Offered in fall and spring.] A lecture and problem course covering the physical processes encountered in astrophysics.
The topics covered will include micro-physical processes in stellar atmospheres and the
ASC 777 ADVANCED TOPICS IN ANIMAL SCIENCE interstellar medium, high-energy astrophysics, and basic hydrodynamics and shock waves.
(Subtitle required). (1-4) Prereq: PHY/AST 592 or consent of instructor. (Same as PHY 639.)
Intensive study in a unique aspect of animal agriculture not covered in other graduate courses
currently offered. May be repeated under a different subtitle two times to a maximum of 8
credits. Prereq: Permission of instructor.
AT Athletic Training
ASC 780 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANIMAL DERIVED FOODS. (1-4)
May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Consent of graduate adviser. (Same AT 500 INTEGRATIVE CARE FOR HEALTH SCIENCES. (1-3)
as FSC 780.) [Offered in fall and spring.] Integrative care involves using the best possible treatments from both complementary/
alternative and allopathic medicine, based on the patient’s individual needs and condition. The
ASC 781 SPECIAL PROBLEMS selection of health care providers should be based on good science and this course will introduce
IN GENETICS AND ANIMAL BREEDING. (1-4) students to complementary and alternative health care providers and the practices and beliefs
May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Consent of graduate adviser. [Offered of these practices as well as the scientific evidence in support of these practices. The course
in fall and spring.] integrates successes from both worlds and describe the safest, least invasive, most cost-
ASC 782 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANIMAL NUTRITION. (1-4) effective approach while incorporating a holistic understanding of the individual. May be
May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Consent of graduate adviser. [Offered repeated to a maximum of 3 credits (1 credit didactic and up to two credits experiential/research).
in fall and spring.] (Same as HS 500, CLS 500, CNU 500, CD 500, PAS 500.)
ASC 783 SPECIAL PROBLEMS AT 660 DIRECTED STUDY IN ATHLETIC TRAINING. (1-3)
IN REPRODUCTIVE PHYSIOLOGY (Subtitle required). (1-4) A specific topic in Athletic Training related to the student’s interests is selected for intensive
Intensive study or investigation of topics in physiology not covered in formalized courses. study. Work to be supervised by a graduate faculty member proficient in the area under
May be repeated under different subtitle to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Consent of investigation. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Graduate standing and
graduate adviser. [Offered in fall and spring.] consent of instructor.
ASC 790 RESEARCH IN ANIMAL DERIVED FOODS. (1-6) AT 670 SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY IN ATHLETIC TRAINING I. (2)
Problems involving original investigation. May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. An introduction to the research process in athletic training. The importance of pursuing quality
Prereq: Consent of graduate adviser. (Same as FSC 790.) research in athletic training will be stressed and the procedures necessary to complete this
process will be presented. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 credits. Prereq: Graduate
ASC 791 RESEARCH IN GENETICS AND ANIMAL BREEDING. (1-6) standing and consent of the instructor.
Problems involving original investigation. May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits.
Prereq: Consent of graduate adviser. [Offered in fall and spring.] AT 671 SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY IN ATHLETIC TRAINING II. (2)
The second course of a four part series that will develop skills and a knowledge base that will
ASC 792 RESEARCH IN ANIMAL NUTRITION. (1-6) aid the student while conducting and critically reviewing research in athletic training. Course
Problems involving original investigation. May be repeated for a maximum of nine credits. work will address the methodological procedures of designing and pursuing research in athletic
Prereq: Consent of graduate adviser. [Offered in fall and spring.] training. The importance of pursuing quality research will be stressed and the procedures
necessary to complete this process will be presented. Prereq: Graduate standing and consent
ASC 793 RESEARCH IN REPRODUCTIVE PHYSIOLOGY of instructor.
(Subtitle required). (1-6)
Original investigation of mechanisms and problems related to mammalian reproduction. May AT 672 SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY IN ATHLETIC TRAINING III. (2)
be repeated under different subtitle to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Consent of graduate The third course of a four part series that will develop skills and a knowledge base that will
adviser. [Offered in fall and spring.] aid the student while conducting and critically reviewing research in athletic training. Course
work will address the design of research and synthesis of data in athletic training. The
importance of pursuing quality research will be stressed and the procedures necessary to
complete this process will be presented. Prereq: Graduate standing and consent of instructor.
AST Astronomy
AT 673 SCIENTIFIC INQUIRY IN ATHLETIC TRAINING IV. (2)
AST 191 THE SOLAR SYSTEM. (3) The final course of a four part series that will develop skills and a knowledge base that will aid
A course emphasizing the nature, origin and evolution of planets, satellites and other objects the student while conducting and critically reviewing research in athletic training. Course work
in the Solar System. Topics also include historical astronomy, the naked eye phenomena of will focus on developing the skills needed to critically synthesize material with accepted
the sky and modern solar system discoveries made by spacecraft. This course may be taken practice, and prepare professional presentations using acquired data and an appropriate
independently of AST 192. statistical analysis. The importance of pursuing quality research will be stressed and the
procedures necessary to complete this process will be presented. Prereq: Graduate standing,
AST 192 STARS, GALAXIES AND THE UNIVERSE. (3)
and consent of instructor.
A course covering the universe outside the Solar System. A principle theme is the origin and
evolution of stars, galaxies and the universe at large. Topics also include black holes, quasars AT 680 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ATHLETIC TRAINING: (Subtitle required). (1-3)
and the big bang model of the universe. This course may be taken independently of AST 191. Study of emerging topics of current high interest in athletic training. May be repeated to a
maximum of 9 credits. Prereq: Graduate standing and consent of instructor.
AT 682 CLINICAL SEMINAR IN ATHLETIC TRAINING. (1) B&E 105 TECHNOLOGY FOR BUSINESS SOLUTIONS. (1)
This is an advanced athletic training course encompassing a wide range of topics related to all This course prepares pre-major students in the Gatton College of Business & Economics to
domains of the athletic training profession. The primary focus of this course will be on the use business software at a high level of proficiency and focuses on Microsoft Excel and Access.
presentation of case studies for group discussion and contribution. This course will utilize a Lectures will be supplemented with hands on experiences with business problems. Prereq:
combination of discussion, review, and student presentation. ACC 201 and ECO 201, pre-major in the Gatton College of Business & Economics, or consent
of instructor.
AT 685 PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATION OF KINESIOLOGICAL EMG. (3)
To introduce the student to the principles and application of kinesiologic electromyography B&E 120 LEADERSHIP IN THE GLOBAL MARKETPLACE. (3)
(EMG). Kinesiological EMG research incorporates the study of human movement with direct An introductory examination of the skills, competencies, and styles of effective global leaders.
assessment of the muscles involved with human motion. The primary aim for this course is Activities include individual assessments and a personal leadership development plan. Prereq:
to provide the student with background and practical knowledge of kinesiological EMG in order Acceptance in the Global Scholars Certificate program.
to be able to perform and critically analyze kinesiological EMG studies. Students will enhance
their understanding of neuromuscular properties of skeletal musculature. Students will be B&E 122 THE CHALLENGE OF LEADERSHIP. (1)
exposed to the common procedures used to collect, analyze, and interpret both surface and Current leadership challenges as discussed by the people who confront them. Students have
indwelling kinesiological EMG research. Prereq: KHP 615 or comparable graduate level the opportunity to discuss leadership challenges with guest speakers from the corporate,
biomechanics course, the course can be taken concurrently. Approval of instructor. government and non-profit sectors. Prereq: Acceptance into Global Business Leadership
certificate program.
AT 690 ORTHOPAEDIC EVALUATION AND
REHABILITATION OF THE UPPER EXTREMITY. (4) B&E 201 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS. (3)
Current evaluation and rehabilitation of upper extremity and upper spine injuries that This course provides an introductory level understanding of how a business operates and how
commonly occur in athletic, recreational or occupational activities. A combination of lecture, it is managed. Business concepts and activities that will be covered include business
laboratory techniques will be used to review current practice and interventions. Prereq: development, management, human resources, marketing, accounting and finance.
Graduate standing and consent of instructor. B&E 223 INTRODUCTION TO THE ECONOMICS OF BUSINESS. (2)
AT 692 ORTHOPAEDIC EVALUATION AND Provides an introduction to the principles of microeconomics and some key concepts of
REHABILITATION OF THE SPINE. (4) macroeconomics as they relate and apply to the immediate interests of business managers. Basic
This is an advanced athletic training course encompassing a regional study of orthopedic tools of economics will be used to study consumer/producer behavior, how markets work,
evaluation and management of the cervical, thoracic, and lumbar spine. A combination of lecture, supply and demand interaction, and intra to market structure. This course is specifically
applied evaluation and rehabilitation techniques, critical reviews of the literature, discussion, designed to help prepare prospective MBA students for the economics and business classes
and student presentations will be employed. Prereq: Graduate standing and consent of and will not satisfy ANY undergraduate degree requirement. Prereq: Acceptance into MBA
instructor. program, other graduate program or consent of instructor.
AT 695 ORTHOPAEDIC EVALUATION AND B&E 240 INTER-CULTURAL BUSINESS COMMUNICATION. (3)
REHABILITATION OF THE LOWER EXTREMITY. (4) This course is designed to improve students’ ability to communicate effectively with people
Current evaluation and rehabilitation of lower extremity and lumbar spine injuries that from diverse cultural backgrounds. Prereq: Acceptance into Global Business Leadership
commonly occur in athletic, recreational or occupational activities. A combination of lecture, certificate program.
laboratory and student presentation and written reviews of current practice and interventions B&E 300 CAREER DEVELOPMENT IN BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS. (1)
will be employed. Prereq: Graduate standing and consent of instructor. The course will emphasize the application of analytical, communicative, and critical thinking
AT 700 MUSCLE MECHANICS. (3) skills in the development of students’ careers. It will address career opportunities, selection
This is an advanced athletic training course encompassing a wide range of topics related to all of personally appropriate career plans, and job search activities. It will enhance analytical skills
aspects of skeletal muscle form and function. The primary focus of this course will be on the through career analysis and company analysis, and enhance written and oral communication
mechanical properties of skeletal muscle, and translational aspects of basic science research skills through their application to job search activities. Prereq: At least 60 hours of earned credit.
and clinical care. B&E 327 LARGER WORLD ISSUES IN BUSINESS. (3)
AT 720 SPORTS MEDICINE. (3) A case-based course that explores the nexus between business and the social issues of the day
A study of the basic areas covered in sports medicine with readings and discussions of current (e.g., poverty, the environment). Student activities include a case competition exercise where
international trends in the research and practice in this field. Prereq: Twelve semester hours; they examine a social issue in business and hone their analytical and oral presentation skills.
credit in the field of biological sciences; consent of instructor. (Same as KHP 720.) Prereq: Acceptance into the Global Scholars program.
of hydraulic structures. Prereq: CE 461G or CE 541 and engineering standing, or consent of BAE 647 SYSTEM OPTIMIZATION I. (3)
instructor. (Same as CE 549.) Introduction to linear and nonlinear optimization and their use in engineering design. Emphasis
on numerical approaches and use of optimization methods for engineering systems (e.g.
BAE 547 WATERSHED SEDIMENTATION. (3) biological, mechanical, structural). Prereq: CS 221 or equivalent; one mathematics course
The course objective is to gain an understanding of watershed sedimentation including: (1) beyond MA 214 or equivalent. (Same as ME 647.)
erosion and sediment transport processes in a watershed and the mechanisms by which the
processes are initiated, developed, and worked towards equilibrium; (2) measurement of the BAE 648 ENERGY AND MASS TRANSFER
sediment budget for a watershed using sediment fingerprinting and sediment loading data; and IN BIOSYSTEMS PROCESSING. (3)
(3) prediction of sediment loading in watersheds with different human disturbances using A comprehensive and in-depth study of the principles of energy and mass transfer as they
hydrologic-based modeling tools. Specific emphasis will be placed on the use of natural carbon apply to the processing of agricultural and biological materials. Prereq: BAE 549 or consent
and nitrogen isotopic tracer measurements within sediment fingerprinting as a data-driven of instructor.
approach to measure sediment loading from different sources in a watershed. In order to fulfill
the course objective, the instructor will use traditional classroom learning as well as field and BAE 652 BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES FOR WATER QUALITY CONTROL. (3)
laboratory components of the course in order that students can participate in hands-on learning. Principles and applications of environmental biotechnology for water quality control. Process
Prereq: CE 461G (Pre- or Co-requisite or equivalent). (Same as CE 547.) microbiology and kinetics for various water and wastewater treatment processes. Prereq: CE
351 or consent of instructor. (Same as CE 652.)
BAE 549 BIOLOGICAL PROCESS ENGINEERING. (3)
An analysis of processing operations for the conversion or generation of biological materials. BAE 653 WATER QUALITY IN SURFACE WATERS. (3)
The course material applies thermodynamics, heat transfer, mass and energy balances, and Principles of surface water quality modeling and control. Analysis of dispersion, advection,
reaction kinetics to biological process operations such as sterilization, fermentation, product natural aeration, biological oxidation and photosynthesis; their effects on the physical,
recovery, freezing, drying, evaporation, and refrigeration. Applications include biomedical, chemical, and biological quality of waters in streams, lakes, reservoirs, estuaries and other
food processing, and biochemical and biofuel production from biomass. Prereq: BAE 447 or surface waters. Prereq: CE 351 or consent of instructor. (Same as CE 653.)
consent of instructor. BAE 658 INSTRUMENTATION FOR ENGINEERING RESEARCH. (3)
BAE 556 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT. (3) Instrumentation and measuring system characteristics; transducers for engineering measure-
Study of the generation and management of solid and hazardous wastes. Application of ments; and data acquisition and analysis. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours per week.
engineering principles to the collection, transport, processing, resource recovery and ultimate Prereq: Consent of instructor.
disposal of these wastes. Prereq: CE 471G, CE 521 or consent of instructor and engineering BAE 660 SIMILITUDE IN ENGINEERING. (3)
standing. (Same as CE 556.) An advanced approach to engineering problems through the theory of similitude and its
BAE 580 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING. (3) application to models. The use of geometrically similar, distorted and dissimilar models will
A course emphasizing the use of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, and heat transfer principles be discussed. Prereq: Graduate standing.
in thermal environmental design. Building energy requirements will be computed and thermal BAE 662 STOCHASTIC HYDROLOGY. (3)
comfort criteria will be studied. Prereq: BAE 427 or ME 321 or consent of instructor. (Same Hydrologic random variables and probability distributions. Statistical measures, development
as ME 580.) and use of Monte Carlo simulations in the generation of precipitation fields. Statistical tests
BAE 581 PHYSICS OF PLANT AND ANIMAL ENVIRONMENTS. (3) of hydrologic data. Point frequency and regional frequency analysis. Analysis of hydrologic
A study of the thermal, moisture, light, and gaseous components of plant and animal time series. Long-term trend, harmonic analysis of periodicity, autocorrelation, spectral
environments with emphasis on interactions between these biological systems and their analysis. Correlation and regression analysis. Linear stochastic models. Introduction to
environments. Prereq: BAE 427 or consent of instructor. stochastic processes in hydrology, real-time hydrologic forecast (Kalman filter), pattern
recognition, and stochastic differential equations. Prereq: MA 214, CE 461G or equivalent.
BAE 599 TOPICS IN BIOSYSTEMS ENGINEERING. (2-3) (Same as CE 662.)
A detailed investigation of a topic of current significance in biosystems engineering such as:
design of small earth dams, vacuum dehydration systems, small particle mechanics, biofuels, BAE 665 WATER RESOURCES SYSTEMS. (3)
environmental control in green houses, sprinkler irrigation, energy conversion in agriculture, Application of systems analysis, mathematic modeling, and optimization in water resources
bio-simulation. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits, but only three credits can be earned management and design. Solution of engineering problems found in water supply, water quality,
under the same title. A particular topic may be offered at most twice under the BAE 599 number. urban drainage, and river basin development and management by use of linear, nonlinear, and
Prereq: Variable; given when topic identified. dynamic programming models. Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as CE 665.)
BAE 618 ADVANCED PLANT, SOIL AND MACHINERY RELATIONSHIPS. (3) BAE 667 STORMWATER MODELING. (3)
A consideration of fundamental concepts of energy and materials in the identification and Introduction to deterministic and parametric modeling approaches for mathematically simu-
mensuration of parameters needed in the development of new machines for agriculture. Lecture, lating stormwater runoff and quality. Emphasis on modeling concepts and model formulation.
two hours; laboratory, two hours. Prereq: BAE 417. Analysis of deterministic component models and their linkage. Formulation of existing
parametric models. Presentation of methods for parameter optimization and regionalization.
BAE 625 TOPICS IN ADVANCED ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Demonstration of linkage between the two approaches with illustrative examples. Prereq: CE
AND ANALYSIS (Subtitle required). (3) 341 and CE 461G, or consent of instructor. (Same as CE 667.)
A study of current research in environment control and analysis of agricultural, commercial and
residential structures. May be repeated three times for a maximum of nine credits, but not more BAE 672 LANDFILL DESIGN. (3)
than three credits may be earned under a particular topic. Prereq: Senior course in environment This course deals with the geotechnical aspects of the design of landfills for the disposal of
control and HVAC, BAE/ME 580, or consent of instructor. municipal solid waste. Since landfill design is driven by state and federal regulations, time is
taken to review these regulations. Landfills are evaluated as engineered systems consisting of
BAE 638 GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY. (3) multiple components. Each component is investigated individually, and methods are developed
The equations of saturated and unsaturated groundwater flow, the formulation of boundary to predict and quantify the performance of these components so that appropriate materials,
value problems, and some analytical methods of solution. Solutions using Fourier series, design criteria, and construction methods can be selected to assure that the landfill will function
solutions involving the Fourier transform and the Fourier sine and cosine transforms. The with minimal environmental impact. Prereq: CE 471G. (Same as CE 672.)
Boltzman transformation, development of the Philip solution for horizontal and vertical flow.
Mathematical statement of the saturated and unsaturated groundwater pollution problem and BAE 680 BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING. (3)
some analytical methods of solution. The semigroup solution of the resulting evolution Principles and design of processes involving biochemical reactions, including aerobic and
equation, examples of solutions using the Laplace transform and the Fourier transform, more anaerobic respirations and fermentations, and involving pure and mixed cultures. Energy
complex solutions in two-dimensional and three-dimensional domains, solutions for distrib- considerations, heat and mass transfer, biochemical kinetics, and application to biological waste
uted sources in time and in space, solutions for time-varied boundary conditions. Prereq: MA treatment. Prereq: CME 550, CME 630, CHE 440G or consent of instructor. (Same as CME
214, CE 461G or equivalent. (Same as CE 660.) 680.)
BAE 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0)
BAE 642 OPEN CHANNEL FLOW. (3) Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq:
The study of open channel flow fundamentals and concepts. Topics include uniform flow, All course work toward the degree must be completed.
varied flow, steady and unsteady flow, energy dissipators, flow transitions, controls, analytical
and numerical solutions in 1D and 2D applications. Prereq: CE 541 or consent of instructor. BAE 749 DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (0)
(Same as CE 642.) Half-time to full-time work on dissertation. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters.
Prereq: Registration for two full-time semesters of 769 residence credit following the successful
BAE 643 MECHANICS OF SEDIMENT TRANSPORT. (3) completion of the qualifying exams.
Fundamentals of turbulence in rivers and sediment transport will be taught including recent
theory, derivation of governing equations, experimental methods, modeling, and design based BAE 750 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BIOSYSTEMS ENGINEERING. (1-3)
on sediment thresholds. Prereq: CE 341 or consent of instructor. (Same as CE 643.) Independent work on selected research problems in one of the various fields of biosystems and
agricultural engineering. Consultation and laboratory by appointment. May be repeated three
times for a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Approval of chairperson of department.
BAE 767 DISSERTATION RESIDENCY CREDIT. (2) *BCH 610 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF BIOMEMBRANES. (3)
Residency credit for dissertation research after the qualifying examination. Students may A lecture and seminar course that discusses primary literature focused on the structures,
register for this course in the semester of the qualifying examination. A minimum of two assembly, and functions of biologically important membranes. Prereq: CHE 232; CHE 442G;
semesters are required as well as continuous enrollment (Fall and Spring) until the dissertation BCH 401G, 811, or IBS 601.
is completed and defended.
BCH 611 BIOCHEMISTRY AND CELL BIOLOGY OF NUCLEIC ACIDS. (3)
BAE 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6) A lecture and seminar course devoted to a study of the principles of nucleic acid chemistry and
May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours. to the role of nucleic acids in cellular function. Prereq: BCH 401G, 502 or 811.
BAE 769 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR DOCTOR’S DEGREE. (0-12) BCH 612 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF PROTEINS AND ENZYMES. (3)
May be repeated indefinitely. Primarily a lecture course devoted to the relationship of the structure of protein molecules to
their biological roles. Proteins will be discussed in terms of their size, shape, conformation,
BAE 775 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES SEMINAR. (2) primary structure, catalytic mechanism and regulatory properties. Prereq: BCH 401G, 502 or
Review of current research topics, methods, management tools and communications techniques 811; CHE 444G or consent of instructor. May be taken concurrently with BCH 502.
with applications. Required of all departmental graduate students. May be repeated once for
credit. Lecture, two hours per week. Prereq: Graduate standing. *BCH 615 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY. (3)
This course will develop the student’s ability to critically read and evaluate the primary
BAE 795 THESIS. (0) literature in selected areas of molecular biology; various experimental systems and techniques
May be repeated twice. are discussed. While there is some lecture, the time will be predominately spent in class
discussions of the primary literature. Prereq: An advanced course in molecular biology and
genetics (e.g. IBS 602) or consent of instructor. (Same as BIO/MI 615.)
BCH Biochemistry BCH 618 SEMINAR IN BIOCHEMISTRY. (1)
A weekly seminar, required of all students majoring in biochemistry, devoted to discussions
BCH 395 INDEPENDENT WORK IN BIOCHEMISTRY. (3-12)
of areas not covered in other courses and to recent developments in the field. May be repeated
Students will carry out a laboratory research project and related reference reading. Laboratory:
to a maximum of five credits.
9-36 hours per week. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. Prereq: Permission of
instructor. BCH 619 SEMINAR IN BIOCHEMISTRY. (1)
A weekly seminar, required of all students majoring in biochemistry, devoted to discussions
BCH 401G FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOCHEMISTRY. (3)
of areas not covered in other courses and to recent developments in the field. May be repeated
Descriptive chemistry of amino acids and proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids.
to a maximum of five credits.
Discussion of structure and function; metabolism and bioenergetics; and biological information
flow. At the undergraduate level, understanding is demonstrated through hour examinations; BCH 620 BIOSYNTHESIS OF NATURAL PRODUCTS. (3)
at the graduate level, understanding is demonstrated through hour examinations and a brief An overview of the biochemical pathways leading to compounds called natural products/
paper. Lecture, three hours; one optional conference. Prereq: CHE 107, CHE 236 and BIO 152 secondary metabolites. Prereq: Two semesters of organic chemistry. (Same as PHR 620/PLS
or equivalent. 642.)
BCH 419G MOLECULAR BASIS OF HUMAN DISEASE. (3) BCH 625 SCIENTIFIC COMMUNICATIONS. (2)
The goal of this course is to provide students with an understanding of the defining To be useful, scientific research needs to be explained clearly to others – to colleagues, to
characteristics of the major human diseases, the molecular mechanisms responsible for causing administrators, to foundations and governmental bodies, and to the public. This course will
these diseases, and some of the molecular technologies used to diagnose and treat them. Prereq: give students the tools to effectively present their data, their ideas, and themselves to the
BCH 401G. scientific community. Through a series of directed exercises the students will learn how to write
BCH 517 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN BIOCHEMISTRY. (4) an abstract, a scientific paper, and a grant, and to prepare a poster and to give an oral
A laboratory course dealing with the instrumentation and procedures of biochemical research. presentation. The class will draw examples, topics, and exercises from current literature. Prereq:
Because many of the materials used are labile, the course is given in a block during a four-week Good standing in a graduate program in the physical, chemical or biomedical sciences.
period at the end of the spring semester. Five days per week during four-week intersession,
BCH 640 RESEARCH IN BIOCHEMISTRY. (1-9)
or summer session. Prereq: BCH 401G, 502 or 811 and consent of instructor.
Prereq: Consent of instructor.
BCH 601 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MOLECULAR
#BCH 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0)
AND CELLULAR GENETICS. (1)
Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq:
Each semester five distinguished scientists visit the UK campus to deliver a series of three
All course work toward the degree must be completed.
formal lectures each and participate in numerous informal contacts with graduate students. The
emphasis is on the presentation of the most current advances (often unpublished) in selected BCH 749 DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (0)
topics in molecular and cellular genetics. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. (Same Half-time to full-time work on dissertation. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters.
as BIO/MI/PLS/PPA 601.) Prereq: Registration for two full-time semesters of 769 residence credit following the successful
completion of the qualifying exams.
BCH 604 STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY. (3)
An advanced course on the structure and function of proteins and nucleic acids. Topics include: BCH 767 DISSERTATION RESIDENCY CREDIT. (2)
the physical determinants of protein structure, classification of protein architecture, protein- Residency credit for dissertation research after the qualifying examination. Students may
nucleic acid and protein-protein interactions, sequence dependence of nucleic acid structure, register for this course in the semester of the qualifying examination. A minimum of two
ribozymes, dynamics and evolutionary relationships. Prereq: IBS 601-602/BCH 607-608 or semesters are required as well as continuous enrollment (Fall and Spring) until the dissertation
equivalent. is completed and defended.
BCH 607 BIOMOLECULES AND METABOLISM. (3) #BCH 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6)
An introductory graduate-level biochemistry course designed to provide a basic knowledge of May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours.
molecular and biochemical principles necessary for advanced graduate study. Protein structure
and function, enzyme catalysis, the generation and storage of metabolic energy, amino acid, BCH 769 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR THE DOCTOR’S DEGREE. (0-12)
nucleotide, and lipid metabolism and biological membranes and transport will be covered. May be repeated indefinitely.
Prereq: CHE 105, 107, 230 and 232; BIO 150 and 152; or equivalents. (Same as IBS 601.) BCH 779 MEMBRANE SCIENCES COLLOQUIUM. (1)
BCH 608 BIOMOLECULES AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY. (3) Outstanding membrane scientists present their current research on biological and/or synthetic
An introductory graduate-level biochemistry course focused on the cellular mechanisms that membranes. Students read a pertinent paper by the speaker prior to his/her talk and write a
underlie the regulated expression of genes, including transcription and translation, as well as short paper on the talk; especially important is relevance of the main points of the talk to
basic mechanisms of DNA replication/repair and recombination. Genetic engineering and other membrane science in general and the student’s own research in particular. May be repeated to
experimental approaches critical to molecular biology research will be reviewed. Prereq: CHE a maximum of six credits. (Same as CHE/CME/PHA/PHR 779.)
105, 107, 230 and 232; BIO 150 and 152; or equivalents. BCH 780 TOPICS IN BIOCHEMISTRY. (1-3)
BCH 609 PLANT BIOCHEMISTRY. (3) A lecture and seminar course offered on topics of special interest to graduate students. May
The course will consider the chemical constituents of plants (with emphasis on biologically be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
or nutritionally significant compounds unique to plants), their biosynthesis, contribution to BCH 812 DENTAL BIOCHEMISTRY. (6)
key metabolic and defense processes and the regulation of their synthesis. Included will be This is a comprehensive course in biochemistry designed to fulfill the specific needs of student
discussions of photosynthesis, carbohydrates, lipids, isoprenoids and phenylpropanoids, dentists. Course content is generally as outlined in the American Association of Dental Schools
nitrogen fixation, nitrogen and sulfur reduction and assimilation, alkaloids and additional suggested curriculum guidelines for biochemistry. Part I acquaints students with the chemical
secondary compounds, frontiers in plant biochemistry. Prereq: BCH 607 or equivalent or constituents of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells; topics include the chemistry of lipids,
consent of instructor. (Same as PLS/PPA 609.)
carbohydrates, proteins, vitamins and coenzymes, and the nature of enzyme action. Part II CHE 105, or Math ACT score of 26 or above plus concurrent enrollment in CHE 105, or
integrates the chemical principles learned from Part I with concepts of cell dynamics, structure, chemistry placement test passed plus concurrent enrollment in CHE 105.
function, subcellular organization, and metabolism. Topics include intermediary metabolism,
bioenergetics, DNA replication, protein synthesis, and cellular regulatory and control BIO 151 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY LABORATORY I. (2)
mechanisms. Course content, where possible, is related to current concepts concerning the An introductory laboratory in which biological systems are investigated at the cellular and
etiology of oral diseases, their treatment, and prevention to assist student dentists in attaining molecular levels. Laboratory, four hours per week. Prereq: This course is a companion to the
institutional goals and objectives for clinical competency. Prereq: Admission into the College BIO 150 lecture course, but it need not be taken concurrently.
of Dentistry. (Same as OBI 812.) *BIO 152 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY II. (3)
BCH 815 FIRST-YEAR ELECTIVE, BIOCHEMISTRY. (1-3) The second semester of an integrated one-year sequence (BIO 150 and 152) that is designed
With the advice and approval of his or her faculty adviser, the first-year student may choose to develop understanding and appreciation for the diverse forms of plant and animal life, and
approved electives offered by the Department of Biochemistry. The intent is to provide the their relationships to each other and to their environment. Structure and function relationships
student an opportunity for exploration and study in an area which supplements and/or will be explored at many levels of organization: cell, tissue, organ, organism, population and
complements required course work in the first-year curriculum. Pass-fail only. Prereq: community. Prereq: A C or better in BIO 148 or permission of instructor.
Admission to first year, College of Medicine. BIO 153 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY LABORATORY II. (2)
BCH 819 CELLULAR STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION/BIOCHEMISTRY. (7) An introductory laboratory course in which biological systems are investigated at the
The course combines lecture, small group activities, clinical correlations, problem-based organismal, population and community levels. Laboratory, four hours per week. Prereq: CHE
learning, and problem-solving sessions in providing an understanding of the relationship of 105, or Math ACT of 26 or above plus concurrent enrollment in CHE 105, or chemistry
biochemical principles to human health and disease. Close integration with genetics topics placement test passed plus concurrent enrollment in CHE 105.
provides a better picture of how biochemistry, molecular biology and genetics contribute to BIO 155 LABORATORY FOR INTRODUCTORY BIOLOGY I. (1)
normal human development and medicine. Lecture, 20 hours per week. Prereq: Admission to This course is designed to provide a broad introduction into the data, results, and information
Medical School (first year). associated with biological research, and into some of the analytical approaches used to test
BCH 825 SECOND-YEAR ELECTIVE, BIOCHEMISTRY. (1-4) biological hypotheses. Communication of these aspects of biological research is crucial, and
With the advice and approval of his or her faculty advisor, the second-year student may choose much of this lab course will be focused on the development of effective writing skills for the
approved electives offered by the Department of Biochemistry. The intent is to provide the delivery of this information. Prereq: Math ACT of 23 or above or MA 109, past or concurrent
student with an opportunity for exploration and study in an area which supplements and/or enrollment in CHE 105.
complements required course work in the second-year curriculum. Pass/Fail only. Prereq: BIO 180 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY (INTRODUCTORY LEVEL):
Admission to second year medical curriculum and approval of advisor. (Subtitle required). (1-4)
BCH 850-899 FOURTH-YEAR ELECTIVE FOR MEDICAL STUDENTS. (1-6) Interdisciplinary, topical or experimental course in introductory biology. Subtitle required.
With the advice and approval of the faculty adviser and the Student Progress and Promotions May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credit hours under different subtitles. Lecture and/or
Committee, the fourth-year student may choose approved electives offered by the various laboratory and/or recitation and/or seminar. Prereq: Determined by instructor.
departments in the College of Medicine. The intent is to provide the student an opportunity BIO 190 SUPPLEMENTAL BIOLOGY WORKSHOP I. (1)
to develop his fund of knowledge and clinical competence. Prereq: Admission to the fourth year, Cooperative workshop offered only as an optional supplement to certain biology lecture
College of Medicine and/or permission of the Student Progress and Promotions Committee. courses. Offered only on a pass/fail basis. Coreq: BIO 150.
Approved elective: BIO 192 SUPPLEMENTAL BIOLOGY WORKSHOP II. (1)
BCH 850 ELECTIVE IN BIOCHEMISTRY Cooperative workshop offered only as an optional supplement to certain biology lecture
courses. Offered only on a pass/fail basis. Coreq: BIO 152.
BIO Biology BIO 198 SCHOLARS BIOLOGY RESEARCH. (2)
Biology 198 is one of the Scholars courses for biology majors in the Department of Biology
BIO 101 WAYS OF DOING BIOLOGY. (1) Scholars Program. This course is designed to provide a solid introduction to 21st century
Through a series of lectures and discussions students will gain a better understanding of the bioscience research. Students will learn how to critically read, interpret, understand and discuss
various academic programs in the life sciences across campus. Information will also be provided original literature. Students will learn how to discuss data and information from the original
about research opportunities and career possibilities. Pass/fail only. Enrollment limited to literature appropriately, develop reasonable hypotheses from current 21st century bioscience
freshmen and sophomore science majors. problems and provide plausible conclusions and presentations in regard to those problems
BIO 102 HUMAN ECOLOGY. (3) using original information and data. Lastly, the course is designed to equip students with the
A study of the interrelationships of man, populations, space, energy, food, mineral resources necessary skills to participate and succeed in an upper level research experience. The course
and other life on earth. Not for life science majors. substitutes for BIO 155 for BIOLOGY majors. Prereq: ACT 30 or Reading/Math SAT of 1320
or Reading/Math/Writing SAT of 1980, and declared biology major, and a min High School GPA
BIO 103 BASIC IDEAS OF BIOLOGY. (3) of 3.5.
Introductory biology. Discussion topics are those relevant to both plants and animals - cell
structure and function, molecules important to living things, metabolism, heredity, environ- BIO 199 RESEARCH EXPERIENCE IN BIOLOGY. (0-1)
ment. Not for life science majors. Participation in biological research under the direction of a faculty mentor in Biology or a related
field. A research contract signed by the student and faculty mentor must be approved by the
†BIO 104 ANIMAL BIOLOGY. Director of Undergraduate Studies in Biology. Offered pass/fail only.
†BIO 106 PRINCIPLES OF PLANT BIOLOGY.
BIO 208 PRINCIPLES OF MICROBIOLOGY. (3)
BIO 110 INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN BIOLOGY AND HEALTH. (3) The course introduces fundamental microbiological principles and techniques. Emphasis is
This course provides the student with a general overview of the basic dimensions of health (such placed on structural, functional, ecological and evolutionary relationships among microorgan-
as physical, social and emotional) and the applications of these dimensions to personal isms, principally viruses, rickettsiae bacteria, fungi and algae. Prereq: High school chemistry
wellness. recommended.
BIO 111 GENERAL BIOLOGY LABORATORY. (1) BIO 209 INTRODUCTORY MICROBIOLOGY LABORATORY. (2)
Laboratory studies in the structure and function of cells, plants, and animals; ecology; heredity; Laboratory exercises in general microbiology. Laboratory, four hours per week. Prereq: One
and evolution. Prereq or coreq: BIO 103 or consent of instructor. unit of chemistry or consent of instructor; BIO 208 or BIO 308 should be taken concurrently.
*BIO 148 INTRODUCTORY BIOLOGY I. (3) BIO 210 THE LIFE PROCESSES OF PLANTS. (3)
BIO 148 introduces the student to the biological mechanisms operating at the molecular, This course is intended to provide a basic understanding of the natural products and processes
cellular, and population level that contribute to the origin, maintenance, and evolution of that shape the nature of modern plants, and govern their interactions with the environment and
biodiversity including the origins and history of the evolutionary process. Course material is characteristics unique to plants, and develop a basic understanding of how these plant attributes
presented within a phylogenetic context, emphasizing the shared history of all living organisms relate to oganismic function. Emphasis will be placed on exploring the nature of the major plant
on earth through common ancestry. The first semester of an integrated one-year sequence (BIO biomes of the Earth, their community dynamics, and how member plants compete for space
148 and BIO 152). Prereq: Math ACT of 24 or above or MA 109, and past or concurrent and other resources. Development of optimal plant strategies for reproductive success, plant
enrollment in CHE 105. interaction with other living systems as well as abiotic factors and their defense from predation
and attack will also be considered. (Same as PLS 210.)
BIO 150 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY I. (3)
BIO 300 GENERAL ENTOMOLOGY. (3)
The first semester of an integrated one-year sequence (BIO 150 and BIO 152) that is designed
Fundamentals of insect biology and relationships among insects, plants, and other organisms;
to develop an appreciation of biological principles necessary to explore life at the cellular and
identification of commonly encountered insects. Beneficial and detrimental effects of insects
molecular levels. Similarities and differences in structure and function of simple and complex
are discussed. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours per week. Prereq: One course in
cells will be covered along with theories on the origin and evolution of biological systems. Prereq:
introductory biology. (Same as ENT 300.)
BIO 302 INTRODUCTION TO NEUROSCIENCE. (3) agriculture of Kentucky. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours per week. Prereq: One year
This introductory course is designed to provide students with a basic understanding, at the of introductory Biology or consent of instructor.
physiological, cellular and molecular levels, of how the nervous system functions to create
behavior. It will also introduce students to the consequences of abnormal system functioning BIO 375 BEHAVIORAL ECOLOGY AND SOCIOBIOLOGY. (3)
brought about by either disease or injury. Prereq: BIO 152 or equivalent or permission of This course will explore the selective forces influencing animal behavior, such as foraging,
instructor. predator avoidance, mate choice, parental care, and social interaction. Specific phenomena to
be explored include the evolution of optimal foraging and search images, extravagant male
BIO 303 INTRODUCTION TO EVOLUTION. (4) characteristics, female preferences, conflicts between the sexes, infanticide, parent-offspring
This course covers topics in evolution, concentrating on the Darwinian theories of evolution conflict, dominance hierarchies, optimal group size, altruism, and eusociality. The study of
including descent with modification, natural selection, and sexual selection. Topics will include: these behaviors integrates ideas and approaches from ecology, genetics, physiology, and
patterns of evolution, the genetic source of variation, measuring evolution, adaptation, psychology. Students will be encouraged to read outside material, to think carefully, logically,
speciation, human evolution, “evo-devo”, and evolutionary medicine. Taught on campus and critically about ideas, and to ask questions and defend their views in class. Prereq: A year
(lecture: three hours; recitation, three hours) or online. Prereq: BIO 148, BIO 152 and BIO 155 of introductory biology (BIO 150/152).
or equivalent.
BIO 380 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY (INTERMEDIATE LEVEL)
BIO 304 PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS. (4) (Subtitle required). (1-4)
A study of the physical and chemical aspects of the genetic material and their relationship to Interdisciplinary, topical or experimental course in intermediate (300-level) biology. Subtitle
the expression and inheritance of the phenotype. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours required. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credit hours under different subtitles. Lecture
per week. Prereq: BIO 148, BIO 152, BIO 155, CHE 107, CHE 113. and/or laboratory and/or recitation and/or seminar. Prereq: Determined by instructor.
#BIO 305 INTRODUCTION TO NEUROSCIENCE TECHNIQUES. (4) #BIO 394 RESEARCH IN NEUROSCIENCE. (1-3)
This introductory laboratory course will provide students with practical knowledge and hands- An independent research project in an area of neuroscience under the direction of a faculty
on experience in basic behavioral, anatomical and physiological techniques used by laboratory mentor. A research contract signed by the student and the faculty research mentor must be
scientists in the investigation of the nervous system. It is designed as a gateway to independent approved by the Director of Undergraduate Studies (Neuroscience). May be repeated to a
research experiences in working neuroscience laboratories. Prereq: BIO 302 Introduction to maximum of 12 credits, but a maximum of only 6 credits may be used to satisfy the requirements
Neuroscience or equivalent. (Same as ANA/PSY 305.) of the minor or major in Neuroscience. Prereq: BIO 152 and BIO 302 or PSY 312.
BIO 308 GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY. (3) BIO 395 RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY. (1-3)
Fundamental concepts of microbiology. The nutrition, physiology, genetics, molecular biology An independent research project in an area of biology under the direction of a faculty mentor.
of microorganisms, and their roles in nature and in infection and immunity will be studied. The research may be conducted in the Department of Biology or in other biological units on
Prereq: BIO 148, BIO 152 and BIO 155 (or equivalent courses); CHE 230; and BIO 315 or campus. A research contract signed by the student and the faculty research mentor must be
BIO 304. approved by the Director of Undergraduate Studies in Biology. May be repeated to a maximum
#BIO 309 MICROBIOLOGY LABORATORY. (2) of 12 credits, but a maximum of only 6 credits may be used the satisfy the requirements of a
This course includes laboratory exercises that are designed to illustrate processes central to BS or BA in Biology. Prereq: BIO 148, BIO 152 and BIO 155 or equivalent. Completion of
microbiology and to familiarize students with basic skills required for working with microor- at least one of the Biology core courses (Cell Biology, Evolution, Genetics, Physiology,
ganisms in a safe environment. Students will become familiar with isolating, culturing, and Ecology) is strongly recommended.
identifying microorganisms, and with molecular techniques used to study and manipulate #BIO 397 RESEARCH IN MICROBIOLOGY. (1-3)
microbes. Prereq: BIO 148, BIO 152 and BIO 155 (or equivalent courses); CHE 230; and BIO An independent research project in an area of microbiology under the direction of a faculty
315 or BIO 304 and previous or concurrent enrollment in BIO 308. Or consent of instructor. mentor. The research may be conducted in the Department of Biology or in other microbio-
BIO 315 INTRODUCTION TO CELL BIOLOGY. (4) logical units on campus. A research contract signed by the student and the faculty research
The structure and function of cells will be considered. Emphasis will be placed on the mentor must be approved by the Director of Undergraduate Studies in Microbiology. Prereq:
ultrastructure of cell organelles in plants and animals as a framework for understanding the BIO 308 and BIO 309.
compartmentalized nature of cell activity. Lecture, three hours; laboratory three hours/weekly. BIO 401G SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY FOR ELEMENTARY,
Prereq: BIO 303 and BIO 304. Coreq: CHE 230 or equivalent. Or consent of instructor. MIDDLE AND HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS (Subtitle required). (1-4)
BIO 325 ECOLOGY. (4) Selected topics in biology of special interest to teachers such as biological research experiences
This course introduces the scientific study of relationship between organisms and their related to pharmacological assays, collecting behavioral data, compilation and statistically
environment. The course is structured around levels of organization – from physiological analysis of data. When the course is offered, a specific title with specific credits, the number
ecology to individuals, populations, communities, ecosystems, landscapes, regions, and the of hours in lecture-discussion and laboratory, will be given. Lecture/discussion, two-four hours;
biosphere. Students will be expected to develop a solid knowledge base and understanding of laboratory, zero-four hours. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. Prereq: By consent
key concepts and issues in contemporary ecology; to become familiar with how ecological of instructor only.
understanding is attained by researchers; and to see how ecological knowledge and methods
can be used to address important societal problems. Lecture, three hours per week; laboratory, BIO 410 LABORATORY IN GENETICS AND CELL BIOLOGY. (3)
an average of three hours per week. Prereq: BIO 150-153 or equivalent introductory biology A laboratory course for students of genetics and cell biology to provide practical experience
sequence; and BIO 304 or equivalent genetics course; or consent of instructor. in contemporary experimental analysis. Prereq: BIO 315 and BIO 304, or equivalent (may be
taken concurrently).
*BIO 340 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. (5)
Comparative study of the anatomy of vertebrates with emphasis on evolutionary change, *BIO 420G TAXONOMY OF VASCULAR PLANTS. (4)
adaptive and functional significance of structural organization and basic concepts of the A survey of the evolutionary relationships among the major of vascular plant groups,
comparative approach. Laboratory studies on representative vertebrates involving dissec- concentrating heavily on important families flowering plants. Issues in contemporary
tions, models, and demonstrations. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, four hours per week. systematics, including cladistic methods, will be covered. Students will gain practical
Prereq: BIO 148, BIO 152, and BIO 155 or BIO 198, or consent of instructor. experience learning the language of descriptive botany and using botanical keys in technical
manuals for species identification. Field trips highlight the local spring flora. Lecture, three
*BIO 350 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. (4) hours; laboratory, three hours; plus two Saturday field trips. Prereq: Junior standing; BIO 148
An introduction to the basic principles of animal physiology. An elementary discussion of the and BIO 152 or one course in introductory botany or consent of instructor. (Same as NRE
major vertebrate organ systems including nutrition, metabolism, respiration, circulation, 420G.)
excretion, muscle contraction, peripheral and central nervous system, and endocrine function
emphasizing homeostasis. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours. Prereq: BIO 148, BIO BIO 425 BIOLOGY SEMINAR: (Subtitle required). (1)
152, BIO 155 or BIO 198, CHE 105 (or CHE 109 and CHE 110) and CHE 107 or consent This seminar develops effective analysis, presentation, and discussion skills required of
of instructor. Biology majors by exploring various life science topics of interest to faculty and students.
Satisfies seminar requirements for Biology majors and can be repeated for a maximum of 2
BIO 351 PLANT KINGDOM. (3) credits under a different subtitle. Prereq: Senior standing in Bi ology recommended. BIO 150-
An evolutionary survey of the morphology, taxonomy, life histories and biological relation- 153 or equivalent. Additional prereq(s) may be identified by instructor when topic is selected.
ships of all plant groups comprising the plant kingdom. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two
hours. Prereq: An introductory course in biology. #BIO 426 NEUROSCIENCE SEMINAR (Subtitle required). (1)
This seminar course develops effective analysis, presentation and discussion skills required
BIO 355 BIOLOGY STUDY ABROAD (Subtitle required). (3) of science majors by exploring one neuroscience topic in detail. Prereq: Determined by
This course offers students an opportunity to study unique biological communities and to instructor.
experience living in a foreign culture. Specific content and location varies. May be repeated a
maximum of two times under different subtitles. Prereq: Will be set by instructor. #BIO 427 SEMINAR IN MICROBIOLOGY (Subtitle required). (1)
This seminar course develops effective analysis, presentation, writing and discussion skills
BIO 361 ECOLOGY OF THE KENTUCKY FLORA AND VEGETATION. (3) required of life science majors by exploring various microbiological topics. Prereq: Senior
An overview of the physiography, geology, soils, hydrology, climate (paleo and recent), standing recommended. BIO 308 and BIO 309 or equivalent. Additional prereq(s) may be
vegetation (paleo and recent), floras (including floralistic relationships), archaeobotany, and identified by instructor when topic is selected.
University of Kentucky 2015-2016 Undergraduate Bulletin 380
KEY: # = new course * = course changed † = course dropped
Course Descriptions
*BIO 430G PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (4) BIO 507 BIOLOGY OF SLEEP AND CIRCADIAN RHYTHMS. (3)
Basic principles of plant physiology; the physiological processes of green plants and the effect This course provides an introduction to the fields of sleep and circadian rhythms including the
of the environment on these processes. Lecture (three hours) and laboratory (three hours). underlying neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and the molecular and genetic underpinnings of
Prereq: BIO 148, BIO 152, BIO 155 or BIO 198 (or equivalent); CHE 230 and CHE 231 (or sleep and circadian behaviors. The medical and societal relevance of these areas will also be
equivalent) or consent of instructor. emphasized. Considerable time will be spent reading and analyzing the primary literature in
these fields, including student presentations of selected articles. Prereq: BIO 304; BIO 315;
#BIO 440 COMPARATIVE AND FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY. (4) BIO 350 (or equivalent).
Comparative and Functional Neuroanatomy explores the cellular bases for sensory, integrative
and motor neuroscience from an evolutionary perspective, delineating common features of all BIO 508 EVOLUTION. (3)
nervous systems ranging from cnidarian nerve nets to ventral nerve cords of most invertebrates Mechanisms of evolutionary change, with a brief summary of historical evolution, especially
to the chordate/vertebrate central nervous systems. Discovery of the common features of of the Metazoa. Prereq: BIO 304 or ASC/ABT 360.
nervous structure in model system organisms with the human brain will provide students a
perspective on the value of model systems for future study. Functional analyses of nervous BIO 510 RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNIQUES LABORATORY. (4)
system structures will enable students to identify anatomical bases for neural function and An introduction to the construction, isolation, and analysis of recombinant DNA clones, with
behavior. Prereq: BIO 302 or consent of instructor. emphasis on practical experience in basic techniques. Graduate students will be given first
preference in course enrollment. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, 6 hours per week. Prereq: BIO
#BIO 446 NEUROPHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY. (3) 304 and BIO 315 or equivalent with consent of instructor.
This course will focus on experimentation in neurophysiology. The generation of receptor
potentials in sensory neurons will be measured in addition to action potentials in axons. BIO 515 GENERAL CELL BIOLOGY. (3)
Pharmacological experimentation of ionotropic and metabotropic receptors subtypes and An integrative, analytical study of the cell as the basic unit of biological structure and function,
second messengers signaling will be conducted. The key role of ion channels and transporters with emphasis on eukaryotes. Lecture, discussions with readings in some original literature.
in regulation of the membrane potential will be examined. The concept of electrochemical Prereq: BIO 315 or BCH 401G or equivalent and consent of instructor. (Same as MI 515.)
equilibrium will be introduced and the quantitative examination of the equilibrium membrane BIO 520 BIOINFORMATICS. (3)
potential will include discussion of Goldman and Nernst equations and their applications. The An introduction to computer analysis of macromolecular structure information. This course
mechanisms of action potential generation, as a result of synaptic and receptor stimulation describes how to access, process, and interpret structural information regarding biological
within a neural cell, will be measured. Lecture and laboratory. Prereq: BIO 302 or BIO 350 or macromolecules as a guide to experiments in biology. Prereq: BIO 315 or BIO 304 or BCH 401
consent of instructor. or BCH 501 or BCH 502 or BIO 510 or consent of instructor. (Same as INF 520.)
#BIO 447 ANIMAL SENSES. (3) BIO 529 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY. (3)
Advanced study on how animals use sensory abilities to communicate, navigate, and detect An introduction to the principles of developmental biology, particularly of animals, including
prey, predators and mates. Focus will be on extreme and unusual sensory systems such as genetic and environmental control of development at the molecular, cellular, and physiological
echolocation, electroreception, and magnetoreception, as well as vision, smell, touch, and levels. Prereq: BIO 304 or equivalent, or graduate standing in life sciences, or consent of
hearing. Prereq: BIO 350 or PGY 412G or permission of instructor. instructor.
BIO 450 NEUROPHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY. (2) BIO 530 BIOGEOGRAPHY AND CONSERVATION. (3)
The course will focus on neurophysiology. Measuring receptor potentials in sensory neurons An introduction to the geographic patterning of biological diversity, exploring its origins,
and muscle cells. Pharmacological agents will be used to address ionotropic and metabotropic dynamics, and present trends. Examines the interplay among physical conditions, ecological
receptors subtypes as well as second messengers signaling. The regulation of the membrane interactions, evolutionary processes, and the historical movements of organisms and land
potential will be covered in great detail experimentally. The mechanisms of neuron-neuron masses as they have combined to affect the distribution of species, with particular attention
communication through electrical and chemical synapses will be examined. One will be required to the application of biogeographic knowledge to current problems of species loss and
to understand and critically analyze research papers in the field of neuroscience in the form conservation. Prereq: Two semesters of introductory biology or physical geography, or
of discussion and written reviews. Students will be required to answer essay questions on exams consent of the instructor. (Same as GEO 530.)
and will have homework sets. In addition, a research paper on a topic in the course will be
required. Prereq: Required: a physiology course (PGY 412G and/or BIO 350). BIO 535 COMPARATIVE NEUROBIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR. (3)
The course consists of an introduction to neurophysiology and study of the neural basis of
BIO 452G LABORATORY IN ECOLOGY. (2) sensory processing and motor patterns. A comparative analysis of the neurobiological basis
An introduction to laboratory and field experimentation and computer simulation in ecology. of behavioral responses will be made, utilizing a broad range of vertebrates and invertebrates.
Exercises and demonstrations will be performed to familiarize students with (1) particular Prereq: BIO 350 or consent of instructor. (Same as PGY 535.)
populations and ecosystems, (2) some important research problems in ecology, and (3) current
research techniques for dealing with them. One or two Saturday field trips will be required. BIO 542 HISTOLOGY. (5)
Laboratory, four hours. Prereq or coreq: BIO 325 or equivalent and consent of instructor. An in-depth study of vertebrate cell and tissue structure and function. Human tissue is
emphasized. Some knowledge of biochemistry, physiology, and anatomy is desirable. The
BIO 461 INTRODUCTION TO POPULATION GENETICS. (3) laboratory involves study of prepared microscope slides. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, four
This survey course examines the population dynamics and equilibria of genes in nuclei, hours per week. Prereq: BIO 315 or consent of instructor.
chloroplasts and mitochondria. Emphasis will be on biological relevance (in plants, animals,
and micro-organisms), but some theoretical derivations will also be introduced. Prereq: ABT BIO 550 ADVANCED PHYSIOLOGY. (3)
360 (or equivalent) and one course in probability/statistics. (Same as ABT/ENT/FOR 461.) Physiological mechanisms by which animals cope with different environmental stresses.
Osmoregulation, respiration, temperature regulation and tolerance, sensory reception, circu-
BIO 494G IMMUNOBIOLOGY. (3) lation, etc. Prereq: One year college chemistry, BIO 350 or equivalent, one year college physics
A survey of theories and mechanisms of immunity including: nature of antigens and antibodies, or consent of instructor.
antigen-antibody reactions, immunocompetent cells, immunogenetics, allergic reactions,
tumor immunology and transplantation immunology. Prereq: BCH 401G (may be taken BIO 551 LIFE CYCLE ECOLOGY OF FLOWERING PLANTS. (4)
concurrently) and BIO 208 or BIO 308 or consent of instructor. (Same as MI 494G.) The effect of physical and biotic factors on plants and environment. Physiological, morpho-
logical and anatomical adaptations of plants to the physical factors of the environment are
#BIO 495G BACTERIAL PATHOGENESIS. (3) emphasized. Some of the laboratory exercises are carried out in the field. Lecture, three hours;
This course will examine the pathogenic mechanisms used by bacteria to cause human disease. laboratory, two hours. Prereq: BIO 325 or consent of instructor.
Bacterial virulence factors and host susceptibility factors will be discussed, with an emphasis
on understanding the techniques that can be used to identify these traits in newly emerging *BIO 553 FISH BIOLOGY. (4)
pathogens. Prereq: BIO 308, BIO 315, BCH 401 recommended. Or permission of instructor. This course explores the biology of fishes from an evolutionary perspective. Lectures cover
(Same as MI 495G.) physiology, functional morphology, ecology, population biology, behavior, evolutionary
relationships, and fisheries biology. Laboratory exercises include development of a fish
BIO 499 BIOLOGY RESEARCH SEMINAR. (1) collection; experiments in fish physiology, behavior and ecology; computer modeling of
A seminar for students engaged in independent research. Students with BIO 395 experience problems in fisheries biology; and field trips. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours per
will interact with student colleagues and an experienced research mentor. Prereq: Past or current week. Prereq: BIO 148, BIO 152, BIO 155 or BIO 198 or consent of instructor.
enrollment in BIO 395.
*BIO 555 VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (5)
BIO 502 PRINCIPLES OF SYSTEMS, An intensive survey of the vertebrate classes with emphasis on trends and processes in
CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR PHYSIOLOGY. (5) evolution, classification, phylogeny, ecology, and adaptations in morphology and behavior.
Advanced survey of major mammalian physiological systems at the systems, cellular and Lecture, three hours; laboratory, four hours per week. Prereq: BIO 148, BIO 152, BIO 155
molecular level; lectures, assigned reading, advanced texts or monographs, demonstrations and or BIO 198, or consent of instructor.
problem oriented study questions. Prereq: One year each, physics, general chemistry; PGY
206 or its equivalent. (Same as PGY 502.) BIO 556 COMMUNICATION BIOLOGY. (3)
Animals sense and respond to numerous signals from their environment by using sensory
modalities attuned to visual, auditory, chemical, and electromagnetic cues. This course is an
in-depth examination of the physiological bases of sensory input and the interactive, motor BIO 607 ADVANCED EVOLUTION. (2)
system-mediated, behavioral repertoires exhibited by different species in response to such This course covers advanced topics in evolution, concentrating on questions central to the
inputs. Prereq: BIO 325 or BIO 350. understanding of general evolutionary processes. Phenomena occurring both within popula-
tions (e.g., selection, inheritance, population subdivision) and between populations (e.g., gene
*BIO 559 ORNITHOLOGY. (4) flow, competition) will be addressed. Special attention will be given to modern research
A study of the life histories, habits, identification, structure, adaptations, and physiology of approaches and techniques including quantitative genetics, measurement of selection, phylo-
birds. Special emphasis upon migrations, songs, nests and economic importance of our native genetic analyses of comparative data and molecular systematics. Prereq: One year of calculus,
birds. Lecture, field excursions, laboratory studies. Prereq: BIO 148, BIO 152, BIO 155 or BIO genetics (BIO 304 or BIO 461) and BIO 508 or consent of instructor. (Same as ENT/FOR 607.)
198, or consent of instructor.
BIO 608 BEHAVIORAL ECOLOGY AND LIFE HISTORIES. (2)
BIO 561 INSECTS AFFECTING HUMAN AND ANIMAL HEALTH. (3) This course uses an evolutionary approach to examine behavior and life histories. Topics
Discussion of arthropod parasites and disease vectors. Topics include an overview of disease addressed include: the optimality approach, constraints on optimality, kin and group selection,
transmission and public health, epidemiology, vector biology, important arthropod groups and predator and prey behaviors, social and mating behaviors, and life history evolution. Prereq:
their control. Prereq: One year of biology. (Same as ENT 561.) BIO 325 and one semester of calculus; or consent of instructor. (Same as ENT/FOR 608.)
BIO 563 PARASITOLOGY. (4) BIO 609 POPULATION AND COMMUNITY ECOLOGY. (3)
Protozoan, helminth and arthropod parasites of man and domestic animals, emphasis on This course discusses the processes that determine population distributions and dynamics and
etiology, epidemiology, methods of diagnosis, control measures, and life histories. Techniques community structure for both plants and animals. Topics addressed include: population
for host examination and preparation of material for study. Prereq: BIO 150, 151, 152, 153 regulation and population stability, community diversity and stability, ecological succession,
or consent of instructor. (Same as ENT 563.) population interactions (competition, predation, mutualism), coevolution, and the effects of
BIO 564 INSECT TAXONOMY. (4) spatial and temporal heterogeneity on population and community patterns. Prereq: BIO 325
A study of insect taxonomy including the collection, preparation, and identification of adult or FOR 340 or consent of instructor. (Same as ENT/FOR 609.)
insect specimens. Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as ENT 564.) BIO 611 BIOPATHOLOGY. (3)
BIO 567 APPLICATIONS OF GENETICS. (4) The course will examine the mechanisms by which various biological, chemical and physical
Course covers genetic concepts with an emphasis on interpretation and analysis of molecular agents injure susceptible hosts and the complex biochemical and immunological reactions which
and population genetic data using examples from the entomological literature. Prereq: ABT 360 occur in response to injury. The host defense mechanisms will be illustrated by an analysis
or BIO 304 or equivalent and an introductory statistics course. of selected human diseases and animal model systems with particular emphasis on the events
at the molecular and cellular level. Prereq: BCH 502 or concurrent, BIO/MI 494G or equivalent
BIO 568 INSECT BEHAVIOR. (3) and consent of instructor. (Same as MI 611.)
The principles of animal behavior will be stressed using insects as examples. Physiology,
mechanisms, behavioral ecology and evolution of insect behavior will be covered. Prereq: One BIO 612 BIOLOGY OF AGING. (3)
year of biology. (Same as ENT 568.) A multidisciplinary discussion of how the process of aging affects biological systems. Coverage
will be quite broad and includes topics such as subcellular and cellular aging, genetics,
BIO 575 PLANT ANATOMY AND MORPHOLOGY. (4) immunology, anatomy and physiology, animal model of aging, etc. Prereq: Enrollment in the
A survey of the diverse structural features of plants and their functional and phylogenetic doctoral program in Gerontology or a biomedical science department or consent of instructor.
significance. Emphasis will be on the adaptive design of modern vascular plants as a response (Same as ANA/GRN/PGY 612.)
to natural and artificial selection. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours per week. Prereq:
Introductory biology sequence (six hours) or consent of instructor. *BIO 615 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY. (3)
This course will develop the student’s ability to critically read and evaluate the primary
BIO 580 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY (ADVANCED LEVEL): literature in selected areas of molecular biology; various experimental systems and techniques
(Subtitle required). (1-4) are discussed. While there is some lecture, the time will be predominately spent in class
Interdisciplinary, topical or experimental course in advanced (500-level) biology. Subtitle discussions of the primary literature. Prereq: An advanced course in molecular biology and
required. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 credit hours under different subtitles. Course genetics (e.g. IBS 602) or consent of instructor. (Same as BCH/MI 615.)
format: variable – Lecture and/or laboratory and/or recitation and/or seminar. Prereq: Deter-
mined by instructor. BIO 618 MOLECULAR NEUROBIOLOGY. (4)
This course provides knowledge base and analytical skills in the field of molecular neurobiology.
*BIO 582 VIROLOGY. (3) An in-depth introduction to current technologies, their rationale and limitations, will be the
Physical, chemical and biological properties of viruses. Modes of replication and control of focus to address normal brain function and neuropathological conditions. Prereq: BCH 501,
gene product formation displayed by representative plant, animal, and bacterial viruses. Prereq: 502, NEU 605, or consent of instructor. (Same as ANA/MI/PGY 618.)
BIO 304 and biochemistry or equivalent strongly recommended, or consent of instructor. (Same
as MI 582.) BIO 620 PLANT MOLECULAR BIOLOGY. (3)
This course is intended to be a treatment of current concepts of plant molecular biology. It will
BIO 595 IMMUNOBIOLOGY. (2) be a literature-based course, supplemented by handouts and reading lists. The course will deal
Laboratory in immunology and serology. Preparation, standardization, and uses of biological as much as is possible with topics that are unique to plants. Current aspects of molecular biology
products; serology. Laboratory, four hours. Prereq: BIO/MI 494G or concurrently; or consent that are relevant to the course content will be covered in the first part of the course; however,
of instructor. (Same as MI 595.) these lectures will not be a review of topics that should have been retained from introductory
genetics and biochemistry courses. Also, they will not be a substitute for a molecular biology
BIO 601 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR GENETICS. (1)
course. Prereq: One semester of undergraduate genetics and biochemistry or consent of
Each semester five distinguished scientists visit the UK campus to deliver a series of three
instructor. (Same as PLS 620.)
formal lectures each and participate in numerous informal contacts with graduate students. The
emphasis is on the presentation of the most current advances (often unpublished) in selected BIO 621 TOPICS IN MODERN BIOLOGY (Subtitle required). (1-3)
topics in molecular and cellular genetics. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. (Same A course for students in the biological and related sciences to be taught on various topics by
as BCH/MI/PLS/PPA 601.) specialists in their fields. Designed to give the student the most up-to-date information on the
various topics. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits under different subtitles. Prereq:
BIO 605 EMPIRICAL METHODS IN ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION. (2)
Consent of instructor.
This course provides students with hands-on experience in a diverse array of modern research
methods used by ecologists and evolutionary biologists, including techniques used in: molecular BIO 622 PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS I. (3)
genetics, chemical ecology, behavioral studies, motion analyses, using high-speed video, image A physiological/biochemical treatment of central topics in modern plant physiology. Topics
analyses for morphometrics and color, and field techniques in both aquatic and terrestrial will include: plant-cell biology, ion transport, water and translocation, respiration and
systems. Lecture, one hour; laboratory, three hours per week. Prereq: BIO 325 or FOR 340 photosynthesis. Prereq: BIO 430G or equivalent or consent of coordinator. Prereq or concur:
or ENT 665, or consent of instructor. (Same as ENT/FOR 605.) BCH 607. (Same as FOR/PLS 622.)
BIO 606 CONCEPTUAL METHODS IN ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION. (3) BIO 623 PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS II. (3)
This course provides students with hands-on experience in a diverse array of conceptual A physiological/biochemical treatment of central topics in modern plant physiology. Topics
research techniques used by ecologists and evolutionary biologists. The focus will be on will include: plant hormones, an introduction to plant biotechnology, senescence and
optimization methods used for predicting animal and plant behaviors and life histories, and on abscission, stress physiology, phytochrome-photomorphogenesis-phototropism nitrogen
methods for assessing population trends and dynamics. Mathematical techniques used will and sulfur metabolism. Prereq: BIO 430G or equivalent or consent of coordinator. Prereq or
include graphical analyses, matrix algebra, calculus, and computer simulations. The latter part concur: BCH 607. (Same as FOR/PLS 623.)
of the course will consist of collaborative modeling projects, in which small groups of students
will work with the instructor to address an important contemporary research problem and will BIO 625 INSECT-PLANT RELATIONSHIPS. (3)
report their results in a public talk and a project writeup. Prereq: One year of calculus and BIO This course examines the natural history, ecology, and evolution of insect/plant relationships.
325 or FOR 340 or ENT 665, or consent of instructor. (Same as ENT/FOR 606.) Topics include mechanisms and theory of plant defense, behavioral and physiological
adaptations of herbivorous insects, pollination biology, multitrophic-level interactions, causes
of insect outbreaks, and applications to managed ecosystems. Critical reading and discussion
University of Kentucky 2015-2016 Undergraduate Bulletin 382
KEY: # = new course * = course changed † = course dropped
Course Descriptions
of current literature is emphasized. Prereq: Two years of college-level biology. (Same as ENT BIO 767 DISSERTATION RESIDENCY CREDIT. (2)
625.) Residency credit for dissertation research after the qualifying examination. Students may
register for this course in the semester of the qualifying examination. A minimum of two
BIO 632 ADVANCED CELL BIOLOGY I. (3) semesters are required as well as continuous enrollment (Fall and Spring) until the dissertation
A molecular level treatment of cell structure and function derived from current experimental is completed and defended.
approaches. Eukaryotes will be stressed. Topics will usually include membrane structure and
function, the cytoskeleton and the extracellular matrix, and bioenergetics. Lectures and BIO 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6)
discussions with reading in the original literature. Prereq: BIO 304 or equivalent; coreq: BCH May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours.
501 or equivalent or consent of instructor.
BIO 769 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR DOCTOR’S DEGREE. (0-12)
BIO 633 ADVANCED CELL BIOLOGY II. (3) May be repeated indefinitely.
This course is a companion to BIO 632. Topics will usually include a molecular level discussion
of gene structure, gene expression, and gene regulation, followed by the cell and molecular BIO 770 SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY. (1)
biology of cell proliferation, development, and differentiation. Lectures and discussions with Reports and discussions of current research and literature in biology. Required of all graduate
reading in the original literature. Prereq: BIO 304 or equivalent, BCH 501 or equivalent or students. May be repeated to a maximum of 8 credits. Prereq: Graduate standing in biological
consent of instructor. sciences.
BIO 635 INSECT PHYSIOLOGY. (4) BIO 772 SEMINAR IN MICROBIOLOGY. (0-1)
Study of insect physiological processes including development, digestion, reproduction, Review of current literature in microbiology; presentation of papers on work in progress in
respiration, excretion, hormones and immunity. Opportunity to learn techniques used in insect the department or on assigned topics; reports on meetings of national and international scientific
physiology and molecular biology. Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as ENT 635.) and professional societies and symposia. Required of all graduate students. Two hours per
week. May be repeated nine times for a maximum of 10 credits. (Same as MI 772.)
BIO 636 INSECT MOLECULAR BIOLOGY. (4)
Principles of insect molecular biology. Analysis of insect development, reproduction, BIO 773 SEMINAR IN PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (1)
behavior, immunity, transgenic insects and insecticide resistance at the molecular level. Hands- Reports and discussions on various topics in plant physiology. May be repeated for a maximum
on experience with molecular biology techniques. Prereq: ENT/BIO 635 or consent of of eight credits.
instructor. (Same as ENT 636.) BIO 782 ADVANCED VIROLOGY. (3)
BIO 638 DEVELOPMENTAL NEUROBIOLOGY. (3) Current trends in virology. Typical topics include DNA tumor viruses, RNA tumor viruses,
An explanation of the processes which contribute to the development of the nervous system. persistent virus infections, and interference. Emphases of molecular mechanisms. Prereq: BIO
Neurophysiological, cell biological and molecular approaches to cell differentiation, neuronal 582. Adequate biochemistry and genetics strongly recommended, or consent of instructor.
pathfinding and synapse formation and stabilization will be explored and discussed. Examples (Same as VS 782.)
will be drawn from both vertebrate and invertebrate preparations. Prereq: BIO 535 or consent BIO 795 RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY. (1-9)
of instructor. (Same as ANA/PGY/PSY 638.) Independent research work in biology. May be repeated to a maximum of 24 credits. Prereq:
BIO 650 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY. (2) Graduate standing in biological sciences.
Hands-on laboratory exercises in animal physiology. Prereq: Previous or concurrent enrollment BIO 798 RESEARCH IN MICROBIOLOGY. (1-9)
in BIO 550. (Same as PGY 650.) May be repeated to a maximum of 24 credits. Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as MI 798.)
BIO 665 INSECT ECOLOGY. (3)
The biotic and physical factors influencing the distribution and abundance of insects and insect
populations. Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as ENT 665.) BME Biomedical Engineering
BIO 667 INVASIVE SPECIES BIOLOGY. (3)
#BME 301 FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING. (3)
This course will examine circumstances that allow introduced species to become invasive, how
Overview of the application of engineering principles to problems in living systems and
invasive species threaten our resources, and approaches to minimizing the incidence and impact
healthcare delivery. Fundamental anatomy and physiology for engineers. Quantitative
of invasions. Prereq: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. (Same as ENT/FOR 667.)
measurement and analysis of the structure, function, and control of biological systems. Prereq:
BIO 684 PHYLOGENETIC SYSTEMATICS. (3) Engineering standing or consent of instructor.
Theory and methods of phylogenetic analysis and cladistics will be explained. Applications
#BME 395 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING. (1-3)
of phylogenetic analysis, such as historical biogeography, biological classification, and testing
Individual research on selected problems of current significance in biomedical engineering.
of ecological hypotheses will be explored. (Same as ENT 684.)
Variable credit; may be repeated to a maximum of six credit hours. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
BIO 685 IMMUNOBIOLOGY, INFECTION AND INFLAMMATION. (3)
#BME 405 INTRODUCTION TO BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING. (3)
An introductory level graduate course surveying current trends in immunology including the
Study of continuous and discrete signal concepts, sampling of analog signals, domain
organization of the immune system, cells important for immunity and inflammation; types of
transformation (Fourier, LaPlace, Z- Transforms), and introduction to correlation and power
immune responses, cellular immunology, molecular immunology, self-nonself discrimination,
spectrum. Characteristics and design of analog and digital filters. Features of biological signals
vaccines and immune mediated diseases. Prereq: BCH 401G, or BCH 501 or 502, IBS 501 or
and systems and biomedical applications. Introduction to non-linear systems. Prereq: EE 305
equivalent or consent of the course director. (Same as MI 685.)
or equivalent and MA 214; or consent of instructor.
BIO 707 CONTEMPORARY TOPICS IN IMMUNOLOGY. (3)
#BME 472 HUMAN BIOMECHANICS. (3)
This course will deal with controversial and evolving areas of immunology. Lectures in a given
This course presents an engineering-based approach to the quantitative study of the human
topic will be accompanied by student discussion of contemporary literature. Prereq: MI 685
musculoskeletal system. Principles involving static and dynamic mechanical analyses will be
or equivalent or consent of instructor. (Same as MI 707.)
applied to quantify the forces and moments in human posture and movement. Study of the
BIO 720 MICROBIAL STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION. (3) material and biological properties of the musculoskeletal system is included because they are
Molecular basis of structure and function in unicellular microbes. Molecular genetic and intimately coupled to the formulation and interpretation of problems in static and dynamic
structural approaches to the analysis of bacterial architecture growth, division, and differen- biomechanics. Prereq: EM 221, EM 313; or consent of instructor.
tiation. Prereq: (to reflect appropriate IBS course). (Same as MI 720 and OBI 720.)
BME 481G TOPICS IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING. (3)
BIO 740 MAMMALIAN RADIATION BIOLOGY. (2) Detailed investigation of a topic of current significance in biomedical engineering such as:
The physical and biological sequelae of radiation effects will be discussed emphasizing human biomaterials, hard or soft tissue biomechanics, rehabilitation engineering, cardiopulmonary
and mammalian responses and radiation health. Emphasis will be for health and medical systems analysis, biomedical imaging. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
workers. Prereq: Must have consent of instructor, BIO/RM 540 or RM 546 or equivalent
#BME 485 FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOFLUID MECHANICS. (3)
background. (Same as RM 740.)
This course is taught concurrently with BME 685 Biofluid Mechanics. This course provides
BIO 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0) the students with a review of basic fluid mechanics principles and a direct, practical application
Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq: of these principles to biomedical and clinical problems associated with the human circulatory
All course work toward the degree must be completed. system. Prereq: Engineering standing or consent of instructor.
BIO 749 DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (0) *BME 488 INTRODUCTION TO BIOMATERIALS. (3)
Half-time to full-time work on dissertation. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Study of biological and man-made materials that perform, improve, or restore natural functions.
Prereq: Registration for two full-time semesters of 769 residence credit following the successful Structure and properties of connective tissue and commonly implanted metals, ceramics, and
completion of the qualifying exams. polymers; biocompatibility of materials used in orthopedic, soft tissue, and cardiovascular
applications. Prereq: Engineering standing and MSE 201; or consent of instructor.
BME 501 FOUNDATIONS OF BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING. (3) as well as to the legal system (where applicable) and the profession as an entity. As a scholarly
This course demonstrates the application of diverse engineering principles to analysis and discipline, biomedical engineering ethics draws upon principles from subjects such as: the
understanding of the structure, function, and control of biological systems. Quantitative philosophy of science, the philosophy of engineering, and the ethics of technology. Materials
measurements and analysis of homeostatic, regulatory, transport, biochemical, and biome- from these principles will be used in this course with adaption to the special circumstances
chanical processes of the human body. Prereq: Engineering standing or consent of instructor. attending the practice of Biomedical Engineering.
#BME 508 CELL MECHANICS AND MECHANOBIOLOGY. (3) BME 642 NAVIGATIONAL GUIDES FOR
This course will serve as an introduction to cell and tissue level mechanobiology with focus BIOMEDICAL PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. (3)
on human physiological and disease processes. The primary focus is to introduce principles This course teaches engineers how biomedical product designs are influenced by government
of cell-level mechanics in the context of the biology of living organisms, what we term regulations, economic issues, and ethical concerns.
mechanobiology. In effect, we treat biological processes and regulation as another variable(s)
that must be accounted for when modeling the mechanical/physical behavior of human tissues. BME 661 BIOMATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING. (3)
A large amount of the basic principles in this field of study arose as a result of the intense research Study of biological and man-made materials that perform, improve, or restore natural functions.
in the cardiovascular field. We will draw many examples of mechanobiological principles as Structure and properties of connective tissue and commonly implanted metals, ceramics, and
it relates to the circulatory system. Despite our cardiovascular focus, the basic principles can polymers; biocompatibility of materials used in orthopedic, soft tissue, and cardiovascular
be applied to the whole range of mechanobiological research conducted in other applications applications. Prereq: Undergraduate engineering degree or consent of instructor.
(orthopedics, urological, pulmonary, etc.). Prereq: EM 302 and/or CME/ME 330 (or equivalent BME 662 TISSUE-IMPLANT INTERFACE. (3)
fluid mechanics course); or consent of instructor. Study of the interface between implants and host tissues from both the materials and biological
#BME 515 MODELING OF PHYSIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS. (3) perspective. Structure of the tissue-implant interface; surface characterization of biomaterials;
This introductory course in mathematical modeling will teach students how to construct simple protein adsorption; mechanisms of cell responses; the methods for controlling the tissue-
and elegant models of biological and physiological processes – for instance the absorption and implant interface, with emphasis on orthopedic and cardiovascular applications. Prereq: BME
elimination of drugs in the human body or the kinetics of tumour growth in tissue – and to 661 or consent of instructor.
analyze or predict the dynamics of these events by solving the models. Prereq: MA 113, 114, BME 670 BIOSOLID MECHANICS. (3)
213, 214, or consent of instructor; familiarity with computer programming. Application of laws of mechanics to study the behavior of human organ systems. Stress-strain
BME 530 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION. (3) analysis of soft and hard body tissues with emphasis on pulmonary and musculoskeletal
A comprehensive introduction to major aspects of biomedical instrumentation. Topics include systems. Viscoelastic properties. Prereq: Undergraduate engineering degree or consent of
basic concept of medical instrumentation, biopotentials, physiological pressure/flow/respira- instructor.
tory measurement, optical sensing, and clinical applications of all the above. The fundamental BME 672 MUSCULOSKELETAL BIOMECHANICS. (3)
mathematics underlying each instrument will be reviewed and an engineering picture of the Application of laws of mechanics to study behavior of human musculoskeletal system.
hardware and software needed to implement each system will be examined. Prereq: Consent Materials science of bone, muscle, tendon are integrated into static and dynamic analyses of
of instructor. isolated (e.g., foot, arm, and hand) and whole body segment. Prereq: PGY 502, ME 330 or
#BME 540 MECHANICAL MODELING OF HUMAN MOTION. (3) consent of instructor.
An introduction to mechanical modeling of human motion (lectures) along with application of BME 685 BIOFLUID MECHANICS. (3)
computational software to model and estimates internal tissues responses to physical demands Review of the rheology of circulatory processes in the body. Special emphasis on cardiovas-
of several different activities/tasks (lab activities). Prereq: EM 221, EM 313; or consent of cular dynamics: pulsatile pressure and flow, vascular impedance, wave propagation/reflection,
instructor. cardiac dynamics. Special topics. Lecture, three hours with periodic lab demonstrations.
BME 579 NEURAL ENGINEERING: Prereq: Undergraduate engineering degree or consent of instructor.
MERGING ENGINEERING WITH NEUROSCIENCE. (3) BME 690 RESEARCH IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
A multidisciplinary approach combining engineering principles for systems analysis and (Subtitle required). (1-3)
control, knowledge of biological control mechanisms, and computational properties of Individual study related to a special research project. Intended for M.S. candidates who want
biological neural networks in the development of engineering neural networks for control a research project experience independent of their M.S. thesis work. This course cannot be used
applications. Topics include: equivalent circuit models for biological neurons and networks, to satisfy residency credit requirements. Lecture, 1-3 hours; laboratory, 3-6 hours per week.
non-linear differential equation representations, biological control strategies for rhythmic May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Consent of instructor and graduate
movements, design and development of controller for robot function, proposal development standing in BME.
and presentation. Prereq: EE 422G and Engineering Standing or consent of instructor. (Same
as EE 579.) BME 699 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
(Subtitle required). (1-3)
#BME 580 INTRODUCTION TO BIOMEDICAL IMAGING. (3) Special topics in biomedical engineering, addressed primarily in a lecture/discussion format.
A comprehensive introduction to bio-medical imaging systems used today, including xray Presentation of focussed or specialized topics that are not available in standard courses.
imaging and computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), ultrasound Lecture, three hours; laboratory 0-2 hours per week. May be repeated to a maximum of nine
imaging (UI), and diffuse optical tomography (DOT). The course will review the fundamental credits. Prereq: Consent of instructor and graduate standing in BME.
mathematics underlying each imaging modality, the hardware needed to implement each
system, and the image reconstruction and analysis. The class may involve homework, projects, BME 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0)
and exams. Prereq: EE 305, or consent of instructor. Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq:
All course work toward the degree must be completed.
BME 599 TOPICS IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING (Subtitle required). (3)
An interdisciplinary course devoted to detailed study of a topic of current significance in BME 749 DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (0)
biomedical engineering, such as cellular mechanotransduction, systems biology, and tissue Half-time to full-time work on dissertation. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters.
engineering. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Consent of instructor. Prereq: Registration for two full-time semesters of 769 residence credit following the successful
completion of the qualifying exams.
BME 605 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING I. (3)
Continuous and discrete signals, sampling, Fourier Transform, LaPlace Transform, Z- BME 766 MANAGEMENT OF TECHNOLOGY. (3)
Transform, correlation and spectral analysis, digital filters. Prereq: Concurrent enrollment or Successfulness in developing new technologies relies upon knowing which technology advance,
completion of PGY 412G or PGY 502. the ultimate scientific limits of that technology, and the forecasted rate of technological change.
This course presents curricula that explore the direction of technological change and how this
BME 610 BIOMEDICAL CONTROL SYSTEMS I. (3) affects the rate and extent of innovation.
Homeostatic mechanisms, input-output analysis, steady state and transient response,
feedback concepts, system identification and simulation from actual operating data. Prereq: BME 767 DISSERTATION RESIDENCY CREDIT. (2)
PGY 502 and ME 440 or equivalent. Residency credit for dissertation research after the qualifying examination. Students may
register for this course in the semester of the qualifying examination. A minimum of two
BME 615 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING II. (3) semesters are required as well as continuous enrollment (Fall and Spring) until the dissertation
Stochastic processes, Fourier-based spectral analysis and linear system identification, modern is completed and defended.
spectral estimation (AR, MA, ARMA), parametric transfer function estimation, time-
frequency analysis of nonstationary signals. Prereq: BME 605, BME 610, EE 640 recom- BME 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR THE MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6)
mended. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours.
BME 640 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING ETHICS. (1) BME 769 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR THE DOCTOR’S DEGREE. (0-12)
This course presents an engineering-based approach to study the system of ethics applicable May be repeated indefinitely.
to biomedical engineering. This course will describe and examine the responsibilities of
biomedical engineers to stakeholders, e.g., patients, research subjects, and engineering clients
of these issues to their own research interests and career plans. Active participation by all ideology, the political economy of malnutrition, development strategies and food security, and
members is expected. Prereq: Graduate standing. methods in nutritional anthropology research. Readings and discussions are research focused
and approach issues from a variety of theoretical perspectives. Prereq: ANT 601 or consent
BSC 745 RESEARCH METHODS IN MEDICAL BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE. (3) of instructor. (Same as ANT 774.)
This is an applied methods course which will review the various aspects of research and apply
them to current medical behavioral studies. The different approaches used by the behavioral BSC 776 SEMINAR IN DEPENDENCY BEHAVIOR. (3)
and clinical sciences will be reviewed and demonstrated. Prereq: Any methods courses required The course is designed to explore theories of dependency behavior by examining the concept
for a Ph.D. in the department major. of dependency as it can be applied to the study of various phenomena including alcohol use
and abuse; dependence on other psychoactive substances; institutional dependency; depen-
BSC 746 RESEARCH ETHICS AND DILEMMAS. (3) dency in work settings; and poverty and welfare. Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as ANT/
This class will utilize case studies for debate, class participation, and papers to help students PSY/SOC 776.)
gain skills to recognize and resolve research dilemmas. Objectives of this class include: (1)
understand basic elements of ethical dilemmas; (2) to understand basic ethical theories and BSC 777 SEMINAR IN MENTAL ILLNESS CONCEPTS,
frameworks for solving ethical dilemmas; (3) to examine ethical dilemmas within a behavioral RESEARCH AND POLICY. (3)
or medical science research context; and, (4) to examine ways of eliminating bias and promoting Advanced study of contemporary concepts of mental health and mental illness, and their
objectivity in a behavioral or medical science research context. historical development; major forms of response to mental illness. Prereq: Consent of
instructor. (Same as SOC 777.)
BSC 750 HISTORY OF MEDICINE AMONG AFRICAN AMERICANS:
IMPLICATIONS FOR HEALTH DISPARITIES. (3) BSC 778 BEHAVIORAL FACTORS IN SELECTED DISEASES. (3)
This course on the history of medicine among African Americans seeks to provide an An exploration of behavioral science concepts which bear on various physical illnesses. The
understanding of the roots of the African American health deficit. The course will enable perspective of the course is interdisciplinary, using concepts from the various behavioral
students to: 1) Articulate how the earliest encounters between African Americans and Western science disciplines. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
medical researchers set the stage for health inequities. 2) Engage in and direct thought-provoking
discussions of how racist pseudoscientific ideas remain in contemporary society that BSC 779 BEHAVIORAL FACTORS IN DEATH AND DYING. (3)
contributes to health disparities among African Americans. 3) Critically examine the theory Behavioral concepts are examined which explain reactions of individuals, collectivities and
of eugenics and social Darwinism and how they are used to justify experimental exploitation social institutions to the phenomenon of death. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
and poor medical treatment of African Americans. 4) Understand and identify how historical BSC 782 WOMEN’S HEALTH AND AGING. (3)
and contemporary medical issues have contributed to medical ethics of distrust in the African This class explores the issues related to health and well-being among older women. Using a
American community. multidisciplinary approach that blends humanities, social and medical science and public
BSC 760 AGING, HEALTH AND DECISION MAKING. (3) policy, the course examines social, economic and cultural contexts of chronic physical and
This is a doctoral level seminar that provides an overview of behavioral decisional theories (e.g. mental health. Prereq: Upper level/graduate class in social science. (Same as GRN 782.)
rational choice, multiattribute utilities models, naturalistic decision-making, ethnographic BSC 785 COMPARATIVE HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS. (3)
decision models, Janis and Mann’s conflict theory, information processing theory, heuristic This seminar will focus on concepts, issues, and research pertaining to health care systems in
models, process tracing models, etc.) and examines research applications of those theories to comparative perspective. It will deal with the following questions. (1) What are the core
the health of older adults. Research focuses on decision made by physicians, older adults, family analytical dimensions of a health care system? (2) How do health care systems connect with
caregivers and policy makers. A variety of applications include such decision domains as the other institutional domains of a society, with its value-system, and with its major cultural
preventative screening, retirement and financial planning, other medical treatments, self-care, and historical trends? and (3) Within the health care system, how are the main constituents of
seeking medical care, institutionalization, end-of-life, etc. modern medicine related to each other? Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as SOC 785.)
BSC 763 WOMEN’S TRAUMA AND MENTAL HEALTH. (3) BSC 787 BIOBEHAVIORAL PERSPECTIVES ON
This course will examine the research on intimate partner violence, mental health, and substance DRUG AND ALCOHOL ABUSE AND DEPENDENCY. (3)
abuse among women. Clinical and legal interventions will also be discussed. Although This seminar course is designed to survey major topics, concepts and issues pertinent to the
knowledge of at least basic statistics would be helpful, it is not required for this class. field of drug and alcohol abuse and dependence. The course will consist of 14 weekly
BSC 764 SEMINAR IN HEALTH INEQUITIES. (3) presentations by instructors followed by open discussion of the presentation and assigned
This course is designed to critically examine undeniable inequities in the distribution of readings by class members. Active participation by all members is expected. Each weekly
morbidity and mortality. Students explore linkages between disease burdens and the social, presentation is designed to provide a general overview of the current state of knowledge (e.g.
economic, and cultural contexts of our rapidly changing world by integrating local, national and theory, methods, ethics, review of classic and/or exemplary studies) in a given area of drug and
international perspectives from social and biomedical sciences. Prereq: Graduate studies in the alcohol abuse and dependence research. Discussions are intended to integrate the information
social sciences and permission of the instructor. across traditional disciplinary boundaries. Prereq: Graduate standing.
BSC 765 RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3) BSC 788 DRUG ABUSE: CONTEMPORARY THEORIES AND ISSUES. (3)
(1) Advanced history and theory of medical anthropology; (2) research design, field work, This course is designed to familiarize students with major concepts and current issues in the
analysis of data in medical anthropology. Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as ANT 765.) field of substance abuse research.
BSC 766 CONCEPTS IN MEDICAL SOCIOLOGY. (3) BSC 790 RESEARCH IN MEDICAL BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE. (1-6)
A review of sociological concepts and methods which have been applied to the study of health Individually directed research and reading in particular aspects of medical behavioral science
and medicine; the contributions of medical sociology to general sociological theory and to under the supervision of one or more members of the faculty. May be repeated to a maximum
concepts and research on health-related problems of society. Prereq: Consent of instructor. of 12 hours. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
(Same as SOC 766.) BSC 814 PATIENTS, DENTISTS AND SOCIETY I. (1)
BSC 770 PSYCHOSOCIAL ISSUES IN HEALTH AND AGING. (3) This course aims to orient the student to the place health and health professions play in modern
This course will focus on psychosocial issues related to the physical health and functioning cultures. Recognition of their own social assumptions and values and those of persons of
of older adults. Topic areas include: theories of aging; age-appropriate research designs; age- different backgrounds is encouraged. Understanding, predicting, and changing dental patient
related cognitive personality, social and family changes which influence physical health; health behavior from a social standpoint is emphasized. (Same as CDE 814.)
behavior and education of older adults; and selected chronic conditions, e.g. Alzheimer’s BSC 815 FIRST-YEAR ELECTIVE, BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE. (1-3)
disease, arthritis, depression, diabetes and stroke. With the advice and approval of his or her faculty adviser, the first-year student may choose
BSC 772 TOPICAL SEMINAR IN MEDICAL BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE. (1-3) approved electives offered by the Department of Behavioral Science. The intent is to provide
Advanced study of selected topics of current importance in medical behavioral science. May the student an opportunity for exploration and study in an area which supplements and/or
be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Consent of instructor. complements required course work in the first-year curriculum. Pass-fail only. Prereq:
Admission to first year, College of Medicine.
BSC 773 PSYCHOSOCIAL ONCOLOGY. (3) BSC 824 COMMUNICATION IN THE DENTAL HEALTH CARE SETTING. (1)
This course will introduce the student to the field of psychosocial oncology. Historical and This course aims to improve the student’s ability to communicate with patients and the public
recent developments in the application of behavioral science knowledge and methodology to in an empathetic and professional manner. Methods of obtaining necessary health information
the understanding and treatment of cancer and the cancer patient will be examined. The role from all types of patients are taught. Prereq: Second year standing in the College of Dentistry.
of psychosocial factors in the etiology, prevention, and treatment of cancer will be explored. (Same as CDE 824.)
Emphasis will be placed upon the interaction of biological, psychological, and social factors
throughout the course of cancer. Prereq: Graduate standing. BSC 825 SECOND-YEAR ELECTIVE, BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE. (1-4)
With the advice and approval of his or her faculty adviser, the second-year student may choose
BSC 774 FOOD AND FOOD SECURITY IN A CHANGING WORLD. (3) approved electives offered by the Department of Behavioral Science. The intent is to provide
This cross-cultural seminar explores the biocultural interactions among food, human biology, the student an opportunity for exploration and study in an area which supplements and/or
and the social, cultural, political and economic factors that shape food-related behaviors and complements required course work in the second-year curriculum. Pass-fail only. Prereq:
nutritional status of populations. Topics include the social role of food, food beliefs and Admission to second-year medical curriculum and approval of adviser.
BSC 850-899 FOURTH-YEAR ELECTIVE FOR MEDICAL STUDENTS. (1-6) BST 762 LONGITUDINAL DATA ANALYSIS. (3)
With the advice and approval of the faculty adviser and the Student Progress and Promotions This course presents statistical techniques for analyzing longitudinal studies and repeated
Committee, the fourth-year student may choose approved electives offered by the various measures experiments that occur frequently in public health, clinical trials, and outcomes
departments in the College of Medicine. The intent is to provide the student an opportunity research. This course will cover linear mixed models, generalized linear mixed models and an
to develop his fund of knowledge and clinical competence. Prereq: Admission to the fourth year, introduction to nonlinear models as they apply to the analysis of correlated data. Prereq: BST
College of Medicine and/or permission of the Student Progress and Promotions Committee. 682 and BST 676. (Same as STA 632.)
Approved electives: BST 763 ANALYSIS OF CATEGORICAL DATA. (3)
BSC 850 ELECTIVE IN BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE Multinomial and product-multinomial models; large-sample theory of estimation and testing,
BSC 880 TREATMENT OF DENTAL FEAR Pearson chi-square and modified chi-square statistics, Pearson-Fisher Theorem, Wald Statis-
tics and generalized least squares technique; applications to problems of symmetry, association
and hypotheses of no interaction in multi-dimensional contingency tables. Prereq: STA 603
BST Biostatistics and STA 606. (Same as STA 665.)
BST 330 STATISTICAL THINKING FOR POPULATION HEALTH. (3) BST 764 APPLIED STATISTICAL MODELING
This course provides students with an introduction to statistical concepts that are important FOR MEDICINE AND PUBLIC HEALTH. (3)
for solving real-world public health problems. This course will present statistical principles This course introduces some useful statistical models not typically encountered in the core
and associated scientific reasoning underlying public health practice and health policy decision courses of a master’s or doctoral biostatistics curriculum. These include finite mixture models,
making. Prereq: UK Core course in Quantitative Foundations. nonparametric regression models, covariance-based models, and stochastic models. Prereq:
BST 682 and BST 676.
BST 655 INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICAL GENETICS. (3)
BST 655 presents an introduction to the statistical methodologies used today to investigate BST 765 MISSING DATA METHODOLOGY FOR PUBLIC HEALTH. (3)
genetic susceptibility to complex diseases. The course focuses on linkage and association This course surveys methods for analyzing data with missing observations. This includes
analysis with applications to real-world data. Commonly used (and freely available) software methods for data missing completely at random including hot deck cold deck, mean substitution,
will be presented and used throughout. Because the field is constantly evolving, a focus of the and single imputation; methods for data missing at random including multiple imputation and
material for this course will be recent statistical human genetics literature. Prereq: STA 580 or weighted estimating equations and methods for data missing not at random including pattern
equivalent. (Same as STA 655.) mixture models, selection models, and shared random effects models. Prereq: BST 676 and BST
762.
BST 675 BIOMETRICS I. (4)
This course, the first of a two-semester sequence in biometrics, introduces probability, discrete BST 766 ANALYSIS OF TEMPORAL DATA IN PUBLIC HEALTH. (3)
random variables, continuous random variables, joint distributions, and sampling distributions. This course surveys methods for analyzing public health data collected over time. Methods
Prereq: STA 580 and MA 114 or equivalent. covered include smoothing time series data, the modeling of stationary time series for Gaussian,
dichotomous, and case count responses, methods for detecting the clustering of disease over
BST 676 BIOMETRICS II. (4) time, and methods for the surveillance of infectious diseases in real time. Prereq: BST 682 and
This course, the second of a two-semester sequence in biometrics, introduces techniques for BST 676.
constructing and evaluating point estimators, hypothesis testing procedures, and interval
estimators. Prereq: BST 675.
BST 681 LINEAR REGRESSION. (3) CDE Community Dentistry
This course, the first in a two-semester sequence in regression modeling, covers linear regression
models for normally distributed outcomes. The course will cover simple and multiple linear CDE 814 PATIENTS, DENTISTS AND SOCIETY I. (1)
regression, estimation, interpretation, hypothesis testing, model building and diagnostics, This course aims to orient the student to the place health and health professions play in modern
matrix algebra for regression, and an introduction to design of experiments. The course will cultures. Recognition of their own social assumptions and values and those of persons of
include the use of computing tools to apply these models to real data. Prereq: STA 580 or different backgrounds is encouraged. Understanding, predicting, and changing dental patient
consent of instructor. behavior from a social standpoint is emphasized. (Same as BSC 814.)
BST 682 GENERALIZED LINEAR MODELS. (3) CDE 815 FUNDAMENTALS OF DENTAL PUBLIC HEALTH. (2)
This course, the second in a two-semester sequence in regression modeling, covers regression Fundamentals of Dental Public Health is a first-year course designed to introduce student
models for outcomes which are not normally distributed, such as binary and count data. The dentists to the dental specialty of Dental Public Health, to dental epidemiological concepts,
course will cover the generalized linear model framework, multivariate maximum likelihood terminology, and methods used in population-based health care. Community oral health
theory, logistic regression, Poisson regression, and nominal and ordinal logistic regression problems in Kentucky and the United States will be reviewed. Emphasis will be placed on public
models, as well as approaches for building and checking these models. The course will include health research, programming, and outcome evaluation strategies related to oral disease in
the use of computing tools to apply these models to real data. Prereq: BST 675, BST 681. populations. Lecture, 28 hours; laboratory, 3 hours.
#BST 693 STATISTICAL PRACTICE IN PUBLIC HEALTH. (3) CDE 824 COMMUNICATION IN THE DENTAL HEALTH CARE SETTING. (1)
To provide an introduction to statistical practice in public health including improved statistical This course aims to improve the student’s ability to communicate with patients and the public
communication (how to ask good questions in a consulting session, writing analysis plans, and in an empathetic and professional manner. Methods of obtaining necessary health information
how to express results both orally and in writing), programming for reproducibility and data from all types of patients are taught. Prereq: Second year standing in the College of Dentistry.
ethics, and utilizing statistical methodology for problem solving in public health research. (Same as BSC 824.)
Prereq: CPH 630/STA 681 or equivalent and CPH 535 or equivalent.
*CDE 830 ADVANCED CONCEPTS IN DENTAL PUBLIC HEALTH. (1)
BST 701 BAYESIAN MODELING IN BIOSTATISTICS. (3) Advanced Concepts in Dental Public Health is a third year course designed to help students
This course provides an introduction to Bayesian ideas and data analysis applied to the develop the perspective and sensitivities of dentists practicing in the community. It examines
biosciences. The course illustrates current approaches to Bayesian modeling and computation the external environment and various factors that influence the oral health of the community
in biostatistics. Prereq: BST 682 and BST 676 or equivalent. including barriers to care. Financing mechanisms and workforce issues will be discussed. To
provide a framework for the dental student’s professional development, the instructional
BST 713 CLINICAL TRIALS. (3) content builds on the concepts acquired in the first year introductory course in dental public
Design and analysis of Phase I-III clinical trials, interim monitoring of trials, sample size, power, health and presents concepts that will help the student dentist prepare for the Community-
crossover trials, bioequivalency, mixed models, and meta analysis. Coreq: STA 603. (Same as Based Dental Education Program. (CDE 841).
STA 653.)
Course material is organized around current societal and dental health issues and health care
BST 740 SPATIAL STATISTICS. (3) delivery system trends in Kentucky and the United States. These issues and trends will be
Course will cover risks and rates, types of spatial data, visualizing spatial data, analysis of examined in the context of current national debates concerning access to oral health prevention
spatial point patterns, spatial clustering of health events based on case control studies, and and care for high risk populations and the associated health disparities to these populations.
based on regional counts, linking spatial exposure data to health events through regression Prereq: Admission to College of Dentistry or consent of course director.
modeling, Bayesian spatial analysis. Prereq: BST 682.
CDE 840 ADVANCED COURSE ON THE
BST 761 TIME TO EVENT ANALYSIS. (3) TREATMENT OF SPECIAL PATIENTS. (1)
Analysis of time to event data encountered in Public Health and Medicine. Survival In this course, dental students participate in preclinical seminars and dental treatment of
distributions and hazard functions. Time to event analysis using Kaplan-Meier method and mentally, medically and physically handicapped patients. Several phases of dental treatment
life-table method. Accelerated failure time model, logit model for discrete data, complimentary of the special patient, such as sedation and general anesthesia, pharmacological evaluation and
log-log model, and proportional hazards model. Tests for goodness-of-fit, graphical methods, preventive dentistry, are covered. The course is individually designed based on the student’s
and residual and influence statistics. Time-dependent covariates, non-proportional hazards, interest in treating compromised patients. Note: Scheduling for this course will take place
left truncation, and late entry into the risk set. Sample size and power, competing risks, and outside of regularly scheduled clinic/class time. Enrollment minimum is one and maximum
time to event analysis with missing data. Prereq: STA 580 or equivalent.
enrollment is four. Prereq: Fourth-year standing, consent of Course Director, Academic CDS 613 CONTEMPORARY LEADERSHIP IN DENTISTRY. (1)
Performance Committee (APC), and Team Leader. The course will explore the current leadership dilemma in the health professions (specifically).
The purpose is to prompt the extension of the role of oral health professionals to serve as leaders
CDE 841 DENTAL PRACTICE FIELD EXPERIENCE. (6-10) who engage a richer “public good” agenda as part of their role as doctor/teacher. The course
Students are provided a full-time, off-campus assignment to a dental practice environment for will concentrate on important issues such as leadership development and theories of leadership;
a period of 6-10 weeks. Students spend an average of 32 hours each week participating in team building; personality preferences and leadership; peer assessment; transformational and
practice management and patient treatment activities under the supervision of a dentist. transactional leadership; stress management; leading change; negotiation; and giving and
Approximately eight hours a week are spent in career plan development and in study of the receiving feedback. Prereq: Enrollment in one of the College of Dentistry’s post-doctoral
community or region, particularly its health care delivery system and the role of dentistry in programs.
that system. Prereq: CDE 830.
CDS 631 DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF TEMPOROMANDIBULAR
CDE 844 DENTAL PRACTICE MANAGEMENT II. (4) DISORDERS AND OROFACIAL PAIN. (1)
This course is primarily designed to give the student dentists, prior to graduation, practical, This course provides information regarding the normal anatomy and function of the masticatory
useful knowledge on establishing and maintaining a private dental practice. The course will be system and then highlights some of the common disorders related to dysfunction of this system.
presented in an active learning format. Course sessions and activities will also include special Emphasis is placed on temporomandibular disorders and how they are identified and
sessions designed to introduce students to the current environment of dental practice, to management in the clinical practice. Other disorders associated with orofacial pain complaints
organized dentistry in Kentucky, to the College’s Alumni Association and to new develop- will be discussed so that students are able to identify these conditions and successfully manage
ments and continuing education in the dental profession. Lecture 69 hours. Prereq: CDE 830 them or refer the patient to the appropriate health care provider. Prereq: Admission to dental
or consent of course director. graduate program; D.D.S. or D.M.D. degree.
CDE 850 EXTRAMURAL EXPERIENCES FOR STUDENT DENTISTS. (1-6) CDS 660 RESEARCH DESIGN, METHODS AND DISSEMINATION. (2)
This course is designed to provide second and/or third-year student dentists an experiential This lecture/seminar course is designed to provide students with an overview of the basic
learning experience in a research program, clinical program, public health program, and/or principles of study design and protocol development, with a focus on clinical and translational
institutional dental program. Career planning and service-learning are emphasized and research. It also is designed to expose students to the interplay between patient care and clinical/
coordinated with placement in a community-based site. Fourth year students may also translational research and to provide the students with tools that will assist them in
participate in elective experiences with the approval of the Academic Performance Committee dissemination of their research findings. Prereq: Admission to dental graduate program.
(APC). Students learn by active participation in patient care and/or research, by observation
and by discussion with mentors. Discussions and interviews with patients and dental residents CDS 670 ADVANCES IN ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL PATHOLOGY. (1)
and staff are also encouraged. This course provides an opportunity for selected students, based This course consists of 16 hours of lecture on the major disease topics in Oral and Maxillofacial
on their own career goals, to participate in short-term elective dental educational experience Pathology including oral mucosal, salivary gland and bone pathology. Current classifications
external to the students dentists’ clinics. While the sites vary greatly, most experiences include of these major categories will be presented and selected topics of current importance will be
some patient care experiences (observation, assisting, direct participation in patient care under discussed. Prereq: Admission to dental graduate program.
the direct supervision of an approved mentor). Extramural experiences are customized for each
student dentist. If completed as an elective in Year 3 of the curriculum this does not satisfy CDS 680 CLINICAL MEDICINE FOR
the Year 4 selective requirement. Prereq: Getting a passing score on the National Boards. POSTGRADUATE DENTAL STUDENTS. (2)
This course is designed to provide graduate students and dental residents with an advanced
CDE 855 PUBLIC HEALTH DENTISTRY FIELD EXPERIENCE. (1-2) understanding of how various medical disorders and medical therapies can affect oral health
This course allows implementation of oral health promotion programs designed in CDE 830 and the delivery of dental care. Prereq: Admission to dental graduate program.
in community settings. Prereq: Must be fourth year dental student.
CDS 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0)
CDE 880 TREATMENT OF DENTAL FEAR. (1) Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq:
This advanced course in the treatment of dental fear is intended to prepare the student to manage All course work toward the degree must be completed.
very fearful dental patients. Topics covered include etiologies, diagnosis and types, relaxation
and distraction, and case histories. Note: Scheduling for the course will take place outside of CDS 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR THE MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6)
regularly scheduled clinic/class time. Prereq: CDS 823 and consent of course director. (Same May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours.
as BSC 880.) CDS 810 NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN DENTISTRY I. (1-2)
CDE 883 COMMUNITY-BASED SERVICE ELECTIVE. (1-5) This course will cover selected new developments in dentistry or treat with added emphasis
This Community-Based Service elective is designed to give students greater opportunities to established dental skills and knowledge. The topics will be in such areas as the basic sciences,
provide dental services to diverse, underserved populations. The goals of this course are to behavioral science, clinical dentistry, dental practice management, and community dentistry.
expand development of a service ethic and to meet some of the needs of populations who do Methods of instruction will vary, depending on topics. When offered, this course will be
not have access to dental care. The majority of the time requirements for this course will be required of first-year dental students. May be repeated to a maximum of four credits. Prereq:
rotations to community clinics where students will work under the supervision of a College First-year standing in the College of Dentistry; any course prerequisite will be announced.
of Dentistry faculty providing dental services. Individual contracts will be developed with CDS 812 NORMAL HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT. (1)
participating students to determine credit hours. In addition, there will be two one-hour This is a lecture course which introduces basic concepts of normal human growth and
seminars to discuss and debrief on the experiences of participating students. Prereq: Comple- development from birth through adolescence. Lectures emphasize the time-dependent changes
tion of year two of dental school curriculum and/or approval of College of Dentistry APC. that normally occur during physical and psychological maturation. A special emphasis is
CDE 884 INTERNATIONAL ELECTIVE. (1-3) directed toward basic knowledge and understanding of craniofacial growth and development
This community-based service learning elective is designed to afford students greater of the teeth and occlusion. Lecture, 22 hours. Prereq: Admission to the College of Dentistry
opportunities to provide a broad spectrum of dental educational, clinical and public health or consent of course director.
services to diverse, underserved populations in an international setting. The majority of the CDS 813 MANAGEMENT I: INTRODUCTION
time requirements for this course will be in a foreign country at designated community sites TO MANAGEMENT FOR THE DENTIST. (2)
potentially working with other health care professionals. Activities will include but are not In this introductory course in management for the dentist, basic concepts will be presented
limited to assessing both community and patient needs and providing services based on the which can be applied in the management of time, people, facilities and money. Instruction
needs assessment and community goals. Students will work with UK approved organizations leading to certification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation is included. Lecture, 45 hours. Prereq:
and under the direct supervision of a College of Dentistry faculty while in-country. Prereq: Admission to the College of Dentistry.
Admission to College of Dentistry.
CDS 815 INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL AND COMMUNITY PRACTICE. (3)
This survey course presents an introduction to the dental field of operation (operatory), basic
assisting procedures, preventive dentistry, infection control, application of sealants and oral
CDS Conjoint Dental Science isolation techniques. It is designed to prepare students to function in dental environments,
safely and efficiently and to prepare them for the school-based sealant experience offered in
CDS 611 CHILD GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT PART I. (2)
CDE 815, Fundamentals of Dental Public Health. Lecture, 21 hours; lab, 20 hours; clinic, 16
A seminar course on nature and physiologic control of physical growth, for graduate students
hours. Prereq: Admission to the College of Dentistry or consent of the course director.
in dentistry. Prereq: Admission to a graduate program of the College of Dentistry; D.D.S. or
D.M.D. degree. CDS 816 THE PROFESSION OF DENTISTRY. (1)
This course is an introduction to life in the profession of dentistry. The course will explore
CDS 612 CHILD GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT PART II. (2)
normal everyday morality, and consider whether a case can be made for an extraordinary
A seminar course for graduate students in dentistry covering emotional and intellectual growth
morality or ethic for practitioners. The course will conclude with a brief review of the history
of children, and diseases and congenital anomalies of children. Prereq: Admission to graduate
of dentistry to enable the student to place the profession of dentistry in cultural and historical
program of the College of Dentistry; D.D.S. or D.M.D. degree.
perspective. Prereq: Admission to the College of Dentistry.
CDS 818 THE PROFESSION OF DENTISTRY I. (1) intravenous sedation in dentistry. The management of emergencies associated with these
This course is an introduction to life in the profession of dentistry. The course will explore techniques and an introduction to the principles of general anesthesia are also included. Lecture,
normal everyday morality, and consider whether a case can be made for an extraordinary 21 hours; clinic, four hours. Prereq: CDS 821, OBI 824.
morality or ethic for practitioners. The course will conclude with a brief review of the history
of dentistry to enable the student to place the profession of dentistry in cultural and historical CDS 833 CLINICAL PATIENT MANAGEMENT. (1)
perspective. Prereq: Approval of dean and/or his designee for academic affairs and the course This course introduces the dental student to various special needs conditions and teaches the
director. proper methods of physical management of special needs patients needed to provide dental
care. Proper management of all assigned dental patients is required. Instruction leading to
*CDS 819 SPECIAL TOPICS IN DENTISTRY I. (1) recertification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation is also included. Lecture, 26 hours; laboratory,
This course is the first year of the two year longitudinal core curriculum in Interprofessional 3 hours; clinic, 3 hours per term. Prereq: CDS 823.
Healthcare Education. The purpose of this first-year course is to present current information
on a wide variety of topics ranging from interprofessional collaborative care, culture and CDS 835 DENTAL IMPLANTOLOGY. (2)
society, minority health issues, gender and age as factors in health care, alcohol and substance Dental implantology has become an integral part of dental services. This course contains
abuse, evidence-based practice and decision-making, the connection between a healthy work- information on patient centered criteria for implant services, surgical considerations, and
life balance and being a successful practitioner, and the use of mindful mediation practices for prosthetically driven treatment results. The student will have the opportunity to familiarize
maintaining a work-life balance, along with other subjects of relevance to students enrolled in him/herself with the components used in providing such treatment through a hands-on
the dental curriculum. In some cases, the course content applies directly to didactic and clinical laboratory session. Lecture; 24 hours; laboratory, 12 hours. Prereq: Admission to College of
courses in the curriculum. At other times, the material is intended to help students increase their Dentistry or discretion of course director.
success in the curriculum and become better caregivers. Seminar, 20 hours. Prereq: First year CDS 838 THE PROFESSION OF DENTISTRY III. (1)
standing. This course is an introduction to the issues of justice and how we define, appropriate, and ensure
CDS 820 NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN DENTISTRY. (1-2) justice today. The ethical principle of justice is the touchstone for American law, and a vision
This course will cover selected new developments in dentistry or treat with added emphasis for our judiciary system. While dentists, as members of society, comply with laws in a way
established dental skills and knowledge. The topics will be in such areas as the basic sciences, common to all other citizens, they also have additional legal responsibilities which derive from
behavioral science, clinical dentistry, dental practice management, and community dentistry. the unique relationship dentist and dentists have with society generally and patient specifically.
Methods of instruction will vary, depending on topics. When offered, this course will be This course will explore the relationship of dentistry to society and attempt to explicate further
required of second-year dental students. May be repeated to a maximum of four credits. Prereq: the nature of professional responsibility. In so doing, the major question will be, “How do
Second-year standing in the College of Dentistry; any course prereqs will be announced. society and dentistry interact for the good of the public and the profession?” Prereq: Approval
of dean and/or his designee for academic affairs and the course director.
CDS 821 LOCAL ANESTHESIA. (1)
The action and dosage of local anesthetic agents used in dentistry are taught as are the proper CDS 840 NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN DENTISTRY IV. (1-2)
injection techniques. The technique of venipuncture and administration of intravenous drugs This course will cover selected new developments in dentistry or treat with added emphasis
are also included. Patient evaluation and emergency techniques for cardiac and respiratory established dental skills and knowledge. The topics will be in such areas as the basic sciences,
resuscitation are reviewed. Lecture, six hours; self-instruction, 10 hours; clinic, five hours. behavioral science, clinical dentistry, dental practice management, and community dentistry.
Prereq: ANA 534; corequisite: OBI 822. Methods of instruction will vary, depending on topics. When offered, this course will be
required of fourth-year dental students. May be repeated to a maximum of four credits. Prereq:
CDS 822 GERONTOLOGY/GERIATRIC DENTISTRY. (1) Fourth-year standing in the College of Dentistry; any course prerequisites will be announced.
This course is designed to help students gain an appreciation for the significant opportunities
as well as challenges the aging population will bring to their oral health practice. This course CDS 843 MANAGEMENT IV: GERIATRIC DENTISTRY. (2)
will provide students basic knowledge and information in gerontology/geriatric dentistry. Emphasis in this course is placed on developing abilities to make individual treatment decisions
Lecture, 17 hours. May be repeated to a maximum of two credits. Prereq: Permission of course for elderly dental patients and acquiring positive attitudes towards the provision of oral health
director. care to the aged. Students will make site visits to residential centers for the elderly. Proper
management of all assigned dental patients and instruction leading to recertification in
CDS 823 MANAGEMENT II: PATIENT COMMUNICATION. (1) cardiopulmonary resuscitation are also included. Lecture, 23 hours; laboratory, 12 hours.
The primary purpose of this course is to improve students’ ability to interact with patients Prereq: CDE 810 and CDS 833 or consent of course director.
in an empathetic and professional manner. Proper management of all assigned patients is
required. Instruction leading to recertification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation is provided. CDS 844 DRUG MISUSE, ABUSE AND DEPENDENCY:
Lecture, 26 hours. Prereq: CDS 821 or consent of course director. WHAT DENTISTS NEED TO KNOW. (1)
This course is designed to provide new insights and understanding into prevention, recognition
CDS 824 INTRODUCTION TO ORAL DIAGNOSIS and treatment of patients with, and at risk for, drug misuse and abuse. The course enables dental
AND TREATMENT PLANNING. (2) students to understand addiction as primary, chronic and progressive disease and to demon-
This course presents the rationale for the development of the University of Kentucky College strate an understanding of the pharmacology, abuse potential, as well as the behavioral and
of Dentistry Preliminary, Phase I and Phase II treatment plans and a method of critically physiological effects of the commonly abused drugs. Emphasis will be on increasing dental
evaluating treatment results. Basic UKCD clinical protocol is presented and discussed. Lecture, students skills and abilities to recognize the signs and symptoms of drug abuse; identify and
25 hours. Prereq: CDS 815 or consent of course director. manage patients at risk for drug problems; and become effective in providing successful care
for drug dependent patients while minimizing their potential for relapse.
CDS 828 THE PROFESSION OF DENTISTRY II. (1)
This course focuses on ethical practice in clinical dentistry. In the life of a health-care clinician CDS 846 DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT OF OROFACIAL PAIN. (3)
circumstances arise daily which are ethical in nature. The dentist, and the patient, must respond This course will present information regarding the diagnosis and management of orofacial pain
to these circumstances in ways that result in the best for all parties concerned. This course will and temporomandibular disorders. The course will consist of lectures and one laboratory
explore the duties assumed by dentists in becoming a provider of oral health care for patients. session. The information provided in this course will allow the student to understand the
In doing so, the major question to be addressed is, “How do dentists interact with their patients dentist’s role in managing complex orofacial pain problems. The area of temporomandibular
for the good of both?” Prereq: Approval of dean and/or his designee for academic affairs and disorders will be emphasized since the dentist plays a major role in managing these pain
the course director. disorders. Lecture, 29 hours; laboratory, 2 hours; clinic, 6 hours. Prereq: ANA 534, OBI 829,
OSG 820, and RSD 822.
#CDS 829 SPECIAL TOPICS IN DENTISTRY II. (1)
This course is the second year of the two year longitudinal core curriculum in Interprofessional CDS 860 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ORAL HEALTH. (1-3)
HealthCare education. The course focuses primarily on team approaches to patient quality and This course will engage students in a variety of activities including lectures, independent
safety and issues surrounding transitions in settings of patient care. Background information literature review and reading community-based projects, and individual or small group
is presented through BlackBoard and students then meet in several interprofessional groups discussions to address current topics of special interest or concern in oral health. Projects and
for discussions and completion of a group capstone project. There are also two required named discussion areas for students participating in an interdisciplinary colloquium will be developed
lectures to attend and one session on Evidence Based Dentistry (EBD). Seminar, 16 hours. in conjunction with other health care providers. Prereq: Enrollment in the College of Dentistry;
Prereq: CDS 819. approval of the course director.
CDS 830 NEW DEVELOPMENTS IN DENTISTRY III. (1-2) #CDS 863 EXPLORING DENTAL TEACHING ELECTIVE. (1)
This course will cover selected new developments in dentistry or treat with added emphasis This course will provide dental students who have an interest in teaching an opportunity to
established dental skills and knowledge. The topics will be in such areas as the basic sciences, learn about being a dental faculty member in a systematic way. This course will educate dental
behavioral science, clinical dentistry, dental practice management, and community dentistry. students on two main subjects: 1) Roles, responsibilities, and opportunities for dental
When offered, this course will be required of third-year dental students. May be repeated to educators in an academic institution, and 2) Effective teaching in the classroom and clinic.
a maximum of four credits. Prereq: Third-year standing in the College of Dentistry; any course Lecture, 16 hours. Prereq: Open to all 4th year dental students. Open to 3rd year dental students
prerequisites will be announced. with permission of the course director and the Academic Performance Committee.
CDS 865 FORENSIC ODONTOLOGY. (1)
CDS 831 CONSCIOUS SEDATION. (1) Elective introductory course in forensic dentistry for fourth year dental students. Prereq: Must
This course is designed to teach the principles of nitrous oxide-oxygen inhalation sedation and be fourth year dental student.
CDS 881 MAXILLOFACIAL DISEASE incompressible fluids. Description of pumps and open channels. Prereq: PHY 231 and MA
FOR THE HEALTH CARE PROFESSIONAL. (1) 214 and engineering standing.
Designed for motivated 4th year medical students who want to understand more about Hospice
and Palliative Care. This rotation will present students with a multidisciplinary approach to CE 351 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING. (3)
caring for patients by working with doctors, nurses, home health care providers and chaplains. Overview of environmental chemistry and microbiology, water quality, water and wastewater
Prereq: MD 836/837 or consent of course director. (Same as SUR 875.) treatment, solid and hazardous wastes management, hazardous waste remediation, and air
pollution control. Emphasis on the basic science and engineering principles required to
CDS 885 ADVANCED DENTAL IMPLANTOLOGY ELECTIVE. (1) understand both natural and engineered systems, as well as the engineering approach to
Dental Implantology has become an integral part of dental services. This course contains understanding the natural environment and specific treatment mitigation methods. Prereq: CHE
information on patient centered criteria for advanced implant services, advanced surgical 107, MA 214, PHY 231, and engineering standing.
considerations, and advanced prosthetically driven treatment results. Additional topics include
treatment planning for complex dental implant cases, mechanical and restorative complication CE 381 CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS I. (3)
related to implant dentistry, esthetic consideration for implant restorations, immediate implant A study of the microscopic and macroscopic structures and properties of materials used in civil
placement and immediate provisionalization, and immediate/early loading protocols will be engineering construction with emphasis on the relationships of their physical and mechanical
discussed. The student will have the opportunity to familiarize him/herself with multiple properties to engineering design and application. Written reports and oral presentation of
implant systems and multiple implant placement protocols. The student will have the results will be required. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, three hours per week. Coreq: EM 302
opportunity to have literatures review on most current techniques and products. 12 hours and engineering standing.
Lecture, 8 hours Laboratory. Prereq: Successful completion of CDS 835. CE 382 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS. (3)
Statically determinate analysis of two-dimensional structures: trusses, beams and frames.
Influence lines for truss and beam structures. Displacement calculations using virtual work
CE Civil Engineering principles. Statically indeterminate analysis includes approximate, force method and plastic
analysis. Prereq: EM 302 and engineering standing.
CE 106 COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND COMMUNICATION. (3)
CE 395 INDEPENDENT WORK IN CIVIL ENGINEERING. (1-6)
Introduction to the use of scale, dimensioning, and orthographic projections. Graphical solution
Individual work on some selected problem in the field of civil engineering. May be repeated
of spatial problems. Integrated application of computer graphics. Lecture, two hours;
for a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Engineering standing, consent of department chairperson
laboratory, four hours per week. Prereq or coreq: MA 113 or consent of instructor.
and the instructor.
CE 120 INTRODUCTION TO CIVIL ENGINEERING. (1)
CE 399 TOPICS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING (Subtitle required). (1-4)
An introduction to the civil engineering profession and the use of computer hardware and
A detailed investigation of a topic of current significance in civil engineering such as: design of
software in CE systems analysis and design. Presentations will be used to illustrate the
small earth dams, man and the environment, drilling and blasting, scheduling construction
conception, design, construction, and operation processes. Sample problems and class
operations, construction equipment and methods, traffic safety, optimum structural design,
exercises on the various technical areas of civil engineering will make use of existing computer
environmental impact analysis, systems analysis in civil engineering, motor vehicle noise and
software packages and teamwork principles.
its control. May be repeated to a maximum of eight credits, but only four credits can be earned
CE 195 INDEPENDENT WORK IN PRE-CIVIL ENGINEERING. (0-4) under the same title. A particular topic may be offered at most twice under the CE 399 number.
Independent or make-up work for lower division engineering students in the field of civil Prereq: Variable; given when topic identified and registration in the College of Engineering.
engineering. May be repeated for a maximum of four credit hours. Prereq: Admission to the
CE 401 SEMINAR. (1)
College of Engineering and consent of department chair or DUS, and the instructor.
A discussion of the ethical and professional aspects of civil engineering practice. Concepts of
CE 211 SURVEYING. (4) loss prevention and conflict resolution. Structured small group discussion, oral presentations,
A comprehensive course in the art and science of surveying as applied to civil engineering, and role playing. Lecture, two hours per week. Prereq: Senior classification and engineering
including the use and care of surveying instruments; measurement of horizontal and vertical standing.
distances, angles and directions; collection of ground and underground data for the design and
CE 403 CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY. (3)
layout of roads, buildings, various mineral workings and other structures; and some aspects
A study of the methodology used in construction, with an emphasis on the selection and
of the precise determination of position and direction for survey control. Lecture, three hours,
application of resources: labor, materials, equipment, money and time. The importance of cost
laboratory, three hours per week. Prereq: CE 106 and MA 114.
and quality is stressed. Weekly lab periods are used to acquaint the student with actual
CE 221 APPLIED UNCERTAINTY AND RISK ANALYSIS construction documents and to provide supervised work sessions in plan reading and basic
IN CIVIL ENGINEERING. (3) estimating. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, three hours per week. Prereq: CE 303, CE 381,
An introduction to the applications of uncertainty, reliability, decision, and risk analysis in engineering standing.
civil engineering. Data collection, systems analysis, and civil engineering design under
CE 429 CIVIL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS DESIGN. (3)
uncertainty. Probabilistic analysis applied to the various areas of civil engineering: geotechnical,
The course is designed to provide the graduating civil engineer with an integration of
transportation, environmental, materials, structural, hydraulic, and water resources engineer-
professional practice issues with planning, design, and construction. Topics to be covered will
ing. Civil engineering systems governed by random processes. Applications of mathematics
include: development of teaming, problem solving, and decision-making skills; development
software, Monte Carlo simulation, and time series in civil engineering. Prereq: MA 114.
of written and oral technical communication skills; procurement of professional services;
CE 303 INTRODUCTION TO CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING. (3) integration of planning, design, and construction activities; integration of environmental, legal,
The study of the planning, administration, management, and cost of construction projects and political, and social issues and concerns into the project process. All activities will be conducted
an introduction to the methodology utilized in executing specific designs. Emphasis is placed in teams. Lecture, three hours; laboratory three hours per week. Prereq: To be taken during the
on the organization of construction firms, development of construction documents, theory of student’s last semester.
engineering economics, estimating and quantity take-off, contractual and management systems,
*CE 433 RAILWAY OPERATIONS AND
scheduling, project administration, and inspection of construction operations. Prereq: CE 106
MULTI-MODAL TRANSPORTATION. (3)
and engineering standing.
Study of the transportation engineering aspects of efficient management of railway freight,
CE 321 CIVIL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS. (2) passenger and intermodal operations and the relationships to the other major transport modes
An introduction to basic principles of engineering problem solving with applications to civil – water, highway, air, pipeline and overland conveyor. Prereq: CE 331 and engineering standing.
engineering systems. Formulation and solution of inductive and deductive mathematical models
CE 451 WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT. (3)
using principles of numerical analysis and mathematical programming. Prereq or concur: CS
Fundamentals of the design and operation of water and wastewater treatment facilities. Prereq:
221.
CE 341, CE 351, and engineering standing or consent of instructor.
CE 329 CIVIL ENGINEERING COMMUNICATIONS AND TEAMS LAB. (1)
CE 460 FUNDAMENTALS OF GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY. (3)
The class focuses on presenting the proper tools and techniques for oral presentations,
The first course in the physics of saturated flow in porous media. Topics include groundwater
identifying the requirements for proper technical writing, and providing students with the
occurrence, Darcian flow, well hydraulics, flow nets, layered systems flow and pollutant
means to effectively work within a team environment. Prereq: CIS 111 Comp and Comm II;
movement. Prereq: ME 330 or CE 341 or consent of instructor, and engineering standing. (Same
Engineering standing.
as BAE 438G.)
CE 331 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING. (3)
CE 461G WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING. (4)
An introduction to transportation engineering. Development of transportation systems in the
A hydrological and hydraulic study of the laws governing the occurrence, distribution, and
United States. Route geometrics and design. Traffic flow characteristics and control. Planning
movement of water in watershed systems. Meteorological considerations, precipitation,
financing and economic analysis of transport facilities. Prereq: CE 211 and engineering standing.
evaporation, infiltration, streamflow, hydrograph analysis, flood routing, open channel
CE 341 INTRODUCTION TO FLUID MECHANICS. (4) hydraulics, culvert design, pump systems, groundwater flow, and frequency analysis.
Fundamental principles of thermodynamics and fluid flow. Includes fluids at rest, fluids in Principles of mathematical models that describe the flow processes in a natural watershed and
motion. Continuity, momentum and energy relations, ideal and viscous fluids. Emphasis on hydraulic structures. Prereq: CE 341 and engineering standing or consent of instructor.
CE 471G SOIL MECHANICS. (4) design solutions, mostly focused on roadway design. Prereq: CE 211, CE 331, and engineering
A study of the strength, deformation and hydraulic properties of soils and their relationship standing.
to settlement, stress distribution, earth pressure, bearing capacity and slope stability. Design
of footing foundations and retaining walls. Written and oral presentations of student projects CE 533 RAILROAD FACILITIES DESIGN AND ANALYSIS. (3)
will be required. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours per week. Prereq: EM 302; prereq Principles of railroad location, construction, rehabilitation, maintenance, and operation with
or concur: GLY 220; and engineering standing or consent of instructor. emphasis on track structure design and analysis, bridges and bridge loading, drainage
considerations, track geometry effects, and operating systems analysis. Prereq: CE 331, CE
CE 482 ELEMENTARY STRUCTURAL DESIGN. (3) 381, CE 382; concur: CE 471G and engineering standing.
Application of principles of solid mechanics to the design of steel, timber, and reinforced
concrete members and structures. Emphasis on basic ideas and their application to practical CE 534 PAVEMENT DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT. (3)
design of relatively simple structures according to the building code. Credit may not be used Design, analysis, construction, and management of flexible and rigid pavements. Stresses and
to satisfy degree requirements if credit is earned in CE 485G, or CE 486G, or CE 487G. Prereq: strains, pavement materials, subgrade soil stabilization, bases and subbases, quality control,
CE 382 and engineering standing. drainage, pavement-type selection, and pavement management. Prereq: CE 381, prerequisite
or concurrent CE 471G, and engineering standing.
CE 486G REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES. (3)
Theory and design of beams, slabs, girders and columns as related to building frames and bridges. CE 539 TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS DESIGN. (3)
Introduction to pre-stressed concrete, elastic design and ultimate strength design. Concur: CE This course focuses on the design of urban intersections and the procedures used to evaluate
487G; prereq: CE 382 and engineering standing, or consent of instructor. the operational level of urban roadway systems. First, a review of urban intersection design
principles and aspects is presented. Second, traffic signal timing techniques are reviewed and
CE 487G STEEL STRUCTURES. (3) students are required to use two software packages for evaluation of traffic operation of urban
Behavior, analysis, and design of structural steel columns, laterally braced and unbraced beams, roadway systems. The focal point of the course is a group design project where solutions to
column base plates, beam-columns, directly loaded bolted and welded connections. Introduc- accommodate all transportation modes and their issues along a corridor in Lexington are sought.
tion to frame stability. Introduction to steel/concrete composite beams. Prereq: CE 382 and Fieldwork and data collection are part of this course. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, one hour.
engineering standing, or consent of instructor. Prereq: CE 211 and CE 331; CE 531 prereq or concur.
CE 499 TOPICS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING (Subtitle required). (1-4) CE 541 INTERMEDIATE FLUID MECHANICS. (3)
Devoted to a special topic of current interest in civil engineering. May be repeated to a maximum Application of basic fluid mechanics to problems of importance to civil engineering practice.
of eight credits, but not more than four credits may be earned under the same subtitle. A This includes flow measuring, closed conduit flow and pipe networks, open channel flow,
particular topic may be offered at most twice under the CE 499 number. May be counted as turbomachinery (pumps), hydraulic structures, culvert flow. Prereq: CE 341, CS programming
technical or design elective with consent of chairman. Prereq: Variable, given when topic is course, and engineering standing or consent of instructor. (Same as BAE 541.)
identified, plus engineering standing.
CE 542 INTRODUCTION TO STREAM RESTORATION. (3)
CE 507 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AND HEALTH. (3) Introduction to principles of fluvial geomorphology for application in restoring impaired
The course will develop an understanding of safety and health; cost and human impact; hazard streams. Topics include channel formation processes (hydrology/hydraulics), stream assess-
and risk analyses; psychological facts of organizational culture and climate; design safe work ment, sediment transport, in-stream structures, erosion control, habitat, and monitoring.
procedures for the execution of particular types of work; and individual versus management Prereq: CE 341 (or equivalent) and engineering standing or consent of instructor. (Same as BAE
level improvement in safety and health procedures in the construction process. Prereq: 532.)
Engineering standing and CE 303 or consent of instructor.
CE 546 FLUVIAL HYDRAULICS. (3)
CE 508 DESIGN AND OPTIMIZATION OF CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. (3) Rainfall physics, principles of erosion on upland areas and construction sites, stable channel
The course critically examines repetitive operations that occur from project to project and the design in alluvial material, mechanics of sediment transport, river mechanics, reservoir
deterministic approaches used to design and optimize their effectiveness. Scientific techniques sedimentation. Prereq: CE 341 or ME 330 and engineering standing. (Same as BAE 536.)
used to field measure the efficiency of construction operations are also examined. The primary
metrics used to optimization include cost, schedule, and sustainability. Prereq: CE 303, CE CE 547 WATERSHED SEDIMENTATION. (3)
381, and engineering standing or graduate standing. The course objective is to gain an understanding of watershed sedimentation including: (1)
erosion and sediment transport processes in a watershed and the mechanisms by which the
CE 509 CONTROL OF THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. (3) processes are initiated, developed, and worked towards equilibrium; (2) measurement of the
This course investigates the principles and practices for the control of budget and schedule for sediment budget for a watershed using sediment fingerprinting and sediment loading data; and
construction projects. Topics studied include: estimating construction costs and developing (3) prediction of sediment loading in watersheds with different human disturbances using
a project budget, planning construction operations and developing a project schedule, hydrologic-based modeling tools. Specific emphasis will be placed on the use of natural carbon
documenting and reporting of project progress and spending, and the management of change and nitrogen isotopic tracer measurements within sediment fingerprinting as a data-driven
of contract amount, contract time, and contract scope work. Prereq or coreq: CE 508 or consent approach to measure sediment loading from different sources in a watershed. In order to fulfill
of instructor. the course objective, the instructor will use traditional classroom learning as well as field and
laboratory components of the course in order that students can participate in hands-on learning.
CE 517 BOUNDARY LOCATION PRINCIPLES. (3) Prereq: CE 461G (Pre- or Co-requisite or equivalent). (Same as BAE 547.)
Procedures for locating or relocating the boundaries of real property; records searching,
technical aspects of field work, preparation of descriptions and survey reports, land data CE 549 ENGINEERING HYDRAULICS. (3)
systems, legal aspects, special problems. Prereq: CE 211, engineering standing, or consent of Analysis and Design of flow in closed conduits and natural and artificial open channels. Design
instructor. of hydraulic structures. Prereq: CE 461G or CE 541 and engineering standing, or consent of
instructor. (Same as BAE 545.)
CE 518 ADVANCED SURVEYING. (3)
Principles of precise survey procedures in triangulation, trilateration, traverse and leveling; CE 551 WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT ENGINEERING. (3)
adjustment computations; theory and practice of electronic distance measurement; basic This course examines the scientific and engineering aspects of water and wastewater treatment.
geodesy and state plant coordinate systems; applications to the horizontal and vertical control Conventional water treatment processes such as rapid mixing, flocculation, sedimentation,
of engineering projects: review of modern land surveying problems and procedures. Lecture, filtration, and disinfection as well as biological processes for wastewater treatment are
two hours; laboratory, three hours per week. Prereq: MA 214, CE 211 or CE 215, and analyzed. Sustainable alternative treatment techniques are also discussed. Prereq: CE 341, CE
engineering standing. 351, and engineering standing or consent of instructor.
CE 521 ENGINEERING ECONOMY. (3) CE 553 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES OF ENERGY PRODUCTION. (3)
Economic evaluation and financial analysis of engineering alternatives in which the goal of This course will introduce the relationship of energy, pollution control technology, and the
economic efficiency is applied to engineering design. Prereq: Engineering standing. environment. The scientific and engineering aspects of energy production are examined and
the associated environmental problems and control technologies are discussed. Prereq: CHE
CE 525 CIVIL ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 105, MA 214, and engineering standing or consent of instructor. (Same as EGR 553.)
OF GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS. (3)
CE 525 focuses on GIS as a tool in Civil Engineering. The terms and concepts related to *CE 555 MICROBIAL ASPECTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING. (3)
Geographic Information Systems are introduced. The management of spatial databases, Environmental microbiology for engineering students with emphasis on microbially mediated
particularly those related to Civil Engineering, is covered. Students will collect data using a chemical cycles, microbial ecology, and industrial microbiology. Prereq: CE 351, engineering
Global Positioning System (GPS). Students will be required to use the GIS ArcInfo to solve standing, graduate status or consent of instructor.
a specific individual spatial problem that they propose based on several Civil Engineering
databases available to them. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, three hours per week. Prereq: CE 556 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT. (3)
Engineering standing and one of the following: CE 331, CE 341, or CE 471G. Study of the generation and management of solid and hazardous wastes. Application of
engineering principles to the collection, transport, processing, resource recovery and ultimate
CE 531 GEOMETRIC DESIGN AND OPERATIONS OF ROADWAYS. (3) disposal of these wastes. Prereq: CE 471G, CE 521 or consent of instructor and engineering
Analysis of transportation facilities through a diagnostic study of transportation systems with standing. (Same as BAE 556.)
emphasis on design, capacity and safety. Engineering practice oriented toward open-ended
CE 568 GIS APPLICATIONS FOR WATER RESOURCES. (3) element equations are covered. Both one- and two-dimensional finite element problems are
This course studies the principles, methodology and analysis of geographic information considered. One-dimensional problem areas include elastic deformation, heat conduction, fluid
systems and spatially-referenced data unique to water resources and hydrologic modeling. flow, electrostatics, groundwater flow, mass transport, beams on elastic foundations, etc. Two-
Lectures will explore the latest GIS concepts, hydrologic modeling relationships and data dimensional problem areas include Poisson’s equation, viscous incompressible flow, plane
sources and be complimented with computer-based laboratory exercises. Prereq: BAE 437, CE elasticity, and bending of elastic plates. Prereq: MA 432G, MA 537 or consent of instructor.
461G, or consent of instructor. (Same as BAE 538.)
CE 631 URBAN TRANSPORTATION PLANNING. (3)
CE 579 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING. (3) A detailed review of the transportation planning process; inventory methodologies; trip
Application of the principles of soil mechanics and structural mechanics to the design of generation, distribution and assignment with associated mathematical models and theories;
retaining walls, bracing for excavations, footings, mat and pile foundations and to the analysis prediction of future travel; land and use models; modal split; developing and testing proposed
of the stability of earth slopes. Prereq: CE 471G and engineering standing. systems; simulation. Prereq: CE 531 or equivalent and STA 381, or 681 or equivalent statistics
course. (Same as GEO 643.)
CE 581 CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS II. (3)
Design, evaluation, and construction of portland cement concrete and hot mix asphalt (HMA). CE 633 AIR TRANSPORT ENGINEERING. (3)
Advanced topics related to high performance concrete and asphalt materials are covered in this Planning location and design of airports, STOL ports, and heliports. Air traffic operations,
course. Prereq: CE 381 and engineering standing. performance and control as related to facility requirements. Role of governmental agencies.
Prereq: CE 531 or consent of instructor.
CE 582 INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS. (3)
Analysis of indeterminate, truss, frame and arch structures using energy principles associated *CE 634 TRAFFIC CHARACTERISTICS. (3)
with the flexibility and stiffness methods; influence line functions for indeterminate structures; Vehicle operating characteristics; driver, pedestrian and roadway characteristics as they
and use of available computer programs for structural analysis and matrix operations. Prereq: individually, and collectively as traffic stream characteristics, are related to the planning design
CE 382 and engineering standing; or consent of instructor. and operation of highway facilities.
CE 584 DESIGN OF TIMBER AND MASONRY STRUCTURES. (3) CE 635 HIGHWAY SAFETY. (3)
Current and historic design methods of buildings and their components using wood, wood A detailed review of the impacts of safety considerations on highway design and planning,
products, bricks, and concrete blocks. Prereq: Courses in steel and reinforced concrete design focusing on the highway environment, its users (both vehicles and drivers) and their
at the senior level, or consent of instructor. (Same as ARC 584.) interactions. The role of special interest groups (tracking industry, insurance agencies) is also
examined. Prereq: CE 539 or consent of instructor.
CE 585 CIVIL ENGINEERING FAILURES. (3)
Fundamentals of failure investigation and forensic engineering; Failure types and mechanisms; CE 641 MECHANICS OF LIQUID FLOW IN PIPES. (3)
Case studies and discussions on various constructed facilities. Prereq: CE 382 or consent of Steady and unsteady one-dimensional pipe flow. Water hammer and surge tank analysis.
instructor, and engineering standing. Steady two-dimensional pipe flow. Digital and analog computer applications. Prereq: CE 549.
CE 586 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE. (3) CE 642 OPEN CHANNEL FLOW. (3)
Fundamental basis and underlying principles for the analysis and design of prestressed The study of open channel flow fundamentals and concepts. Topics include uniform flow,
concrete. Working stress and ultimate strength design methods, full and partial prestressing. varied flow, steady and unsteady flow, energy dissipators, flow transitions, controls, analytical
Design for shear and torsion, deflection, crack control, and long-term effects, and prestress and numerical solutions in 1D and 2D applications. Prereq: CE 541 or consent of instructor.
losses. Composite beams, continuous beams, slabs, short and slender columns, precast (Same as BAE 642.)
structures and their connections. Prereq: CE 486G and engineering standing.
CE 643 MECHANICS OF SEDIMENT TRANSPORT. (3)
CE 589 DESIGN OF STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS. (3) Fundamentals of turbulence in rivers and sediment transport will be taught including recent
Design loads. Structural systems and bracing. Analysis and design of buildings and bridges. Use theory, derivation of governing equations, experimental methods, modeling, and design based
of computer systems for design projects. Written and oral presentations required. Prereq: CE on sediment thresholds. Prereq: CE 341 or consent of instructor. (Same as BAE 643.)
486G and CE 487G; prereq or concur: CE 579; or consent of instructor.
CE 651 FUNDAMENTALS OF WATER QUALITY CONTROL I. (3)
CE 595 INDEPENDENT WORK IN CE. (1-4) Theory and practices of water and wastewater treatment with emphasis on physical and
Individual work on some selected problem in the field of civil engineering. May be repeated chemical processes for municipal and industrial wastewater treatment. Prereq: CE 451 or
for a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Consent of department chairperson and the instructor; consent of instructor.
with engineering standing.
CE 652 BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES FOR WATER QUALITY CONTROL. (3)
CE 599 TOPICS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING (Subtitle required). (1-4) Principles and applications of environmental biotechnology for water quality control. Process
A detailed investigation of a topic of current significance in civil engineering such as: design of microbiology and kinetics for various water and wastewater treatment processes. Prereq: CE
small earth dams, man and the environment, drilling and blasting, scheduling construction 351 or consent of instructor. (Same as BAE 652.)
operations, construction equipment and methods, traffic safety, optimum structural design,
environmental impact analysis, systems analysis in civil engineering, motor vehicle noise and CE 653 WATER QUALITY IN SURFACE WATERS. (3)
its control. May be repeated to a maximum of eight credits, but only four credits can be earned Principles of surface water quality modeling and control. Analysis of dispersion, advection,
under the same title. A particular topic may be offered at most twice under the CE 599 number. natural aeration, biological oxidation and photosynthesis; their effects on the physical,
Prereq: Variable; given when topic is identified; plus engineering standing. chemical, and biological quality of waters in streams, lakes, reservoirs, estuaries and other
surface waters. Prereq: CE 351 or consent of instructor. (Same as BAE 653.)
PREREQUISITE FOR GRADUATE WORK: Students desiring to take any of the following *CE 655 WATER SANITATION AND HEALTH. (3)
courses should have a thorough working knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics. Prevention of water-related diseases by appropriate supply and sanitation practices with
For major work, a candidate must hold a bachelor’s degree in civil engineering or its equivalent. designs applicable to small systems and rural areas of developing nations. (Same as CPH 790.)
CE 665 WATER RESOURCES SYSTEMS. (3) semesters are required as well as continuous enrollment (Fall and Spring) until the dissertation
Application of systems analysis, mathematic modeling, and optimization in water resources is completed and defended.
management and design. Solution of engineering problems found in water supply, water quality,
urban drainage, and river basin development and management by use of linear, nonlinear, and CE 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6)
dynamic programming models. Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as BAE 665.) May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours.
CE 667 STORMWATER MODELING. (3) CE 769 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR DOCTOR’S DEGREE. (0-12)
Introduction to deterministic and parametric modeling approaches for mathematically simu-
CE 779 ADVANCED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING. (3)
lating stormwater runoff and quality. Emphasis on modeling concepts and model formulation.
Application of the principles of soil mechanics to the design and analysis of foundations and
Analysis of deterministic component models and their linkage. Formulation of existing
earth structures. Prereq: CE 579 and CE 671 or consent of instructor.
parametric models. Presentation of methods for parameter optimization and regionalization.
Demonstration of linkage between the two approaches with illustrative examples. Prereq: CE *CE 782 DYNAMICS OF STRUCTURES. (3)
341 and CE 461G, or consent of instructor. (Same as BAE 667.) Review of methods of analysis of simple structural systems. Effects of wind, earthquake, traffic
and machinery loads. Matrix methods for complex dynamic structural systems, random
CE 671 ADVANCED SOIL MECHANICS. (3)
vibrations of structures.
Detailed study of soil behavior. Specific topics include soil classification and structure, strength
and deformational behavior, compaction, consolidation, and stress distribution in earth masses. CE 783 STRUCTURAL FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS. (3)
Prereq: CE 471G or consent of instructor. Theoretical, conceptual and computational aspects of the finite element method are presented.
Development of the element relationships, element calculations, assembly and efficient
CE 672 LANDFILL DESIGN. (3)
solution of the finite element method are emphasized. Finite element formulations developed
This course deals with the geotechnical aspects of the design of landfills for the disposal of
for 2D, 3D axisymmetric and plate bending problems in structural mechanics for both static
municipal solid waste. Since landfill design is driven by state and federal regulations, time is
and dynamic applications. Prereq: MA 432G and EGR 537, or CE 682 or consent of instructor.
taken to review these regulations. Landfills are evaluated as engineered systems consisting of
multiple components. Each component is investigated individually, and methods are developed CE 784 SHELL STRUCTURES. (3)
to predict and quantify the performance of these components so that appropriate materials, Design and analysis of reinforced concrete shell structures, including domes, barrel shells,
design criteria, and construction methods can be selected to assure that the landfill will function hyperbolic paraboloids and cylindrical tanks. Prereq: CE 684 or consent of instructor.
with minimal environmental impact. Prereq: CE 471G. (Same as BAE 672.)
CE 790 SPECIAL RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING. (1-6)
CE 676 GROUNDWATER AND SEEPAGE. (3) Individual work on some selected problems in one of the various fields of civil engineering.
Permeability and capillary flow in soils, mathematical theory of flow through porous media. Laboratory, six hours. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Consent of the
Flow through anisotropic, stratified and composite sections. Solution by flow net, conformal chairperson of the department.
mapping and numerical methods. Seepage toward wells. Dewatering and drainage of soils.
Prereq: CE 471G or consent of instructor. CE 791 SPECIAL DESIGN PROBLEMS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING. (1-6)
Individual work on some selected problems in one of the various fields of civil engineering.
CE 679 GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING. (3) Laboratory, six hours. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Consent of the
Introduction to seismology. Dynamic and earthquake response of soils using standard analysis. chairperson of the department.
Liquefaction of soils under cyclic loading. Measurements of dynamic properties of soils.
Earthquake resistant design of retaining walls, foundations, slopes, and earth dams. Soil
improvement methods for seismic resistant design. Current state-of-the-art techniques in
geotechnical earthquake engineering. Prereq: CE 579. CGS Cognitive Science
CE 681 ADVANCED CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS. (3) CGS 500 COGNITIVE SCIENCE IN THEORY AND PRACTICE. (3)
Fundamental aspects of mechanical behavior of civil engineering materials. Rheology and This course will introduce upper-level undergraduate students (and lower-level graduate
fracture of asphalt and Portland cement concrete materials. Prereq: CE 381. students) to Cognitive Science, an interdisciplinary field that seeks to study the mind from the
perspective of various disciplines: Biology, Computer Science, Linguistics, the Neurosciences,
*CE 682 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS. (3) Philosophy, and Psychology. The course will consist of modules in at least four of these six
Theory and application of energy principles for plane and space frames; shear wall structures; disciplines. Prereq: Upper-class standing.
geometric and material nonlinear formations; and nonlinear solution strategies. Solution
techniques for the analysis of large complex structures. Introduction to plane stress/strain,
axisymmetric and plate bending finite element analysis.
CHE Chemistry
*CE 684 SLAB AND FOLDED PLATE STRUCTURES. (3)
Design and analysis of reinforced concrete floor slabs and folded plate roofs. Elastic and inelastic CHE 101 MOLECULAR SCIENCE FOR CITIZENS. (3)
methods. A conceptual introduction to the molecular nature of natural and man-made materials as well
as the key molecules of biological organisms. The important classes of molecules will be
CE 686 ADVANCED REINFORCED CONCRETE THEORY. (3)
discussed in terms of their properties and impact on our everyday real world experience.
Background and origin of modern reinforced concrete design procedures and codes. Comparison
of American and foreign methods of analysis. Review of current research and projection to CHE 103 CHEMISTRY FOR HEALTH PROFESSIONALS. (4)
anticipated future changes in design and construction practices. Prereq: CE 486G or consent A study of the basic concepts of general, organic, and biological chemistry. Topics include
of instructor. electronic structure of atoms and molecules, periodicity of the elements, stoichiometry, states
of matter, kinetics, equilibria, acids and bases, organic functional groups, stereochemistry,
*CE 687 ADVANCED STEEL DESIGN. (3)
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and enzymes. Topics are presented with an emphasis on
Strength of structural steel columns, including asymmetry and slender compression elements.
application to the allied health professions. Prereq: Two years of high school algebra and Math
Flexural strength of slender plate girders. Shear strength with and without post-buckling
ACT of 19 or above, or Math placement test, or completion of MA 110, MA 109, or a more
strength. Frame stability. Steel connections. Floor vibration serviceability. Prereq: CE 487G
advanced math course.
or consent of instructor.
*CHE 104 INTRODUCTORY GENERAL CHEMISTRY. (3)
CE 699 TOPICS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING (Subtitle required). (1-4)
A study of the general principles including laws of definite and multiple proportions,
An advanced level presentation of a topic from one of the major areas of civil engineering such
stoichiometry, gases, electronic structure, chemical bonding, periodic relationships, oxidation-
as hydraulics, geotechnics, structures, transportation, surveying, or water resources. Course
reduction, acid bases, chemical equilibrium and acids/bases. Intended for students interested
with a given subtitle may be offered not more than twice under this number. Prereq: Variable;
in a one-semester course in general chemistry and recommended for students seeking careers
given when topic identified; graduate standing.
in nursing, nutrition and allied health science fields. Not open to students who have already
CE 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0) completed both CHE 105 and 107. Prereq: Two years of high school algebra and Math ACT
Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq: of 19 or above (or Math placement test), or completion of MA 110, MA 109 or a more advanced
All course work toward the degree must be completed. math course.
CE 749 DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (0) CHE 105 GENERAL COLLEGE CHEMISTRY I. (4)
Half-time to full-time work on dissertation. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. A study of the principles of chemistry and their application to the more important elements
Prereq: Registration for two full-time semesters of 769 residence credit following the successful and their compounds. Not open to students who have already completed both CHE 104 and
completion of the qualifying exams. 106 or CHE 104 and CHE 108, but open to students who have completed just CHE 104. Prereq:
Math ACT of 23 or above (or Math placement test), or MA 109, or MA 110, or the KCTCS
CE 767 DISSERTATION RESIDENCY CREDIT. (2) course CHE 102R or CHM 100.
Residency credit for dissertation research after the qualifying examination. Students may
register for this course in the semester of the qualifying examination. A minimum of two †CHE 106 INTRODUCTION TO INORGANIC, ORGANIC AND BIOCHEMISTRY.
*CHE 107 GENERAL COLLEGE CHEMISTRY II. (3) CHE 297 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY WORKSHOP II. (1)
A continuation of CHE 105. A study of the principles of chemistry and their application to Peer-led team problem solving. Two-hour workshop offered on a pass-fail basis only.
the more important elements and compounds. Prereq: CHE 105 or CHE 108 or CHE 110 (with Enrollment in CHE 232 need not be accompanied by enrollment in CHE 297. Prereq: Concurrent
a C or better in any one of these prereqs). enrollment in CHE 232 required.
*CHE 108 INTRODUCTION TO INORGANIC, ORGANIC #CHE 372 COMMUNICATION IN CHEMISTRY I. (1)
AND BIOCHEMISTRY WITHOUT LABORATORY. (3) Reports and discussions on recent research and current chemical literature; writing and revision
A continuation of CHE 104. A study of selected aspects of inorganic, organic, and biochemistry of scientific papers; literature searching methods; preparation of effective presentations
including the chemistry of metals and nonmetals, basic organic functional groups, proteins, abstracts and visual aids. CHE 372 and CHE 472 meet the A&S College Writing and
nucleic acids, and lipids. Not open to students who have already completed CHE 105 and 107. Communications Requirement. Prereq: CHE 226 (or concurrent) or CHE 232 (or concurrent)
Not recommended for students seeking careers in medicine, science, dentistry, engineering, or consent of Director of Undergraduate Studies.
veterinary science, agricultural sciences, education, or allied fields for which the recommended
sequence is CHE 105/107, and 111/115. Prereq: CHE 104 or the KCTCS course CHM 100. CHE 395 INDEPENDENT WORK IN CHEMISTRY. (1-3)
An independent research project in an area of chemistry under the direction of a chemistry
CHE 109 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I. (4) faculty mentor. Must be approved by the Director of Undergraduate Studies in Chemistry.
A study of the principles of chemistry and their application to the more important elements May be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. Prereq: Declared major in Chemistry; CHE 230,
and their compounds. The two-semester CHE 109/110 sequence covers the same material as 231; CHE 232 or CHE 226; GPA of at least 3.0 in CHE courses.
CHE 105. Prereq: Math ACT of 23 or above; or math placement test; or KCTCS course CHM
100 or CHM 102. CHE 410G INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2)
An overview of inorganic chemistry, including fundamental aspects of structure, bonding,
CHE 110 GENERAL CHEMISTRY II. (4) periodicity, spectroscopic properties, reaction mechanisms and applications. Prereq: CHE
The second half of a sequence (with CHE 109) in which the material of CHE 105 is covered 231 and 232; prereq or concur: a physical chemistry course at or above the 400 level.
in two semesters.
*CHE 412 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. (2)
CHE 111 LABORATORY TO ACCOMPANY GENERAL CHEMISTRY I. (1) A laboratory course that will acquaint the student with the synthesis, characterization and
A laboratory course, to accompany CHE 105, dealing with the properties of chemical properties of inorganic and organometallic compounds of both main-group and transition
substances and providing an introduction to quantitative chemical analysis. Prereq or concur: elements. Laboratory, six hours per week. Prereq: CHE 410G; prereq or concur: a physical
CHE 105. chemistry course at or above the 400 level.
CHE 113 LABORATORY TO ACCOMPANY GENERAL CHEMISTRY II. (2) *CHE 422 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. (4)
A laboratory course, to accompany CHE 107, emphasizing qualitative and quantitative The theory and application of instrumental methods of analysis. Lecture, two hours;
chemical analysis. Prereq: CHE 111; prereq or concur: CHE 107. laboratory, six hours. Prereq: A physical chemistry course at or above the 400 level.
†CHE 115 GENERAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. CHE 440G INTRODUCTORY PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (4)
An introduction to the laws of thermodynamics, the thermo-dynamic functions and their
CHE 195 GENERAL CHEMISTRY WORKSHOP I. (1) application to phase equilibria, chemical equilibria, solutions and electrochemistry. Chemical
Peer-led team problem solving. Two-hour workshop offered on a pass-fail basis only. kinetics, including rate laws, reaction mechanisms, Arrhenius, collision, and activated complex
Enrollment in CHE 105 need not be accompanied by enrollment in CHE 195. Prereq: Concurrent theories, and catalysis. Quantum theory including an elementary introduction to spectroscopy.
registration in CHE 105 required. The fourth hour to be devoted to problem solving and problem-solving techniques. Prereq: PHY
213 or PHY 232; MA 114; CHE 226 or MA 213.
CHE 197 GENERAL CHEMISTRY WORKSHOP II. (1)
Peer-led team problem solving. Two-hour workshop offered on a pass-fail basis only. *CHE 441 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. (2)
Enrollment in CHE 107 need not be accompanied by enrollment in CHE 197. Prereq: Concurrent Laboratory studies in physical chemistry, including quantum chemistry, spectroscopy,
registration in CHE 107 required. thermodynamics and chemical kinetics. Laboratory, six hours. Prereq: A physical chemistry
course at or above the 400 level.
CHE 199 RESEARCH EXPERIENCE IN CHEMISTRY. (0)
Participation in laboratory research in chemistry. Offered pass/fail only. Prereq: Permission CHE 442G THERMODYNAMICS AND KINETICS. (3)
of instructor. Principles of physical chemistry including thermodynamics, chemical kinetics, and statistical
thermodynamics. Prereq: CHE 226; MA 213; PHY 213 or 232.
CHE 226 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. (3-5)
An introduction to the theory and practice of quantitative analysis. Lecture, two hours; CHE 446G PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY FOR ENGINEERS. (3)
laboratory, three to six hours. Prereq: CHE 107 and 113. An introductory course in physical chemistry for engineering students. Kinetic theory,
thermodynamics, phase diagrams, colligative properties, electrochemistry, transport proper-
CHE 230 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I. (3)
ties, kinetics, quantum theory, spectroscopy. Prereq: CHE 107, 113; PHY 232; MA 213; CME
Fundamental principles and theories of organic chemistry. Prereq: CHE 107 and 113.
200 or the equivalent.
CHE 231 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I. (1)
*CHE 454 BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. (2)
Laboratory for CHE 230 or CHE 236. Laboratory, three hours per week. Prereq: CHE 113;
An introductory biological chemistry laboratory course. Areas of experimentation will include
prereq or concur: CHE 230 or CHE 236.
spectroscopic methods, electrophoresis, chromatography, and isolation and characterization
*CHE 232 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II. (3) of biological macromolecules. Prereq: CHE 232, or CHE 550 and a physical chemistry course
A continuation of CHE 230. Prereq: CHE 230 with grade C or above. at or above the 400 level (eg. CHE 440), or consent of instructor.
CHE 233 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II. (1) #CHE 472 COMMUNICATION IN CHEMISTRY II. (1)
Laboratory for CHE 232. Laboratory, three hours per week. Prereq: CHE 231. Prereq or concur: Reports and discussions on recent research and current chemical literature in seminar format;
CHE 232. literature searching methods; résumé construction; preparation of effective presentations
abstracts and visual aids. CHE 472 and CHE 372 meet the A&S College Writing and
CHE 236 SURVEY OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3) Communications Requirement. Prereq: CHE 372 or consent of the Chemistry Director of
A one-semester course in organic chemistry. Not open to students who have already completed Undergraduate Studies.
both CHE 230 and 232. Prereq: CHE 107 and 113.
CHE 510 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3)
CHE 250 FORENSIC SCIENCE ON TELEVISION. (3) A course dealing with the concepts of inorganic chemistry with emphasis on atomic structure,
This course will introduce students to the basic chemical and biochemical principles of forensic periodicity, nomenclature, bonding, reaction mechanisms and acid-base theories. Prereq: CHE
science utilized on popular science/science fiction television shows. Forensic science involves 232, CHE 226, and a physical chemistry course at or above the 400 level; or CHE 410G and
the application of techniques from instrumental chemical analysis and molecular biology to CHE 412G.
identify and quantify evidence collected from crime scenes. By using popular television shows
to introduce specific techniques students should gain a basic understanding of the capabilities CHE 514 DESCRIPTIVE INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3)
and limitations of forensic science as it is presently practiced. Prereq: CHE 103 or CHE 104 A course dealing in detail with descriptive chemistry of the elements and their compounds,
or CHE 110 or CHE 105. excluding the hydrocarbons and their derivatives. Prereq: CHE 226 and CHE 232; or CHE 450G,
or permission of instructor.
CHE 295 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY WORKSHOP I. (1)
Peer-led team problem solving. Two-hour workshop offered on a pass-fail basis only. CHE 520 RADIOCHEMISTRY. (3)
Enrollment in CHE 230 need not be accompanied by enrollment in CHE 295. Prereq: Concurrent Applications of radionuclides in chemistry with emphasis on principles of radioactive decay,
registration in CHE 230 required. interactions of radiation with matter, use of isotopic tracers, activation analysis, isotope
dilution analysis, hot atom chemistry and nuclear dating methods. Prereq: CHE 107, or 226.
CHE 524 CHEMICAL INSTRUMENTATION. (4) CHE 559 MOLECULAR BIOPHYSICS. (3)
Aspects of electronics, microcomputers, computer interfacing, and data analysis as they apply Overview of intermolecular forces responsible for formulation tertiary structure and mac-
to chemical measurements and measurement systems. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, six hours romolecular assemblies, as well as linked equilibria, allostery and propagation of signals.
per week. Prereq: A physical chemistry course at or above the 400 level or consent of instructor. Extension of these principles to explain macromolecular machines, complex molecular behavior
and, ultimately, processes of life. Prereq: A physical chemistry course at the 400 level or above,
CHE 525 BIOANALYTICAL SENSORS. (3) or consent of instructor.
Theory, principles, and applications of bioanalytical sensors and sensing systems, including
transducers, molecular recognition, and microfabrication. Prereq: A physical chemistry course CHE 565 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY. (3)
at or above the 400 level, or consent of instructor. A study of the sources, reactions, transport, effects, and fates of chemical species in the
atmosphere, hydrosphere, lithosphere and biosphere. Prereq: Two semesters of general college
CHE 526 CHEMICAL SEPARATIONS. (2) chemistry are required. Courses in analytical and physical chemistry are recommended, but
An advanced study of the theory, instrumentation, and analytical applications of chemical are not required.
separation methods. Prereq: A physical chemistry course at or above the 400 level, or consent
of instructor. CHE 580 TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY. (1-3)
A detailed investigation of a topic of current significance in chemistry. May be repeated to a
CHE 532 SPECTROMETRIC IDENTIFICATION maximum of six credits. Lecture and/or laboratory: variable. Prereq: CHE 232 and a physical
OF ORGANIC MOLECULES. (2) chemistry course at the 400 level or above, or consent of instructor.
A discussion of nuclear magnetic resonance, ultraviolet and infrared spectroscopies, and mass
spectrometry in the determination of the structure and stereochemistry of organic molecules. CHE 610 CHEMISTRY OF THE TRANSITION METALS. (3)
Prereq: CHE 231 and CHE 232. A detailed treatment of the chemistry of the transition elements, lanthanides and actinides,
including the structure of coordination complexes, bonding, reaction mechanisms and prepa-
CHE 533 QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS LABORATORY. (2) rations. Prereq: CHE 510.
The identification of unknown organic compounds using nuclear magnetic resonance, ultravio-
let and infrared spectroscopy, mass spectrometry and traditional chemical techniques. CHE 612 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY OF THE NON-METALS. (3)
Separation techniques are also emphasized. Laboratory, six hours. Prereq: CHE 532. A detailed treatment of the inorganic chemistry of the nonmetals. Topics include theories of
bonding, spectral characteristics, reaction mechanisms, preparations, physical methods of
CHE 535 SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3) characterization and structural determination, and applications. Prereq: CHE 510.
A general survey of organic chemistry with emphasis on synthetic methods and the synthesis
of natural products. Prereq: CHE 232. CHE 614 ORGANOTRANSITION METAL CHEMISTRY. (3)
A detailed treatment of the organometallic chemistry of the transition metals, including
CHE 538 PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3) lanthanides and actinides. Topics include synthesis, structure, bonding theories, reactions,
A general survey of the field of organic chemistry. Topics emphasized are: mechanistic characterization by physical methods, and applications in organic chemistry and catalysis.
principles relating molecular structure to reaction outcome, stereoisomerism and its effect on Prereq: CHE 232, and CHE 410G or 510, and a physical chemistry course at the 400 level or
chemical reactivity, and simple molecular orbital theory as required to understand aromaticity above, or consent of instructor.
and to predict the occurrence and stereochemistry of pericyclic reactions. Prereq: CHE 232.
CHE 616 NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY. (3)
CHE 547 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I. (3) An advanced study of nuclear chemistry and topics related to nuclear and radiochemistry.
An introduction to quantum chemistry and spectroscopy, emphasizing modern applications Prereq: CHE 520 and a physical chemistry course at the 400 level or above.
of quantum theory to the calculation of molecular properties. Practical experience with
quantum chemistry software on various computer platforms is included. Prereq: MA 213; PHY CHE 620 ELECTROCHEMICAL METHODS OF ANALYSIS. (3)
213 or 232; or consent of instructor. An intensive study of the fundamental theories and principles of electrochemistry, and their
practical applications for physical and quantitative analytical measurements. Topics include
CHE 548 PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II. (3) potentiometric, voltammetric, amperometric, and coulometric methods. Prereq: CHE 522 or
Fundamental principles of classical physical chemistry, including thermodynamics, statistical a physical chemistry course at the 400 level or above.
thermodynamics, and chemical kinetics. Prereq: A physical chemistry course at the 400 level
or above, or consent of instructor. CHE 623 CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM AND DATA ANALYSIS. (3)
An advanced treatment of chemical equilibrium, sampling, and the evaluation of data obtained
CHE 550 BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY I. (3) from chemically related measurements. Prereq: CHE 226 or 522 or a physical chemistry course
An introduction to biological chemistry. Topics include amino acids and proteins; nucleic acids at the 400 level or above.
and nucleotides; enzyme structure, function and energetics; metabolism including glycolysis;
the tricarboxylic acid cycle; electron transport and oxidative phosphorylation; glycogen CHE 625 SPECTROCHEMICAL ANALYSIS. (3)
metabolism; hormone action; and other aspects of modern biological chemistry. Prereq: CHE An intensive study of the theory, instrumentation, and analytical applications of modern
232 and a physical chemistry course at or above the 400 level, or consent of instructor. atomic and molecular spectrometric methods. Prereq: CHE 522.
CHE 552 BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY II. (3) CHE 626 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. (3)
A further introduction to biological chemistry. Topics include lipid metabolism, biosynthesis An advanced study of the theory and practice of quantitative analysis.
and metabolism of nitrogen-containing compounds, storage and utilization of genetic informa-
tion, immunochemistry, and other contemporary topics in biological chemistry Prereq: CHE CHE 640 CHEMICAL CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. (3)
232 and a physical chemistry course at or above the 400 level, or consent of instructor. An introduction to modern small-molecule crystallography with emphasis on typical appli-
cations of interest to synthetic chemists. Prereq: CHE 232 and a physical chemistry course
CHE 553 CHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOTECHNOLOGY. (3) at the 400-level or above.
This course focuses on the chemical aspects of biotechnology development. Current topics
in biotechnology are emphasized through extensive reading and classroom discussion of the CHE 643 SPECTROSCOPY AND PHOTOPHYSICS. (3)
most recent scientific literature. Biotechnology development in fields as diverse as agriculture, An integrated treatment of modern spectroscopy and photophysics. Topics to include atomic
the environment, and medicine will be covered. Prereq: An introductory course in biology, spectroscopy, microwave, infrared and UV-visible spectroscopy of diatomic and polyatomic
biological chemistry, or biochemistry; and CHE 232; or consent of instructor. molecules, lasers, creation and detection of excited states, fluorescence, phosphorescence,
radiationless processes and photochemical transformations. Prereq: CHE 547 or 446G or
CHE 555 HOMONUCLEAR NMR. (3) permission of instructor.
This course will give students hands-on experience with modern NMR experiments that are
the mainstays of chemical structural analysis and biophysical studies of macromolecules and CHE 646 CHEMICAL KINETICS. (3)
pharmaceuticals. Lecture, two hours; laboratory, three hours per week. Prereq: CHE 232 or Studies of chemical reactions from the standpoint of velocity and mechanism. Prereq: CHE
236; and a physical chemistry course at or above the 400 level. 442G.
CHE 556 ELEMENTS OF NEUROCHEMISTRY. (3) CHE 664 MULTIDISCIPLINARY SENSORS LABORATORY. (3)
A course in the neurochemistry of the brain. Among topics to be covered: brain cell A multidisciplinary laboratory course with laboratory experiences in areas related to sensors
cytoarchitecture; chemical bases for: neuronal membrane transport, electrical excitability, and and sensing architectures, typically including chemistry, chemical and materials engineering,
ion channels; axonal transport; energy metabolism; synaptic transmission; cellular signaling; and electrical engineering. Lecture, 1 hour; laboratory, 2 hours. Prereq: One year of college
Ca2+ homeostasis; neurotransmitters; oxidative stress; apoptosis and necrosis; application of chemistry, calculus and physics. GS 660 or by consent of instructor. (Same as CME/EE/MSE
neurochemical principles to the molecular bases of neurodegenerative disorders. Prereq: CHE 664.)
232 and a biological chemistry course, or consent of instructor. CHE 666 PROTEOMICS AND MASS SPECTROMETERY. (3)
CHE 558 HORMONE RECEPTORS AND CELL SIGNALS. (3) A course in the identification, characterization, and quantification of the proteins in tissues and
This course starts with the general concepts on hormones and their receptors and describes cells. Mass spectrometric methods are of central importance, and those techniques (including
how hormones interact with their receptors and generate hormone signals and responses. data analysis) are a major focus of the course. Prereq: CHE 232, a course in physical chemistry
Prereq: BIO 315 or equivalent, BCH 401G or equivalent, CHE 550 or 552 or equivalent, or at or above the 400-level.
consent of instructor.
CHE 668 SYMMETRY AND CHEMICAL APPLICATIONS. (3) of students’ lexicon through reading, watching films, conversation, tapes, etc. Prereq: CHI 202
An integrated treatment of fundamentals, techniques, and chemical applications of molecular or equivalent. All students who have had three or more years of high school Chinese or are
symmetry and group theory. Prereq: A physical chemistry course at the 400-level, or consent heritage learners of Chinese and are enrolling in college-level Chinese for the first time must take
of instructor. the Chinese placement exam before enrolling in this course.
CHE 710 TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2-4) CHI 302 ADVANCED INTERMEDIATE CHINESE II. (3)
Discussion of topics of recent interest in inorganic chemistry, including physical methods, A course designed to increase student skills in listening, speaking, writing, reading and culture.
syntheses, and structural theories. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. Prereq: CHE More complex grammatical forms introduced; focus on control of basic forms. Development
610 or 612. of students’ lexicon through reading, watching films, conversation, tapes, etc. Prereq: CHI 301
or equivalent. All students who have had three or more years of high school Chinese or are
CHE 736 TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2-4) heritage learners of Chinese and are enrolling in college-level Chinese for the first time must take
Selected topics which may include heterocyclic organic compounds, natural and synthetic the Chinese placement exam before enrolling in this course.
dyes, carbohydrates, nitrogen compounds, and recent advances in the field of organic
chemistry. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. CHI 310 SOUNDS OF EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES. (3)
The aim of this course is to provide students with the tools to understand and analyze the
CHE 746 TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (2-4) complexity of sounds and sound systems in East Asian languages (including Chinese, Japanese,
Selected topics which may include photochemistry, structure of crystals, molecular spectra, Korean and Vietnamese). To this end, students learn to produce, identify and perceive human
nature of the chemical bond, and other recent advances in the field of physical chemistry. May sounds and to describe and understand the physical properties with which these sounds are
be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. Prereq: A physical chemistry course at the 400 level produced. Students explore the relationship between sound systems and human perception.
or above. Finally, students apply the methods, theory and practice of the course in an in-class field work
CHE 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0) of an East Asian language unknown to them.
Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq: CHI 320 GENDER POLITICS IN CHINESE LITERATURE. (3)
All course work toward the degree must be completed. An interdisciplinary, multimedia approach to the representation of gender relations in Chinese
CHE 749 DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (0) literature over time. Critical engagement of such topics as the complex relationships between
Half-time to full-time work on dissertation. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. women’s issues and national discourse, between identity and performance, between the
Prereq: Registration for two full-time semesters of 769 residence credit following the successful construction of female subjectivity and male fantasy, between gender and genre. Students will
completion of the qualifying exams. be encouraged to conduct cross-genre and cross-cultural comparisons. All readings in English.
Prereq: Junior status or consent of instructor.
CHE 767 DISSERTATION RESIDENCY CREDIT. (2)
Residency credit for dissertation research after the qualifying examination. Students may CHI 321 INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY CHINESE FILM. (3)
register for this course in the semester of the qualifying examination. A minimum of two The course offers an overview of major films, directors and actors in the contemporary PRC,
semesters are required as well as continuous enrollment (Fall and Spring) until the dissertation Taiwan and Hong Kong. It examines the genres of Chinese film better known in the U.S.,
is completed and defended. including the Hong Kong action film, fifth-generation mainland cinema and Taiwanese urban
dramas. The course will provide an understanding of contemporary Chinese cinema through
CHE 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6) analyses of the content and style, poetics and politics of films/filmmakers/film movements,
May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours. that reflect the Chinese cultural value system and differing Chinese aesthetics vis-a-vis Western
and Hollywood views. All films are screened with English subtitles. Prereq: Junior status or
CHE 769 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR DOCTOR’S DEGREE. (0-12)
consent of instructor.
May be repeated indefinitely.
CHI 322 SELF AND SOCIETY IN CHINESE CULTURE. (3)
CHE 772 SEMINAR IN CHEMISTRY INSTRUCTION. (1)
This course takes an interdisciplinary approach to the concept of the self and its relationship
A seminar for teaching assistants on the methods and techniques of effective instruction in
to larger social categories such as family and society in Chinese culture. Critical approaches
laboratory and recitation classes in chemistry. Required of all new graduate teaching assistants.
to topics such as self expression in art and literature over time and across genres, self-cultivation,
Prereq: Admission to M.S. or Ph.D. program in chemistry.
gender, consciousness, modernity, and transnational identity. Course readings will include
CHE 776 GRADUATE SEMINAR. (1) philosophical and religious texts as well as literature, historical writing, and material culture
Reports and discussions on recent research and current literature. Required of all graduate in its various forms. Prereq: Junior status or consent of instructor.
students. May be repeated for a total of eight credits.
CHI 330 INTRODUCTION TO CHINESE CULTURE,
CHE 779 MEMBRANE SCIENCES COLLOQUIUM. (1) PRE-MODERN TO 1840. (3)
Outstanding membrane scientists present their current research on biological and/or synthetic This course introduces students to premodern Chinese history, society, and culture up to 1840.
membranes. Students read a pertinent paper by the speaker prior to his/her talk and write a Some of the major questions to be addressed include: Is “China” the oldest continuous
short paper on the talk; especially important is relevance of the main points of the talk to civilization? Was it culturally and ethnically homogenous? Was Chinese traditional culture and
membrane science in general and the student’s own research in particular. May be repeated to society “patriarchal”? To what extent was the state successful in penetrating into the daily lives
a maximum of six credits. (Same as BCH/CME/PHA/PHR 779.) of individuals? Course assignments will include primary and secondary literature (entirely in
English) as well as visual and material culture sources. No prior knowledge of Chinese history,
CHE 780 INDIVIDUAL WORK IN CHEMISTRY. (1-5) culture, or language required.
Selected library and laboratory problems in conformance with the student’s interest will be
attacked and pursued under the direction of a suitable staff member who is proficient in the CHI 331 INTRODUCTION TO CHINESE CULTURE,
area under investigation. 1840 TO PRESENT. (3)
This course introduces students to modern Chinese history, society, and culture from 1840
CHE 790 RESEARCH IN CHEMISTRY. (1-12) to the present, with a special focus on developments in the twentieth century. We will
Work may be taken in the following fields, subject to the approval of the Departmental Graduate investigate three sets of major problems: (1) China is often seen as an ethnically and culturally
Committee: analytical chemistry, industrial chemistry, inorganic chemistry, organic chemis- homogenous society, but what is China and (Han) Chinese? (2) How did China transition from
try, radiochemistry, or physical chemistry. May be repeated indefinitely. a multi-ethnic empire to a modern nation state? (3) What does modernity mean in the Chinese
context? Aside from these specific objectives, this course will also teach students to analyze
written and visual texts found in various genres. No prior knowledge of Chinese history, culture,
CHI Chinese Culture and Language or language required.
*CHI 345 INTRODUCTION TO EARLY CHINESE THOUGHT. (3)
CHI 101 BEGINNING CHINESE I. (4) This course will examine the intellectual history of China’s classical period, from the late Shang
A course in first semester Chinese language. until the sixth century CE, and critically engage fundamental concepts of early Chinese
CHI 102 BEGINNING CHINESE II. (4) philosophy and religion including: the Dao, the discourse of tradition, formation of philosophi-
A course in second semester Chinese language. Prereq: CHI 101 or equivalent. cal “schools,” cosmic and social gender, the Sage, and human nature. This course will also
consider “Religion” and “Philosophy” as terms of inquiry, and synthesize this literature to
CHI 201 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I. (4) describe and analyze changes and continuities to Chinese thought during the classical era.
A course in third semester Chinese language. Prereq: CHI 102 or equivalent.
CHI 395 INDEPENDENT WORK IN CHINESE. (1-3)
CHI 202 INTERMEDIATE CHINESE II. (4) Students who have the proper qualifications may undertake a special problem in reading and
A fourth semester course in Chinese language. Prereq: CHI 201 or equivalent. research. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. (Recommended.)
CHI 301 ADVANCED INTERMEDIATE CHINESE I. (3) CHI 401 ADVANCED CHINESE I. (3)
A course designed to increase student skills in listening, speaking, writing, reading and culture. The course builds on material covered in CHI 302 and will cover a wide range of materials,
More complex grammatical forms introduced; focus on control of basic forms. Development including dialogues and newspaper articles. It will facilitate oral and written practice, allow
students to communicate in real-life situations, and read and write Chinese texts with minimal CIS 191 SPECIAL TOPICS IN
aid of pinyin. Prereq: CHI 302 or equivalent. INSTRUCTIONAL COMMUNICATION (Subtitle required). (1-3)
Study of a specialized topic in instructional communication. May be repeated to a maximum
CHI 402 ADVANCED CHINESE II. (3) of nine credits under different subtitles. Lecture. Prerequisites will be set by the instructor.
This course builds on the linguistic skills acquired in previous Chinese study and further trains
students in advanced use of the language, including listening, speaking, reading and writing. The CIS 284 INTERCOLLEGIATE DEBATE AND FORENSICS. (1)
course will expand students’ vocabulary and improve students’ reading and writing, speaking, Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate debating and/or forensics. May be repeated
and listening skills. The topics of the lessons cover the social changes in contemporary China seven times for a maximum of eight credits. Prereq: Instructor approval required to enroll.
and cultural developments in their social context. Prereq: CHI 401 or equivalent.
CIS 300 STRATEGIC BUSINESS AND
CHI 430 POPULAR CULTURE IN MODERN CHINA. (3) PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION (W). (3)
This course provides a critical examination of modern Chinese popular culture and its global This communication intensive course prepares students for their careers by developing
cultural significance in the contemporary world. From film to literature, from music to theatre, effective communication skills (integrated written, oral, and visual) applied specifically to
this course will probe modern Chinese popular culture as it has manifested itself, and trace its today’s technology-driven and global business environment. The course will focus on
sociopolitical, aesthetic, and affective impact on the contemporary world. developing strong communication skills in interpersonal settings, on small group teams, and
when delivering public presentations. Students will prepare cover letters, resumes, websites,
CHI 450 DAOISM: EAST AND WEST. (3) and portfolios; develop effective interviewing skills in face-to-face and online environments;
Interdisciplinary examination of the development of Daoism, China’s indigenous philosophi- communicate effectively based on audience analysis in face-to-face and online settings; deliver
cal and religious tradition. Includes critical approaches to texts that are central to the doctrines, effective formal public business presentations (informative and persuasive) based on audience
concepts, and practices of Daoism, and an assessment of its impact on Chinese art, poetry, analysis and using a variety of presentational aids that enhance the message; and learn to manage
fiction, and historical writing from all periods of Chinese history. This course will also offer data, graphics, and a positive online presence (e.g., websites, blogs, social media outlets, email
a discussion of Daoism and its emergence in 20th century American culture and evaluate its messages, and webinars). Prereq: Upper division status in accounting, analytics, communica-
impact and effects on North American pop culture, alternative culture, and new religious tion, economics, finance, management, marketing, or permission from instructor.
movements. Prereq: CHI 330 or CHI 345 strongly recommended.
CIS 391 SPECIAL TOPICS IN INSTRUCTIONAL
CHI 495G ADVANCED INDEPENDENT WORK IN CHINESE. (1-3) COMMUNICATION (Subtitle required). (3)
Independent research in Russian and Eastern Studies on an advanced level for undergraduate Intensive study of a specialized topic in instructional communication. May be repeated to a
and graduate students. Students will be required to establish a written contract with the relevant maximum of 9 credits under different subtitles. Lecture.
faculty member describing the tasks to be completed in the course. May be repeated to a
maximum of six credits, or a total of six credits of CHI 395 and 495G. CIS 399 CONSULTING AND TRAINING – MULTIMODAL
COMMUNICATION CONSULTING CENTER INTERNSHIP. (1-3)
CHI 511 LITERARY CHINESE. (3) The principle purpose of this course is to provide students with an opportunity to intern in
This course builds on linguistic skills learned in previous study of Chinese and Japanese, the Multimodal Communication Consulting Center (MC3). The internship will provide
introducing the grammar, vocabulary, and concepts of Literary Chinese. The class will focus students with the ability to act as a peer tutor in the MC3, engage in classroom presentations,
on early texts written in what is often referred to as “Classical Chinese,” which flourished from and develop out-of-class instructional workshop focused on presentational elements and
the late Zhou to the end of the Han dynasty (220 CE) and was the common written language multimodal communication. Prereq: CIS/WRD 110 and 111 or equivalents and by instructor
of East Asia. Prereq: CHI 301 or JPN 301 or consent of instructor. approval.
CHI 520 INTRODUCTION TO CHINESE LINGUISTICS. (3) #CIS 499 INTERNATIONAL INTERNSHIP. (3)
This course investigates the phonology (sound system), morphology (word formation), syntax Qualified students enter the professional sector to refine skills and knowledge. Supervised
(grammar), and orthography (writing system) of the Chinese language. Also covered are topics, internships in an international location approved by the College allow placements in industry,
such as dialectology and sociolinguistics, relating language to cognition, culture, and society. government, the media, communication agencies, etc. International internship credit will only
Prereq: CHI 202. be given for sites/programs approved by Education Abroad at UK. Pass/Fail only. Prereq:
Admission to upper-division in one of the undergraduate majors in the College of Communi-
cation and Information (COM, ICT, ISC, JOU or MAS), fulfillment of internship prerequisites
CIS Communications and for the specific major (for COM 399, JAT 399 or ICT 399), and approval of the College’s
executive director for international studies.
Information Studies
CIS 590 INTERNSHIP-APPRENTICESHIP
CIS 110 COMPOSITION AND COMMUNICATION I. (3) IN INSTRUCTIONAL COMMUNICATION (Subtitle required). (3)
Composition and Communication I is the introductory course in a two-course sequence This course provides students an opportunity to work one-on-one with a faculty member in
designed to engage students in composing and communicating ideas using speech, writing, and the college as a teacher’s apprentice in a course in the track of their chosen major. As an
visuals. Students will develop interpersonal communication, critical thinking, and information apprentice, students will attend all classes of the course they are serving as an apprentice for
literacy skills by exploring what it means to be engaged, twenty-first century citizens. Students and meet with the faculty member weekly to discuss course content and pedagogical strategies.
will practice composing, critiquing, and revising ideas based on personal experience, observa- Students will also prepare at least three lesson plans and lead the class in working through them
tion, and fieldwork in the community, culminating in several discrete projects using oral, at least three times over the course of the semester. Students will ultimately develop a reflective
written, and visual modalities. teaching portfolio for the course. This course is repeatable for up to 6 credits. Prereq: Upper
division status in the College of Communication and Information, successful completion of the
CIS 111 COMPOSITION AND COMMUNICATION II. (3) course for which a student wants to as an intern-apprentice (i.e., B or better), an overall GPA
Composition and Communication II is the advanced course in a two-course sequence designed of 3.0 or higher, permission from both the teacher of the course and the Director of the Division
to engage students in composing and communicating ideas using speech, writing, and visuals. of Instructional Communication prior to registration, and completion of a Division Learning
In this course, students will work in small groups to explore issues of public concern using Contract.
rhetorical analysis, engage in deliberation, compose conscientious and well-developed argu-
ments, and propose viable solutions to different audiences. Students will sharpen their ability
to conduct research; compose and communicate in spoken, written, and visual forms; and work
effectively in teams through sustained interrogation of an issue. A significant component of CJT Communication, Journalism,
the class will involve learning to use visual and digital resources both to enhance written and
oral presentations and to communicate with public audiences. Prereq: CIS 110.
Telecommunications (Graduate)
CIS 112 ACCELERATED COMPOSITION AND COMMUNICATION II (CIS). (3) CJT 539 INTRODUCTION TO MEDICAL INFORMATICS. (3)
Composition and Communication 112 is an accelerated version of the standard two-semester This course is designed to introduce the interdisciplinary field of medical informatics to health
composition and communication sequence. It focuses on integrated oral, written, and visual information professionals. Medical Informatics is a developing field that essentially seeks to
communication skill development and emphasizes critical inquiry and research. Students will apply information and computing technologies to improve all aspects of healthcare, including
sharpen their ability to conduct research; compose and communicate in written, oral, and visual patient care, research, and education. During the semester we will explore a number of topics
modalities; and use interpersonal skills to work effectively in groups (dyads and small groups). central to understanding the field, including: the nature of biomedical information, the electronic
Prereq: AP English Composition score of 4 or 5, an ACT English score of 32 or higher, an SAT medical record, the role of information and computing technologies to support clinical decision
verbal score of 720 or higher, or acceptance into the University’s Honors Program. making, healthcare and informatics standards, information retrieval, system analysis and
technology assessment, and essential issues of information technology in medical education
CIS 184 COMMUNICATING ARGUMENTS. (3) and medical ethics. By the end of this Web-based course, students are expected to be able to
Theories; strategies; techniques for researching, analyzing, constructing, and presenting oral understand broad aspects of the field and can use this as a foundation for further education,
arguments for and against selected contemporary topics and issues. Emphasis on in-class training, and work in health information professions. (Same as LIS 539.)
presentations. Prereq: Instructor approval required to enroll.
CJT 601 PROSEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION. (3) use of the Internet as an information storage and retrieval system; recent advances in HTML
Introduction to graduate study; theory and systems, research strategies. Prereq: Graduate and scripting languages; and Internet related social issues such as censorship and copyright.
standing in communication or consent of instructor. Prereq: LIS 636 or consent of instructor. (Same as LIS 638.)
CJT 608 MASS COMMUNICATIONS AND SOCIETY. (3) CJT 640 HEALTH INFORMATION RESOURCE SERVICES. (3)
A study of the ways in which the communications media play their roles in contemporary A survey of information agencies and health science libraries, including topics related to: the
society with special attention to the major functions, rights, and responsibilities of media and healthcare community and their information needs, information resources in the health sciences,
individuals. Prereq: Graduate standing in communication or consent of instructor. controlled medical terminologies and classification systems, search and retrieval of information
resources, issues in the management of collections and access to health libraries. (Same as ICT/
CJT 610 PARTICIPATORY COMMUNICATION. (3) LIS 640.)
This seminar will provide students with a state of the art account of the underlying
philosophical, theoretical, and methodological premises of participatory communication. This CJT 645 PROSEMINAR IN MASS COMMUNICATION THEORY. (3)
will help students gain a deep understanding of participatory communication theory and A broad examination and critical analysis of major mass communication theories and research
research, and their implications for such contexts as management and organizational commu- areas. Prereq: A course in research methods and graduate standing in communication or consent
nication, health communication, international development, journalism, democracy and civic of instructor.
engagement, public policy, and communication with marginalized groups. Prereq: At least one
year of graduate study in communication or consent of instructor. CJT 646 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION IN INSTRUCTION. (3)
Interpersonal communication exists in the relationships between students and instructors and
CJT 615 PROSEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION between students, both in and out of the classroom. Although these relationships differ from
AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS. (3) other interpersonal relationships (e.g., friends, significant others), their impact is no less
This course is an introductory graduate-level survey of theory and research on human profound or influential. In this course, students will explore how interpersonal concepts,
communication mediated by communication and information technologies. This course is constructs, theories, and relationships emerge in the classroom and impact the overall
designed to cover the areas not typically addressed in traditional courses of mass or instructional environment in terms of learning outcomes, satisfaction, and engagement, among
interpersonal communication, including theory and research on the use of computers and other important instructional outcomes.
electronic communication over a variety of communication and information systems. Prereq:
Graduate standing or consent of instructor. (Same as LIS 615.) CJT 650 DISTANCE EDUCATION: DELIVERY. (3)
This course has been designed for those faculty or future faculty who plan to teach via distance
CJT 616 FOUNDATIONS IN INSTRUCTIONAL COMMUNICATION. (3) education technology. This course will review current literature on how to deliver distance
Instructional communication is a blending of three disciplines including pedagogy (i.e., education content with attention to developing materials, setting delivery timelines, facilitating
teaching), educational psychology (i.e., cognitive learning), and communication. Although each interactions, and using appropriate teaching strategies. Prereq: Master’s degree. (Same as EDS
of these unique disciplines is embedded in its own theoretical and research tradition, this course 651.)
will focus on where these three disciplines intersect. We will examine and criticize various
communication and instructional models, plan for and deliver instruction in both in-person and CJT 651 COMMUNICATION THEORY. (3)
computer-aided venues, learn various methods for assessing teaching and learning, and discuss Examination and critical analysis of the major theories of communication processes, including
the managerial and political aspects of instructional delivery in various professional contexts, systems theory, structural theories and semiotics, behaviorism, symbolic interactionism,
with a special emphasis on those in academic, information, and organizational settings. theories of the social construction of reality, and other theoretical approaches to the study of
communication. Prereq: Graduate standing or consent of instructor.
CJT 619 PROSEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL/
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION. (3) CJT 652 DISTANCE EDUCATION: MANAGEMENT AND SUPPORT. (3)
Examines important issues in communication from a global perspective. In-depth study of This course has been designed for those faculty or future faculty who plan to manage or direct
international communications systems, international information flow, problems that occur programs delivered through distance education technology. The course will focus on current
in communicating with members of different cultures or subcultures, and development of issues and challenges in distance education administration, including such topics as provision
theories and strategies for improving international communications at the mass, organizational, of quality support services; policy issues at the local, state, national, and international level;
and interpersonal levels. Prereq: CJT 601 and graduate standing in communication or consent model administrative structures; instruction and technology funding; and virtual institutions.
of instructor. Prereq: Master’s degree. (Same as EDS 652.)
CJT 625 PROSEMINAR IN ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION. (3) CJT 656 INSTRUCTIONAL COMMUNICATION AND TECHNOLOGY. (3)
This course is an introductory graduate-level survey of theory and research in the area of Instructional communication often utilizes technology. Teaching and learning now incorporate
organizational communication and related topics. Students will be exposed to a variety of a wide variety of technologies, ranging from supplementing traditional lectures to holding
current theoretical perspectives and methodological orientations. Prereq: Graduate standing classes online with students across the world. This course marries traditional areas of concern
in communication or consent of instructor. for instructional communication and emerging technologies to explore the landscape of teaching
and learning. Through readings, technology demonstrations, and discussion, the class will
CJT 630 PROSEMINAR IN MASS MEDIA LAW AND PUBLIC POLICY. (3) examine ethical, technological, professional, and scholarly questions.
Study of mass communication law and policy-making. Intensive review of court decisions,
statutes and administrative rules and regulations regarding libel, privacy, public access to CJT 664 QUALITATIVE METHODS IN COMMUNICATION RESEARCH. (3)
government meetings and documents, intellectual property, broadcast regulation, commercial Goals, epistemology and methods of qualitative inquiry in communication. Strengths and
and corporate speech, obscenity and protection of news sources. Prereq: CJT 601 and graduate limitations of different qualitative research methodologies. Distinctive contributions of
standing in communication or consent of instructor. qualitative research to theory and practice of communication.
CJT 631 PROSEMINAR IN INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION. (3) CJT 665 QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN COMMUNICATION RESEARCH. (3)
The course reviews existing and emerging theoretical, perspectives relevant to the context of The scientific method. Communication research as part of social science research. Study and
interpersonal communication. Emphasis is on theories of message production and reception, practice of quantitative behavioral research techniques which apply to communication. Prereq:
identity management, relationship development, and related processes. Methods of investi- Graduate standing in communication or consent of instructor.
gation unique to the study of interpersonal interaction are also addressed. Students are expected CJT 668 INFORMATION SYSTEMS DESIGN. (3)
to be familiar with general communication theory and basic research methods prior to enrolling Study of concepts and methods of information system design and development with particular
in the course. relevance to library and information center applications. Emphasis is given to modeling of
CJT 636 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION METHODS system functions, data, and processes of computer-based information systems including the
IN APPLIED COMMUNICATION RESEARCH. (3) development of small scale information systems. Prereq: LIS 636 or consent of instructor.
In applied instructional settings (e.g., training, workshops, teaching, online courses, conference (Same as LIS 668.)
proceedings), goals are set for specific outcomes to be achieved, whether they are affective, CJT 671 PROSEMINAR IN HEALTH COMMUNICATION. (3)
cognitive, or behavioral. In these instructional contexts, assessment is used to evaluate the This course is designed to provide a broad introduction to communication in a health care
effectiveness of any program or intervention. Additionally, assessment is used to improve context. Topics addressed are patient-provider communication, small group communication,
upon existing programs and interventions. Students will learn how to develop, conduct, and communication in health care organizations, intercultural communication in health care, and
evaluate sound assessment plans, and provide recommendations based on assessment results. health images in the mass media. Prereq: Graduate standing in communication or consent of
CJT 637 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY. (3) instructor.
Study of computer and communication technology used in modern information storage and CJT 682 COMMUNICATION AND PERSUASION. (3)
retrieval systems. Consideration also given to managing microcomputer services, hardware An advanced course examining the literature in communication and attitude change. Issues in
evaluation and selection, and system security. Prereq: Consent of instructor. (Same as LIS 637.) measurement, theory, and philosophical orientation are central. Covers communication
CJT 638 INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES AND INFORMATION SERVICES. (3) broadly, including interpersonal, mediated, and mass communication. Prereq: Graduate
A course examining the structure, development and evolution of the Internet; network standing in communications or consent of instructor.
protocols and client/server architecture issues; Web page design, authoring, and evaluation; the
CJT 684 PROSEMINAR IN INSTRUCTIONAL COMMUNICATION. (3) CJT 730 SEMINAR IN MASS MEDIA AND PUBLIC POLICY
This course is an introductory graduate-level survey of current theory, research, and current (Subtitle required). (3)
developments in the area of instructional communication. Students will be exposed to a variety The role of mass communications media in making public policy and the effects of public
of current theoretical perspectives and methodological orientations. Hands-on opportunities policies on the mass media. One subject area will be investigated each semester; typical topics
are provided to construct and refine strategies and resources for instruction. Prereq: Prior are (1) political campaign communications; (2) censorship; (3) controversial public issues; (4)
teaching experience, or COM 584, or consent of instructor. rights; (5) international and world agreements. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits
under a different subtitle. Prereq: CJT 630 and graduate standing in communication or consent
CJT 685 SEMINAR: PREPARING FUTURE FACULTY of instructor.
FOR THE MULTICULTURAL CLASSROOM. (1)
This course is to prepare future communication faculty for facilitating and dealing with diverse CJT 731 SEMINAR IN INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
student learning in an increasingly multicultural classroom context. Prereq: Recommend CJT (Subtitle required). (3)
684 or GS 650. Consideration of special problems in interpersonal communication with emphasis on emer-
gence of theory and implications for further research. May be repeated to a maximum of six
CJT 686 PRACTICUM IN PREPARING FUTURE FACULTY. (1) credits under a different subtitle. Prereq: CJT 631 and graduate standing in communication or
Practicum at a participating institution to provide students with variety of experiences as consent of instructor.
faculty member working with a mentor there and supervised through CJT. Prereq: CJT 684
or CJT 685. CJT 745 SEMINAR IN MASS COMMUNICATION (Subtitle required). (3)
Consideration of selected topics in mass communication theory and research. May be repeated
CJT 690 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE. (1-3) under a different subtitle to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Graduate standing in commu-
A survey and historical study of multicultural literature for your of all ages. Students will engage nication or consent of instructor.
in extensive reading, evaluation, and discussion of literature and the issues related to developing
an understanding of various cultures and special populations. Prereq: LIS 610 or LIS 614, or CJT 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0)
consent of instructor. Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq:
All course work toward the degree must be completed.
CJT 696 INTERNSHIP IN COMMUNICATION. (3)
Field experience for candidates for the M.A. degree in any field of communications through CJT 749 DISSERTATION RESEARCH. (0)
work in industry, government, education, research or business agencies. Laboratory, 12 hours Half-time to full-time work on dissertation. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters.
per week. Prereq: Admission to M.A. program and 18 hours of graduate work. Consent of DGS Prereq: Registration for two full-time semesters of 769 residence credit following the successful
required. completion of the qualifying exams.
CJT 700 DIRECTED READING IN COMMUNICATION. (1-3) CJT 751 ADVANCED TOPICS IN
Individual reading study on some communications aspects not treated in depth in a regular COMMUNICATION THEORY CONSTRUCTION. (3)
course or of topical interest. Advance consultation regarding reading list and examination Intensive examination of selected topics important to the construction, development, and
procedure required. May be repeated to a maximum of 12 credits. Prereq: Graduate standing testing of communication theories and problems. Prereq: Completion of required first-year
in communication or consent of instructor. curriculum for the Ph.D.
CJT 719 SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL/ CJT 764 ADVANCED TOPICS IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS. (3)
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION (Subtitle required). (3) A focused treatment of one or more issues, topics, or problems in qualitative research
Special Topics/Issues in International/Intercultural Communication examines the current and methodology in communication, such as ethnography, discourse analysis, semiotics, or
the alternative perspectives in the field of study. Topics/Issues such as the New World historical methods. Prereq: CJT 664 or consent of instructor.
Information and Communication Order, Information/Communication Technologies, Commu-
nication and Development, Transborder Data Flows, etc., are studied. May be repeated to a CJT 765 ADVANCED SEMINAR IN
maximum of six credits. Prereq: CJT 619 and graduate standing in communication or consent COMMUNICATION RESEARCH METHODS. (3)
of instructor. A course in the methods and design of communication studies. Prereq: CJT 665 or the equivalent
and graduate standing in communications or consent of instructor.
CJT 721 SEMINAR IN RISK COMMUNICATION. (3)
This course establishes risk communication as a distinct sub-discipline within the communi- CJT 767 DISSERTATION RESIDENCY CREDIT. (2)
cation discipline. Ethical considerations are paramount in all areas covered in the course. Residency credit for dissertation research after the qualifying examination. Students may
Theories of risk communication such as mindfulness, sensemaking, chaos, image repair, issues register for this course in the semester of the qualifying examination. A minimum of two
management, the constraints of structuration, and renewal discourse are discussed in terms of semesters are required as well as continuous enrollment (Fall and Spring) until the dissertation
pre-crisis, crisis, and post-crisis. Applied research areas such as best practices, high reliability is completed and defended.
organizations, terrorism, and health risks are also considered. Ultimately, the course provides CJT 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR THE MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6)
an overview of the established and emerging perspectives on risk and crisis from the May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours.
communication perspective.
CJT 769 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR DOCTOR’S DEGREE. (0-12)
CJT 722 SEMINAR IN CRISIS COMMUNICATION. (3) May be repeated indefinitely. Prereq: Satisfactory completion of Qualifying Examination
This course follows the crisis communication management process through the stages of pre- (third year).
crisis, crisis, and post-crisis. The pre-crisis stage discusses planning and environmental
scanning. The crisis stage discusses communication strategies for image restoration. The post- CJT 771 SEMINAR IN HEALTH COMMUNICATION. (3)
crisis stage depicts crisis as an opportunity for organizational learning and for rebuilding or A topical seminar discussing issues in the field of health communication from a variety of
expanding public trust. The course uses a case study approach throughout. perspectives, e.g., the relevance of interpersonal, international and intercultural and mass
communication processes to the quality and availability of health care. May be repeated to a
CJT 723 SEMINAR IN TRAINING AND CONSULTING. (3) maximum of six credits.
This graduate course explores communication training and consultation as a research and
instructional focus for students interested in applied communication. Students will learn how CJT 775 SEMINAR IN HEALTH COMMUNICATION CAMPAIGNS. (3)
to identify and assess communication competence and how to develop training programs to The role of communication in public health campaigns. Includes theories relevant to such
enhance communication competency. campaigns, campaign effects studies, methods of evaluation, and message design and targeting
principles. Prereq: CJT 645 and graduate standing in communication or consent of instructor.
CJT 725 SEMINAR IN ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION:
(Subtitle required). (3) CJT 780 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION (Subtitle required). (3)
This course is concerned with theory and research relevant to organizational communication Professors will conduct research seminars in topics or problems in which they have special
and related areas of interest. Special attention is given to various topics relevant to a specific research interests. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: At least one year of
subtitle. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits under a different subtitle. Prereq: graduate study in communication.
Graduate standing in communication or consent of instructor.
CJT 781 DIRECTED STUDY IN COMMUNICATION. (1-6)
CJT 726 COMMUNICATION LEADERSHIP STUDIES. (3) To provide advanced students with an opportunity for independent work to be conducted in
The primary purpose of this is course is to extend students’ theoretical understanding of regular consultation with the instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. (To be
leadership from a communication perspective. Specifically, this course is designed to (1) used for independent work.) Prereq: Consent of instructor.
sharpen the students’ understanding of the role of communication in developing effective
CJT 790 RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN COMMUNICATION. (1-6)
leadership behaviors; (2) familiarize students with leadership as it relates to the communication
Significant participation in important aspects of a research project under the direction of a
process; (3) involve students in major term projects which incorporate current leadership
graduate faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Completion
theory and research; and (4) enhance students’ understanding of published research in
of all required first-year courses in the doctoral curriculum and consent of Associate Dean for
leadership communication.
Graduate Studies.
heresies, persecution, definitions of doctrines and practices, the relationship to the Roman
CLA Classics Empire, and more. All students will write a book review, take two essay exams, and participate
in regular discussion. Class participation is an expected component of this class and contributes
25% to the final grade for the course. (Same as HIS 391.)
COURSES IN CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION
(No knowledge of Greek or Latin expected.) CLA 450G SPECIAL TOPICS IN CLASSICAL STUDIES
(Subtitle required). (3)
CLA 100 ANCIENT STORIES IN MODERN FILMS. (3) This course offers advanced study of a particular topic in classical studies not covered in other
This course will view a number of modern films and set them alongside ancient literary texts CLA courses. The field of study for this course is broadly conceived, and can include aspects
which have either directly inspired them or with which they share common themes. In the first of Greek or Latin philology and literature, as well as the history and culture of antiquity,
part of the course, we will consider the relationship between ancient Greek epic, tragic, and archaeology and material studies, literary rhetorical theory and criticism, the classical tradition
comic literature and the modern cinema. In the second part, we will look at a number of ways in the humanities, and pertinent topics in the Middle Ages and Renaissance. Format includes
in which the city of Rome has been treated as both a physical place and as an idea or ideal in lectures and discussions, assigned and supplementary readings, and paper writing. May be
the works of both ancient Romans and modern film-makers. repeated to a maximum of nine credits with different topics.
CLA 131 MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY FROM GREEK AND LATIN. (3) CLA 462G TOPICS IN CLASSICAL LITERATURE (Subtitle required). (3)
Latin and Greek roots, prefixes, and suffixes as found in medical terminology. Primarily for A study of a specific genre or genres, or author or set of authors, selected from Greek and Roman
pre-medical, pre-dental, pre-nursing and pre-veterinary students, but others will be admitted literature read in English translation. In addition to developing an appreciation of the works
for help in vocabulary building. studied and their ongoing contribution to world literature, the course will examine various
methods of literary analysis and criticism as well as the historical, social, and cultural context
CLA 135 GREEK AND ROMAN MYTHOLOGY. (3) of these works in classical antiquity. The course is especially suited for students outside the
The Greek myths studied both from the standpoint of their meaning to the Greeks and Romans classical languages who wish to acquire a sophisticated understanding of classical culture and
and from the standpoint of their use in later literature and in everyday life. Fulfills Gen Ed for students interested in comparative literary studies.
Inquiry, Humanities.
CLA 509 ROMAN LAW. (3)
CLA 191 CHRISTIANITY, CULTURE, AND SOCIETY: An historical introduction to the development of Roman law, from the Twelve Tables through
A HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION. (3) the Codex Justinianus. (Same as HIS 509.)
A historical introduction to Christianity in its varying cultural contexts, examining the primary
developments in its teachings, practices, and structures from its origins to the sixteenth century. COURSES IN LATIN
CLA 210 THE ART OF GREECE AND ROME. (3) CLA 101 ELEMENTARY LATIN. (4)
A survey of the major forms of art in ancient Western Asia, Greece, and Rome, with emphasis An introduction to the study of classical Latin. Emphasis is placed on learning to read the
on the comparative typology and cultural significance of the monuments. language. Some attention is given to Latin literature and Roman civilization.
CLA 229 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST AND GREECE CLA 102 ELEMENTARY LATIN. (4)
TO THE DEATH OF ALEXANDER THE GREAT. (3) A continuation of CLA 101. Prereq: CLA 101 or the equivalent.
Covers the birth of civilization in Egypt and Mesopotamia, and the history of the ancient Near
East and Greece to the conquest of Greece by Philip of Macedon. (Same as HIS 229.) CLA 201 INTERMEDIATE LATIN. (3)
Review of grammatical principles together with readings from Latin prose and poetry.
CLA 230 THE HELLENISTIC WORLD AND ROME Selections from a wide range of authors will be included in order to demonstrate the diversity
TO THE DEATH OF CONSTANTINE. (3) and appeal of Latin literature. Emphasis is placed on developing reading ability. Prereq: CLA
Covers the conquests of Alexander the Great, and the main features of the Hellenistic World, 102 or two years of high school Latin or equivalent.
the Roman Republic and the Roman Empire to the death of Constantine. (Same as HIS 230.)
CLA 202 INTERMEDIATE LATIN. (3)
CLA 261 LITERARY MASTERPIECES OF GREECE AND ROME. (3) A continuation of CLA 201. Prereq: CLA 201 or three years of high school Latin or equivalent.
A survey of major Greek and Roman literary works. Attention will be focused on the various
genres of Classical literature, and the course will include comparative analysis of Greek and CLA 205 COMPREHENSIVE INTERMEDIATE LATIN. (3)
Latin literary pieces. An accelerated course offered in the summer session designed to take the student through the
material normally covered in the two intermediate-level Latin courses (201 and 202). This
CLA 314 ANCIENT (Subtitle required). (3) course is intended to expand the student’s knowledge of the vocabulary, grammar, and prose
Study of the arts and visual cultures of the Ancient World. According to subtitles, focus may idiom of classical and post-classical Latin. There will also be discussions of Roman art,
be on selected periods or media of artistic and visual production, in the context of political, social literature, history, and culture and, as time permits, Latin’s role in the development of the
and cultural developments, from Bronze Age through the Roman Empire under Constantine. English language. Oral exercises will also be part of the instruction. Prereq: CLA 102 or
May be repeated under a different subtitle to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: A-H 105 equivalent, or permission of the instructor.
recommended. (Same as A-H 314.)
CLA 211 ACCELERATED LATIN. (3)
CLA 331 GENDER AND SEXUALITY IN ANTIQUITY. (3) An intensive course that covers, in one semester, all the morphology, syntax, and grammar of
A survey of the construction of gender, sexuality, and their relation to and expression in the Latin that is required to bring students with no background in the language to the level at which
societies of ancient Greece and Rome. Gender roles, marriage, social problems concerning sex they can begin to read unaltered Latin texts.
and virginity, and different ways of understanding sexuality and gender in historical contexts
are examined through the study of ancient literature, art and the insights of contemporary CLA 301 LATIN LITERATURE I (Subtitle required). (3)
scholarship. An introduction to the literature of Republican Rome with selected readings of complete works
from the major Latin authors. Lectures and class discussions on the various genres, styles, and
CLA 382 GREEK AND ROMAN RELIGION. (3) themes of Latin literature. Topics vary every time the course is offered. May be repeated once
A broad examination of the varieties of religious practice and experience in the ancient under a different subtitle. Prereq: CLA 202 or equivalent.
Mediterranean world, particularly in Greece and Rome, with emphasis placed on how CLA 302 LATIN LITERATURE II (Subtitle required). (3)
dramatically ancient religious concepts and systems differ from those of the modern world. An introduction to the literature of Imperial Rome with selected readings of complete works
CLA 390 BACKGROUNDS TO AND EARLY HISTORY from the major Latin authors. Lectures and class discussions on the various genres, styles, and
OF CHRISTIANITY TO 150 CE. (3) themes of Latin literature. Topics vary every time the course is offered. May be repeated once
This course examines the origins of Christianity from its Jewish, Greek, and Roman influences under a different subtitle. Prereq: CLA 202 or equivalent.
and charts its development through the first one hundred years of its existence. Special CLA 501 LATIN COMPOSITION. (3)
emphases are placed on understanding the diversity of Judaic religious identity as well as the The course is designed for students with a good command of Latin morphology and basic
influence of Greek philosophy and religion. The world of Jesus, Paul, and the evolution of this knowledge of Latin syntax. The participants will deepen their knowledge of Latin syntax,
new view of one’s relationship to God are analyzed historically through a close examination internalize the principles of Latin grammar and usage, and develop a sensitivity to prose style.
of the texts of this time in the nexus of Jewish, Greek, and Roman cultural interaction. All The course will involve readings from Latin authors from all periods, and exercises in Latin prose
students will write a book review, take two essay exams, and participate in regular discussion. composition. It will foster familiarization with the language through exercises that will go
Class participation is an expected component of this class and contributes 25% to the final grade beyond simple translation from English. English, not Latin, will be the spoken language used
for the course. (Same as HIS 390.) in this course. Prereq: Proficiency in Latin above the 300 level.
CLA 391 CHRISTIANS IN THE ROMAN EMPIRE. (3) CLA 521 ADVANCED LATIN COMPOSITION AND READING. (3)
This course discusses the changing status of Christians in the Roman Empire between 100 and This course continues the study of Latin composition, concentrating on the compound
500 CE. An underlying theme of this course is: What is it to be a Christian? Students will read sentence, modes of expression in subordinate clauses, and the figures of speech in rhetoric.
and discuss both primary and secondary sources and analyze how the answer to the above- Students will become acquainted with masterpieces of Latin prose from all periods, including
mentioned question changed during the Roman Empire. Topics to be discussed include: Cicero, Sallust, Livy, Petronius, Pliny Minor, Einhard, Abelard, Erasmus of Rotterdam,
Thomas More. This course, unlike CLA 501, will be conducted entirely in Latin, with the CLA 152 ELEMENTARY GREEK. (4)
objective of further enhancing the students’ abilities to express themselves in correct Latin A continuation of CLA 151. Prereq: CLA 151 or equivalent.
prose. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
CLA 251 INTERMEDIATE GREEK. (3)
CLA 524 THE LATIN LITERATURE OF THE REPUBLIC Review of grammatical principles together with readings from Greek prose and poetry.
(Subtitle required). (3) Selections from a wide range of authors will be included in order to demonstrate the diversity
A study of one or more works selected from the beginnings of Roman literary history to 31 and appeal of Greek literature. Emphasis is placed on developing reading ability. Prereq: CLA
B.C., the period of such writers as Cicero, Caesar, Sallust, Plautus, Terence, Lucretius, and 152 or equivalent.
Catallus. Texts may include prose, including history, philosophy, rhetoric and oratory, and
letters, and/or poetry, including drama and satire. A particular author, work, genre, or theme CLA 252 INTERMEDIATE GREEK. (3)
is selected each time the course is offered. Textual analysis is emphasized, with lectures and The reading of Greek prose and poetry. Textual and literary analysis of selections from classical
class discussion on the literary milieu. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits under authors and the New Testament. Prereq: CLA 251 or equivalent.
a different subtitle. Prereq: CLA 301 or equivalent. CLA 350 PREPARING TO READ GREEK TEXTS. (3)
CLA 525 THE LATIN LITERATURE OF THE EMPIRE (Subtitle required). (3) This course completes the study of fundamentals of the grammar and syntax of Classical Greek
A study of one or more works selected from approximately 31 B.C. to the end of the Western and prepares the student to read original Greek texts with competence and confidence. Prereq:
Empire, the period of such writers as Livy, Tacitus, Pliny, Seneca, Virgil, Horace, Ovid, and CLA 252 or equivalent, or permission of instructor.
Juvenal. Texts may include prose, including history, philosophy, rhetoric and oratory, and CLA 551 GREEK POETRY AND DRAMA (Subtitle required). (3)
letters, and/or poetry, including epic, lyric, elegiac, pastoral, and satire. A particular author, A study of one or more works of Greek poetic and/or dramatic literature, which may include
work, genre, or theme is selected each time the course is offered. Textual analysis is emphasized, epic, lyric, tragedy, and comedy, selected from the whole of ancient Greek literature from
with lectures and class discussion on the literary milieu. May be repeated to a maximum of nine Homer through the Roman period. A particular author, work, genre, or theme is selected each
credits under a different subtitle. Prereq: CLA 301 or equivalent. time the course is offered. Emphasis is placed both on mastering the Greek language and on
CLA 528 LATE ANTIQUE AND POST-IMPERIAL literary analysis of the texts studied. Lectures and class discussions will further illuminate the
LATIN LITERATURE (Subtitle required). (3) literary and cultural milieu of the author or text. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits
A study of one or more works selected from Latin literature of late antiquity, or after the fall under a different title. Prereq: CLA 252 or equivalent.
of the empire in the west, from approximately 200 AD into the Middle Ages and Renaissance. CLA 555 GREEK PROSE (Subtitle required). (3)
Authors and works may include early Christian Latin writers such as Augustine, late antique A study of one or more works of Greek prose literature, which may include history, biography,
pagan writers such as the historian Ammianus, as well as medieval poetry, the Latin novel, philosophy, satire, and the novel, selected from the whole of ancient Greek literature from
medieval Christian writers, and Renaissance figures such as Erasmus. A particular author, work, Homer through the Roman period. A particular author, work, genre, or theme is selected each
genre, or theme is selected each time the course is offered. Textual analysis is emphasized, as time the course is offered. Emphasis is placed both on mastering the Greek language and on
well as the historical and cultural setting of the text and author. May be repeated to a maximum literary analysis of the texts studied. Lectures and class discussions will further illuminate the
of nine credits under a different subtitle. Prereq: CLA 301 or equivalent. literary and cultural milieu of the author or text. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits
CLA 611 LATIN OF ANCIENT ROME AND THE MIDDLE AGES under a different title. Prereq: CLA 252 or equivalent.
(Subtitle required). (3) CLA 651 SEMINAR IN GREEK POETRY AND DRAMA
This course is based on extensive reading of Latin texts taken from the Roman through the (Subtitle required). (3)
Medieval periods. It aims to foster close familiarization with the Latin language, cultivate an Graduate seminar in Greek poetic and/or dramatic literature, which may include epic, lyric,
appreciation for different Latin prose styles, as well as investigate the broader historical and tragedy, and comedy. Intensive study of the Greek text(s) is accompanied by considerable
cultural circumstances surrounding each work. The classes will be conducted in Latin, and the attention to current scholarship and bibliography. Students will write extended papers and
assignments will involve Latin composition. May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours. present oral reports in class. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Graduate
Prereq: At least one course in Latin composition or permission of instructor. standing or consent of the Classics DGS and instructor.
CLA 612 LATIN OF THE MIDDLE AGES TO THE MODERN WORLD CLA 655 SEMINAR IN GREEK PROSE (Subtitle required). (3)
(Subtitle required). (3) Graduate seminar in Greek prose literature, which may include history, biography, satire, and
This course is based on extensive reading of Latin texts taken from the Medieval through the the novel. Intensive study of the Greek text(s) is accompanied by considerable attention to
Modern period. It aims to foster close familiarization with the Latin language, cultivate an current scholarship and bibliography. Students will write extended papers and present oral
appreciation for different Latin prose styles, as well as investigate the broader historical and reports in class. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Prereq: Graduate standing or
cultural circumstances surrounding each work. The classes will be conducted in Latin, and the consent of the Classics DGS and instructor.
assignments will involve Latin composition. May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours.
Prereq: At least one course in Latin composition or permission of instructor.
OTHER ADVANCED COURSES
CLA 624 SEMINAR IN THE LATIN LITERATURE OF THE REPUBLIC
CLA 395 UNDERGRADUATE INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CLASSICS. (1-3)
(Subtitle required). (3)
An independent investigation of a topic, usually outside of or in considerably greater depth
Graduate seminar in an author, a literary form, or a problem in the period of the Roman Republic.
than available in the regular course offerings, in Greek and/or Roman language, literature,
Intensive study of the Latin text(s) is accompanied by considerable attention to current
history, or culture. The course is designed for advanced undergraduate students under the
scholarship and bibliography. Students will write extended papers and present oral reports in
supervision of a faculty member, and usually takes the form of directed readings, writing, and
class. May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours. Prereq: Graduate standing or consent of
discussion, with tutorial meetings with the instructor no less than once a week. An advanced
the Classics DGS and instructor.
undergraduate research paper or equivalent project is the standard product of the course. May
CLA 625 SEMINAR IN THE LATIN LITERATURE OF THE EMPIRE be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits. Prereq: Advanced undergraduate experience in Classics
(Subtitle required). (3) and permission of the instructor.
Graduate seminar in an author, a literary form, or a problem in the period of the Roman Empire.
CLA 480G STUDIES IN GREEK AND LATIN LITERATURE
Intensive study of the Latin text(s) is accompanied by considerable attention to current
(Subtitle required). (3)
scholarship and bibliography. Students will write extended papers and present oral reports in
A study of one or more works of Classical literature, either Greek or Latin, is designed to offer
class. May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours. Prereq: Graduate standing or consent of
study in a particular text or author meeting a particular need or demand for graduate students
the Classics DGS and instructor.
from other disciplines and advanced undergraduate students in Classics. The course is not
CLA 628 SEMINAR IN LATE ANTIQUE AND intended for Classics graduate students. Mastering the language of the text is a fundamental
POST-IMPERIAL LATIN LITERATURE (Subtitle required). (3) objective of this course, but the historical, social, and cultural milieu will also be studied. May
Graduate seminar in an author, a literary form, or a problem from Latin literature of late antiquity be repeated for credit up to a maximum of six hours.
or early Christianity, or after the fall of the empire in the west, including the Middle Ages and CLA 580 INDEPENDENT WORK IN CLASSICS. (3)
Renaissance. Intensive study of the Latin text(s) is accompanied by considerable attention to Courses to meet the needs of the student, including those who wish to study Medieval and/
current scholarship and bibliography. Students will write extended papers and present oral or Renaissance Latin, will be arranged in various areas. May be repeated to a maximum of 12
reports in class. May be repeated to a maximum of nine hours. Prereq: Graduate standing or credits. Prereq: Major standing of 3.0 in the department or consent of instructor.
consent of the Classics DGS and instructor.
CLA 615 MANUSCRIPT CULTURES. (3)
COURSES IN GREEK This course examines how the vehicle of the manuscript and the circumstances of manuscript
production shaped the creation, transmission, and reading of texts before the fifteenth century.
CLA 151 ELEMENTARY GREEK. (4)
Among the topics to be studied are orality and literacy, the transcription of sacred texts in
An introduction to the study of Classical Greek. Emphasis is placed on learning to read the
Christianity, Judaism, and Islam, the political, economic, and social impacts of manuscript
language. Some attention is given to Greek literature and civilization.
production and circulation, the impact of institutions (such as universities) on reading practices,
contexts for the suppression, control, and alteration of texts, and the radical differences between
print and manuscript cultures. (Same as HIS 615.)
CLA 616 PALEOGRAPHY. (3) CLD 250 READING CRITICALLY AND WRITING WELL:
This course provides training in the skills needed to read the handwritten materials that COMMUNITY COMMUNICATIONS AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (3)
constitute evidence for historical investigation of the production and circulation of information This course will provide students with a foundation in critical thinking through an emphasis
outside the medium of print. While the specific scripts to be studied will vary from semester on reading, writing and analytical discussions addressing basic agricultural topics, controversial
to semester, depending upon whether the course is focused upon Latin paleography, Greek agricultural topics and specific topics in community communications and leadership develop-
paleography, or vernacular paleographies, students will learn to read and transcribe manu- ment. Prereq: ENG 104 and sophomore status. Primary registration access limited to majors
scripts, to expand abbreviations appropriately, to recognize the chronological and geographical and remaining seats open during secondary registration.
extent of particular scripts, to develop strategies for reading difficult scripts, to find the
specialized reference works to assist them in studying handwritten materials, and to understand CLD 260 COMMUNITY PORTRAITS. (3)
the historical arguments that have been constructed on the basis of analysis of scripts and the This course introduces the social science concept of community. The focus will be on
“archaeology of the book.” The course also provides training in basic codicology and editorial definitions of community, and the different types of communities that exist in society. Students
techniques for establishing a text and recording variant readings. Prereq: Some familiarity with will gather and analyze information about real communities that represent different types of
the language of the materials. (Same as HIS 616.) community.
CLA 630 SEMINAR IN CLASSICAL LITERATURE CLD 300 FOUNDATIONAL THEORIES IN COMMUNITY
AND CULTURE (Subtitle required). (3) AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (3)
This graduate seminar offers advanced, intensive study in two particular approaches to the This course illustrates the role of social theories and research. More importantly, it addresses
study of Classics, requiring a broader and more inclusive approach beyond the scope of the the question, “How do we apply theory to guide our understanding of the world around us?”
typical Greek or Latin seminar. These are: 1) the coordinated study of works of both Greek Students will study theories common to multiple social science contexts (communications,
and Latin literature, and 2) the study of a specific research area in classical studies and culture. leadership, community and education) and, following critical analysis, describe how they are
One of these areas will be the focus of the course each time it is offered. Topics in the coordinated applied within various situations. Students will be expected to integrate the theories into a
study of Greek and Latin literature can take various forms, such as the passions in Greek and personal holistic viewpoint that affects their lives. Prereq: Major standing in CLD.
Latin poetry, comparative Greek and Latin drama, Homer and Virgil, etc. Research in classics CLD 305 RESEARCH METHODS IN COMMUNITY
and culture involves extensive reading of a large body of sources and scholarship on a specific AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (3)
topic of current scholarly interest, along with the use of texts in the original language(s) for This course will familiarize students with research concepts, methods, and skills used in
course assignments and papers. Appropriate competence in reading Latin and/or Greek texts community and organizational development and communication. The course focuses on
is expected of all students in the course. Topics may include a focused aspect of Greek and/ applied research topics such as secondary data analysis, survey design, focus groups, key
or Roman society, material culture, early Christianity – and its relation to classical culture, informant interviews and content analysis. In addition, the course considers the politics of
aspects of Medieval or Renaissance culture, or the ongoing influence of classical stories, ideals, information and ethical concerns in social research. Prereq: Major standing and CLD 300 (may
and cultural forms in modern media. May be repeated for up to six credits on different topics. be taken concurrently).
Prereq: Graduate standing or consent of the Classics DGS and instructor.
CLD 325 WRITING FOR COMMUNITY MEDIA. (3)
CLA 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY. (1-3) This 3-hour skills course will teach students how to write clearly, concisely and accurately for
Independent investigation of a problem under supervision of a graduate faculty member; or various community media, including print, radio, television and new social media. It provides
directed readings, writing, and discussion in small groups on topics outside the usual seminar a broad-based understanding of writing and communicating to community audiences. Prereq:
offerings, guided by a graduate faculty member. May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits. Major standing in CLD plus completion of graduation writing requirement.
Prereq: Admission to graduate program, permission of instructor and of departmental Director
of Graduate Studies. CLD 330 INTERPERSONAL SKILLS FOR TOMORROW’S LEADERS. (3)
This course provides fundamental leadership theories, models, and perspectives to aid students
CLA 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH. (0) in conducting interpersonal relationships in their daily lives, and help students acquire skills
Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq: basic to becoming a leader in their professional lives. Each student will begin developing a
All course work toward the degree must be completed. foundation of practical leadership applications. Prereq: Major standing in CLD.
CLA 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6) CLD 340 COMMUNITY INTERACTION. (3)
May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours. Examines community effects on group and individual behavior from the perspective of
CLA 790 RESEARCH IN THE TEACHING OF CLASSICAL LANGUAGES. (3) sociological social psychology. By focusing on individuals, individuals in groups, and groups,
Problems in the teaching of Latin and/or Greek in secondary and/or higher education. Objectives, special emphasis is given to how community context shapes the attitudes, beliefs, and actions
methods, preparation of materials, development of curricula, or the history of the field. Prereq: of individuals as well as their interactions with others. Prereq: CLD 102 or SOC 101 or consent
CLA 530 or the equivalent. of instructor. Primary registration access limited to SOC and CLD majors and remaining seats
open during secondary registration. (Same as SOC 340.)
CLD 360 ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIOLOGY. (3)
CLD Community and A sociological study of the inter-relationship between human societies and the natural
environment. Topics may include population growth; food systems; energy; climate change;
Leadership Development risk perception; disasters; sustainability; social movements; and environmental justice. Prereq:
SOC 101 or CLD 102. (Same as SOC 360.)
CLD 100 INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY
AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (1) CLD 362 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN CLD. (3)
The course explores how communities of place and interest influence our lives and how these Supervised experiences in businesses, agencies or government. Required of all Community
different types of communities are related to the media and leadership. Introduces the Communications and Leadership Development majors. Includes observation, participation,
intellectual frameworks underlying this field as well as the types of research and outreach done experience, field trips, inspection of programs, and professional organizations. Prereq: Junior
by faculty. standing, majors only.
CLD 102 THE DYNAMICS OF RURAL SOCIAL LIFE. (3) CLD 370 LEARNING IN SOCIETY. (3)
Introduces major concepts of sociology by exploring social, political and cultural issues Learning in Society is designed to assist students in identifying and evaluating human learning
confronting rural society and American agriculture, such as: population change, industrializa- and development within various social contexts. This course focuses on the impact social
tion, energy developments, agricultural change. Student may not receive credit for both this interactions have on human cognition, emotion and identity. Theoretical foundations for this
course and SOC 101. course include social learning, social integration, multiple intelligences, emotional intelligence,
systems psychology, and identity development. Prereq: Major standing in CLD or CTE
CLD 225 COMMUNITY AND COMMUNICATION: students admitted to TEP.
EXPLORING THEIR INTERSECTIONS. (3)
This course will explore the inextricable link between community and communication by CLD 375 CONTEMPORARY ADULT LEARNING. (3)
examining the social structure of communities and the media residing within them. Particular This course expands on adult learning theory first presented by Malcolm Knowles and focuses
emphasis will be placed on the availability of information to citizens and in turn how this on the idea of lifelong learning, differences between pedagogy and andragogy, fundamental
information environment facilitates/thwarts social interaction. andragological concepts, and the role that adult learning professionals play in the adult learning
process. Finally, an international context will be explored by comparing and contrasting adult
CLD 230 INTRAPERSONAL LEADERSHIP. (3) education in the U.S. and around the world. Prereq: Major standing in CLD or CTE students
This course is designed to provide a foundation for individuals “to get to know themselves admitted to TEP.
better” in the context of leadership. Examination of effective leader characteristics, personality
traits, motivation, personal leadership vision and other concepts will encourage students to CLD 380 GLOBALIZATION: A CROSS-CULTURAL PERSPECTIVE. (3)
develop a better understanding of their own leadership skills and perspectives. In addition, A sociological study of how globalization processes affect development in various countries
students will determine their own personality style, and learn how to best use this style when and world regions. Topics shall include development theory; comparative development
leading others. Ultimately, this type of intrapersonal knowledge will serve as the building block processes and outcomes; and development policy options. (Same as SOC 380.)
for deeper exploration into the field of leadership.
University of Kentucky 2015-2016 Undergraduate Bulletin 402
KEY: # = new course * = course changed † = course dropped
Course Descriptions
CLD 395 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN COMMUNITY CLD 465 TOPICS IN COMMUNITY COMMUNICATIONS
COMMUNICATIONS AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (1-3) (Subtitle required). (3)
Directed independent study of a selected problem in the field of community communications Intensive study of a specialized topic in community communications. May be repeated under
and leadership development. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Prereq: Consent different subtitles. Prereq: Major standing in CLD.
of instructor.
CLD 470 TOPICS IN LEADERSHIP (Subtitle required). (3)
CLD 399 EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING IN COMMUNITY Intensive study of a specialized topic in leadership studies. May be repeated under different
COMMUNICATIONS AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (1-3) subtitles. Prereq: Major standing in CLD.
A field-based learning experience, under faculty supervision, in the application of community
communications and leadership techniques in agricultural/public issues. May be repeated to CLD 475 TOPICS IN NON-FORMAL EDUCATION (Subtitle required). (3)
a maximum of six credits. Offered on a pass/fail basis only. Prereq: Consent of instructor and Intensive study of a specialized topic in non-formal education. May be repeated under different
completion of learning contract. subtitles. Prereq: Major standing in CLD or CTE students admitted to TEP.
CLD 400 AGRICULTURAL COMMUNICATIONS CAMPAIGNS. (3) CLD 480 TOPICS IN COMMUNITY (Subtitle required). (3)
Exploration of communications campaigns and strategies in the agricultural sector. Students Intensive study of a specialized topic in community studies. May be repeated under different
will learn how to plan and enact communications campaigns centered on agricultural issues and subtitles. Prereq: Major standing in CLD.
audiences. Prereq: Primary registration access limited to majors and remaining seats open during CLD 490 SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY COMMUNICATIONS
secondary registration. AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (3)
CLD 401 PRINCIPLES OF COOPERATIVE EXTENSION. (3) A capstone course for seniors in community communications and leadership development.
Philosophy, history, and development of Cooperative Extension Service; evaluation of Presentations, research papers, outside speakers and career guidance will be significant course
instructional techniques; leadership training; and practice in use of Extension methods. Open components. Prereq: Senior standing in the major, or consent of instructor.
to junior and senior students. *CLD 495 TOPICAL SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY COMMUNICATIONS
CLD 402 PRINCIPLES OF LEADERSHIP. (3) AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT (Subtitle required). (1-3)
This course is designed to provide an introduction to leadership. Its focus is the development Topical seminar using readings, discussions, and papers to focus on current issues of
of an understanding of leadership theories and styles. You will also learn strategies for significance to community communications and leadership development. May be repeated to
successful leadership. The introduction will include: 1) historical, theoretical, and cultural a maximum of twelve credits under different subtitles. Prereq: Consent of instructor. Primary
perspectives of leadership, 2) leadership skills and styles and strategies for success, and 3) registration access limited to majors and remaining seats open during secondary registration.
examination of the responsibilities of leadership. Prereq: Admission to the program or consent CLD 497 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM IN COMMUNITY
of instructor. (Same as EDL 402.) AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (3)
CLD 403 LEADERSHIP AND COMMUNICATION. (3) This is a cooperative educational program between the Community and Leadership Develop-
This course is designed to expand student understanding of the theory and practice of ment majors at the University of Kentucky and approved employers who furnish facilities and
leadership, conflict management, and decision-making. It is also designed to focus on issues instruction that help students acquire the skills and knowledge required in their chosen field.
of cohesiveness, trust, motivation, vision, and goals. Students must integrate their personal Ultimately, this is a dually beneficial relationship; stakeholder relations are improved while
ethics and definition of leadership in various course assignments and projects. Prereq: students have an opportunity to build relationships/networks that could encourage future
Admission to the program or consent of instructor. (Same as EDL 403.) career development. Prereq: Major standing in CLD; senior standing.
CLD 404 CONTEMPORARY LEADERSHIP APPLICATIONS. (3) CLD 517 RURAL SOCIOLOGY. (3)
This course supplements and integrates previous learning and is designed to provide maximum A sociological study of the issues relevant to rural communities. Topics may include
exposure to various concepts and perspectives of leadership through observational experi- transformations in rural communities; the agrifood system; and the natural environment in the
ences, critical thinking, and self-analysis. It is also designed to allow the demonstration of U.S. and the world. Prereq: Graduate student status; undergraduates with consent of instructor
previously learned leadership theories, styles, and strategies. Students must integrate their only. (Same as SOC 517.)
personal ethics and vision of leadership in their examination of various contemporary CLD 525 COMMUNITY DIVERSITY AND MEDIA. (3)
leadership contexts. Prereq: Admission to the program or consent of instructor. (Same as EDL This course covers how media, both traditional news media and newly emerging digital
404.) communication technologies, relate to community diversity. Specifically, the course focuses
CLD 420 SOCIOLOGY OF COMMUNITIES. (3) on the relationships between media and community (power) structure, community institu-
A sociological study of issues relevant to communities. Topics may include: conceptual tions/organizations, social movements and minority groups, urban/rural communities, gender/
approaches to community; organizational and institutional linkages within and beyond the race/ethnicity/class and more. Prereq: Major standing in CLD or graduate student status.
community; social inequality and social processes within communities such as social networks, CLD 530 FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP. (3)
social capital, power and decision-making, and social change. Prereq: SOC 101 or RSO 102 or This course examines the existing and emerging knowledge base for leadership within
CLD 102; and one of the following: SOC 302 or 304 or CLD 405; or consent of instructor. (Same organizations. Leadership and motivation of others requires individuals to go beyond their basic
as SOC 420.) knowledge of managing others and learn how cultures, structures, and individuals in organiza-
CLD 430 LEADING IN COMMUNITIES: VISION, ACTION, AND CHANGE. (3) tions interact within the system. This course highlights correlations with organizational
This course examines the nuances of leadership within communities. To learn what makes an behavior, team building, and collaborative leadership styles. In this class, students will explore
effective community leader and the role a leader plays in community action, students will organizational culture, team synergy and individual leadership capital. Prereq: Major standing
explore the importance of framing ideas, mobilizing resources, and developing social capital. in CLD or graduate student status.
This course expands on theories to highlight correlations with servant leadership, community CLD 534 SOCIOLOGY OF APPALACHIA. (3)
behavior, and collaborative leadership styles. Finally, working with community visioning, A sociological study of selected social issues facing Appalachian communities, with an
change and ambiguity will reinforce the need for flexibility within the community leader’s emphasis on placing regional political economy, society and culture in a global context. Prereq:
toolkit. Prereq: Major standing in CLD. Sociology, Anthropology or CLD senior major or minor; Appalachian Studies minor; graduate
CLD 440 COMMUNITY PROCESSES AND COMMUNICATION. (3) student status; or consent of instructor. (Same as ANT/SOC 534.)
This course examines the relationship between community organization and change and the CLD 560 COMMUNITY INEQUALITIES. (3)
media. Special emphasis is given to the place of media organizations in community structure, This course focuses on the emergence and persistence of community inequalities in contem-
the effects of media on community processes, and how community members use the media. porary American society. This begins by identifying, describing, and analyzing inequalities
Prereq: CLD 102 or SOC 101 and CLD/SOC 340 or consent of instructor. Primary registration within and among American communities and then considering the implications of these
access limited to majors and remaining seats open during secondary registration. (Same as SOC inequalities for organizational and community processes. The essential questions that will
440.) guide this course are: How do we define, measure and evaluate the differences among
CLD 460 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND CHANGE. (3) communities? What factors contribute to the emergence and persistence of the inequalities
This course examines change and change management within communities and organizations. among communities? What are the consequences of these inequalities for the people who live
This includes looking at the change process through the eyes of innovation, opinion leader and in these communities? Prereq: Major standing in CLD or graduate student status.
community member. In addition to individual skill development, this course will introduce a CLD 575 SCHOOLS, COMMUNITY AND SOCIETY. (3)
vision of an ideal organization/community, one that supports innovation and creativity, This course highlights the integral relationships between contemporary and historical societal
knowledge exchange and application and collaboration; a culture that makes productive change norms, distinctive communities and educational systems. Prereq: Major standing in CLD; CTE
a part of the everyday work, encouraging initiative and promoting viability in today’s society. students admitted to TEP; or graduate student status.
This course weaves together theoretical and experiential threads using insights gained from
readings, industry-based examples, case studies, class assignments and experiential activities. CLD 610 EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION: PROCESS AND PRACTICE. (3)
Prereq: Major standing in CLD. This course is designed for students to examine and apply theoretical and practical foundations
of Experiential Education within classroom and community-based educational environments.
CLD 620 GRADUATE STUDY IN COMMUNITY inquiry and in particular how these components work together and strengthen the overall
AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (1) research design.
This course is an introduction to the interdisciplinary field of Community and Leadership
Development (CLD). CLD reflects the multidisciplinary fields of faculty in the department: *CLD 691 SOCIOLOGY OF FOOD AND AGRICULTURE. (3)
Rural Sociology, Community Development, Community Communications, Leadership De- This seminar will analyze the transformation of agriculture and the food system in the historical
velopment and Agricultural Education. context of increased globalization. Emphasis is given to key historical transitions, changing
social relations surrounding production and consumption of food, and shifts in regulations and
CLD 630 INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP DYNAMICS. (3) policy at the local, national, and/or international levels. Such emphases provide a framework
This course is designed as an advanced course exploring the dynamics involved in individual for understanding the historical roots and future prospects for the socioeconomic problems
and group situations. Specifically, students will explore basic psychological and social confronting contemporary U.S. and global agriculture and food economies. Prereq: Graduate
psychological processes shaping human behavior and learn to apply the knowledge of these standing, or consent of instructor. (Same as AEC/SOC 691.)
processes in educational, organizational and community settings. CLD 694 THE ADMINISTRATION OF AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. (3)
CLD 640 SCIENCE, AGRICULTURE, AND DEVELOPMENT. (3) A course designed for superintendents, high school principals, and other administrators. Its
An in-depth examination of the interrelations between science, agriculture, and development. purpose is to prepare administrators and supervisors for leadership in agricultural education.
Both domestic and international issues are explored. Prereq: Graduate standing in the social (Same as EDL 694.)
or agricultural sciences. (Same as ANT/SOC 640.) CLD 748 MASTER’S THESIS RESEARCH IN
CLD 650 APPLIED COMMUNITY COMMUNICATIONS. (3) COMMUNITY AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (0)
Designed to familiarize students with advanced writing and editing techniques, common forms Half-time to full-time work on thesis. May be repeated to a maximum of six semesters. Prereq:
of workplace writing, audience analysis, content analysis, and graphic design tips and tools. All course work toward the degree must be completed.
Discussion will include some of the larger issues surrounding community communications, CLD 758 CREATIVE COMPONENT IN COMMUNITY
such as discourse communities, bias, and ethics. Prereq: Graduate standing. AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (3)
CLD 660 ADVANCED LEADERSHIP THEORY AND PRACTICE. (3) This course offers a non-thesis option in Community and Leadership Development for
This course has been designed to introduce the theoretical and research foundation of leadership students interested in completing a practitioner-based scholarly project. Prereq: All course
studies through current journal articles and text chapters and also emphasizes multiple work toward the degree must be completed and approval of the student’s Advisory Committee
dimensions and contexts that influence leadership dynamics. is required.
CLD 665 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION. (3) CLD 768 RESIDENCE CREDIT FOR THE MASTER’S DEGREE. (1-6)
Course is designed to help students design, implement, and evaluate educational and social May be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours. Prereq: All course work toward the degree must
programs using a logic-based framework. (Same as SOC 665.) be completed.
CLD 670 COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT. (3) CLD 775 TOPICAL SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY
This course is designed as a service-learning/community engagement experience. It is organized AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (3)
with a field component related to the student’s area of interest and an in-class experience that Advanced study of topics of current importance in community and leadership development
provides students with the opportunity to share and process their field experiences and to learn such as dispute resolution, volunteer management, or advanced program design and evaluation.
and grow from them through a variety of interactive exercises, readings, films and guest May be repeated to a maximum of six credits.
presentations. CLD 780 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN COMMUNITY
CLD 671 ADVANCED METHODS OF TEACHING. (3) AND LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT. (1-6)
The principles of method applied to teaching in the fields of classroom and community-based Supervised individual study on selected issues in community and leadership development.
education. Prereq: Teaching experience within a classroom or community-based educational May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. Learning contract must be filed with Director
setting. of Graduate Studies.
CME 220 COMPUTATIONAL TOOLS IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING. (3) statics and dynamics including lapse rates, inversions, and vertical and horizontal air motion.
An introduction to computational tools used in chemical engineering, such as Microsoft Excel, Single and area source diffusion. Stack meterology. Prereq: CME 320 or ME 220.
MATLAB, and Aspen. Prereq: Grade of “C” or better in CME 200.
CME 542 ELECTRIC POWER GENERATION TECHNOLOGIES. (3)
CME 320 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS. (4) Overview of technologies used for generating electricity from location, recovery, transporta-
Fundamentals of thermodynamics, review of first law, second and third laws, VL, LL and SL tion and storage of fuel to the types of technologies used to convert the fuel to electricity.
equilibria, homogeneous and heterogeneous chemical reaction equilibria. Prereq: MA 213, PHY Included is a discussion of the advantages and disadvantages of each technology and how they
231, and “C” or better in CME 200. must adapt to be viable in the future. Technologies covered include coal, natural gas, nuclear,
biomass, wind, solar and advanced technologies. Prereq: Engineering standing or consent of
CME 330 FLUID MECHANICS. (3) instructor. (Same as EGR 542.)
Introduction to the physical properties of fluids, fluid statics. Equations of conservation of